diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/50797-8.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50797-8.txt | 22481 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 22481 deletions
diff --git a/old/50797-8.txt b/old/50797-8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5962520..0000000 --- a/old/50797-8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22481 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Tagalog Texts with Grammatical Analysis, by -Leonard Bloomfield - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - - - -Title: Tagalog Texts with Grammatical Analysis - -Author: Leonard Bloomfield - -Release Date: December 30, 2015 [EBook #50797] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TAGALOG TEXTS *** - - - - -Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ for Project -Gutenberg (This book was produced from scanned images of -public domain material from the Google Books project.) - - - - - - - - - UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS STUDIES - IN - LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE - - Vol. III May-November, 1917 Nos. 2-4 - - - Board of Editors - - George T. Flom - William A. Oldfather - Stuart P. Sherman - - - Published by the University of Illinois - Under the Auspices of the Graduate School - Urbana, Illinois - - - - - - - Copyright, 1917 - By the University of Illinois. - - - - - - - - TAGALOG TEXTS - WITH GRAMMATICAL - ANALYSIS - - PART I: TEXTS AND TRANSLATION - PART II: GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS - PART III: LIST OF FORMATIONS AND GLOSSARY - - - BY - - LEONARD BLOOMFIELD - - - UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS - - 1917 - - - - - - - - - -TABLE OF CONTENTS - - -PART I - PAGE - Preface 9 - List of Books and Articles consulted 13 - Texts in Phonetic Transcription and Translation 16 - - -PART II--GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS - - A. PHONETICS 134 - - 1. Distinctive sounds 134 - 2. Syllabication 138 - 3. Accentuation 141 - - B. SYNTAX 146 - - 1. Sentence and word 146 - - a. Syntactic relations 146 - b. Parts of speech 146 - c. Static and transient words 147 - d. Personal names 147 - e. The object construction 148 - f. Expressions of indefinite quantity 150 - - 2. Subject and predicate 151 - - a. Non-predicative sentences 151 - b. The subject 153 - c. The predicate 153 - d. Subordinate predications 159 - e. Omission of predicate 160 - - 3. Attributes 160 - - a. Conjunctive attributes 162 - b. Disjunctive attributes 170 - c. Local attributes 177 - d. Absolute attributes 180 - - 4. Serial groups 205 - - C. MORPHOLOGY 210 - - 1. Composition 210 - 2. General features of word-formation 211 - 3. Description of formations 218 - - I. Primary groups (zero, pag-, pang-) 218 - - A. Simple static forms 218 - - (1) Root-words 218 - (2) Doubling 223 - (3) Reduplication 224 - (4) Prefix pang- 224 - - B. Transients, abstracts, and special static - words 226 - - (1) Active with -um- and abstract with pag- 226 - (2) Active with mag- and abstract with pag- r 231 - (3) Active with mang- and abstract with - pang- r 239 - (4) Special static words 241 - (5) Direct passive, with -in 243 - (6) Special static words 247 - (7) Instrumental passive, with i- 247 - (8) Special static words 250 - (9) Local passive, with -an 250 - (10) Special static words 257 - - II. Secondary groups 262 - - 1. Prefix si- 262 - 2. Prefix paki- 263 - 3. Prefix ka- 265 - - (1) Simple static forms 265 - (2) Normal transients, abstracts, and - special static forms 268 - (3) Additional transients, abstracts, and - special static forms 280 - - 4. Prefix pa- 298 - - (1) Simple static forms 299 - (2) Normal transients, abstracts, and - special static forms 301 - (3) Transients and abstracts with pa- and ka- 309 - - 5. Prefix pati- 313 - - III. Irregular derivatives 314 - - -PART III - - LIST OF FORMATIONS 317 - INDEX OF WORDS 320 - CORRIGENDA 406 - - - - - - - - - -PREFACE - - -This essay is purely linguistic in character and purpose. - -In taking phonetic notes on Tagalog I noticed that the pronunciation -of the speaker to whom I was listening, Mr. Alfredo Viola Santiago -(at present a student of architectural engineering in the University -of Illinois) presented certain features of accentuation not mentioned -in the descriptions familiar to me. With the intention of briefly -describing these features, I took down more extensive notes and -asked Mr. Santiago to tell me in Tagalog the stories of "The Sun" -and "The Northwind and the Sun," used as models by the International -Phonetic Association. - -The data so obtained showed that the features of accentuation I had -observed were in part distinctive (expressive of word-meaning), and, -further, that certain other features, which were but imperfectly -described in the treatises I knew (so especially the use of the -"ligatures"), appeared in Mr. Santiago's speech in a regular and -intelligible manner. A more extensive study was thus indicated. - -The results of this study were subject to two obvious limitations. The -utterances I had transcribed were either translations or isolated -sentences, and I could not determine to what extent the features of -Mr. Santiago's speech which I had observed were general in Tagalog. - -The former of these limitations was fully overcome when I asked -Mr. Santiago to tell me connected stories. In addition to fortunate -endowments of a more general kind Mr. Santiago possesses, as I found, -that vivacity of intellect and freedom from irrelevant prepossessions -which we seek and so rarely find in people whose language we try -to study. This latter quality may be due in part to the fact that, -as Mr. Santiago's education has been carried on entirely in Spanish -and English, his speech-feeling for his mother-tongue has not been -deflected by the linguistic, or rather pseudo-linguistic training -of the schools, so familiar to us. However this may be, I cannot -be grateful enough to Mr. Santiago (and I hope that the reader -will join me in this feeling) for the intelligence, freshness, and -imagination with which he has given us connected narratives in his -native language,--stories he heard in childhood and experiences of -his own and of his friends. It is to be hoped that some of these -will be of interest to students of folk-lore (as, for instance, -Nos. 9, 10, 11, the old Hindu fable in No. 4, and the Midas story, -much changed, in No. 5); the texts are here given, however, only for -their linguistic interest. - -The second limitation could not be overcome. As there exists at present -no adequate description of the dialectal differentiation of Tagalog, -nor even an adequate description of any one form of the language, -I can make no definite statement as to the relation of Mr. Santiago's -speech to other forms of Tagalog. - -What is here presented is, then, a specimen of the speech of an -educated speaker from Mr. Santiago's home town, San Miguel na Matamés, -Bulacán Province, Luzón. It would have been possible to include in the -description the speech of at least one other educated Tagalog from a -different region (uneducated speakers are unfortunately not within -my reach), as well as such data as might be gathered from printed -Tagalog books: I have refrained from this extension because, at the -present state of our knowledge, a single clearly defined set of data -is preferable to a necessarily incomplete attempt at describing the -whole language in its local and literary variations. Comparison of -literary Tagalog (chiefly the translation of José Rizal's "Noli me -Tangere" by Patricio Mariano, Manila, Morales, 1913 [1]) shows that -Mr. Santiago's speech is not far removed from it. In most cases where -my results deviate from the statements of the Spanish grammars, the -evidence of printed books (and not infrequently the internal evidence -of the grammars themselves) shows that the divergence is due not -to dialectal differences but to the fact that the grammars are the -product of linguistically untrained observers, who heard in terms of -Spanish articulations and classified in those of Latin grammar. - -This study presents, then, the first Tagalog texts in phonetic -transcription and the first scientific analysis of the structure of -the language [2]. Although the nature of the problem forbade the use -of any material other than that obtained from Mr. Santiago, I have -examined all the treatises on Tagalog accessible to me. No experience -could show more clearly than the reading of these books the necessity -of linguistic and especially phonetic training for anyone who wishes -to describe a language. Not one of the works in the following list -[3] contains an intelligible description of the pronunciation of -Tagalog. The only general work of scientific value is the excellent -second volume of P. Serrano Laktaw's dictionary. Much as one may admire -the pioneer courage of Totanes and the originality of Minguella, -these venerable men were as little able to describe a language as -one untrained in botany is to describe a plant. Among the authors of -monographs are several good names and one or two of the greatest in -our science: nearly all of these authors mention the difficulty under -which they labored for want of an adequate description of the language. - - - - - - - - - -LIST OF BOOKS AND ARTICLES CONSULTED - - -Alter, F. C., Über die tagalische Sprache. Wien 1803. - -Blake, F. R., Contributions to comparative Philippine Grammar. (Journal -of the American Oriental Society, vols. 27, 28, 29, 30). - -Brandstetter, R., Tagalen und Madagassen, Luzern 1902. (= his -Malayo-polynesiche Forschungen, ser. 2, no. 2). - -Conant, C. E., The names of the Philippine languages. (Anthropos, -vol. 4). - -The pepet law in the Philippine languages. (Anthropos, vol. 7). - -de Coria, J., Nueva gramática tagalog. Madrid 1872. - -Cue-Malay, G., Frases usuales para la conversacion en español tagalo -é ingles. Manila 1898. - -Doherty, D. J., The Tagalog language. (Educational Review, vol. 24). - -Durán, C. G., Manual de conversaciones en castellano tagalo é -inglés. Manila 1900. - -Fernandez, D. E., Nuevo vocabulario ó manual de conversaciones en -español, tagalo y pampango. Binondo 1901. - -Francisco [Blancas] de San Josef, Arte y Reglas de la lengua -Tagala. Manila 1832. - -Garcia, F., at Herrera, V., Manga onang turo sa uikang inglés. Maynila -1902. - -Gaspar de San Agustin, Compendio de la Lengua Tagala. Manila 1879. - -Hévia Campomanes, J., Lecciones de gramática Hispano-Tagala. Manila -1872. 3d ed. 1883. 4th ed. 1888. - -von Humboldt, W., Die Kawi-Sprache, vol. 2, pp. 315 ff., 347 ff. (= -Berlin Academy Transactions, 1832, vol. 3). - -Kern, J. H. C., Over zoogenaamde verbindingsklanken in het -Tagala. (Bijdragen tot de taal-, land- en volkenkunde van -Nederlandsch-Indië, ser. 3, vol. 11). - -Sanskritsche woorden in het Tagala. (ib., ser. 4, vol. 4). - -Kirk, May, The Baldwin primer. Tagalog edition. New York [1899 and -1902 copyright]. - -Lendoyro, C., The Tagalog language. Manila 1902. - -MacKinlay, W. E. W., A handbook and grammar of the Tagalog -language. Washington 1905. - -Marre, A., Grammaire tagalog (Bijdragen, ser. 6, vol. 9). - -Merrill, E. D., A dictionary of the plant names of the Philippine -Islands. Manila 1903. (Publications of the Bureau of Government -Laboratories, Department of the Interior, Philippine Islands, no. 8). - -Miles, J., Método teórico-práctico y compendiado para aprender el -lenguaje Tagálog. Barcelona 1887. - -Minguella, T., Ensayo de gramática Hispano-Tagala. Manila 1878. - -Método práctico para que los niños y niñas de las provincias tagalas -aprendan á hablar Castellano. Manila 1886. - -Neilson, P. D., English-Tagalog Dictionary. Manila 1903. - -Tagalog-English Dictionary. Manila 1903. - -Nigg, C., Tagalog English and English Tagalog Dictionary. Manila 1904. - -de Noceda, J., y de Sanlucar, P., Vocabulario de la lengua -Tagala. Manila 1860. - -Paglinawan, M., Balarilang Tagalog [on cover: Gramatikang Tagalog] -Maynila 1910. - -Pardo de Tavera, T. H., Consideraciones sobre el origen del nombre -de los números en Tagalog (La España oriental 1889). - -El Sánscrito en la lengua Tagalog. Paris 1887. - -Rizal, José, Die Transcription des Tagalog. (Translated by -F. Blumentritt, Bijdragen, vol. 42). - -de los Santos, Domingo, Vocabulario de la lengua Tagala. Manila 1835 -(reimpreso). - -Serrano, R., Diccionario de terminos comunes -Tagalo-Castellano. Ed. 3. Binondo 1869. - -Nuevo diccionario manual Español-Tagalo. Manila 1872. - -Serrano Laktaw, P., Diccionario Hispano-Tagalog. Primera parte. Manila -1889. - -Diccionario Tagalog-Hispano. Segunda parte. Manila 1914. - -de Totanes, S., Arte de la lengua Tagala. Manila 1745. Sampaloc -1796. Manila 1850. Binondo 1865 (reimpreso). - -Wolfensohn, L. B., The infixes la, li, lo in Tagalog. (Journal of -the American Oriental Society, vol. 27). - - - - - - - - - -I. TEXTS IN PHONETIC TRANSCRIPTION - - -1. ANG ULÒL NA UNGGÒ` AT ANG MARÚNONG NA PAGÒNG. - -Mínsan ang pagòng hábang nalìlígo sa ílog, ay nakàkíta syà nang isa -ng púno-ng-ságing na lumùlútang at tinátangày nang ágos. Hiníla niya -sa pasígan, dátapwat hindí nya madalà sa lúpa`. Dáhil díto tináwag -nya ang kaybígan niya ng unggò` at iniyálay nyà ang kapútol nang -púno-ng-ságing kung itátanim nyà ang kanyà ng kapartè. Tumangò` ang -unggò` at hináte nilà sa gitnà` mulá sa magkábila ng dúlo ang púno -nang ságing. Inangkìn nang unggò ang kapútol na máy manga dáhon, -dáhil sa panukálà nya na iyòn ay tùtúbo na mabúti káy sa kapútol na -wala ng dáhon. - -Nang makaraàn ang ila ng áraw, ang púno nang unggò` ay namatày, yámang -ang sa pagòng ay tumúbo hanggàng sa magbúnga. Ang manga ságing ay -nahinòg, dátapwat hindí maakyàt nang pagòng. Dahil díto tináwag nyà -ang kanya ng kaybíga ng unggò` at inyálay nya ang ila ng búnga nang -ságing kung àakyatin nyà ang púno`. Ang unggò` ay umakyàt at kumáin -nang makàkáya. - -Sinábi nang pagòng: "Hulúgan mo akò." - -Dátapuwat isinagòt nang unggò`: "Balat màn at malinamnàm ay hindí -kita hùhulúgan." - -Ang pagòng ay nagálit at nagsábug sya nang tinìk sa palígid nang -púno`. Nang lumuksò ang unggò ay nátinik syà. Pinagbintangan nyà ang -pagòng at kanya ng hinánap úpang parusáhan niyà. Nàhúli nya ang pagòng -sa kabilà nang isa ng toòd. - -Sinábi nya sa pagòng: "Kità ay áki ng parùrusáhan. Mamíli ka sa -dalawà. Dikdikìn kità sa lusòng o lunúrin kità sa ílog?" - -Ang marúnong na pagòng ay nagumpisà nang pagsisigàw at hinilìng nya -sa unggò` na, kung maàáre`, ay dikdikìn siya sa lusòng. - -Dátapwat isinagòt nang unggò`: "Ibíbigay kò sa iyò ang parúsa na -hindí mo gustò." - -At inihágis nya sa ílog ang pagòng. - -Nang dumápo ang pagòng sa túbig ay nagsisigàw sya at sinábi nyà sa -unggò`: "Salámat, kaybígan. Itò ang áki ng tìráhan!" - - - - - -2. ANG PAGTATAKBÚHAN NANG USÀ AT NANG SUSÒ`. - -Isà ng usà ng nangìngináin sa gúbat ay nakátagpò nang isa ng susò` na -gumàgápang sa dáhon nang búho`. Ang usà ay naghintò nang pangingináin -at pinagmasdàn nyà ang mabágal na paggápang nang susò`. - -Makaraàn ang ila ng sandalì` ay sinábi nyà sa susò`: "Ano ng hína mo -ng lumákad! Bákit hindí ka magáral na lumákad nang matúlin? Gáya ko, -akù y paráti ng nàhàhábul nang manga áso, dátapwat ang matúlin ko ng -pagtakbò ay sya ng naglíligtàs sa ákin nang áki ng búhay. Dátapwat -gáya mò, kung ikàw ay habúlin nang káhit anò ng kaáway, papáno ang -mangyàyári sa iyo ng búhay? Pího ng ikàw ay màpàpatày." - -Pagkárinig nang susò` sa manga salità ng itò ay tiningnàn nya ang usà -at kanya ng pinagarálan ang maínam nya ng pangangatawàn, ang kanya ng -mahahába ng paà, at ang malalakàs nya ng lamàn. Iníbig nya na siya màn -ay gaya rìn nang usà úpang siyà ay makatakbò nang matúlin. Dátapwat -kanyà ng inakálà` na, kung pilítin nya na sya y tumakbò, ay hindí -sya màhùhulè nang malakì sa usà. - -Sa gayòn ay isinagot nyà sa usà: "Ikàw ay mapangmatà. Hindí -mo hinìhinálà` kung anò ang magágawa nang isa ng may matíbay na -paggustò. Hinàhámon kità na makipagtakbúhan sa ákin mula ríto hanggàng -sa ílog na nása bandà ng kalunúran mulà ríto." - -Ang usà ay tumáwa nang malakàs at isinagòt sa susò`: "Bákit mo inakála -ng tàtalúnin mo akò? Sigúro ng ikàw ay magdàdáya`!" - -Isinagòt nang susò`, na hindí siya magdàdáya`, at, úpang máy-roo -ng tumingìn sa kanilà at magìng hukòm sa kanila ng pagtatakbúhan, -ay sinábi nyà na tumáwag silà nang isà sa manga kayibígan nilà, -na sya ng magíging hukòm. - -Ang usà ay pumáyag, at tináwag nilà ang isa ng kálaw, úpang siya ng -magìng hukòm. - -Nang magumpisà silà nang pagtakbò ay malakì ang nagìng pagkáhuli nang -susò`. Sa kanyà ng pagtakbò ang usà ay nakáraàn nang isa ng mayábung -na damúhan. Naghintú sya úpang mangináin, yámang malakì ang pagkáuna -nya sa susò`. Binálak nyà na pagkátanaw nya na dumárating ang susò` -ay tátakbo syà ng mulì`. Dátapuwat, nang sya y makapangináin, ay -sinumpòng sya nang katàmáran. Natúlug sya sa panukálà na màgìgising -syà bágo dumatìng ang susò`. - -Dátapwat, hábang sya y natùtúlog, ay nakaraàn ang susò`. Nang mágising -syà ay malálim nà sa hápon. Tumakbo syà nang úbus-lakàs patúngu sa -ílog, at doòn ay sinalúbong sya nang susò` at nang kanila ng hukòm -na kálaw. - -"Ikàw ay talúnan," winíka pagdáka nang kanila ng hukòm. - - - - - -3. ISÀ NG BIYÀRNES-SÀNTO. - -Si Hwàn at ang kanyà ng kaybíga ng si Pédro ay namámangká sa ílug -patúngo sa báya-ng-Balíwag. Sa bangkà` ay máy-roon silà ng isà ng -laráwan nang Krísto na kanila ng iniháhatid sa páre`, úpang magámit sa -pagdadáus nang isa ng Pitù ng Wíka`. Si Hwàn ay sinìsiglàn nang tákot. - -Sinábi nya kay Pédro: "Ang táwu nátin sa bangkà` ay tadtàd nang súgat -at hindí humíhingà. Sa akálà ko y patày ang táo ng iyàn. Baká táyu -ang pagbintangàn nang pári ng áti ng paghàhatdàn sa kanyà." - -Isinagòt ni Pédro: "Sàsabíhin nátin sa kanyà na, nang màlúlan sa -áti ng bangkà` ang táo ng itò y ganyan nà ang kanya ng anyò`. Táyu -y marámi ng tagapagpatotoò, kanyá hwag kà ng matákot." - -Nang dumatìng sila sa páre`, ay ibinigày nila ang laráwan. Pinagsabíhan -silà nang páre` na pumaroòn sila sa simbáhan kinàbukásan nang hápon, -úpang makinìg nang sèrmon. - -Si Hwàn ay siniglà ng mulí nang tákot, sapagkàt hindí nya màpagkúro -kung bákit íbig nang páre` na silà ay pása simbáhan. Paráti sya ng -nakárinig nang manga táo ng kinumbidà sa simbáhan at doòn ay hinúli -nang gwàrdya-sibìl. Dátapuwat hindí sya nagwíka nang anu màn kay Pédro, -sapagkàt nàkìkíta nya na itò y walà ng tákot. - -Kinàbukásan nang hápun ay naparoòn sila sa simbáhan, at doòn ay nàkíta -nilà ang isa ng Krísto ng nàpàpákù sa krùs. - -Winíkà ni Hwàn: "Ang táu ng yaòn, kung iyò ng natàtandaàn, ay sya -náti ng inihatìd sa páre`. Mabúti táyo y dumoòn sa isa ng lugàr na -hindí maáabut nang matà nang páre`." - -Kanyá silà ng dalawà ay naparoòn sa ilálim nang pùlpito, úpang doòn -nilà pakinggàn ang sèrmon. Nagumpisà ang Syéti-Palábras, at ang párì -ay dumárating nà sa bandà ng hulì nang kanya ng sèrmon. - -Winíkà nang pári sa kanya ng sèrmon: "Magsísi kayò sa inyù ng manga -kasalánan, malulupìt na táo. Masdàn ninyò ang manga súgat na hiníwa -ninyù sa katawàn nang áti ng Mànanákop." - -Pagkárinig nitò ni Hwàn ay sya y siniglà ng mulí nang tákot, sapagkàt -inakálà nya na siya y nàpàpagbintangàn. - -Kanyà` ang ginawá nya ay umalìs sya sa ilálim nang pùlpito, hinaràp nya -ang páre`, at sinábi nya: "Ámong, hindí po kamì ang sumúgat sa táo ng -iyàn. Nang sya y ilúlan sa ámi ng bangkà`, ay sugatan nà sya antimáno." - -Pagkawíkà nya nitò ay bumalìk sya sa ilálim nang pùlpito. Hindí -pinansìn nang párì` ang manga nárinig nya ng salità`, at ipinatúluy -nya ang kanya ng sèrmon. - -"Dumating nà ang áraw na kayò ng manga makasalánan ay dápat -magsipagsísi. Ang manga pintúan nang lángit ay nábuksan nà sa -pagkamatày nang áti ng Mànanákop, at káhit na sínu ng makasalánan ay -makapàpásuk sa lángit, kung sila y magsipagsísi. Dátapwat, kung hindí -kayo magsipagsísi, ay màpàparusáhan kayò nang hírap na wala ng hanggàn -sa manga apùy sa infyèrno, dahilàn sa manga hírap na ipinasákit ninyò -sa áti ng Mànanákop. Masdàn ninyò ang kanyà ng katawàn na pumàpáwis -nang dugò`, ang kanya ng paà t kamày na nàpàpáko sa krùs, at ang kanyà -ng manga súgat mulá sa paà hanggàng úlo. Wala ng ibà ng nagpàpahírap -sa kanyà at sumúgat sa kanyà ng mahàl na katawàn, kung hindí kayò, -manga táwo ng makasalánan, at, kung hindí kayo magsipagsísi, ay -mahùhúlug kayo sa infyèrno!" - -Si Hwàn ay hindí màpalagày, at inakálà nya na ang pári ay -sinìsilakbuhàn nang gálit lában sa kanyà. - -Kanyà` hinarap nyà ng mulí ang páre`, at sinábi nya nang úbus-lakàs: -"Ámong, sinábi ko na pò` sa inyò kanína na hindí ako kasále ng sumúgat -sa táo ng iyán, kanyá hwag pò ninyo akò ng ipadalà sa impyèrno." - -Ang pári ay siniglàn nang malakì ng gálit, kanyá sinábi nya sa mangà -nakíkinìg: "Anu ba kayò, manga ungàs na táo? Walá baga ní isa sa inyò -na makaháwak sa táo ng itò úpang bigtihìn?" - -Pagkárinig nitò ni Hwàn ay tumakbo syà nang úbus-lakàs at sinagasáa -ng walà ng patumanggà ang manga táo ng nàlùluhòd at umíiyàk sa -pagsisísi nang kanilà ng kasalánan. Sinundan syà ni Pédro at silà ng -dalawà ay nagtakbúhan nang wala ng hintò hanggàng sa dumatìng sila -sa kanila ng báyan. At doòn ay ipinamalítà nila ang bútas-karáyum na -niligtasàn nilà. - - - - - -4. ANG KÚBA` AT ANG BULÀG. - -Isa ng kúba` at isa ng bulàg ay matálik na magkaybígan. Kung sila -y naglálakàd ang kúba` ang umàákay sa bulàg. Ang bulàg namàn ay syà -ng pumápasàn sa kúbà kung máy-roon silà ng mahírap na nilàlakáran, -sapagkàt ang kúba` ay mahína` ang katawàn. - -Mínsan sila y nakáraàn nang isà ng púno-ng-nyòg. Íbig nila ng pumitàs -nang búnga, dátapuwat hindí nila màláman kung síno sa kanilà ng -dalawà ang áakyàt sa púnò`. Sinábi nang bulàg na hindí sya makaáakyàt, -sapagkàt hindí nya màkìkíta kung alìn ang pìpitasín, yámang máy-roo -ng manga múra ng búnga. Ang kúba` ay hindi rìn íbig umakyàt, dahilàn -sa kanyà ng kahináan. Dátapuwat malakì ang pagkágusto nyà na kumáin -nang nyòg. Kanyà`, sa katapusàn ay sinábi nya na siyà ang áakyàt. - -"Úpang huwag kà ng mànakáwan nang manga ilálaglag kò ng búnga, ay -bìbilángin mo nang malakàs ang kalabùg sa lúpa nang manga búnga na -ilálaglag kò, úpang áki ng matandaàn ang bílang." - -Ang kúba ay nagumpisà nang pagakyàt, dátapwat pangangalahátì nya ay -nahúlug syà. - -"Isà!" ang sábi nang bulàg. - -Sinábi sa kanyà nang kúbà` na siyà ang kumalabòg at hindí ang búnga -nang nyòg. - -Umakyàt sya ulè`. Pagkaraàn nang ila ng sandalì` ay nahúlog ulí sya. - -"Dalawà!" isinigàw nang bulàg. - -Ang kúba ay nagálit, at sinábi nya sa bulàg na syà ay maúlit. - -Winíkà nya: "Iyo ng úna ng kumalabòg ay akò, ang ikalawà ay ako -rìn. Kanyà`, wala pà ng niyòg akò ng nàpìpitàs." - -Dátapuwat ang bulàg ay nagakála ng gawì ng katatawanàn ang pagkahúlog -nang kúba`. Kanyá binálak nya na, kung makárinig syà ulè nang kalabòg, -ay sísigaw syà nang "Tatlò!" - -Ang kúba ay umakyàt na mulì`, dátapwat nahúlog dìn syà. Ang bulàg -ay sumigàw nang "Tatlò!" at tumáwa sya. Ang kúba ay nagínit nang -gálit. Nilapítan nya ang bulàg at kanyà ng sinampàl sa mukhà`. Ang -sampàl ay tumáma sa manga matà nang bulàg, at dáhil díto ay nadílat -ang kanyà ng manga matà. - -Úpang manghigantì sya ay sinípà nya ang kúba`. Tinamaan nyà itò sa -likòd at dáhil díto ay nàúnat ang kanya ng kúba`. - -Silà ng dalawà ay natwá sa nangyári at lálo ng tumíbay ang kanila ng -pagkakaybígan sa lugàr nang magkasirá silà. - - - - - -5. ANG HÁRI NG MAY SÚNGAY AT SI HWÀN. - -Sa isà ng kapuluwàn naghàhári ang isa ng táwu ng may dalawà ng maiiklì -ng súngay na nàtàtágù sa malagú nya ng buhòk. Hindí itò nàlàláman nang -kanya ng manga pinaghàharían. Dátapwat ang líhim na ytò y nagumpisà ng -nàibadyà sa madlà` sa pamamagítan nang manga manggugúpit na nakàpútul -nang kanyà ng buhòk. - -Kanyá sya y nagkaroòn nang malaki ng gálit sa manga barbéro, at inakálà -nya ng lipúlin ang manga barbéro sa kanya ng kaharyàn. Iniyútus nya ng -humúkay nang ápat na malálim na balòn sa harapàn nang kanya ng tìráhan, -at sa gitná nang ápat na húkay na yitò ay nagpalagày sya nang isa ng -ùpúan. Isa ng áraw naupó sya sa taburéte sa gitná nang ápat na húkay, -at báwat táo ng nagdaàn ay tinanùng nya kung marúnung manggupìt. Ang -báwat sumagòt nang "Óo" ay pinahintú nya úpang bigyàn nya nang guntìng -at syà y gupitàn. Pagkaraàn nang ilà ng sandalì` ay itinanùng nya sa -báwat manggugúpit kung anò ang nàkìkíta nya sa úlo nang háre`. Ang -manga manggugúpit ay nagsipagsábi nang katotohánan at báwat isà -sa kanilà ay sumagòt nang súngay ang kanila ng nàkìkíta. Ang báwat -sumagòt nang ganitò ay ibinulìd nang háre` sa isà sa manga húkay sa -palígid niyà. - -Nakaraàn ang ila ng áraw at ang dalawà ng húkay ay napunú nà nang manga -barbéro at pinatabúnan na nyà. Dumálang ang manga tao ng nagdádaàn -na marúnung manggupìt, at ang háre ay nagakála ng nápatay nà niya ng -lahàt ang manga barbéro sa kanyà ng kaharyàn. - -Isa ng áraw ay naghintày sya sa kanya ng ùpúan hanggàng katanghalían -bágo nagdaàn ang isa ng táo na nagsábi ng sya y marúnung gumupìt -nang buhòk. - -Itinanùng sa kanyà nang háre`: "Anò ang pangálan mo?" - -Isinagòt nang táo: "Ang pangálan ko pò` ay Hwàn." - -"Gupitàn mo akò, Hwàn," iniyútus nang háre`. - -Lumápit si Hwàn sa háre` at inumpisahan nyà ang panggugupìt. - -Makaraàn ang ila ng sandalì` ay itinanùng nang háre`: "Anò ang nàkìkíta -mo sa úlo ko, Hwàn?" - -Ang kanya ng sagòt ay ganitò: "Ang iyo pò ng Kamàhálan, nàkìkíta ko -sa úlo ninyò ang koróna." - -Itò ay ikinatuwá nang háre`. Kanyá nagtindig syà sa ùpúan at inákay -nya si Hwàn sa kanya ng palásiyo at ginawá nya si Hwàn na barbéro nang -háre`. Malakì ang suwèldu na ibinigày nya kay Hwàn, at pinatabúnan -nya ang manga nàtìtirà ng húkay. - - - - - -6. TATLÒ NG ESTUDYÀNTE. - -Si Hwàn, si Pédro, at si Andrès ay tatlò ng magkakayibíga ng estudyànte -ng magkababáyan. Nang dumatìng ang pagbubukàs nang manga pàaralàn ay -nàláman nilà na silà ay magkàkahiwá-hiwalày. Iba t ibà ng báyan ang -kapàpatungúhan nang báwat isà sa kanilà. Bágo silà naghiwá-hiwalày -ay nagtìpánan silà nang pagtàtagpuàn nila ng lugàr paguumpisà nang -bakasyòn. - -Nakaraàn ang isa ng taòn at dumatìng ang pagsasarà nang kláse at ang -manga estudyànte ay naguwían sa kaní-kanilà ng báyan, at ang tatlò -ng magkakaybíga ng si Pédro, si Hwàn, at si Andrès ay nagtatagpò sa -báya ng tinubúan ni Pédro, úpang doòn sila magpalípas nang bakasyòn. - -Nang silà y magkikíta, pagkaraàn nang iba t ibà ng bágay na kanilà ng -pinagusápan, ay nagsiyásat silà kung ganò ang nàtutúhan nang báwat -isà sa kanila ng pagaáral nang wíka ng Kastíla`. Sinábi ni Pédro na -syà ay marámi ng nàlàláma ng salità ng Kastíla`, dátapuwat ang maígi -nya ng natàtandaàn ay ang salità ng "Bámos." - -Sumagòt namàn si Hwàn: "Ako màn ay marámi rì ng nàlàláman, dátapuwat -sa ngayòn ang nààalaála ko ay ang salità ng 'Matàr.'" - -Si Andrès namàn ay nagwíka ng walá sya ng nàtutúhan kung hindí ang -salità ng "Sì." - -Makaraàn ang kanila ng pagsasàlitáan ay nagyayá si Pédro na sila -ay mamangká sa ílog at magsipalígo tulòy. Nang sila y namámangká na -sa ílog, sa pangpàng ay nakátanaw silà nang isà ng Kastílà` na íbig -malígo`. Sinábi ni Pédro na mabúti ay makipagúsap silà sa Kastíla`, -úpang sa gayù y màipakíta nilà ang kaní-kanilà ng dúnong. - -Nagumpisà si Pédro at sinábi nya ng "Bámos!" - -Si Hwàn namàn ay sumagòt: "Matàr!" - -At sa hulè ay si Andrès ang kanya ng "Sì!" - -Nang márinig itò nang Kastíla`, ay siniglàn sya nang tákot, sapagkàt -inakálà nya na pàpataìn sya nang tatlò ng namámangkà`. Kanyá, káhit na -hindí sya marúnung lumangòy, ay nagtalòn sya sa ílog at sya y nalúnod. - - - - - -7. ISA NG SUNDÁLU NG MARÚNUNG NANG LATÌN. - -Tatlò ng magkakayibígan, isa ng párè`, isa ng manggagámut, at isa -ng sundálu, ay magkakasáma ng nagsipamarìl nang maiílap na háyup sa -isà ng maláwak na gúbat. Ang gúbat ay maláyù sa báyan. Kanyà` silà -ay nagdalà nang marámi ng báon, úpang hwag silà ng gutúmin. - -Nakaraàn ang ila ng áraw, dátapuwat walá pa sila ng nàhùhúli káhit -anò. Ang kanila ng báon ay umuntí nang umuntì` hanggàng sa walà ng -nátira kung hindí isa ng hilàw na itlòg. Dumatìng sa kanilà ang áraw -nang malaki ng gútom, dátapuwat sila ng tatlò ay walà ng pagkáin kung -hindí ang itlòg lámang na nàtìtirà. - -Sinábi nang páre` na, kung paghatían nilà ang isa ng itlòg, ay hindí -makabùbúti sa kanilà, sapagkàt hindí makapàpáwi` nang kaní-kanila ng -gútom. Kaniyà` ipináyu nang párì` na isà lámang sa kanilà ng tatlò ang -kumáin nang itlòg na nàtìtirà,--at sa kanya ng kasakimàn ay ipináyu -nya na kung sínu sa kanilà ang pinakamahúsay na magsalitá nang Latìn -ay sya lámang kàkáin nang itlòg. Inakálà nya na ang sundálu ay hindí -marúnung nang Latìn at ang médiko lámang ang sya nyà ng màkàkatálo, -at ang dúnong nitò y kanya ng minámatà. - -Ang médiko y umáyun sa hátul nang párì`, dátapuwat ang sundálu ay áyaw -pumáyag, sapagkàt hindí sya nagáral na gáya nang pári` at nang médiko; -ngúnit walá sya ng magawà`. - -Kinúha nang párì` ang itlùg at itinuktòk nya sa isa ng batò. Nang -mabásag ang itlòg ay sinábi nyà: "Koronátum est," at tiningnàn nyà -ang dalawà nya ng kasáma. - -Inabùt nang médiko ang basàg na itlòg, inalis nyà ang balàt na basàg -at nilagyan nyà nang asìn at kanya ng sinábi: "Sàltum est." - -Iniyabùt nang manggagámot sa sundálu ang itlùg, at ang páre at siyà ay -naghintày nang sàsabíhin nang sundálo. Itò y walà ng màláma ng sabíhin, -sapagkàt katunáya ng walá sya ng nàlàláman káhit isa ng hóta tungkùl sa -Latìn. Sa kanya ng pagiisìp ay nàalaála nya na, mínsan pumásuk sya sa -simbáhan úpang makinìg nang Syéti-Palábras, ay nárinig nyà sa párì` na -ang kahulugàn nang salità ng "Konsumátum est" ay "Tapus nà ang lahàt." - -Kanyà ibinúhos nya sa kanyà ng bibìg ang itlòg, at pagkalaguk nyà ay -kanya ng sinábi: "Konsumátum est." - -Ang dalawà nya ng kasáma ay nàpagúlat nang malakì sa hindí nila -hininála ng dúnung nang sundálo. - - - - - -8. ANG PITÙ NG DWÈNDE. - -Isà ng magasáwa ay máy-roo ng pitù ng anàk na dwènde. Ang amà ay walà -ng trabáho at hindí rìn siya makàkíta nang trabáho. Ang inà namàn ay -hindí kumìkíta nang salapì`, sapagkàt mahína` ang kanyà ng katawàn -at paráti sa sakìt. - -Isa ng tangháli` sila y nàùupú sa isa ng bangkò` at pinagùusápan nilà -ang kanila ng pamumúhay na pinagdàdaanàn. Itinanùng nang laláke kung -anò ang mabúte nila ng gawìn sa kanila ng maràmi ng anàk. Ipináyu -nang babáye na kanilà ng ihánap nang trabáho ang manga báta`, úpang -kumíta silà nang kwaltà. Dátapuwat isinagòt nang laláki na sa akálà -nya ay hindí sila makàkìkíta nang trabáho, sapagkàt siya rìn ay -wala ng màkíta. Kanyà` ipináyu nyà na ang mabúti ay itápun nilà ang -manga báta`. - -Itò y ikinalungkòt at ikináiyàk nang babáye. Áyaw sya ng pumáyag -na itápon ang manga báta`. Dátapuwat ipinakíta sa kanyà nang kanyà -ng asáwa na, kung hindí nila gawìn iyòn, sila ng lahàt ay mamámatay -nang gútom. Sa kalaúnan ay pumáyag ang babáe at pinagkàsunduàn nila -na dalhìn nila ng magpasyàl ang manga báta` at kanila ng íwan sa daàn. - -Hábang pinagùusápan nilà itò, ang ikapitù ng bátà ay nása isà ng -bitàk nang bangkò na kanila ng inùupàn at nárinig nya ng lahàt ang -gàgawin sa kanilà nang kanila ng magúlang. Pagkaraàn nang kanilà ng -sàlitáan ay hinánap pagdáka nang báta ang kanyà ng manga kapatìd at -ibinalítà nya ang kanya ng nárinìg. Silà ay nagìyákan, sapagkàt hindí -ipinaálam sa kanilà nang kanila ng magúlang na silà ay nakabíbigat -sa kanila ng pamumúhay. Inakálà nila na, kung itò y nàláman nilà, -káhit na papáno tùtúlong sila ng maghánap nang kabuháyan. Dátapuwat -pinagkàsunduwan nilà na silà y sumáma pag niyáyà sila ng magsipagpasyàl -at paligàw silà. - -Kinàbukásan hinánap silà nang kanilà ng amà, pinapagbíhis -sila, binigyàn sila nang manga púto, at sinábi ng sila y -magsísipagpasyàl. Nang silà y magumpisà ang ikapitò ng báta ay -hindí kináin ang kanya ng tinápay, dátapuwat magmulá sa kanila ng -tàrangkáhan ay dinúrog nya ang tinápay at ibinudbòd nya sa daà ng -kanila ng nilakáran. Nang sila y málayú nà ay naubúsan sya nang -tinápay, kanyá nanghingí sya sa kanya ng manga kapatìd. Dátapwat -hindí nila syà binigyàn. Itò namàn ay hindí sinábi sa kanilà kung -bákit sya naubúsan agàd nang tinápay. Nang hindí sya makáhingì nang -tinápay ay namúlot sya nang manga batò, at itò y sya nyà ng isa-isà -ng inilaglàg sa kanila ng pinagdaánan. - -Nang dumatìng sila sa isa ng gúbat ay iníwan silà nang kanilà -ng magúlang at pinagsabíhan silà na hantayìn sila doòn, at silà y -bábalik agàd. Silà y naíwan, dátapwat nàlàláman nilà na hindí sila -pagbàbalikàn nang kanila ng magúlang. - -Nang makaraàn ang ila ng sandalì`, ay nakárinig silà nang isa ng -íngay. Pinuntahàn nilà ang lugàr na pinanggàgalíngan nang íngay. Doòn -ay nàkíta nilà ang isa ng malakì ng higànte na nalìlígo sa tabi nang -isa ng balòn. Tiningnàn nila ang palígid-lígid nang lugàr, at sa -tabì nang isa ng káhuy ay nàkíta nilà ang pananamìt nang higànte. Ang -ikapitù ng bàta ay pinaalìs ang kanya ng manga kapatìd at sinábi nya -na magtágo silà at kanyà ng nànakáwin ang sapátos nang higànte. Itò -ay kanila ng ginawà`, at ninákaw nang báta ang sapátos. - -Nang makapalígo` ang higànte at siyà y nagbìbíhis ay hindí nya màkíta -ang kanya ng manga sapátos. Sya y nagálit at nagmurà. Tumáwag sya nang -túlong. Nang itò y márinìg nang numákaw nang sapátos ay dali-dáli sya -ng dumalò. Nang màkíta sya nang higànte ay hindí sya pinagbintangàn, -sapagkàt dahilàn sa kanya ng kaliitàn ay inakálà nang higànte ng -hindí nya madádala ang sapátos. - -Kanyà` itò y nagwíka sa kanyà: "Kung iyo ng dàdalhìn ito ng súpot ko -nang kwaltà sa áki ng asáwa at pabilhìn mo syà nang sapátos at ihatìd -nya sa ákin, ay ùupáhan kità nang marámi ng kwàlta." - -Sinábi tulòy nya na sya y hindí nakalàlákad nang wala ng sapátos, -kanyá sya y magmadalì`. Nang màkúha nya ang súpot nang kwaltà ay -ipinangákù nya ng bábalik syà agàd. Dátapwat, nang málayo sya, ay -tináwag nya ang manga nàtàtágù nya ng kapatìd, at nang sila y maípon ay -nagyayá sya ng umuwè`. Dátapwat isinagòt nang kanya ng manga kapatìd -na hindí nila nàlàláman ang daà ng pauwè`. Ngúnit kanyà ng isinagòt -na tùtuntunìn nilà ang kanya ng inilaglàg na batò at tinápay sa daàn. - -Sinábi nang isà nyà ng kapatìd na, kung nàláman nya kung anò ang -kanya ng ginawà` sa tinápay, ay binigyàn sána nya syà nang syà y -manghingì`. Kanilà ng ikinalungkòt ang ipinakíta nila ng karamútan -sa kanila ng kapatìd. - -Hindí naláon at nàtagpuan nilà ang hiléra nang manga batò sa daàn. Itò -y tinuntòn nila at nakaratìng sila sa kanila ng báhay, dalà nilà -ang súpot nang kwaltà na kanila ng ibinigày pagdáka sa kanila ng -magúlang. Silà y nangatwá at nangalungkòt dahilàn sa kanilà ng malì -ng inásal sa manga anàk,--sila y natwá sapagkàt máy-roon sila ng -ikabùbúhay sa maláo ng panahòn. - - - - - -9. ISÀ NG PULÌS NA NAGASWÀNG-ASWÁNGAN. - -Noò ng tagáraw nang taò ng míle-nobisyèntos-dòs, hábang ang manga -hinòg na búnga nang káhoy ay nangakabiyábit sa manga sangà, lumagánap -ang balíta sa boo ng báyan nang San-Antónyo na máy-roo ng aswàng na -naglílibot sa báyan. - -Ang manga táo-ng-San-Antónyo sa manga taò ng iyòn ay may paniniwála` -sa manga núno`, aswàng, dwènde, at iba pà ng katatakutàn. Karamíhan sa -kanilà y hindí nagkapálad na makapagáral, dátapwat, káhit na ganitò ang -kalàgáyan nila, sila y manga táwo ng mababaìt, matahímik, at masisípag. - -Ang manga báhay sa báya ng itò ay maliliìt at nayàyárì nang páwid at -kawáyan. Máy-roon dì ng ila ng báhay na tablà. Karamíhan ay nàtàtayò -sa malalakì ng bakúran, at ang dulúhan nang bakúran ay nàtàtamnàn -nang manga púno-ng-káhoy na masasaràp ang búnga, gáya nang tsíko, -súha`, santòl, mabúlo, manggà, at iba pà. - -Kasalukúya ng nagkàkahinòg ang manga búnga-ng-káhuy na ytò nang -lumagánap ang balíta na may-roòn nà ng ila ng gabì na nàmatáan nang ila -ng babáe ang aswàng sa ibà t iba ng dulúhan. Ang manga báta at manga -babáe ay siniglàn nang malakì ng tákot, kanyá pagkagàt nang dilìm ay -agad-agàd silà ng nagsipanahímik sa loòb nang báhay. Karamíhan nang -manga laláki ay nangatákot dìn, dátapwat máy-roo ng ila ng nagsipagsábi -na sila y hindí natàtákot, sapagkàt hindí pa sila nakátagpo nang -aswàng, at sa ganitò y hindí nila nàlàláman kung dápat katakútan -ang aswàng. - -Ang aswàng ay isa ng táo ng malakì ang kapangyaríhan. Nakapagìiba-t-ibà -sya nang pangangatawàn. Kung mínsan ay may katawàn siya ng pára ng táo, -dátapwat maitèm, kung mínsan siya y isa ng malakì ng áso o báboy. Sya -y nangàngáin nang táo, lálù nà nang manga báta`. Dátapuwat ang lálo ng -mahalagà nya ng pagkáin at sya rìn namàn nyà ng karanyúa ng kinàkáin -ay ang báta ng hindí pa naipangánganàk at násàsa tiyàn pa lámang nang -kanya ng inà. Kanyá ang manga buntìs na babáye sa báya ng yaòn ay -lálo ng malakì ang tákot. Hindí nila pinatúlog ang kanila ng asáwa -sa pagbabantày sa kanila ng tabì. Ang aswàng ay mahírap mápatay nang -patalìm o barìl, sapagkàt máy-roon sya ng íisa lámang na lugàr na -dápat màtamaàn o masugátan úpang sya y mápatày, at ang lugàr na ytò -ay lihìm. Ang bágay lámang na kanya ng inìilágan ay ang báwang. Kanyá -itò y malakì ng kagamitàn sa pagpapaláyas nang aswàng. - -Dátapwat isà ng bágay na nakapagtátakà sa aswàng na iyòn ay ang kanyà -ng inugáli ng pagtitirà sa manga dulúhan nang bakúran. Katakà-takà rìn -ang bágay na manga dalága ang karamíhan nang nagsipagsábi ng nàmatáan -nilà sa dulúhan sa itaàs nang súha` o iba pà ng púno-ng-káhoy ang -aswàng na iyòn. Ila ng táo ng matalíno ay nagsábi ng ang bintàng nilà -y isa ng magnanákaw at hindí aswàng ang pinagkàkatakutà ng iyòn. - -Isa ng polìs na may hindí karanyúa ng tápang ay siya ng tumiktìk sa -aswàng na itò sa dulúha ng bágo ng kinakitáan sa kanyà. Pagdilìm ay -nároon na syà sa kanya ng kublíhan. Hindí nalaúnan at dumatìng ang -aswàng, umakyàt sa isa púno-ng-súha`, at nárinig niya ng pumitàs nang -marámi ng búnga. Itò y bumába` at umalìs, dátapwat sya y sinundàn -nang pulìs hanggàng sa báhay na kanya ng pinasúkan. - -Malakì ang nagìng pagkàgúlat nang polìs, nang díto nàmálas nya ng ang -kápwa nya polìs nabàbálot nang maitìm na kúmot, at ang súpot na itìm -na punò nang súha` ay kasalukúyan pa lámang niya ng inilálapàg. - -Niyáyà nya sa munisípyo ang kápwa nya polìs, at doòn kinàbukásan -ipinagsumbòng nyà sa presidènte. Ang polìs na nagaswang-aswángan ay -nábilanggò dahilàn sa sála ng pagnanákaw. - - - - - -10. ISÀ NG ASWÀNG NA NÁPATÀY. - -Isà ng gabì sa isà ng báhay na pàngaserahàn nang ilà ng manga -nagsìsipagáral sa báya-ng-Malólos ay nárinig ko ng isinalaysày nang -isà ng matandà` na may gúlang na siyàm na pù ng taòn sa isà ng umpúkan -ang sumúsunòd. - -Noò ng sya y bágo ng táwu pa lámang ay sa búkid sya nagtítirà. Íilan -lámang silà ng magkakápit-báhay. Isa ng áraw ay namatayàn ang isa nyà -ng kápit-báhay. Sa pagsunòd sa isa ng matandà ng kaugaliàn ay dumalo -syà sa kápit-báhay na may hápis. - -Nang dumatìng sya doòn ay hindí nalaúnan at nàbalitáan nyà na may -aswàng sa kanila ng lugàr. Syà ay may malakì at katutúbo ng gálit sa -manga aswàng, kaniyá inakálà nya ng magbantày nang gabì ng iyòn. - -Nang malálim nà ang gabì ay nanáog sya sa báhay at sa isa ng karitò -ng dí maláyo sa báhay, doòn sya nahigà`. Kabilúgan nang bwàn nang -gabi ng iyòn, kanyà malínaw ang pagkàkíta nya sa manga bágay sa -palìgid-lígid. Walá sya ng nàmálas na màpaghìhinaláa ng isa ng aswàng, -kanyá sya y natúlog. - -Kinàháti-ng-gabihàn ay nágising syà at ang úna ng tinamaàn nang kanyà -ng manga matà ay isà ng bágay na maitìm sa bubungàn nang báhay nang -kinamatayàn. Ang maitìm na iyòn ay walá roon bágo sya natúlog, kaniyá -nagbintang syà na iyòn ay ang aswàng na nàbalitáan nyà. Ang aswàng -ay nangàngáin nang patày na táo, kanyà sinapantáhà nya na ang patày -ang sadyá doòn nang aswàng na iyòn. - -Pumanhìk sya sa báhay at dalà nyà ang isa ng gúlok. Ang manga táo -y natùtúlog. Sa itaàs ay may-roon syà ng nàkíta ng isa ng bágay na -nakalawìt mulá sa bubungàn nang báhay. Itò y gáya nang bitúka nang -manòk. Humábà nang humába`, hanggàng sa ang dúlo y pumások sa bibìg -nang patày. Ang patày ay nagtindìg sa kanyà ng kinàlàlagyàn pagkapások -sa kanya ng bibìg nang bágay na iyòn. - -Ang ginawá nang bágo ng táo ay lumápit siya sa nakatindìg na patày at -sa pamamagítan nang dala nyà ng gúlok ay pinútol niya ang bágay na iyòn -na pára ng bitúka nang manòk. Nang itò y mapútol ay may kumalabòg sa -tabì nang báhay. Nanáog siya at doòn ay nàkíta nya ang patày na aswàng. - - - - - -11. ANG MANGKUKÚLAM. - -Sa ilà ng poòk sa Filipínas ay may lubòs na paniniwálà sa mangkukúlam -ang manga táo. Áyon sa kanila ng paniwála` ang mangkukúlam ay isa ng -táo ng may malakì ng kapangyaríhan at ang kapangyaríha ng itò y gáling -sa dimóniyo o kayà y mána sa magúlang. Bágo màkamtàn ang kapangyaríha -ng iyòn ang isà ay dápat múna ng makipagkayibígan at magsilbè sa -dimóniyo. Dátapwat may ilan dì ng nanìniwála ng nàpùpúlot o naàágaw -ang kapangyaríha ng iyòn sa gúbat o ilàng na lugàr na mahírap puntahàn -at karanyúwa y pinagkàkatakutàn. - -Ang kúlam ay siyà ng naàágaw, nàmàmána, o ibiníbigay nang dimóniyo, at -iyò y sya ng pinanggàgalíngan nang kapangyaríhan nang nagmème-áre`. Ang -hitsúra nang kúlam ay hindí parè-parého. Kung mìnsan ay isa ng batò o -isa ng maníka ng maliìt at masamà` ang hitsúra. Kung madilìm ang kúlam -na itò y nagníningnìng na pára ng alitaptàp, dátapwat ang ningnìng -na itò y nawáwalà namàn pag inìbig nang kúlam. Ang kúlam at ang táo, -káhit laláki o babáe, na nagàári sa kanyà ay hindí naghíhiwalày káhit -isà ng sandalè` at káhit na sa pagpalígo` ay dinádala nang mangkukúlam -ang kanya ng kúlam. Dáhil díto ang manga táo ng mapagsyásat, pag -íbig nilà ng màpagkilála kung mangkukúlam ngà` o hindì` ang isa ng -táo ng kanila ng pinaghìhinaláan, ay sinùsubúkan nila itò sa kanyà -ng pagpalígo`. Kung hindí maíngat at walà ng hinálà ang mangkukúlam -na syà y sinùsubúkan, kung mínsan ay nagkàkapálad ang nanùnúbok na -màkíta nya ang kúlam. - -Ang mangkukúlam ay may kapangyaríhan dì ng itágo` sa loòb nang kanyà -ng katawàn ang kúlam, at hindi bihíra` ang manga táo ng nakàkíta nang -mangkukúlam sa kanya ng pagkamatày. Sa kàhulì-hulíha ng sandalì`, -bágo malagòt ang hiningà, inilúluwa nilà ang kúlam. - -Itò y nangyàyári lámang kung áyaw ipamána nang mangkukúlam ang kanyà -ng kúlam. Kung ipinamàmána namàn itò, malwat pà bágo mamatày ang -mangkukúlam ay tinàtáwag na nyà ang kanyà ng íbig pamanáhan, at díto -y líhim na líhim nya ng ibiníbigay ang kúlam. - -Ang malakì ng kapangyaríhan nang mangkukúlam ay ginàgámit nya lában sa -kanya ng manga kaáway, sa manga táo ng kanyà ng kinagàgalítan, o kayà -y sa manga háyop nilà, kung siya nyà ng íbig panghigantihàn. Gayon -dìn ginàgámit nya ang kanya ng kapangyaríhan sa pangbibíro` sa isa -ng táo o háyop na kanya ng màkatwaàn. - -Ang kanyà ng pinasàsakítan kadalasà y nagáanyo ng pára ng ulòl. Kung -mínsan ang kanya ng kinùkúlam ay dumádaing na masakìt ang kanya ng buò -ng katawàn, nagsísisigàw, at hindí màtahímik káhit isà ng sandalè`. Sa -háyop namàn karanyúwa y ang bábuy na pinakamahalagà sa may ári`, -ang kanya ng ibiníbigay na parúsa ay gáya nang sakìt na kólera, -dátapuwat lálu ng mabagsìk káy sa ríto. Ang pagdumì nang háyop ay -wala ng patìd, at pagkaraàn nang ilà ng óras, káhit na gáno katabà` -ang háyop, ay nagíging butò t balàt. Ang táo ng nàkùkúlam nya ay -malakàs kumáin, katimbàng nang dalawà katáo, at mapanghilìng nang -masasaràp na pagkáin. Dáhil díto ang paniwála nang manga táo y kasálo -ng kumàkáin nang máy sakit ang mangkukúlam na nagpàparúsa sa kanyà. - -Ang mangkukúlam ay may kapangyaríha ng pumaloòb sa katawàn nang -kanyà ng kinùkúlam. Itò y sya ng paniwála`, dátapuwat kung papáno -ang paraàn nang pagpások nang mangkukúlam at kung saàn sya pumàpások -sa katawàn nang kanya ng kinùkúlam ay walà ng nakààalàm. Ngúnit ang -kanya ng nilàlabasàn ay ang hintutúro`. Ang bágay na itò ay malakì ng -kabuluhàn úkol sa paggamòt sa nàkùkúlam at gayon dìn sa pagpaparúsa -sa mangkukúlam. - -Káhit na malakì ang kapangyaríhan nang mangkukúlam ay mayroon dìn sya -ng kinatàtakútan, karanyúwa y ang manga táo ng malalakàs, matápang, -at wala ng paniwálà sa kapangyaríhan nang mangkukúlam at iba pà ng -pinagkàkatakutàn nang manga iba ng táo. Dáhil díto y hindí bihíra` -na ang isà ng táo y pamagatà ng "médiko-ng-mangkukúlam" pagkaraàn -nang úna o ikalawà nya ng pagpapagalìng nang táo sa sakìt na itò. - -Mínsan ay nárinig ko ng magbalíta` ang isa ng táo ng nakàkíta -nang panggagamòt nang táo ng nàkùkúlam. Ang táo ng itò y may isa -ng kápit-báhay na may anàk na dalága. Sa dalága ng itò y marámi ng -manglilígaw, at ang isà sa kanilà y pinaghìhinaláa ng mangkukúlam. Sa -kasamaà-ng-pálad nitò ay nagìng isa syà sa manga hindí nátanggàp. Sa -malakì nya ng gálit ay magkasunòd nya ng kinúlam ang babáye at laláki -ng magkaìbígan. - -Inúna nya ang babáye at ito namà y agàd na itináwag nang -médiko-ng-mangkukúlam nang kanyà ng manga magúlang. Nang dumatìng ang -médiko at nàkíta nya ang máy sakìt, ay sinábi nya ng nàkùkúlam ngà` -ang babáye. - -Sinábi nya sa manga táo doòn na hwàg paàaláman sa nàkùkúlam na syà y -nàròroòn sa báhay. Pag itò y nàláman nang máy sakìt, ay màlàláman dìn -nang mangkukúlam na nása loòb nang kanya ng katawàn, at makaáalis agàd -ang mangkukúlam. Ang médiko y lumápit na hindí nàmaláyan nang babáye, -at pagdáka y tinangnan nyà nang mahigpìt ang dalawà ng hintutúro` -nang babáye. Itò y lálo ng inilakàs ang pagsigàw, at kuminìg na pára -ng isa ng natàtákot. - -Ang mangkukúlam, áyon sa paniwálà nang manga táo, ay sya ng -nakàràramdàm nang ano mà ng pasákit na ibigày sa katawàn nang kanyà -ng kinùkúlam hábang sya y násàsa loòb nang katawàn nitò. Gayon dìn, -kung kausápin ang máy sakìt, ay siyà ang sumásagòt. - -Dáhil díto y itinanòng pagdáka nang médiko: "Anò ang ginágawá mo -ríto, salbáhe?" - -Ang máy sakit ay hindí kumibò`, dátapwat nagpílit na magkawalà`. Ang -ipinakíta nya ng lakàs ay hindí karanyúwa ng lakàs nang babáye. - -Dátapuwat hindí sya pinawalàn nang médiko, at itò y tumanòng na mulì`: -"Anò ang ginágawá mo ríto? Bákit ka naparíto? Pag hindí ka sumagòt, -ay pahìhirápan kità." - -Ang babáye ay nagmàmakaáwa ng sumagòt: "Walá po`, hindí na po` úulè`, -pawalan pò` ninyo akò, at akò y nahìhirápan nà." - -"Pawalàn kità?" itinanòng agàd nang médiko, "Mangákù ka múna sa ákin -na hindí ka na bábalik." - -"Hindí na pò` akò bábalik," ang sagòt nang babáye. - -"Pag nàhúle kità ulè` díto, ay pàpatayìn kità. Hwag kà ng -salbáhe. Tumahímik ka sa iyò ng báhay." - -"Ó po`, ó po`, hindí na pò` akò bábalik. Pawalàn na pò ninyo akò!" - -Hábang ang sàlitáa ng itò y nangyàyári ang babáye ay nagpìpílit -na magkawalà`, íbig nya ng mabitíwan nang médiko ang kanya ng -hintutúro`. Pagkapangáko nang babáye ay binitíwan nang médiko -ang dalawà nya ng hintutúro`. Ang mukhá nang babáye na dáti ay -nagpàpakilála nang malakì ng paghihírap ngayò y nàhúsay, at sya y pára -ng gága na pinagsa-ulàn nang pagiísip. Sya ay tumahímik, pinútol ang -pagsisigàw, at nàkaúsap nang matwìd. - -Ang laláki namàn ay nàtìtirà sa isa ng báya ng malápit. Nang sya y -kinùkúlam nà ay itináwag sya nang manggagámot nang kanya ng kapatìd -na laláke. Sa kalakhàn nang gálit nang kapatìd na ytò ay sya nyà ng -tináwag ang manggagamòt na mabagsìk at malupìt sa pagtaráto nya sa -mangà mangkukúlam. - -Líhim na dumatìng ang manggagámot sa báhay nang máy sakìt. Mulá sa -kanya ng kublíhan ay piního múna nya kung ang mangkukúlam ay násàsa -katawàn ngà` nang máy sakìt. Itò y nàpagkìkilála sa pagsisigàw, -pagkílos, at pananalità ng hindí tulà-tulà` nang máy sakìt. Ang -manggagamòt ay nagpatalìm nang isà ng gúlok at pagkatápos ay maligsì -sya ng tumakbò sa tabì nang máy sakìt. Tinangnan nyà ang dalawà -ng hintutúro nitò, dinaganàn nya ang katawàn, at tinagá nya ng -makáilan ang mukhá nang máy sakìt. Itò y nagsisigàw at nagkawalà`, -dátapwat nang makawalá sya y may manga súgat na ang kanyà ng mukhà` -at ang dugò y umàágos na wala ng patìd. Walà ng kibú sya iníwan nang -manggagamòt. Hinánap nitò ang kapatìd nang sugatàn at kanya ng sinábi -na hwag pansinìn ang manga súgat nang kanya ng kapatìd, at kinàbukása -y mawáwala` iyòn at màlìlípat sa mangkukúlam, sapagkàt dinatnàn nya -itò sa katawàn nang kanyà ng kapatìd. Kinàbukásan ay pinarunàn nang -médiko ang kanya ng ginamòt nang patalìm, at malakì ang tuwá nya nang -itò y màkíta nya ng mahúsay at wala ng bakas-súgat sa mukhà`. Pagkaraàn -nang ila ng áraw nàbalitáan nilà na isa ng mangkukúlam sa kápit-báyan -nilà ay malubhà` ang lagày dahilàn sa pagdudugò ng hindí maampàt nang -manga súgat nya sa mukhà`. - -Máy-roon dìn namà ng mangkukúlam na maligsì at hindí na paaábot -sa manggagamòt. Ang manggagamòt namàn ay kinàkayilánga ng bihása` -at maligsì. Ang káhit síno y maàári ng gumamòt sa isà ng nàkùkúlam, -yámang walá namà ng ibà ng panggamòt kung hindì` ang pagpapahìrap -sa katawàn nang nàkùkúlam. Dátapuwat malakì ang pangánib, sapagkàt, -kung hindí maligsì, dahilàn sa kawalàn nang sánay, ang gumágamòt, -maàári ng makawalà` ang mangkukúlam. Kung magkágayo y ang nàkùkúlam -mìsmo ang maghìhírap dahilàn sa parúsa. Mínsan ay máy nàbalíta ng -nangyári na gáya nitò ng sumúsunòd. - -Ang isà sa dalawà ng magkapatìd na laláki ay kinúlam nang kanya ng -karibàl sa paglígaw. Walà ng màtáwag na médiko-ng-mangkukúlam. Sa -malakì ng áwà sa kanyà nang kanya ng kúya ay tinalagà nitò ng -gamutìn sya káhit na walá sya ng pagkasánay. Hindí ngá sya sanày, -dátapwat madalàs nya ng nàpakinggàn sa manga manggagamòt ang paraàn -nang paggamòt. Isa ng hápon, nang inakálà nya ng nása loòb na namàn -nang katawàn nang kanyà ng kapatìd ang mangkukúlam, ay sinunggabàn -nya agàd ang isa ng gúlok at pagkálapit nyà sa kanya ng kapatìd ay -tinagá nya itò nang walà ng tuòs. Kinàbukásan sa lugàr nang màkíta -nya ng magalìng at wala ng súgat ang kanyà ng kapatìd itò y bangkày -na lámang. Ang mangkukúlam ay nakawalà`. - - - - - -12. ANG LARO NG SÍPA` SA FILIPÍNAS. - -Ang laro ng sípà sa Estádos-Unídos at sa Filipínas ay lubhà ng malakì -ang pagkakáibà. Sa lugàr nang dalawà ng pangkàt na nagtàtálo ang -nagsìsipaglarò` na gáya nang fùtbol, sa sípà ay isà ng pangkàt lámang -ang naglálarò`. Sa sípà ang hangàd nang nagsìsipaglarò ay hindí ang -talúnin ang isa ng kaáway, dátapuwat ang huwàg bayáa ng lumagpàk sa -lúpà ang bóla o sípa`. - -Ang bóla ng gámit ay malakì ng malaki rìn ang kaibhàn. Itò y nayàyárì -nang yantòk na tinilàd at nilála ng pabilòg. Walà ng lamàn ang loòb, -at ang manga matà nang sulihiyà ay malalakè. Dáhil díto ay magaàn -ang sípa`, hindí gáya nang bòla ng gámit sa bèsbol. - -Mulá sa dalawà hanggàng sa dalawà ng pù` ang bílang nang -nagsìsipaglarò`. Kung silà ay marámi ang áyos ay pabilòg. Úpang -umpisahàn ang paglalarò` isà sa manga kasále ay ihiníhitsà ang sípa -na paitaàs at patúngo sa isà sa manga nagsìsipaglarò`, karanyúwa y sa -isà ng katapàt nyà. Ang táo ng hinitsahàn nang sípa` ay ipinabábalik -itò sa naghágis sa kanyà, hindí nang kanya ng kamày, dátapwat nang -kanya ng paà. - -Kung ang manga nagsìsipaglarò ay marurúnong, napapúpunta nilà ang -pelóta sa káhit na síno sa manga kasále, kayà t báwat isà sa kanilà -ay nakaabàng at naghíhintay nang pagdatìng nang sípa`. Ang báwat isà -ay nagìíngat na hwàg bayáa ng lumagpàk sa lúpa ang pelóta. Kadalasàn -ang manga nagsísipaglarò ay nagpàpakíta nang sarì-sári ng áyus nang -pagsípa`. Ang manga magandà ng pagbabaluktòt nang paà sa harapàn -o likuràn, ang maligsì at magaà ng lundàg, ang banáyad at magaà ng -pagsípà sa pelóta, at ang pagpapadalà nang sípà sa káhit na alì ng -bandà ay manga bágay na nagpàpagandà sa laro ng sípa`. Hindi rìn -bihíra na ang balíkat, ang síko, ang túhod, o ang kamày ay sya ng -ginàgámit sa pagpapabalìk nang pelóta. - -Papáno ang pagkakatalò sa larò ng itò? Itò y maàári lámang sa -pagpapàtagálan nang hindí paglagpàk nang sípà sa lúpa`. - -Kung halimbáwa y íbig makipaglában nang isa ng pangkàt nang manga -màninípa o sipéros sa ybà ng pangkàt, ang úna y manghàhámon sa alin mà -ng pangkàt na kanila ng màpíle`. Kung itò y tanggapìn, ang áraw, óras, -at lugàr nang paglalarò ay agad nà ng nàbàbalíta sa manga pàhayagàn. - -Sa óras nang paglalarò` ay hindí íilan lámang na líbo ng táo ang -nagsísipanoòd. Ang manghahámun karanyúwa y umùúpa nang isa ng -bànda-ng-músika at tinùtugtugàn ang báwat pangkàt sa kanilà ng -paglalarò`. Karanyúwa y dalawà ng bànda ang músika, sapagkàt, kung -ang hinámon ay may kauntì ng gílas, ay íbig dìn namàn nilà ng ipakíta, -at dáhil díto y nagdádala silà nang saríle nilà ng bànda nang músika. - -Pagkaraàn nang larò` ang hukòm ay syà ng nagpàpaháyag sa manga nanúnoòd -kung alì ng pangkàt ang nanálo. Pagkárinig nilà nang paháyag nang -hukòm ay agad-agàd inùumpisahàn ang pagisìgáwan at manga pagpúri sa -nanálo ng pangkàt. Ang mànanalò ng pangkàt at ang kanila ng manga -kaybígan magkakasáma ng tinùtugtugàn nang kanila ng bànda nang músika -ay agàd-agàd na nagpàpaséyo sa manga lugàr na malápit sa kanilà -ng pinaglaruàn. Kinàbukásan ang lahàt nang nangyári ay nàkìkíta sa -manga pàhayagàn. - -Ang ganitò ng manga paglalarò nang sípa ay hindí karanyúwan sa manga -báya ng maliliìt sa provìnsiya, dátapuwat sa malalakì lámang na báyan, -gáya nang Mayníla` at iba pà. - - - - - -13. ANG KÚRA NG SI PATÚPAT. - -Sa báya-ng-San-Migèl ay máy-roo ng nagtirà ng isa ng táo noò ng manga -hulì ng áraw nang panahòn nang Kastìla`. Ang táo ng itò y nagáral -at sa kanya ng katalinúhan ay nàintindihan nyà ang manga masamà ng -palákad nang manga kúra na sya ng manga maliliìt na háre sa kanila -ng bayàn-bayàn. - -Sa San-Migèl ang kúra ng nàdistíno ay isa ng mabagsìk at maínit ang -úlo. Ang táwag sa kanyà nang manga táo ay "si Patúpat." - -Isa ng linggo ang táwu ng nábanggìt sa itaàs nitò ay naparoòn sa -simbáhan úpang makinìg nang sèrmon nang páre`. Sapagkàt ang pári ng -itò ay nagakála ng manga walà ng pinagarálan ang kanyà ng sinèsèrmunan -ay hindí sya nagpílit na makapagsalità ng matwìd nang Tagálog. Ang -kanya ng pananalità` ay walà ng púno t dúlo, at halù-hálo ng pára -ng kalámay. Gayon dìn ang kanya ng isinèsèrmun ay hindí nàìibà sa -infiyèrno, purgatóriyo, manga salbáhi ng táo-ng-báyan, at katapusàn -nang mundò. - -Nang ang sèrmon nya ay nagumpisa nà, pumások sa simbáhan ang áti ng -kaybíga ng si Pransìsko. - -Gáya nang karanyúwan inumpisahàn nang kúra ang kanya ng sèrmon sa -ganitò ng pananalità`: "Manà kapatìr-konkristyános!" - -May ápat na pu ng taòn na sya sa lúpa ng Katagalúgan, ay hindí pa -nya nàtutúha ng sabíhi ng matwìd ang "Mangà kapatìd-Kongkristyános." - -Si Pransìsko ay nàtàtayú sa isa ng lugàr na malápit sa pùlpito, -pinakinggàn nya ng mabúte ang sèrmon na noò y wala ng ibà kung hindí -ang makàlìlíbo nà ng inúlit nang pári ng itò, at iyò y úkul sa manga -hírap sa infiyèrno at purgatóriyo at pagtutúlus nang kandíla` at -pagbibigày nang kwàlta sa simbáhan úpang màligtasàn ang manga hírap -na iyòn. Si Pransìsko ay siniglàn nang malakì ng gálit, sapagkàt -nàpagkilála nya na nilòlóko nang páre ang kanyà ng manga táo, at walá -sya ng ibà ng pákay kung hindí ang takútin lámang ang manga namàmáyan -úpang kanilà ng payamánin ang simbáhan at manga kúra. - -Pagkaraàn nang sèrmon ay hindí umwé si Kíko na gáya nang karanyúwan, -dátapuwat hinantày nya ng matápus ang mísa. Pagkaraàn nitò y nagpáiwan -syà sa simbáhan. Kumúha sya nang manga papèl at sumúlat sya sa páre -nang ganitò: - -"Ámong, nárinìg ko pò` ang inyu ng sèrmon kanína ng -umága. Nàpagkìkilála ko na kayò y nanìniwála ng may infiyèrno at -may purgatóriyo. Akò y walà ng paniwála díto. Sa linggo ng dárating, -kung íbig mo, prubahàn mo sa iyo ng sèrmon sa manga táo na máy-roo -ng infyèrno at purgatóriyo. Pagkatápos pùprubahàn kò namàn sa kanilà -na walà ng infiyèrno ni purgatóriyo. Kung ikàw ang paniwaláan nang -manga táo hindí báli ng ipabítay mo akò dahilàn sa áki ng pagkatálo -at hindí paniniwála`. Dátapuwat, kung akò y manálo ang hiníhiling ko -lámang sa iyò ay pabayaàn mo akò ng makapagsábi sa madlà` na walà ng -infyèrno ni purgatóryo." - -Ang ilà ng kópya nang súlat na ytò ay idinikìt nya sa manga padèr -nang simbáhan at ang isà y ipinaabòt nya sa kúra. - -Nang itò y màbása ni Patúpat sumubò ang kanya ng dugò`, at -walà ng pagkàsyahàn ang kanya ng gálit. Ipinatáwag nya ang manga -gwàrdya-sibìl, at sa gabi dìn nang linggò ng iyòn ay pinapanhikàn at -pinahanápan nya ang manga bahày-bahày sa boo ng báyan, úpang hulíhin -si Kíko`. Dátapuwat si Kíko ay hindí nila nàhúle. Nang hápon dì ng -iyòn ay ibinalíta ni Kíko sa ilàn nya ng matálik na kaybígan ang kanyà -ng ginawà`, at silà y nangàpamanghà`. Itinanòng nilà kung bákit niya -ginawá iyòn at kung hindí nya napagkùkúro ang mangyàyári sa kanyà. - -Ang isà sa kanilà y nagsábi nang ganitò: "Magbalòt ka nà nang damìt, -at umalìs ka ngayon dìn, kung hindí mo gustò ng màhúli ka nang manga -sundálo ni Patúpat at maipabarìl ka kinàbukásan." - -Si Kíko ay áyaw sumunòd sa kanyà ng páyo, sapagkàt inakálà nya ng -tàtanggapìn ni Patúpat ang kanya ng hámon tungkòl sa pagpapakilála -sa manga táo na walà ng infiyèrno ni purgatóriyo at ang manga itò y -panghúle lámang nang manga páre nang kwàlta. Kanyá sya y nagpaábot -nang gabì sa báhay nang isa nyà ng kaybígan. - -Nang dumilim nà at ang báya y nagúgulo dahilàn sa paghahanàp nang -manga gwàrdya-sibìl ay saká pa lámang nya nàpagkilála ang malakì ng -pangánib na kanyà ng kinàbìbingítan. Sapagkàt itò y nàbalitáan nya -agàd, kanyá nagkaroòn sya nang panahò ng makapagtágo sa isa ng líhim -na súlok sa báhay nang kanya ng kaybígan. - -Nang makaraàn ang manga paghahanapàn sya y lumabàs sa kanya ng -taguàn, umwí sya, nagbalòt nang ilà ng damìt, nagpasingkàw nang isa -ng karumáta, at pagkakúha nya nang manga bála nang barìl, binitbìt -nya ang barìl, sumakày sya sa karumáta, at napahatìd sa labàs nang -báyan. Pagkaraàn nang ila ng áraw ay namundok syà, kasáma nang ilà -ng manga táo-ng-báyan na hindí makatirà sa loòb nang báyan, sapagkàt -nàkagalítan sila nang kúra o nang iba pà ng Kastíla ng may katungkúlan -sa báyan. - -Díto sa pamumundok nyà sya y inabútan nang paghihìmagsíkan lában sa -manga Kastíla` nang taò ng isa ng líbo walo ng daàn walò ng pu t ánim. - - - - - -14. SI MARYÁNO AT ANG PÁRI NG SI PATÚPAT. - -Si Maryáno ay isà sa íila ng botikáriyo sa báya-ng-San-Migèl. Sya -y nagìng isà sa manga nasawi-ng-pálad dahilàn sa pagswày sa manga -kautusàn nang kúra ng si Patúpat. Sya y may famíliya; bukòd sa asáwa -ay may dalawà sya ng anàk, isà ng dadalawáhi ng taòn at isà ng kabàbágu -ng panganàk pa lámang. - -Isa ng áraw ang kanyà ng alíla ay nagkasakìt. Sya y may bayàw na -médiko, kanyá ang alíla` ay ipinagamùt nya díto na walà ng báyad, -at ang gamòt namàn ay ibinigày nya na walà ng báyad sa alíla`. Nang -makaraàn ang ilà ng áraw ay gumalìng ang alíla` at itò y nagakála -ng magpahingà ng sandalì` sa búkid. Kanyà` binayáran nya ang kanya -ng útang at napaálam sya kay Maryáno úpang magtirà sa búkid. Hindí -nalaúnan ang pagtitira nyà sa búkid at ang alíla ng itò y nagkasakìt -na mulì`, at ang naging dúlo y ang kanya ng pagkamatày. - -Sa Filipínas nang manga panahò ng yaòn ay hindí maàári ng huwàg -pabendisyunàn ang isa ng patày bágo mábaòn. Itò y hindí ipinahìhintúlot -nang manga kúra, dátapuwat ang pagsasáma na hindí kasàl nang isa ng -babáye at laláki ay hindí nila masyádo ng pinápansìn, palibhása y -gawá rin namàn nilà. - -Ang patày na alílà ni Maryáno ay lubhà ng mahírap at ang kanyà ng -manga kamagának ay mahihírap dìn at walà ng ikakáya ng magbáyad sa -halagà na sinísingìl ni Patúpat. Dáhil díto y walà ng magpabaòn sa -katawàn nang alíla`. - -Nang màláman itò ni Patúpat ay ipinatáwag nya si Maryáno at sinábi -nya ng siyà ang dápat magpabaòn sa patày at siyà ang magbáyad -nang gàstos. Sa akálà ni Maryáno ay lumálampàs ang kasalbahíhan ni -Patúpat. Kanyá sinábi nya na hindi nyà sya bàbayáran sa pagbabaòn -nang patày, káhit na anò ang mangyáre. - -Si Patúpat ay sinubhàn nang gálit. Ipinabaòn niya ang patày at sa -áraw di ng iyòn ay naparoòn sya sa hùkúman at ipinagsakdàl nya si -Mariyáno úpang pagbayáran siyà nang gàstos sa pagbebendisyòn sa patày. - -Nang dumatìng ang paghuhùkúman si Maryáno y naparoòn at nang itinanòng -nang hukòm kung anò ang íbig nya ng sabíhin tungkòl sa sakdàl na iyòn, -ay sinábi nya itò ng sumúsunòd: - -"Ginoò ng Hwès, ang namatày na iyòn ay walá na sa áki ng kapangyaríhan, -sapagkàt hindí ku nà sya alíla nang sya y namatày. Noo ng syà -y máy sakit pa lámang ay ipinagamòt ko syà ng wala ng báyad, at -binigyàn ko syà ng wala ng báyad nang gamòt. Nagawá ku nà ang áki ng -katungkúlan sa áki ng kápuwa táo at ang katungkúla ng iniyátas sa -ákin ni Bathála`. Isà sa manga katungkúlan nang manga párè` ay ang -magpabaòn nang manga patày. Ngayò ng ang táo ng iyòn ay patay nà, -bákit namàn hindí magawá nang pári ng itò ang kanya ng katungkúlan -na walà ng úpa, yámang ito namàn ay hindí mangyàyári kung may káya -ang manga kamagának nang namatày?" - -Pagkaraàn nang manga ilan pà ng manga tanòng nang hukòm sa kúra at -kay Mariyáno ay tinápus nya ang paghuhùkúman, at ipinaháyag nya ng -si Mariyáno ay nása katwíran at ang kúra y dápat magpasyènsya sa -pagkábendisyon nyà nang patày na wala ng úpa. - -Nang makaraàn itò y lálu ng lumakì ang gálit ni Patúpat kay Maryáno, -at pagkaraàn nang ilà ng áraw ay ipinagsakdàl niya ng mulí si -Mariyáno. Ngayòn ay iba namàn ang kanya ng sakdàl. Isinakdàl niya sa -hùkúman na si Maryáno ay isà ng Masòn, sapagkàt sya y hindí nagsísimbà -nì hindí nangúngumpisàl nì hindí rin nagmàmáno sa páre`. Ang manga -Masòn ay kaáway nang Romanìsmo at sa makatwìd ay kaáway dìn nang -pàmahalaàn sa Filipínas nang manga panahò ng iyòn, at dáhil díto y -kanya ng ipináyo na si Maryáno y ipatápon sa ibà ng lupaìn. - -Nang màbalitáan ni Maryáno ang sakdàl na yitò ni Patúpat ay inakálà -nya ng walá na sya ng pagása kung hindí ang magtagò o umílag sa mangà -manghuhúli sa kanyà. Kanyà` ang ginawá nya ay lumwàs sya sa Mayníla` -at doòn sya nagtagò`. - -Dátapuwat doon màn ay nàhúli rìn syà nang manga gwàrdya-sivìl. Kasáma -nang pitò o walò ng taga iba t ibà ng báyan sya y inilúlan sa isà -ng bapòr at dinalà sila sa ibabá nang kapuluà-ng-Filipínas. At doòn -pagdatìng nilà ang ibà sa kanila ng magkakasáma ay pinagbábarìl nang -manga sundálo ng naghatìd sa kanilà, sapagkàt iyòn ang útos nang -pinúno ng nagpatápon sa manga táo ng iyòn. - -Dátapuwat si Maryáno y hindí naging isà sa manga nábaril na iyòn. Doòn -sya nátirà hanggàng sa pananálo nang manga Amerikáno ay nagkaroòn sya -nang kalayáa ng makabábalik sa kanya ng famíliya. Nang itò y datnan -nyà ang isa nyà ng anàk ay pitò na ng taòn ang gúlang at ang ikalawà -namàn ay limà na ng taòn. - - - - - -15. ANG INTSÌK NA MÀNGANGÁTAM. - -Si Hwàn ay isa ng alwáge na may kápit-báhay na Intsèk na aluwáge -rìn. Ang Intsèk na ytò ay isa ng magalìng na alwáge at ang kanya ng -kínis ay nàpagkìkilála sa magalìng nya ng paggámit nang katàm. Isa -ng áraw nakábili syà nang isa ng piráso-ng-káhoy na may ápat na -pu ng paà ang hába`. Itù y kanya ng nilínis. Sinubúkan nya kung -makakùkúha syà nang pinagkatamàn na walà ng patìd sa boò ng hábà -nang káhoy. Dahilàn sa húsay nang kanyà ng kasangkápan at sa kanyà -ng kabutíhan sa pagaalwáge, ang bágay na yòn ay nagìng pára ng walà -ng ano màn sa kaniyà. Twì ng isùsúlung niya ang katàm ay nakakùkúha -nang pinagkatamàn na walà ng patìd, ápat na pu ng paà ang hába`. Úpang -ipakilála nya sa kápit-báhay niya ng aluwági ng Tagálog ang kanyà ng -galìng, itò y kanyà ng pinadalhàn nang isa ng pinagkatamàn áraw-áraw. - -Ang aluwági ng Tagálog na si Hwàn ay nàpagúlat sa galìng nang -Intsèk. Úpang gantihìn nya ang kanyà ng manga tinanggàp na -pinagkatamàn, sinubúkan dìn nyà ng kumatàm at ipadalà sa Intsèk ang -pinagkatamàn. Dátapuwat ang pinakamahábà nya ng nàkúha na pinagkatamàn -ay may-roon lámang na labì ng limà ng paà. Itò y kahyá-hiyà ng ipadalà -sa Intsèk. - -Si Hwàn ay magalìng gumámit nang daràs at siya y nakapagpàpakínis -nang tablà sa pamamagítan lámang nang daràs. Hindí na kayilánga ng -gamítan nang katàm ang ano mà ng káhoy na kanya ng darasìn, dátapuwat -ang pinagdarasàn ay manga tátal na maiiklí lámang, hindí súkat -pagkàkilanlàn nang kanyà ng galìng, at hindí nya màipadalà sa Intsèk. - -Hábang si Hwàn ay walà ng màláma ng gawìn, ang Intsìk namàn ay hindí -naglúlubày nang pagpapadalà nang pinagkatamà ng mahahába`. Siniglàn -si Hwàn nang gálit. Sinunggabàn nya ang kanya ng daràs at pinarunàn -nya ang Intsèk. Itò y nàpagúlat at natákot nang màkíta si Hwàn. - -Sinábe nitò: "Anò ang gustu mu ng sabíhin sa manga ipinagpapadalà -mo ng pinagkatamàn sa ákin? Akò y binuwísit mo at itò y iyo ng -pagbàbayáran. Pùputúlin ko ang buhuk mò sa pamamagítan nang daràs -na itò." - -Ang Intsèk ay natákot, sapagkàt, pag ang úlo nya y tinamaàn na nang -daràs na iyòn, ay pího ng hindí sya mabùbúhay. Sya y nagkàkawalà`, -dátapuwat sinunggabàn sya ni Hwàn, iginápus sya sa bangkò`, at -inumpisahàn nya ng dinaràs ang úlo nang Intsèk. - -Ang daràs ay isa ng kasangkápa ng malakì, gáya nang isà ng píko, at -mabigàt, dátapuwat sa magalìng na kamày ni Hwàn itò y naging pára ng -isa ng guntìng lámang. Ang lagpàk nang daràs sa úlo nang Intsìk ay -lubhà ng banáyad, at ang manga buhòk lámang ang pinùpútol nang patalìm. - -Sa tákot nang Intsèk itò y nagsisigàw na sinábe: "Wapélo! Daluhàn -ninyò kò, masamà táo si Hwàn, hindí Kilistyáno!" - -Itò y nárinig nang manga kápit-báhay at ibà ng nagsìsipaglakàd. - -Kanyá pumások silà sa gàwáan nang Intsèk at doòn ay sinábi sa kanilà -ni Hwàn: "Hwag kayù ng makialàm díto! Ang Intsìk na yitò y hindí ko -sinàsaktàn. Ákin lámang pinùputlàn nang buhòk." - -At patúluy dìn ang kanyà ng pagdaràs. - -Nang mapútul na nya ng lahàt ang buhòk nang Intsèk ay malakì ang -nagìng pagkámanghà nang nagsìsipanoòd, sapagkàt ang buhòk nang Intsèk -ay pára ng ginupìt nang guntìng nang isa ng bihasà ng barbéro. Ang -Intsìk namàn, nang màkíta nya sa salamìn na wala ng súgat ang kanya -ng úlo, ay malaki rìn ang nagìng pagkámanghà`, at hindí mapatìd ang -pagpúri nya sa galìng ni Hwàn sa paggámit nang daràs. - - - - - -16. ISA NG TÁO NG MAY BIRTÙD NANG USÀ. - -Mínsan sa isa ng báyan sa kapuluà-ng-Filipínas ay náhayàg ang pangálan -nang isa ng táo sa kanya ng manga kababáyan at manga kápit-báyan, -dahilàn sa hindí karanyúwa ng lakàs nya sa pagtakbò at pagluksò. - -Sya y isa ng táo ng hindí mayábang, dátapuwat may kauntì ng talíno -sa paghahánap at gayon dìn may kauntì ng tápang. Ang kanya ng hindí -karanyúwa ng kapaláran ay hindí nya ipinagmayabàng ní hindí nya -ipinagkayilà` kung anò ang pinanggàgalíngan nang kanyà ng dí karanyúwa -ng lakàs. Sinábi nya sa mangà mapagusísa` na ang pinanggàgalíngan -nang kanya ng lakàs ay ang angkìn niya ng birtùd nang usà. Hindí nya -sinábe kung papáno ang pagkápasa kanyà nang birtùd na iyòn, dátapuwat -siya y hindí marámot sa pagbibigày-loòb úpang ikatúlung niya sa mangà -kakilála o hindì` ang kanya ng lakàs. - -Sya y may pagíbig na yumáman, gáya nang karamíhan nang táo, at díto -nya ginámit ang kanya ng lakàs. Paráti sya ng nakìkipagtakbúhan, at -ang manga takbúha ng itò y lágì na ng pinagkatalunàn nang marámi ng -salapè`. Sya ay lágì na ng may malakì ng pustà. Walá sya ng itinángì na -pinakìkipagtakbuhàn. Kung mìnsan nakìkipagtakbúhan sya sa kápwa táo, -kung mínsan ay sa kabáyo, sa áso, at sa iba pà ng háyop na matúli -ng tumakbò. - -Pagkaraàn nang ila ng áraw ay dumámi ang naípon nya ng salapì` -na pinanalúnan sa pustáhan. Gayon dìn ang kanya ng manga kaybígan -na nagsipustà sa kanyà ay nagkaroòn nang marámi ng kwàlta. Nang -màpagaláman nang manga táo na syà y may birtùd nang usà ay hindí -na sya íbig labánan sa takbúhan. Dáhil díto y úpang hwag máhinto` -ang kanya ng pananálo at pagkíta nang kwaltà, ay nagbíbigay syà -nang malalakì ng palúgit sa kanya ng kinàkalában. Dáhil sa kalakhàn -nang manga palúgit na ibinigay nyà ay marámi rì ng táo ng lumában -sa kanyà. Dátapuwat tuwí nà y sya ang nagìng mànanalò. Gayon dìn sa -manga pakikipagluksúhan paráti nà ng syà ang nanànálo. - -Dátapuwat, kung malaki màn ang kabutíha ng nàkamtan nyà sa birtùd -na ytò, ay máy-ron dì ng ilà ng kahirápan na nàkamtan nyà dahilan -díto. Dahilan dìn sa kahirápa ng itò ay hindí nya natagalà ng angkinìn -hábang búhay nya ang birtùd na iyòn. Dahilàn sa birtùd na iyòn sya -y nagìng lubhà ng magugulatìn. Ang manga kalabòg, íngay, at tahòl -nang áso kung gabì ay hindí nagpatúlug sa kanyà. Dahilàn sa manga -íngay na yitò, kung natùtúlug sya ay palági ng nàpàpaluksò. Lálù na, -kung isa ng tahòl nang áso, halimbáwa`, ang makàgísing sa kanyà, -sya y nàpàpaluksò nang lubhà ng mataàs sa kanyà ng hihigàn, at bágo -sya pagsa-ulàn nang saríle, ay nagtàtatakbò na syà. Sa pagluksu -nyà ng itò na hindí sinásadya` ay walá sya ng nagíging pagiíngat at -karanyúwa y umáabot syà sa ituktòk nang bubungàn, at sa kababáan nitò -y lági ng nalálamog ang kanya ng katawàn o kayà y nagkàkabúkul syà sa -úlo, dahilàn sa pagkáhampas nyà sa bubungàn. Gayon dìn sa kanya ng -hindí sinásadya ng pagtakbò pagkágising nyà dahilàn sa pagkàgúlat, -ay nagkàkaumpòg-umpòg ang boò ng katawan nyà sa manga dindìng nang -kanya ng báhay. - -Itò y isà ng mahírap na tìísin, at inakálà nya ng hindí sya mabùbúhay -nà ng malwàt dahilàn sa hindí pagkàkatúlog kung gabì. Kanyá inakálà nya -ng itápon ang birtùd na ytò pagkaraàn nang ilà ng áraw. Nang sumápit -ang ikapitù ng áraw nang kanya ng pagaáre` sa birtùd ay sya y lubhà -ng hirap nà at inakálà nya ng sya y mamámatay nà sa hírap. Ang úlu -nya ay bukulàn. Ang mukhá nya ay marámi ng pasà` at káhit na hindí -sya nabalían nang butò, ang manga lamàn namàn nya ay lubhà ng lamòg. - -Dáhil díto y walà ng kibú sya ng naparoòn sa isa ng párang at itinápon -nya doòn ang birtùd na nàpúlut nya, yámang marámi na rìn lámang siya -ng salapì ng pinanalúnan. - - - - - -17. ANG ALÍLA NG UNGGÒ`. - -Siy Andrès ay máy-roo ng isa ng alíla ng unggò na kanyà ng lubhà ng -minámahàl, sapagkàt ang unggu ng itò y nagbíbigay sa kanyà nang malakì -ng serbísyo. Kung gabì ipinaglàlátag sya nang banìg nang unggo ng itò; -kung umága ay iniháhandà` ang kanyà ng panghilámos, at ang ano mà ng -kanya ng iyútos ay sinúsunod nang unggò`. - -Gabì-gabì ang unggu ng itò y natùtúlog sa ilálim nang kátri ng -tinùtulúgan nang kanya ng panginoòn. Itò y hindí gustò nang kanya -ng panginoòn, sapagkàt, dahilàn sa kanya ng malakì ng kabuluhàn, -ay íbig ni Andrès na syà y bigyàn nang isa ng mabúte ng lugàr na -tulugàn. Dátapuwat, káhit na gánu ng pagpílit ang gawìn ni Andrès, -ay hindí nya mapatúlog sa ibà ng lugàr ang kanya ng alíla ng unggò`. - -Siy Andrès ay isa ng táwu ng may tákot at pagíbig sa Dyòs. Kanyá -gabi-gabì bágu sya matúlog ay nagkúkurus syà at tumàtáwag sya sa -Dyòs. Sa óras nang kanya ng paghigà gabi-gabì ay dinàratnan nà nyà -na nása ilálim nang kanya ng kátri ang unggò`. Mínsan màn ay hindí -sya náuna sa paghigà` sa unggu ng itò. - -Isa ng áraw ang párì sa báyan ay dumálaw kay Andrès sa kanya ng -báhay. Pagkaraàn nang ilà ng sandalì ng pagsasàlitáan ay ibinalítà niy -Andrès sa páre` na sya y máy-roo ng isà ng alíla ng unggò na lubhà -ng malakì ang kabuluhàn, sapagkàt sya y pinagsìsilbihà ng mabúte, -at káhit na anò ang iyútos nya ay sinúsunod, at sinábi pa nyà ng -masípag pa káy sa manga iba nyà ng alíla` ang unggo ng iyòn. - -Malakì ang nagìng pagtatakà nang páre`, at hiniling nyà ng ipakíta sa -kanyà ang unggò ng iyòn. Kanyá tináwag ny Andrès ang unggò`. Hindí gáya -nang dáti, na sa isà ng táwag lámang niy Andrès ay lumàlápit agad-agàd -ang unggò`, ngayòn makása-m-pu ng táwag nà ay walá pa syà. Siy Andrès -ay nagálit, nagtindìg, at hinánap nya sa manga sulok-sulòk nang báhay -ang unggò`. - -Ito y nàkíta nya sa isa ng súlok at nakakápit na mabúte sa isa ng -halíge. Tináwag nya at kanya ng pinaáalis sa súlok, dátapuwat ang -unggò y áyaw umalìs doòn, káhit na anò ang gawìn sa kanyà. Dáhil díto -ay tináwag nya ang páre`, úpang itò y doòn tingnàn sa súlok ang alílà -nya ng unggò`. - -Pagkálapit nang páre` ang unggò y kuminìg sa tákot. Nagkaroòn nang -hinálà ang párè` na ang unggù ng iyòn ay isà ng dimónyo. Kanyà` ang -ginawá nya y nagkurùs sya at pagkabendisyòn nya nang kauntì ng túbig -ay niwisikàn nya ang unggò`. - -Pagdápo` sa katawàn nitò nang túbig ay pumutòk na pára ng isa ng barìl, -at sa lugàr nang unggò` ay walá silà ng nàkíta kung hindí asu lámang -na agàd nawalà`. - -Pagkaraàn nitò siniyásat nang páre si Andrès tungkùl sa kanya ng -paniniwála sa Diyòs. Sinábi ny Andrès na hindí nabàbágo ang matíbay -nya ng paniniwála` at gabi-gabì nagdádasal syà bágo matúlog. Siniyásat -dìn nang páre` kung saàn tumùtúlog ang unggò`. Sinábe ni Andrès na -itò y tumúlog gabi-gabì sa ilàlim nang kanyà ng kátri ng tulugàn. - -Pagkaraàn nitò y ipinakilála sa kanyà nang páre` na ang unggù ng -iyòn ay isà ng dimónyo na umáabàng sa kanyà, at kung syà y sumála -nang pagtáwag sa Diyòs bágu matúlog, sa gabì di ng iyòn ay ihùhúlug -sya nang dimónyo sa infyèrno. - - - - - -18. ANG MATANDÁ SA PUNSÒ SA LIWÁNAG NANG ÁRAW. - -Si Pédro ay isà ng matápang na laláke. Paráti sya ng nakárinig nang -manga kwènto tungkùl sa asuwàng, duwèndi, mangkukúlam, at mangà matandá -sa punsò, dátapuwat ang ipinagtátakà ni Pédro ay kung bákit hindí sya -makátagpo nì káhit isà nang mangà bágay na itò. Íbig niya ng makàkíta -nang isa man lámang sa kanilà, úpang màláman nya kung túnay ngà` na -silà y máy-roo ng manga kapangyaríha ng hindí karanyúwan sa karamíhan -nang táo. - -Sya y naglálakàd na isa ng gabì sa isà ng lugàr na madilìm at -pinagkàkatakutàn, sapagkàt díto y marámi ng nakàkíta nang matandá -sa punsò. - -Ang tabáko nang matanda ng itò y nakatàtákot ang lakì, at kung itò -y hititin nyà ang liwánag na nangyàyári ay pára ng liwánag nang isà -ng sigà`. - -Sa gabi ng iyòn sa kanyà ng paglalakàd maláyù pa syà y nakàkíta na -syà nang isà ng liyàb. Ang buhuk nyà y nagsitindìg at inakálà nya -ng bumalìk, dátapuwat nàpigílan nya ang kanyà ng tákot at ipinatúloy -din nyà ang kanya ng paglákad. - -Sya y sinalúbong nang nagtàtabáko. Pagkálapit nya y inanínaw nya -ang katawàn nang matandà ng iyòn, dátapuwat hindí rin nasyahàn ang -kanya ng pagsisyásat, kanya iníbig nya ng màkíta sa síkat nang áraw -ang matandà ng iyòn. Úpang itù y mangyári dápat nya ng pigílin ang -matandà`, sapagkàt ang manga ispíritu ng itò ay bumábalik sa kanilà -ng tàhánan sa impyèrno o iba pa mà ng lugàr sa paglápit nang umága. - -Kanyà` ang ginawá nya y hinawákan nya agàd ang matandà`. Ito y -nakipagbunò sa kanyà. Kung mínsan sya y nása ilálim, kung mínsan sya -y nása ibábaw, dátapwat hindí nya pinakawalàn ang matandà`. Mahigpìt -na mahigpìt ang kanya ng kápit at tinalaga nyà ng sumáma káhit na -saàn sya dalhìn nang matandà kung itò y malakàs káy sa kanyà. - -Silà y nagbunò hanggàng alastrès. Si Pédro sa óras na itò ay pagòd na -pagod nà at malakì ang panglalatà`, dátapuwat hindí rin nya binitáwan -ang kanyà ng kabunò`. Nang magàalaskwàtru nà ay naglubày nang pagkílos -ang kanya ng háwak. Nang makaraàn ang kalaháti-ng-óras ang sínag nang -áraw ay nagumpisa nà nang pagtanglàw sa kanilà, dátapuwat hindí pa -rìn lubhà ng maliwánag úpang màpagkilála ni Pédro kung anò ang kanyà -ng tángan. Nang dumatìng ang alasìngko ay malaki nyà ng pagkámangha`, -nang màkíta nya ng sya y nààákap sa isà ng halígi ng hindí lubhà ng -mataàs káy sa kanyà, dátapuwat nàtùtúlus sa lúpà at sunòg na sunòg. - - - - - -19. ANG TIYÁNAK NI HWÀN. - -Isa ng gabè si Hwàn ay tumawìd sa ílog sa kanya ng paglilibòt. Nang -sya y nása pasígan pa lámang, nakáramdam syà nang sábuy nang buhángin -sa kanya ng likòd, nang sya y mátuntung nà sa kabuhangínan. - -Nang úna ng gabè itò y hindí nya ininò. Nang ikalawà ng gabè, nang -magdaàn sya ng ulè sa pasíga ng itò, nakáramdam sya ng mulí nang sábuy -nang buhángin sa kanya ng likòd. Inakálà nya ng subúkan at hulíhin -ang nagsàsábuy sa kanyà nang buhángin, kanyà` sa kanya ng paglákad -ay pamínsan-mínsan sya ng pumìpíhit na pabiglà` sa kanya ng likuràn, -dátapwat walá sya ng màkíta káhit na anò. - -Dáhil díto y siniglàn siya nang kaunti ng tákot at inakálà nya ng baká -kung anù ng matandá sa punsò o tiyának ang kanya ng nàkàkatúngo. Kanyá` -tinulínan nya ang pagtakbò, dátapuwat hábang nagtùtúlin sya ay lálu -namà ng dumádalas ang pagdápù nang buhángin sa kanya ng likòd. Lumakì -ang kanya ng tákot at dáhil díto y bumalik syà sa kanya ng báhay na -patakbò nang úbus-lakàs. - -Nang dumatìng sya doòn ay hinàhábul nya ang kanya ng hiningà at hindí -sya makaúsap. Nang sya y makapaghinga nà nang kauntè` ay saká pa lámang -sya nakasagòt sa marámi ng manga tanòng nang kanya ng amà at iba pà -ng kasa-ng-bahày. Sinábi nya sa kanya ng amà na sya y sinùsundàn nang -manga dwènde sa kanya ng paglalakàd at sinàsabúyan sya nang buhángin. - -Itinanòng nang kanya ng amà kung saàn ang lugàr na iyòn at sinábi nya -ng sa pasígan nang ílog. Ang kanya ng amà ay nápahalakhàk nang táwa -at sinábi nya ng iyòn ay hindí dwènde, dátapuwat ang kanyà lámang -paà ang nagtátangày nang buhángin sa kanya ng likòd sa báwat kanya -ng paghakbàng. - -Dátapuwat si Hwàn ay áyaw maniwála` at máy ila ng áraw na hindí -sya nanáog nang báhay. Dáhil díto y iníbig nang kanya ng amà na -màipakilála sa kanyà ang katotohánan nang kanya ng sinábe, at isa ng -gabè ay sinábi nya kay Hwàn na sya y magpasyàl at magdaàn sa lugàr -di ng iyòn at sya y kanyà ng sàsamáhan. - -Pumáyag si Hwàn at sila ng dalawà y naparoòn sa pasígan. Nang dumatìng -na sila doòn ay nagpahúle ang ama ni Hwàn. Nang itu namàn ay naglálakad -nà sa kabuhangínan at nang sya y nakáramdam nang sábuy nang buhángin -sa likòd, siniglàn sya ng mulí nang tákot at isinigàw nya sa kanya -ng amà na nagumpisa nà nang pagsábuy nang buhángin sa kanya ng likòd. - -Pinabalìk nya si Hwàn at kanya ng pinalákad na mulè`. Ngayòn ay -sinùsundan nyà sa likuràn. Dáhil díto y nàkíta nang ama ni Hwàn na -twì ng sya y háhakbàng ang sinélas na soòt nya ay nagtátangày nang -buhángin, at sa pagaalsà nitò nang paà ang buhángi ng tangày ay -napàpasábuy sa likòd ni Hwàn. - -Ang ginawá nang kanya ng amà ay ipinaalìs ang soòt nya ng sinélas at -pinalákad sya ng mulì`. Ngayòn, káhit na gáno kaláyo` ang lakáran ni -Hwàn ay walá na sya ng nàràramdamà ng sábuy nang buhángin sa kanya -ng likòd. - -Mulá noon ay nawalàn sya nang tákot sa manga matandà`, duwènde, -asuwàng, at iba pà ng pinagkàkatakutàn. - - - - - -20. SI HWÀ NG MANGLILÍGAW. - -Ang dalága ng si Maryà ay balíta nang gandà sa kanya ng -báriyo. Dátapuwat walà ng manglilígaw sa kanyà, líban na lámang kay -Hwàn. Ngúnit ang amà ni Maryà ay malakì ang pagkáayaw kay Hwàn. Hindí -màkaúsap ni Hwàn ang nilìligáwan kung hindí palihìm, sapagkàt pag -nàláman nang amà ni Maryà, itò y sinàsaktan silà kápwa` sa pamamagítan -nang pamálò`. Kung mìnsan at malakì ang gálit nang amà ay bambò ang -ginàgámit nya kay Hwàn, at sa ganitò y malápit sya ng mabalían nang -butò káylan man at sila y màhúli sa paguúsap. - -Isa ng gabì ng madilìm ang amà ni Mariyà ay naglibòt. Nang itò y -màláman ni Hwàn pinarunàn nya si Mariyà úpang kausápin. Nalibàng -sila sa paguúsap, kanyá sila y dinatnàn nang amà ni Maryà sa kanya -ng pagwè`. - -Siniglàn sya agàd nang gálit at pasigàw nya ng kinaúsap si Hwàn: -"Anu kà, salbáhe? Sinábi ku nà sa iyò ng hwag kà ng tútuntong díto -sa áki ng pamamáhay. Ano ang íbig mo t nàrìrito kà?" - -At pagkasábe nitò y sinunggabàn nya ang isa ng bisìg nang kawáyan at -inakmaàn nya ng bambuhìn si Hwàn. Sa malaki ng tákot nitò ay nagtalòn -sya sa bintánà`, dátapuwat sinundàn din syà nang amà. Kanyá ang ginawá -nya y tumakbò sya nang úbus-lakàs. - -Ang gabì ay madilìm na pára ng úling, at hindí nya màtumpakàn kung saàn -ang parunàn, dátapuwat patúloy rin sya nang pagtakbò. Nagkangdadápà -sya sa pagtakbò, dátapwat maligsi syà ng nagbàbángon at patúluy din -sa pagtakbò. - -Hindí naláon at nakádaan sya nang isà ng malakì at maitìm na -bágay. Nàkilála nya ng iyòn ay isa ng kalabàw, kanyá sya y lumundàg -agàd sa likòd nitò, at kanya ng pinatakbò. - -Ang pagsakày sa kalabàw ay hindí lubhà ng mahírap sa kalapáran nang -likòd nitò at sa kahináan nang takbò. Kanyà`, káhit na walà ng pamitìk -si Hwàn ay dí natákot na sumakày. Sa kadilimàn nang gabì sa kanya -ng pagsakày ay nangyári ng náharap sya sa buntútan nang kalabàw at -hindí sa uluhàn. - -Pinatúlin nya ang kalabàw. Nangyári namà ng ang kalabàw na itò ay -árì nang amà ni Maryà. Hindí nalaúnan at nakátanaw sya nang báhay na -maílaw sa pinatùtungúhan nang kalabàw. Ang boò ng ása nyà ang báhay -na iyòn ay sa kanya ng kápit-báhay. Kanyá bumabá sya sa kalabàw at -patakbo syà ng pumanhìk sa báhay. - -Malakì ang nagìng pagkalitò nya at pagkatákot nang pagkápanhik nya y -sinalúbong sya nang amà ni Maryà, at binambò sya sa katawàn at sinábi: -"Anò t nagbalìk ka pà? Hindí ba pinaláyas na kità, wala ng hyà`?" - -Nang pagsa-ulàn si Hwàn nang kanya ng saríli ay nagtalòn sya sa -batalàn at tumakbò sya ng mulí patúngo sa kanya ng báhay, dátapuwat -ngayò y hindí na sya sumakày sa káhit anò pa màn. - - - - - -21. SI MARIYÀ NG MARÁMOT. - -Nang nabùbúhay pa si Mariyà ay nátira syà sa kanya ng maínam na báhay -sa gitná nang isa ng maláwak na bakúran na may magagandà ng hardìn -at manga púnu-ng-káhoy. Sya y lubhà ng mayáman, kanyà` ang búhay nya -y isa ng panày na kaginhawáhan. - -Hindí sya nakaratìng nang ápat na pu ng taòn sa gúlang at sya y -namatày. Ang lahàt nang kanya ng yáman ay hinátì nya sa kanya ng -kapatìd at sa simbáhan. Hindí nya nàalaála ang mahihírap nya ng -kakilála at ilà ng kápit-báhay. - -Ang kapatìd na naíwan ay nagpamísa nang sunòd-sunòd sa loòb nang pito -ng áraw, úpang ang káluluwa ni Mariyà ay papasúkin ni Sam-Pédro sa -pintúan nang lángit. - -Nang ang kanya ng kapatìd ay nabùbúhay pa itò y balíta ng balítà -sa karamútan. Siya mìsmo ay bihíra ng magpamísa o magpatúlos nang -kandíla`. Ang manga pulúbi ng nagpàpalimòs, kung tumáwag sa kanyà, -ay pinalàláyas nya at hindí nilìlimusàn. Kadalasàn ay ipinahàhábul -pa nyà sa áso. Ang kanya ng manga kasamà ay pinapagtàtrabáho nya -nang walà ng úpa, at kung kanya ng pakánin, ay wala ng úlam,--asìn -at kánin lámang. Sa panunúyo sa kanyà nang kanya ng manga kasamà, -twi ng silà y nagsìsiuwè` ay nagdádala sila nang manga manòk, itlòg, -biìk, at manga búnga nang gúlay o haláman, úpang ibigày kay Maryà. Ang -manga alaála ng itò ay hindí nila ibiníbigay dahilàn sa kanilà ng -pagmamahàl kay Maryà, dátapwat pára ng isa ng súhol, úpang sila y hwag -masiyádu ng alipustaìn sa kanilà ng pagparoòn sa kanya ng báhay. Kung -si Maryà namàn ay lumálabas sa búkid sa kanya ng manga kasamà, ang -báwat màkíta nya sa pamamáhay nila na kanya ng màgustuhàn ay kinùkúha -nya nang wala ng kibò` at hindí nya binàbayáran. Kung halimbáwa y -makàkíta sya sa kanya ng manga kasamà nang isà ng bágu ng yári ng -bákol, biláo, bistày, bayòng, banìg, palayòk, lumbò, sandòk, kalàn, -o iba pà ng kasangkápan sa báhay, ay kinùkúha nyà at ipinadádala nyà -sa kanya ng báhay. Kung hindí nya magámit ang manga pinagkúkuha nyà -ay ipinagbíbili nyà. Gayon dìn ang gawá nya sa manga háyop nang kanya -ng manga kasamà. Dáhil díto y yumáman sya ng agàd. - -Nang sya y máy-roon nà ng tatlu ng áraw na namámatày, ang kanyà -ng kapatìd ay nàròroòn sa kanyà ng báhay at doòn nagpàpalípas nang -pagdadalamháte`. Isa ng hápun nang sya y naglálakad sa hàlamanàn, -nátabi syà sa balòn na nása bakúran. Nàpagúlat sya, sapagkàt -sa ilálim nang balòn ay may nárinig syà ng tumàtáwag sa kanya ng -pangálan. Itinungu nyà ang kanya ng úlo sa balòn at doòn ay lálu ng -nárinig nyà ng mabúte ang pagtáwag, dátapuwat walá sya ng màkíta ng -táo na káhit anò. - -Sinábi nang bóses: "Áki ng kapatìd, akò ay si Mariyà. Ang ginawá -ku ng pamumúhay na karamútan, kasakimàn, at kalupitàn ay áki ng -pinagbàbayáran ngayòn. Akò ay nàrìrinè sa pàrusahàn ni Bathálà sa lahàt -nang makasalánan. Kung maàárì ay hwàg mu akò ng tuláran, at ikaw sána -y humánap nang paraàn úpang mahángo mo akò díto sa kumúkulu ng langìs -na áki ng tìráhan ngayòn." - -Ang kanya ng kapatìd ay lubhà ng malakì ang nagìng pagkahápis, -at sya y naparoòn agàd sa páre`, úpang ipagtanòng kung papáno ang -paraà ng magágawà nyà úpang mahángo nya sa infyèrno ang kanyà ng -kapatìd. Ipináyo nang pári` na sya y magsadyá sa isa ng báyan na -máy-roo ng laráwan ni Sam-Pédro na milagróso. Ang laráwa ng itò ni -Sam-Pédro ay nakìkipagúsap sa manga táo at naghàhátol nang sarì-sári -ng paraàn úpang makapások sa lángit. Iyùn ang kanya ng milágro. - -Ang kapatìd ni Maryà ay nagsadyá agad-agàd sa báya ng kinàdòroonàn -nang Sam-Pédro ng milagróso. Nang dumatìng sya roòn at nakìkipagúsap na -syà kay Sam-Pédro, sinábi nya ang lahàt-lahàt. Sinábi nya ng ang sábi -sa kanyà nang kanyà ng kapatìd ay ang kanya ng ginawà ng karamútan, -kasakimàn, at kalupitàn ay sya nyà ng ikinahúlog sa infyèrno. - -"Kung gayòn," ang wíkà ni Sam-Pédro, "humánap ka nang káhit íisa ng -táo, háyop, o haláman na ginawaàn nang iyo ng kapatìd nang isà ng -kabàítan. Kung ikàw ay makàkíta nà, bumalik kà ng mulí sa ákin, at -bìbigyàn kità nang paraà ng ikahàhángo mo sa hírap sa iyo ng kapatìd." - -Ang kapatìd ni Maryà ay umuwí agàd sa kanila ng báyan, at díto y -nagusísà sya sa lahàt nang namàmáyan kung síno ang may útang na loòb sa -kanya ng kapatìd o kayá kung síno ang kanya ng ginawàn o pinagsalitaàn -nang mabúti. Dátapuwat káhit isà ay walà ng makasagòt. Ang manga -háyop namàn sa manga kápit-báhay at sa bakúran ni Maryà ang kanya ng -pinagusisà`, dátapuwat walá rin syà ng nàkíta na ginawaàn nang mabúti -nang kanyà ng kapatìd. - -Ang isa ng áso ng buto t balàt ay nagsábi sa kanyà: "Isa ng hápon akò y -gutòm na gutòm. Nakádaan akò sa kanyà ng bakúran nang isa ng butò. Itò -y kinagat kò at áki ng dinádala, nang màkíta nya akò. Ipinahábol -nya akò ng agàd, at nang bitíwan ko ang butò itò y ipinabaon nyà sa -lúpa`. Iyan bà y isa ng kabàítan?" - -Lálu ng lumakì ang hápis nang kapatìd ni Mariyà at untì-untì -ng nawáwalà ang kanya ng pagása na mahángo sa hírap ang kanya ng -kapatìd. Inumpisahan nyà ng usisáin ang manga haláman sa bakúran nang -kanya ng kapatìd. Inisa-isà nya ng lahàt ang manga kalabása, úpo, -pipíno, síle, milòn, singkamàs, manè`, talòng, sítaw, at sibúyas, -báwang, at iba pà ng gúlay. Sa kanilà y walá sya ng nàkíta nang kanya -ng hinàhánap. Isinunòd namàn nyà ang manga púno-ng-káhoy. Siniyásat -nya isà-isà ang manga púnò nang síko, anúnas, átis, mabúlo, súhà`, -dalandàn, dáyap, at balúbad. Ngúnit walá ri ng nagìng katuturàn ang -kanya ng págod; íisa na lámang pangkàt nang manga haláman ang hindí pa -nya naùusísa`, at kung díto y hindí sya makàkíta nang kanya ng hánap, -ay walá sya ng magágawà sa pagdudúsa nang kanya ng kapatìd. Nalíbot -nya sila ng lahàt, dátapuwat walà ng nakapagsábi na tumanggàp sila -nang isà ng gawà ng kabàítan sa kay Maryà. - -Sa kàhuli-hulíhan pumaroòn ang kapatìd sa tabì nang balòn, at doòn -inusísà nya ng lahàt ang manga damò. Nang dumatìng ang gabì ay íisa -na lámang na púnu-ng-damò ang hindí nya naùusísa`. Itò y nilapítan -nya na punò ng punú nang tákot at pagása. - -Itinanùng nya sa púno nang damò na nàtàtanìm sa tabì nang balòn: -"Nang nabùbúhay ba ang áki ng kapatìd, ay ginawàn ka nyà nang isà -ng kabàítan?" - -Isinagòt nang damò: "Ó! Ang iyo bà ng kapatìd? Siyà ngà`, siyà ang -nagbigày sa ákin nang bágo ng búhay. Noò ng tagáraw na nagdaàn, lantà -ng lanta nà ang áki ng manga dáhon at akò y malápit na ng mamatày, -dátapuwat ang iyò ng kapatìd ay nalígo` isa ng hápon sa tabì nang -balo ng itò. Sa kanya ng pagpalígo` ay nàwisikan akò nang túbig at -dáhil díto y lumakàs ako ng mulì`, at ang manga lantà ku ng dáhon ay -nanaríwa ng muli`." - -Wala ng pagkàsyahàn ang naging tuwá nang kapatìd ni Maryà, at sa gabì -ri ng iyòn ay nagbalìk sya kay Sam-Pédro. Binigyan syà ni Sam-Pédro -nang isa ng dàsálan, at sinábi sa kanyà na umuwé sya at iláwit nya -sa balòn ang dàsála ng iyòn. Tawágin nya si Maryà at pakapítin nya sa -dàsálan, at dáhil díto y mahàhángù nya sa hírap ang kanya ng kapatìd. - -Nagbalìk sya ng agàd at sumìsíkat pa lámang ang áraw nang sya -y dumatìng sa bakúran ni nasíra ng Maryà. Lumápit sya sa balòn, -inilawit nyà ang dàsálan, at tináwag nya ang kanya ng kapatìd. Itò y -lumitàw sa ibábaw nang túbig at humáwak sa dàsálan. Inumpisahàn nang -kanyà ng kapatìd ang paghátak sa dàsálan at sya y nátaas nà untì-untè`. - -Sa paghángo ng itò sa kanyà ay máy-roo ng ibà ng káluluwa na íbig -di ng makaalìs sa infyèrno. Kanyá silà y nagsikápit sa paà ni Maryà, -nang màkíta nilà na itò y nahàhángù sa hírap. Dátapuwat nang ang paà -ni Maryà ay sya na lámang nàlùlubòg sa túbig ang ginawá nya y ikinawàg -nya ang dalawa ng paà, úpang ang manga káluluwa ng nàkàkápit sa kanyà -ay mangàkabitàw. - -Nang itù y gawin nyà ay napatìd ang dàsálan at agad-agàd sya ng lumubùg -sa balòn, at mulá noon ay hindí nà sya nàkaúsap nang kanya ng kapatìd. - -Bumalìk itò kay Sam-Pédro at ibinalíta` ang nangyáre, dátapuwat sinábe -ni Sam-Pédro na walá na sila ng magágawa úpang mahángo sa infyèrno -ang kanyà ng kapatìd. - - - - - -22. TATLÒ NG KÁLULUWA NG TUMÁWAG KAY SAM-PÉDRO. - -Si Hwàn ay isa ng bágu ng táwu ng makísig. Dátapuwat nang dumatìng -sya sa gúlang na dalawa ng pù t dalawà, sya y nagkasakìt nang malubhà` -at dí nalaúnan at namatày siyà. Ang kanya ng káluluwa ay naparoòn sa -lángit at tumuktòk sa pintúan nitò. - -Si Sam-Pédro ay sumagòt sa kanya ng pagtuktòk at itinanòng nitò: -"Sínu ka? Anò ang sadyá mo ríto?" - -Isinagòt nang káluluwa ni Hwàn: "Akò ang káluluwa ni Hwàn. Buksan mò -ang pintò`, at íbig ko ng pumások." - -Binuksàn nang bantay-pintò` ang pintúan, at bágu nya binayáa ng -makapások ang káluluwa ni Hwàn ay sinyásat múna nya nang ganitò: -"Ano ang dáhil at naparíto ka? Ano ang kabànála ng ginawá mo sa lúpa` -at nagakálà ka ng nàbàbágay sa yò ang kaginhawáhan sa lángit? Ikàw -bagà y may iníwa ng asáwa?" - -Ang káluluwa ni Hwàn ay nagsábi: "Nang akò y nása lúpà pa, madalàs -aku ng magsimbà, magdasàl, at maglimòs, dátapuwat hindí ako nagkapálad -na magasáwa." - -Isinagòt nang bantay-pintò`: "Hindí ka dápat magtamò nang kaginhawáhan -sa lángit." - -At pagkàsábi nya nitò ay isinara nyà ang pintò`. Ang káluluwa ni Hwàn -ay hindí nakapások sa lángit. - -Pagkaalìs ni Hwàn ay dumatìng namàn ang isa pa rì ng káluluwa. - -"Sínu ka? At bákit mo gustò ng pumások sa lángit? Ikaw bà y nagasáwa -nang násàsa lúpà pà?" ang manga tanùng nang bantay-pintò`. - -Isinagòt nang káluluwa: "Akù y ang káluluwa niy Andrès. Nagasáwa akò -nang akò y násàsa lúpà pa. Buksan mò ang pintò` at íbig ko ng pumások." - -Agad-agàd na binuksàn ni Sam-Pédro ang pintú nang lángit at pagkàkíta -nya sa káluluwa niy Andrès ay sinábi nya: "Ó! Kàwáwa ng káluluwa! Sa -mangà gáya mo nàtàtaàn at nàràrápat ang manga kaginhawáhan sa -lángit. Pumásuk ka!" - -Ang káluluwa ni Andrès ay tuwa ng twá at pumások sa masayà ng tàhánan. - -Pagkásara nang pintò ay máy-roon na namà ng tumuktòk. - -"Sínu ka?" ang tanong ulí nang bantày. - -"Akò y ang káluluwa ni Mariyáno," ang sagòt nang tumuktòk. - -"Bákit ka naparíto? Bákit ka nagakála ng marápat ka ng magtamò nang -lángit? Ikàw bagà y nagasáwa nang násàsa lúpa ka pà?" - -Sa manga tanùng na itò y isinagòt nang káluluwa ni Mariyáno: "Nang akò -y násàsa lúpà pa madalàs akù ng magpamísa. Ang kalahátì nang yáman -ko ay ibinigay kò sa simbáhan sa pagpapamísa at manga pagpapatugtòg -nang kampána`. Ang nàipatúlus kò ng kandílà ay hindí mahìhíla nang -tatlò ng kalabàw, at kung sa pagaasáwa namàn," idinugtung nyà, -"akò y nagkaroòn nang dalawà. Nabáo akù at nagasáwa ng mulì`." - -"Áki ng ikinalúlungkot ang hindí ko pagkaári ng papasúkin kità. Ang -manga lóku ng gáya mo ay wala ng lugàr díto sa kahariyàn nang lángit." - -At isinara nyà ang pintò`. - - - - - -23. SI HWÀ NG BANGKÉRO. - -Isa ng áraw isa ng Kastíla` ay napatátawìd kay Hwàn sa kanya ng -bangkà` sa ibáyo nang ílog. Ang Kastíla ng sakay nyà ay marúnung -magsalitá nang Tagálog. Kanyà`, nang silà y nàlàlayú na sa pasígan, -ay nagumpisa syà nang pakikipagúsap kay Hwàn. - -Ang Kastíla ng itò ay isa ng marúnong na táo, sigúro ng isa ng gurù ng -balítà sa Espánya, at itò y nàpagkìkilála sa pagsasalitá nya kay Hwàn -tungkùl sa heyugrafíya, aritmétika, at iba t ibà ng wíkà sa Ewrúpa. - -Nang matápus ang kanya ng pagsasalità`, ay nagtanùng syà kay Hwàn -nang ganitò: "Ikàw ba y nagáral nang hewgrafíya?" - -"Hindí pò`," ang sagòt ni Hwàn,--at katunáya y uwalà ng mwàng si Hwàn, -sapagkàt sya y lumakì sa hírap at sa gayò y panày na pagtatrabáho -lámang ang pinagdàdaanan nyà ng búhay. - -Ang Kastílà ay nàpagúlat sa sagòt ni Hwàn at sinábe niya ng agàd: -"Dináramdam ko, kaybígan, ang hindí mu pagkáalam nang hewgrafíya, -sapagkàt dáhil díto y pára ng nawalà` ang kalahátì nang iyo ng búhay." - -Si Hwàn ay hindí kumibò` at patúluy dìn ang pagsagwàn. - -Hindí nalaúnan at tumanùng namàn ang Kastíla`: "Nagáral ka bà nang -aritmétika?" - -"Hindí pò`," ang sagòt ni Hwàn. - -"Kung gayòn, kaybígan, ay pára ng nawalá sa iyò ang ikápat na baháge -nang iyo ng búhay." - -Si Hwàn ay natákot nang kauntì`, sapagkàt hindí nya màpagkúro ang -íbig sabíhin nang Kastíla`. - -Sinábi nya sa kanya ng saríli: "Kàwáwà ka, Hwàn, walá nà ng nàtìtirà -nang iyu ng búhay, kung hindí isa ng ikápat na partè lámang." - -Nang ang bangká nila ay násàsa malálim na lugàr na nang ílog, at -hábang ang Kastílà namàn ay pinagkùkúro ang malakì ng kamangmangàn -nang manga táo ng trabahadùr sa Filipínas, si Hwàn ay tumanùng nang -ganitò sa kanya ng sakày: "Marúnong pú ba kayo ng lumangòy?" - -"Hindì`!" ang sagut agàd nang Kastíla`. - -"Kung gayòn," ang sagot ni Hwàn, "ay hindí lámang pára kayù ng nawalàn -nang boò ng inyo ng búhay, dátapwat nawalá na ngà ng túnay." - -At sinabayàn nya itù nang pagtataòb nang bangkà ng sinàsakyan nilà. Si -Hwàn ay lumangùy sa pasígan at ang Kastílà namàn ay tinangày nang ágos. - - - - - -24. ANG KABÀÍTAN SA MANGA HÁYOP. - -Isà ng gabì ng madilìm ay naglálakad si Hwàn sa manga kaparánga -ng malaláyo` sa manga báyan. Sya y patúngo sa kanya ng báyan. Bágu -sya makaratìng díto ay kinàkayilánga ng magdaàn sya sa manga ilàng -na lugàr. - -Isa ng gabì na sya y naglálakad sa ganitò ng lugàr biglá sya -ng nàpagúlat sa pagdatìng nang isa ng púsa ng itìm na humúni -at kinámot ang kanya ng paà. Ang ginawá nya y úbus-lakàs nya ng -sinípa ang púsa`, at itò y nàpahitsà nang maláyo`. Ipinatúluy nya ang -paglalakàd, dátapuwat hindí nalaúnan at nagbalìk na namàn sa kanyà ang -púsa`. Lálu ng lumakì ang kanya ng gálit at sinípà nya ng mulì` ang -púsa`. Inakálà nya ng ang púsa ng iyòn ay isà ng laruwàn nang tyának -o asuwàng. Ipinatúluy nya ang paglákad. Hindí naluwatàn at ang púsa -ng itèm ay nagbalìk na mulí sa kanyà. Ngayòn, sa lugàr nang sipáin -nya ang púsa`, itò y hinawákan nyà at dinala nyà sa kanya ng bisìg, -kanya ng hinagòd, at pinagtátapìk, at sinábi nya sa púsa`: "Mabaìt -na púsà`, anò ang gusto mò? Sàsáma ka ba sa áki ng paglalakàd?" at -ipinatúluy nyà ang kanyà ng paglákad. - -Hindí nalaúnan at sya y sinumpòng nang antòk. Sa daàn ay máy nàkíta -sya ng isa ng báhay, dátapuwat ang manga táo sa báyan ay may paniwála -ng ingkantádo ang báhay na iyòn. Dátapuwat walà ng iba ng màtulúgan -si Hwàn, kaniyà` ang ginawá nya y pumanhik syà sa báhay úpang doòn -matúlog. - -Sya y náhimbìng, dátapuwat nang naghàháti-ng-gabi nà ay nágising sya -sa kàluskúsan nang manga dagà`. Ang ginawá nya y pinagsisipá nya -at pinagdadagukàn ang manga dagà` úpang kanya ng patayìn o kayà y -palayásin. Dátapuwat ang manga dagà` ay dumámi nang dumámi hanggàng -sa napunò` ang kuwàrto at sya y kanilà ng pinagkakagàt. - -Ang ginawá ni Hwàn ay kinúha nya ang kanya ng púsa ng itìm at sinábi -nya ríto ng patain nyà ang manga dagà`. Ang púsà` ay ngumiyàw at -inumpisahàn ang paghábol sa manga dagà`. Malakì ang nagìng tákot nang -manga dagà`, at ang manga hindí nápatay nang púsa ay nagsipagtakbò sa -kaní-kanilà ng lunggà`. Nang màkíta ni Hwàn na walá na ng nàtìtirà -sa manga dagà kung hindí dádalawa lámang, ay pinapaghintú nya ang -púsa`. Kanya ng hinúli ang dalawa ng dagà` at kanya ng inámo` at -inakálà nya ng isáma rìn silà na gáya nang púsà sa kanya ng paglalakàd. - -Kinàbukásan ay ipinatúluy nya ang kanya ng paglalakàd. Inabútan -sya nang gabè sa isa ng lugàr na wala ng báhay, kanyá ang ginawá -nya y ipinatúluy nya ang paglalakàd papuntà sa isa ng báhay na árì -nang isa ng matandà`. Nagkátaon namàn na ang matanda ng itò y isà -ng engkantadòr. Pinatúluy nya si Hwàn at pinatúlog nya sa isa ng -silìd. Si Hwàn ay natúlog nang walà ng paghihinálà nang anu màn. - -Dátapuwat, nang mágising syà kinàbukásan, ay nàpagúlat sya at -natákot nang màkíta nya ng sya y nàkùkulòng sa isa ng kahòn na walà -ng bùkásan. Pinagsipá nya ang manga dingdìng nang kahòn, dátapuwat -walá sya ng magawà`, itò y hindí nya mabuksàn. Malakì ang kanya ng -pagdadalamháte` at walá sya ng màláma ng gawìn, nang màalaála nya -ng sya y may kasáma ng isà ng púsa at dalawà ng dagá sa kanya ng -kùlúngan. Kinúha nya ang dalawa ng dagà`, inamù-amú nya, at sinábi nya -ng bumútas silà sa kahò ng kanila ng kinàkùkulungàn. Ang manga dagà ay -nagumpisà nang pagkagàt sa tablà at untì-untí sila ng nakagawá nang -húkay sa makapàl na tablà, hanggàng sa itò y nabútas. Nang makabútas -na silà ay bumalìk silà ng mulí kay Hwàn at si Hwàn namàn ay pinabútas -silà ng mulì` sa dindìng nang kùlúngan. Sa paguúlit-úlit nang kanila -ng paggawá nang manga bútas, sa kalaúnan ay nakagawá silà nang isà -ng malaki ng bútas, at si Hwàn ay nakawalà`. - -Ang matandà ay hinánap ni Hwàn, dátapuwat itò y hindí nya màkíta káhit -saàn. Kanyà ipinatúluy nyà ang pagwè`, at doòn nang dumatìng sya ay -ipinamalítà nya ang malakì ng serbísyo na ginawá sa kanyà nang kanya -ng tatlò ng kaybíga ng isà ng púsa` at dalawa ng dagà`. - - - - - -25. SI HWÀ NG MANGDUDÚKIT. - -Nàbása ku sa isa ng nobéla ng Kastíla` na ang pamagàt ay "La tùmba -de yèrro" ang sumúsunòd. - -Si Hwàn ay isa ng báta ng lilimáhi ng taòn, anàk nang isà ng kasamà -nang mayáma ng si Andrès. Si Hwàn mulá pa sa pagkabátà` ay pípe, -dátapuwat hindì` bingè. Gayon dìn ang pagkapípe nya ay hindí malubhà`, -sapagkàt kadalasàn sya y nakasísigàw, dátapuwat hindí ngà` lámang -gáya nang tinìg nang karanyúwa ng báta` ang sa kanyà. - -Isa ng gabì si Andrès ay dumálaw sa báhay nang kanyà ng kasamà na -ama ni Hwàn, at sa kanya ng pagdálaw na ytò y isináma nya ang kanya -ng anàk na babáye, lilimáhin dì ng taòn ang gúlang. Káhit na pípe -si Hwàn ay nakipagkayibígan sya sa anàk nang kanya ng panginoòn, -at silà ng dalawà y nagsipaglarò` hábang ang kanilà ng manga amà -ay nagsàsàlitáan nang tungkòl sa pananìm. Ipinakíta nya kay Maryà -(na sya ng pangálan nang kanya ng kalarò`) ang manga larwan nyà na -gawá nang kanya ng saríli ng kamày at talíno. - -Ang kanya ng manga laruwàn ay sarì-sári ng mukhá nang táo na ginawá -nya at nayàyárì nang pútik. Marámi rin díto ang manga buò ng táo na -may sarì-sári ng anyò`. Ang ibà y nagtátanìm, ang ibà y nagsásayàw, -ang ibà y nakahigà`, at gayon dìn may manga nagbúbunò`, nagtàtakbúhan, -at iba t iba pà ng anyò`. Gayon dìn máy manga háyop syà; ang ibà y -nayàyárì nang pútek at ang ibà y nayàyári nang káhoy. - -Tumálik ang pagkakaybígan nang dalawa ng báta` at nàwíli sila sa -paglalarò`. Nang makatápus nà ang kanila ng amà sa pagsasàlitáan ay -tináwag ni Andrès si Maryà úpang umwí na silà, dátapuwat niyáyà múna -ni Maryà ang kanya ng amà sa lugàr na kinàlàlagyàn nang manga larwàn -ni Hwàn, at úpang itò y màkíta nyà. Nang màmasdan ny Andrès ang manga -larwa ng yòn ay nàpagúlat sya sa lakì nang talíno na ipinakìkilála -nang dumúkit sa manga tao-taóha ng iyòn. Sinábi ny Andrès sa ama ni -Hwàn na itò y matalíno at dápat ipadalà sa pàaralàn. Dátapwat isinagòt -nang ama ni Hwàn na syà y wala ng kwàrta úpang ipapagáral kay Hwàn. - -"Kung gayòn," sinábi ni Andrès, "ay akò ang ùúpa sa mayèstro. Búkas -ay páparoon sa ámi ng báhay ang gurò ni Maryà. Sya y papagtùtuluyìn -ku díto sa iyò, úpang umpisahàn nya ang pagtutúro` at pagbubukàs nang -ísip ni Hwàn." - -Napasalámat nang marámi ng marámi ang ama ni Hwàn at silà y -naghiwalày. Malakì ang ikinalungkòt ni Hwàn nang umalis nà ang kanyà -ng kalarò`. - -Mulá sa áraw na itò kadalasàn si Hwàn ay ipinasúsundò nang ama ni -Maryà úpang doòn siyà sa kanya ng báhay makipaglarò` kay Maryà. - -Isa ng hápon na silà ng dalawà y naglálaro sa hàlamanan nang maláwak -na bakúran ni Andrès ay nagdaà ng lumílipàd sa tabì nang dalawa ng -báta` ang isa ng paruparò. Itò y kanila ng hinábol. Nàùunà si Maryà -at sumúsunòd si Hwàn. Sa pagtatakbò nilà ay nahúlog si Maryà sa isa -ng sápa ng mabábaw na pàbyáyan nang manga isdà` niy Andrès. Si Hwàn -ay nàpasigàw nang malakàs at pagsigàw nya ng itò y napatiràn sya -nang lamàn sa lalamúnan at nagdudugò` ang kanya ng bibìg. Hindí nya -itò inalintána at tumalòn din sya sa sápa` úpang iligtàs si Maryà sa -pagkalúnod. Sa kababáwan nang sápa` ay hindí nangalúnod ang dalawà -ng báta`, dátapuwat siniglàn lámang si Maryà nang malaki ng tákot na -sya nyà ng ipinaghimatày nang násàsa túbig na syà. Kanyà` ang ginawá -ni Hwàn ay hinawákan nya si Maryà sa likòd at itinaas nyà úpang hwàg -makáinom nang túbig, hábang syà ay nàsìsísid sa túbig. Ganitò ang anyú -nila nang màdatnan silà nang isa ng alíla ny Andrès at silà y hinángo -sa sápà`. Malakì ang pagkàgúlat niy Andrès at malakì ang naging twà` -nang ama ni Hwàn nang si Hwàn ay márinig nila ng magsalità` at ibalítà -sa kanilà ang nangyári. - -Dáhil sa pagsasalitá ni Hwàn ay lálu ng lumakàs ang kanya ng pagsúlong -sa pagaáral, at gayon dìn lálu ng tumálik ang pagkakaybígan nila -ni Maryà. Dumatìng ang áraw na sinábi nang gurú nya na sya y dápat -lumípat nang báyan úpang ipatúluy ang pagaáral, sapagkàt sya y walá -na ng màitúro sa kanyà. Itò y sinábi rin nyà kay Andrès. Ang ginawá -ny Andrès ay ipinadalà si Hwàn sa isa ng eskwèlhan nang pangdudúkit, -at díto sya nagáral na may ánim na taòn. - -Si Hwàn at si Maryà ay nagsilakì at ang kanila ng pagkakaybígan ay -nagìng pagiìbígan. Twì ng bakasyòn ay umuwè` si Hwàn sa kanilà ng -báhay sa búkid ni Andrès at doòn sya nagpàpalípas nang áraw sa píling -ni Mariyà. - -Dumatìng ang isa ng áraw nang pagtatanyágan nang manga dinúkit nang -manga artísta, at dáhil díto y pinagarálan ni Hwàn ang isa ng áyos -na kanya ng dápat dukítin parà sa áraw na itò. Ang manálo sa manga -kasále ay bìbigyàn nang isa ng ganti ng pálà na may malaki ng kasáma -ng kwàlta, bukòd sa pagdiríwang sa karàngálan nang mànanalò. May isà -ng taò ng nagtrabáho si Hwàn sa kanya ng kumpusisyòn. - -Dumatìng ang áraw nang pagtatanyàg nang manga dinúkit. Si Hwàn, -ang kanya ng amà, si Andrès, at si Maryà ay naparoòn sa báhay na -kinàdòroonàn nang manga dinúkit. Lubhà ng marámi ang manga táo, -dátapuwat ang pinagkàkalipumpunàn nilà ay ang dinúkit ni Hwàn. Si -Maryà ay nápaiyàk sa twà` sa gandà nang dinúkit ni Hwàn. Si Andrès -namàn ay walà ng màláma ng sabíhin sa pagpúri. Dumatìng ang óras nang -pagpapaháyag nang manga hukòm kung síno ang nanálo, at ang dinúkit -ni Hwàn ay sya ng binanggìt na nakakúha nang gantì ng pála`. - -Itò y isa ng grúpo ng máy-roo ng isa ng babáye ng nakatindìg. Ang -kaliwà ng kamày ay may háwak na isa ng sulò` at ang kánan namàn ay -isa ng koróna ng dáhon. Sa banda ng kánan nang babáe at sa ilálim -nang koróna ng olíva ay may isà ng bináta ng nàlùluhod ang kána ng -paà. Sa kanya ng kaliwà` ay may háwak sya ng librò at sa kánan ay -isa ng pamukpòk. Sa kanilà ng paánan ay nàsàsábug ang iba t iba ng -kasangkápan nang isa ng nagàáral. - -Nang silà y umuwè` ipinagtapàt nang dalawa ng nagkàkàibígan sa kanila -ng manga magúlang ang kanila ng líhim. Ang ama ni Hwàn ay nalungkòt -lámang, sapagkàt nàlàláman nya na ang pagkakasàl sa kanila ng dalawà -ay hindí maàári`, sapagkàt ang kanila ng lagày ay gáya nang sa isa -ng busábos o alípin at isa ng panginoòn o háre`. Pagkáalam ni Andrès -sa bágay na itò ay siniglàn sya nang malaki ng gálit. Ipinatáwag -nya si Hwàn at kanya ng minúra. Sinábi nya ng sya y walà ng hyà` at -hindí marúnong tumanàw nang útang na loòb, hindí marúnong kumilála sa -nagparúnong sa kanyà, at sinábi nya ng hindí sya maàári ng màpakasàl -kay Mariyà. Dáhil díto y sya y umalìs agad-agàd na walà ng nakààalàm -káhit síno nang kanya ng patùtungúhan. - -Nagdaàn ang limà o ánim na taòn at si Hwàn sa kanya ng pangdudúkit -ay káylan ma y hindí nalìlimútan si Maryà. - -Si Mariyà namàn ay nagpalípas nang ánim na tao ng itò sa kanya ng -báhay. Nàlùlugmok syà hábang panahòn sa isa ng malálim na kalungkútan -at tuwí na y si Hwàn ang kanya ng nààalaála. Si Maryà y nagkasakìt -nang malubhà` at malápit na ng mamámatày. - -Ipináyu nang manggagámot nya kay Andrès na, kung íbig nya ng -máligtas ang kanya ng anàk, ay sundìn nya ang gusto nitò tungkòl sa -pagaasáwa kay Hwàn. Dátapuwat nang pumáyag siy Andrès ay lubhà ng -huli nà. Palalá nang palalà` ang sakìt ni Maryà, at si Hwàn namàn ay -hindí nya nàlàláman kung saàn ang kinàdòroonàn. Marámi sya ng inutúsan -sa malalaki ng báyan úpang hanápin si Hwàn, dátapuwat nakaraan nà -ang marámi ng áraw ay walá pa ng nagkapálad káhit isà sa kanilà na -makátagpò` kay Hwàn. - -Sa kalaúnan ang isa sa kanilà y nàtagpuan itò sa báya-ng-Kamálig sa -kanya ng gàwáan. Nang màbalitáan nya na ipinasúsundo syà ni Andrès -úpang ipakasàl sila ng dalawà ni Maryà, ay lubhà ng malakì ang kanyà -ng naging twà`. Dátapuwat gayon dìn malakì ang kanya ng tákot na -baká hindí nya abúta ng buhày ang kanya ng inìíbig. Sya y matúli ng -matúli ng umwè` at nang dumatìng sya sa báhay niy Andrès ay nàkíta nya -doòn ang butò t balàt na pangangatawàn ni Maryà nàlàlátag sa kanya ng -hihigàn. Nang sandalí ri ng iyòn ay nagpasundú si Andrès nang isa ng -páre`, at si Hwàn at si Maryà y ipinakasàl. Hábang ang pagkakasàl ay -idinàdaos nang páre` ang hiningà namàn ni Maryà ay pumàpánaw. Nang -mákasal na silà ay nagkaroòn lámang si Hwàn nang panahò ng mahagkàn -ang kanya ng asáwa, at itò y pinanáwan nang hiningà na ang mukhá y -masayà at nàngìngitì ang bibìg. - - - - - -26. SI MARKÍTA. - -Si Markíta ay isà ng dalága ng mabaìt at magandà, dátapuwat -mahírap. Sya y máy-roo ng isa ng nóbyo na mahírap dìn, dátapuwat may -empléyo sa gobyèrno sa Mayníla` at máy-roo ng mabúti ng swèldo. - -Si Markíta ay máy-roo ng isa ng kápit-báhay na mayáman. Ang báhay -ay tablà, at yéro ang bubungàn, malápad ang kanya ng bukirìn. Ang -kápit-báhay na ytò y malakì ang pagkágusto kay Markíta, dátapuwat hindí -nátin màsàsábe kung túnay ang kanya ng pagíbig, sapagkàt maluwàg ang -kanya ng tornílyo. Lahàt nang pagsúyo` ay ginawá nya kay Markíta, -dátapuwat si Markíta y isa ng dalága ng hindí sa-lawáhan ang loòb, -at ang lahàt nang kanya ng pagsúyo` ay hindí pinansìn. - -Sa kalakhàn nang pagíbig nang manglilígaw na si Markíta ay mápasa -kanyà, ang ginawá nya y gumámit nang lakàs. Isa ng hápon pumások sa -bakúran nila Markíta at nagkubli syà sa isa ng púno-ng-ságing. Nang -hápu ng yoòn ay nagkátaon namà ng ang bakúran nilà Markíta ay -marumì. Kanyà itò y nanáog at niwalisàn ang bakúran. Pagkátabi nyà sa -púno-ng-ságing na pinagkùkublihàn nang laláke, itò y lumápit pagdáka, -tinangnàn sya sa kamày at kanyà sya hinagkàn. - -Nàlàláman na ninyò na sa manga mahihinhì ng táo doòn sa átin ang isa -ng halìk ay isa ng malakì ng kasiraàn nang púri. Dáhil díto nang si -Markíta ay pumanhìk sa báhay na umíiyàk, at nang màláman nang kanya ng -manga magúlang na syà y tinampalásan o hinagkàn nang laláki ng iyòn, -inakálà nila na walà ng iba ng pangtakìp sa kasiraà-ng-púri ng itò -kung hindí ang ipakasàl nilà sa laláki ng iyòn ang kanilà ng anàk -na si Markíta. Káhit anò ng pagayàw ang ginawá ni Markíta at káhit -na nàlàláman nilà na itò y may kaìbígan, ay kanila rì ng ipinatúloy -ang pagkakasàl. - -Si Markíta ay isa ng báta ng lubhà ng masùnúrin sa kanya ng manga -magúlang, kanyá hindí sya makasuwày nang tòtohánan ngayòn. Ang ginawá -na lámang niyà ay isinúlat nya sa kanya ng nóvyo ang manga nangyári -at mangyàyári at sinábi nya ng ang magíging pagkakasàl sa kanyà ay isa -lámang pagsunòd sa manga magúlang at siya rìn ay kanya ng inìíbig. Sa -manga magúlang namàn ni Markíta ay kanya ng sinábi na sya ay hindí -nila pakìkinabángan, sapagkàt ang pagkakasàl nya sa táu ng kanya ng -kinabùbuwisítan ay kanyà ng ikamámatay na madalì`. - -Ikinasàl silà. Hindí nalaúnan at inapuyàn si Markíta nang lagnàt. Mulá -sa áraw nang kanya ng pagkakasàl ay hindí sya makakáin nang káhit -anò, at áraw-gabì sya y lumùlúha`. Ang manga magagalìng na médiko sa -báyan, ang lahàt nang yáman nang kanya ng asáwa, at ang lahàt nang -manga panalángin nang kanya ng manga magúlang ay hindí makapagligtàs -sa kanyà sa kamàtáyan. Pagkaraàn nang pitù ng áraw nang kanya ng -pagkákasàl ay sya y namatày. Itò y nagìng malakì ng kalungkútan nang -kanya ng nagìng nóbyo at isa ng nakatúlong sa nagìng kasawià-ng-pálad -nitò sa kanya ng búhay na dumatìng. - - - - - -27. ANG MANGMÀNG NA PÁRE`. - -Sa báya-ng-Balíwag ay máy nàdistíno ng isa ng pári ng wala ng muwàng -káhit anu màn. Hinìhinála` nang manga táo na syà y isa ng sakatéro -lámang sa Espánya na nápadpad doòn at idinistíno sa kanilà ng báyan -úpang magkaroòn nang swèldo at sa gayò y máligtas sa pagkamatày nang -gútom. Linggo-linggò syà y nagmìmísa, dátapwat ang manga nakíkinig -nang mísa ay wala ng márinig sa kanyà kung hindì` ang salità ng -"Mísa, mísa, mísa," at iba pà. Papasí-pasyal sa harapàn nang altàr; -kung mínsan ay humáharap sa manga táo, pinagdódoop ang kamày, at sa -lahàt nang pagkílos nya ng itò y wala ng patìd nya ng sinàsábi ang -"Mísa, mísa, mísa," at iba pà. - -Ang manga táo y nagálit at ipinagsumbòng sya sa arsubìspo. Ang sagòt -nang arsubìspo ay páparoon sya ng isà ng linggò at makíkinig nang mísa, -úpang màkíta kung túnay ngà` ang sumbong nilà. - -Dumatìng doòn ang arsubìspo. Sa kanyà y sinábi nang pári` na sya y -hindí makapagmísa, sapagkàt ang manga ulòl na táo ay nagààlísan sa -simbáhan paguumpisà nya nang mísa. - -"Búkas," sinábi pa nyà, "ay màmàmasdàn ninyò ang kanila ng -pagtatakbúhan sa pagbebendisyòn ko pa lámang." - -Kinàbukásan ay linggò at sa pagmimísa nya ay háharap ang -arsubìspo. Umísip sya nang paraàn nang pagliligtàs sa kanya ng -saríle. Kanyà`, bágu sya nagumpisà nang pagmimísa ay nagpakuló sya nang -langìs. Hábang sya y nagbìbíhis ang manga táo namàn at ang arsubìspo -ay nàùupú na sa simbáhan. Ang arsubìspo ay malápit sa altàr at hábang -sya y nagbìbíhis ang langìs namàn ay kasalukúya ng kumúkulò`. Nang -makapagbíhis na syà ay ibinúhus nya sa lalagyàn nang túbig na bendíta -ang kumúkulu ng langìs. Ang ugálì nya ay magbendisyòn múna bágu -magmísa, kanyà` pagpások nya sa simbáhan ay sya nyà ng iniwisìk sa -manga táo ang kumúkulu ng langìs sa lugàr nang àgwa-bendíta. Ang manga -táo ng dinapúan nang maiínit na patàk nang langìs ay nagsipagtindìg at -úbus-làkása ng nagsipagtakbúhan papalabàs sa simbáhan. Nang màkíta itò -nang arsubìspo ay hindí nya ipinatulòy ang pagmimísa sa áraw na iyòn, -sapagkàt wala ng nátira sa simbáhan ní isa màn sa manga táo. - -Sinábi nang arsubìspo sa párì` na sya y hindí mààalìs sa báya ng iyòn -at hindí na nyà pàpansinìn ang anu mà ng ipagsumbòng nang manga táo. - - - - - -28. ANG PÀKUMPISÁLAN. - -Si Párì Mundò ay sya ng nàdistínu ng ilà ng taòn sa -báya-ng-Marikína. Sya y isa ng táo ng maibigìn sa pagliliwalìw. Sa -pagtupàd sa kanya ng manga tungkúlin sya y hindí nagkùkúlang -káylan màn. Araw-áraw sya y nagmìmísa at kung linggò ay makálawa -sya ng magmísa. Gayon dìn sya y nagbíbinyàg nang manga báta`, -nagbèbendisyòn nang patày, nagháhatid nang biyátiko, nagpàpakumpisàl, -at nagpakinábang. Ang lahàt nang kanyà ng tungkúlin ay sinúsunod -nyà ng mabúte, dátapuwat ang pagpapakumpisàl ay nilalúan nya nang -kauntì`. Sa ganà ng kanyà sigúro ng itò y mabúte úpang pauntiìn ang -manga kasalánan nang kanya ng kinúkumpisàl, dátapuwat sa ibà sa kanya -ng manga kinúkumpisal itò y may nagìng masamà ng dúlo. - -Mínsan máy-ro ng isà ng babái ng dalága na mapagsimbà at -mapagkumpisàl. Nang dumatìng ang dalága ng itò sa dalawa ng pù ng taòn -ang gúlang ay iníwan na nyà ang kabànála ng pagkukumpisàl, gayon dìn -bihíra ng magsimbà. Nang mínsan usisáin ang babáye ng itò ay nagsábi -nang ganitò: - -"Noo ng úna ang boò ng akálà ko si Párì Mundò ay isa ng sànto, dátapwat -ngayò y nàpagkìkilála nang marámi na sya y isa ng buwísit na táo. Kung -bahà` at ang manga táo y nagsìsipamangkà` sa bahà`, sya y sa bangkà` -nang manga babáe nakíkisakày at hindí sa manga laláki. Kung umága -pagkamísa nya ay màkìkíta na sya ng nakatalungkò sa kanya ng pátyo na -ang ábito y nagùgúmun sa lúpa` at sya y humàhágod nang manòk kaharàp -nang ibà ng sabungéro. - -"Noo ng úna akò y madalàs magkumpisàl sa kanyà, dátapwat dumatìng -ang isa ng áraw na panày na kaululàn lámang ang ipagtatanòng nya sa -ákin sa kumpìsálan. Súkat ba ng itinanòng nya sa ákin kung ilàn ang -manlilígaw sa ákin, kung síno ang áki ng inìíbig, at kung saàn akò -makìkipagtagpò`? Sa loob-loòb ku lámang ay nàpakawala-ng-hyà` ang -pári ng itò. Kanyà` iníwan ku sya agàd sa kumpìsálan at mulá noon ay -hindí na akò nangumpisàl." - - - - - -29. SI HWÀ NG BÍBAS. - -Si Hwàn ay isa táo ng mapaggawá nang kaululàn, dátapuwat itò y hindí -nya sinásadyà` úpang magpagálit nang kápwa táo, kung hindí yon ay -talagà ng sya nyà ng ugáli` na átas sa kanya nang kanya ng pagiísip. - -Mínsan sya y naparòn sa fiyèsta nang isa ng báyan. May pasàn sya -ng tatlò ng biìk, úpang ipagbilè sa báyan. Nang sya y dumating nà, -nàkíta nya sa pátyo nang simbáhan ang marámi ng táo ng nalìlípon at -nakíkinìg nang biníbigkas na talumpáti` nang kápitan sa báyan. Masikìp -ang pagkakátayo nang manga táo, dátapwat sya y nálapit dìn sa -paanàn nang entabládo na kinàtàtayuàn nang nagtàtalumpáti`. Hábang -nakìkipagsiksíkan syà, ang tatlò ng biìk ay wala ng lubày nang -pagyàk. Nang syà y makarating nà sa harapàn nang kápitan, tinúkup -nya ang manga bibìg, úpang silà y patahanìn, dátapwat walá sya ng -magawà`. Náino nang kápitan ang manga ìyákan nang biìk at tiningnan -nyà kung síno ang máy dala doòn nang manga biìk. - -Nang màkíta nya si Hwàn ay sinábi nya ang ganítò: "Huwán! Anò -ang gustu mò ng sabíhin sa pagpapaiyàk mo díto nang iyo ng manga -biìk? Lumáyas ka ngayon dìn, at hwag kà ng makàtuntong-tuntòng káylan -màn sa lúpa-ng-Bùstos!" - -Si Hwàn ay umalìs at umwè` sa kanya ng báyan sa San-Ildepònso. Nakaraàn -ang isa ng taòn at dumatìng na mulì` ang fyèsta sa báyan nang -Bùstos. Iníbig ni Hwàn na pumaroòn, dátapuwat nàalaála nya na tinangáan -sya nang kápitan sa báya ng iyòn na, pag sya y nàkíta ng mulì` sa -lúpa-ng-Bùstos, ay sya y ipabíbilanggò` at pahìhirápan. Umísip si -Hwàn nang paraàn úpang makaparòn. - -Nang dumatìng ang fiyèsta ay máy-roo ng isà ng mísa ng malakì na -dinaluhàn nang líbo-líbo ng táo. Si Hwàn ay isà sa manga táo ng itò at -syà ang nàpàpansìn nang marámi ng táo, dahilàn sa anyò nang pagkálagay -nyà doòn sa loòb nang simbáhan. Dí nalaúnan at isà sa manga táo ng -nagmámasid sa kanyà ay nagsumbùng sa kápitan at sinábi na si Hwàn ay -násàsa loòb nang simbáhan at nakasakày sa isa ng karéta na hinìhíla -nang kalabàw, at ang lahàt, karéta, kalabàw, at si Hwàn ay násàsa -loòb nang simbáhan. Si Hwàn ay hindí nanànáog sa karéta ng kanya -ng tinùtuntungàn. - -Pumarùn ang kápitan sa simbáhan úpang hulíhin si Hwàn. Nang málapit -syà díto ay sinábi nyà: "Huwán! Sumunòd ka sa ákin at ibíbilanggú -kità. Hindí ba sinábi ko nà sa iyò t hwàg kà ng tútuntong nang -lúpa-ng-Bùstos?" - -Isinagòt namàn ni Hwàn: "Ginoò ng Kápitan! Sinábi ngà` po ninyò sa -ákin iyàn. Kanyà` akò y hindí makaalìs sa áki ng karéta. Nàkìkíta -pú ba ninyò itò ng lúpa ng lúlan nang áki ng karéta at sya kò -ng tinùtuntungàn? Ito pò` ay hindè lúpa-ng-Bùstos kung hindí -lúpa-ng-San-Ildepònso. Doòn ko pò` sa áki ng báyan kinúha ang lúpa -ng itò." - -Pagkàsábi ni Hwàn nitò ay hindí nàpigílan nang kápitan ang pagtáwa, -at sinábi na lámang nya sa kanya ng saríli na syà y wala ng magágawa -kay Hwàn, sapagkàt itò y nása katwíran. - - - - - -30. TATLÒ NG MAGKAKAYBÍGA NG MAGNANÁKAW. - -Si Hwàn, si Andrès, at si Dyégo ay tatlò ng magagalìng na -magnanákaw. Silà y balíta ng balíta`, at marámi ng táo ang nagsìsihúle -sa kanilà, dátapuwat sa galìng nilà nang pangingílag at pagnanákaw -ay hindí sila màhúle. Ang tatlò ng itù y nagtìpána ng mínsan na -magtatagpò` sila sa isa ng lugàr na tahímik at líhim úpang pagusápan -nilà ang kanilà ng pamumúhay at manga mabubúti ng bágo ng paraàn nang -pagnanákaw. Silà ng tatlò ay nabùbúhay sa pagnanákaw lámang. Ní isa -màn sa kanilà ay walà ng paghahánap na mabúte. Mulá pa sa pagkabátà` -ay ganito nà ang kanila ng pamumúhay, kanyà` silà y nagìng matalíno -at lubhà ng makínis sa gawa ng itò. - -Nang dumatìng ang áraw nang kanilà ng tìpánan, madali ng áraw pa -lámang ay nàròroòn na silà. Malakì ng pamamalíta` nang báwat isà at -hindí magkàmáyaw ang kanila ng pagbabàlitaàn. - -Itinanòng ni Hwàn kay Dyégo: "Gánu ka na bà kakínis ngayòn sa áti -ng trabáho?" - -"Sa damdam kò," ang sagòt ni Dyégo, "ay akò ang pinakamakínis sa áti ng -tatlò, sapagkàt akò y nakapagnànákaw nang manga itlòg na hinàhalimhimàn -nang manòk na hindí nàlàláman nitò. At hindí itu lámang," idinugtung -nyà, "ang manga háyop màn na mababagsìk ay nànànakáwan ku nang kanila -ng inakày nang walá sila ng málay." - -"Ganyàn ba lámang ang kínis mo?" isinabàd pagdáka ni Andrès, "Akò -ay nakapagnànákaw sa háyop at gayon dìn sa táo. Ang manga aláhas -nang táo na íbig ko ng nakáwin ay ninànákaw ko, káhit na natùtúlog o -naglálakad ang may áre`. Mínsan ay ninákaw ko ang isa ng singsìng na -hinìhigàn nang may ári` úpang hwag mànákaw, dátapwat itò y nànákaw -ko nang walá sya ng málay." - -"Ganyàn ba lámang ang kínis ninyò?" itinanùng ni Hwàn, "Walá sa -kalahátì nang kínis ko sa pagnanákaw ang inyù ng manga nagágawà`. Akò -y nakapagnànákaw nang táo mìsmo at hindí nang kanila lámang na manga -pagaáre`." - -Nàpagúlat ang dalawà nya ng kaúsap, sapagkàt hindí nila inakála ng ang -isa ng táo ng buhày ay maàári ng mànákaw nang hindí nito nàlàláman, -at úpang subúkan nilà ang galìng ni Hwàn ay nakipagpustáhan silà -ng dalawà kay Hwàn. Sinábi nilà ng nakáwin nya ang párì` sa báyan -at ihatid nyà sa lugàr na kanila ng kinàdòroonàn ngayòn. Kung itù y -magawá nya, bàbayáran sya ni Andrès at ni Dyégo nang limà ng daà ng -píso. Dátapuwat kung hindí nya magawà`, bàbayáran nya si Andrès at -si Dyégo nang isa ng daà ng píso. Umáyon si Hwàn sa pustáha ng itò -at silà y naghiwá-hiwalày. - -Si Hwàn ay napatúngu sa báyan at pinakibalitáan nya kung saàn nàtìtirà -ang párè`. Nang màláman nya itò ay nagisìp sya nang paraà ng gágawin -nyà na pagnákaw sa párè`. Sya y pumásuk na alíla` sa pári ng itò. Sa -kanya ng pagkàpaalíla ng itò ay nàkilála nya ang manga ugáli nang -páre`. Isà sa kanya ng ugáli` na hindí nabàbáli` káylan màn ay ang -pagdadasàl nang rosáriyo sa harapàn nang isa ng poòn. Ang poò ng itò -ay nayàyárì nang káhoy, at itò y si Sang-Hwàn. Ang lakì nang poò ng -itò ay kasingpantày nang isa ng táo. - -Ang ginawá ni Hwàn ay nagpagawá sya sa isa ng mandurúkit nang isa ng -poò ng gáya rin nitò, dátapuwat hukày at wala ng lamàn ang loòb. Ang -bútas na itò sa loòb nang katawàn nang poò ng itò ay maàári ng -sootàn nang isa ng táo. Nang mayárì na ang poò ng pagawá ni Hwàn, -ay pinalitan nyà ang poò ng si Sang-Hwàn na túnay naárì nang párè`. - -Isa ng hápun bágu dumatìng ang orasyòn ay kumúha sya nang isa ng -sáko nang bigàs at napaloòb sya sa loòb nang sànto ng ipinagawá -nya. Pagkahápon nang párì` itò y pumaroòn sa kwàrto ng kanya ng -pinagdàdasalàn úpang magrosáryo. Nang magkákalahatí na ang kanya ng -pagdadasàl at kátaon namà ng nangàngáwit na si Hwàn sa pagkátayò`, ay -nagsalità ito: "Ihintú mu nà, Párì Lúkas, ang iyo ng pagdadasàl. Ako -y pinàparíto sa iyò úpang ihatìd kità sa lángit." - -Nang úna ay siniglàn nang tákot ang páre`, dátapuwat inakálà nya ng -ang kanya ng poòn ay nagmìmilágro at totoo ngà ng sinúsundú sya úpang -ihatìd sa kalangitàn. - -Sa kanyà ng hindí pagkibò` ay nagsalità ng mulí si Hwàn nang ganitò: -"Marámi nà ang kabànála ng iyù ng ginawà`. Matagàl ka nang namùmúhay -nang mabába`, at dáhil díto y nàtàtaàn sa iyò ang lahàt nang -kaginhawáhan sa lángit. Sumáma ka sa ákin at iháhatid kità." - -Isinagòt nang páre`: "Papáno ang gàgawin kò ng pagsáma sa iyò? Akù -y matandá na at hindí ako makalàlákad mulà díto sa lúpa` hanggàng -sa lángit." - -Isinagòt namàn ni Hwàn: "Yòn ay hwag mù ng alalahánin. Máy-ron ako ng -isa ng sáko. Sumilìd ka díto at pàpasanin kità sa pagpuntà sa lángit." - -At pagkàsábi nya nitò y iniladlad nyà ang sáko nang bigàs. Pagkásilid -nang páre` ay tinalía ng mahigpìt ni Hwàn ang sáko. Lumabàs sya sa -loòb nang poòn at pinasan nyà si Párì Lúkas patúngo sa báhay na kanya -ng pinagtipanàn sa dalawa ng kaybígan. Tiwalà ng tiwalá si Párì Lúkas -na sya y papuntà sa lángit, kanyà` walá sya ng kibò` sa loòb nang sáko. - -Dátapwat, nang nagbàbátis na si Hwàn sa isa ng mabábaw na ílog, ay -inakálà nya ng sya y nàlòlóko lámang at hindí sa lángit ang punta nilà. - -Kanyà itinanùng nya kay Hwàn: "Anu ng ílog itò, at bákit táyo dápat -tumawìd nang ílog sa pagpuntà sa lángit?" - -Isinagòt ni Hwàn: "Sssst! Hwag kà ng maíngay! Itò y ílog nang Hòrdan." - -Ang párì ay nagtahàn nang pagsasalità`. Ipinatúloy ni Hwàn ang -paglákad. - -Nang sya y pumápanhik nà sa báhay na kanila ng tagpúan, nàpagúlat na -mulì` ang páre`, at tumanùng sya ng mulì`: "Anu ng hagdánan itò? Ganito -bà ang hitsúra nang hagdána ng papuntà sa lángit?" - -"Sinábi ko nà sa iyò at hwag kà ng maíngay", ang isinagòt ni Hwàn, -"Ito ngà` ang hagdána ng paakyàt sa lángit." - -Nang mápanhik nà silà sa báhay ay sinalúbong silà ni Dyégo at ni -Andrès. Inilapàg ni Hwàn ang kanya ng dalà, at sinábi nya sa dalawà: -"Dala ko ríto ang iniyútos ninyo sa áki ng nakáwin. Dala ba ninyò -ang lima ng daa ng píso?" - -Ang dalawà y hindí naniwála ng agàd. Kanyà` ang ginawá nila y binútas -nilà ang sáko at sinílip nilà ang lamàn. Sa loòb ay nàkíta nila ang -úlo nang párì` na may satsàt. Kanyà` iniyabòt nila kay Hwàn ang lima -ng daa ng píso, at sila ng lahàt ay nanáog pagdáka. Iníwan nilà ang -páre` úpang sya ay magpakawalà` sa kanya ng saríle. - - - - - -31. ANG PANGHUHÚLI NANG MANGA UNGGÒ`. - -Hindí bihíra` sa manga gúbat na màtagpuàn ang malalakì ng káwal nang -manga unggò`. Kung walà ng armàs ang isà ng nàpápasa kanila ng lugàr, -silà y mababagsìk, at may pangánib na patayìn nilà ang táo ng kanila -ng màpagkalipumpunàn. Silà kung nagàgálit ay nagsìsipanáog sa manga -púnù nang káhoy at pinagtùtulùng-tulúnga ng kinákagat ang táo ng -násàsa kapangyaríhan nilà. Dáhil díto ang isa ng táo ng naglálakad -sa manga gúbat na marámi ng unggò` ay hindí magpàpabáya ng magdalà -nang barìl. Ang manga unggò` kung pinùputukan nà nang barìl ay wala ng -tákot. Karamíhan ay hindí nagtàtakbúhan, dátapuwat tinìtingnan nilà ang -pinanggàgalíngan nang íngay at nang asò. Ang manga dinàratnan namàn -nang bála ay sinásangga itò nang kanya ng kamày, pára ng sumásangga -sa isa ng pukòl lámang. Kanyà` ang manga pálad nilà ay nàbùbútas dìn -nang bála kung silà y tamaàn. - -Hindí bihíra` ang manga táo y nanghùhúle nang buhày na unggò` úpang -kanila ng aliláin at ipagbilì sa manga taga iba t ibà ng lupaìn -na nagsìsipuntà sa Filipínas. Ang panghuhúle nang buhày na unggò` -ay hindí nangàngailángan nang malakì ng págod, dátapuwat ang paraàn -nang paghúle sa kanila ay isà ng panglolóko lámang sa kanilà. Ito ng -sumúsunòd ay isa ng halimbáwà nang paghúle sa kanilà. - -Kung ang isa ng táo ay íbig humúle nang unggò`, karanyúan ay -naglùlúto` o nagpàpalúto sya nang kakanìn, at itò y hinàhalúan o -pinahàhalúan niya nang balasìng. Ang balasìng ay isa ng butò nang -haláman na nakalálasìng o nakapagáantòk nang malálim na antòk sa -manga háyop na makàkáin. Gayon dìn ginàgámit itò sa panghuhúle -nang isdá sa ílog. Pagkalútò nang kakanìn itò y dinádala nang táo -sa lugàr na kinàdòroonàn nang káwal nang manga unggò`. Dátapuwat -kung itò y ilagay nyà nang mahúsay sa lúpà` ang manga unggò` ay -hindí magsìsipanáog úpang kumáin. Hinìhinálà nilà na ang kakanì ng -iyòn ay páin lámang sa kanilà úpang silà y hulíhin o patayìn. Dáhil -díto ang ginágawa nang táo ay nagtàtakut-takútan pagkátanaw nyà sa -manga unggò`, at sya y nagtátakbò na súnong ang biláo nang kakanì -ng may balasìng. Sa kanya ng pagtakbò ay nagdàdapa-dapáan syà, at -dáhil díto y ang súnung nya ng kakanìn ay nàpàpalagpàk at nàsàsábog -sa lúpa`. Kung itù y mangyári nà, ipinatùtúloy din nyà ang kanya ng -pagtakbò, at sya y nangúngublè sa isa ng lugàr, úpang tanawìn nya ang -pagkakàínan nang manga unggò`. Pagkàkíta nang manga unggò` sa patakbò -ng pagalìs nang táo at pagkákubli nitò, silà y nagsìsipanáug sa manga -púno-ng-káhoy at nagsìsipagagawàn nang kakanìn. Nagkàkàdagàn-dagàn -silà sa pagaagawàn, at lubhà ng malakì ang íngay, sapagkàt ang báwat -isa ng káwal nang unggò ay máy-roo ng limà ng daàn o isà ng líbo ang -bílang. Pagkakáin nilà hindí nalàláon at sinúsumpong silà nang antòk, -nagsìsipanghína` at hindí makaakyàt sa káhoy. Isa ng nakàtàtawa ng -panoorìn ang manga unggò ng itò, matandà` at bátà`, ay nangàtàtalungkò -sa lúpa` at nagsìsipagyukayòk báwat isà. Ang ibà ng hindí nagkapálad na -makàágaw nang kakanìn ay nagsísiyakyàt sa púno-ng-káhoy at pinanónood -ang kanila ng manga lasìng na kasamahàn. Pagaanyò` nang ganitò nang -manga unggò`, ang táo ng nàkùkublì ay saká pa lámang lumàlápit at -isa-isà ng sinùsunggabàn ang manga natùtúlug na unggò`. Hindí maláo -ng panahòn ang pagubrà nang balasìng na itò, at ang manga unggò y -nagsìsihúsay pagkaraàn nang ilà ng áraw. - -Ang ikalawà ng karanyúa ng gawìn sa panghuhúli nang unggò` ay ang -pagpapáin sa kanila nang nyòg. Ang isa ng boò ng nyòg ay nilàlagyan -nang bútas. Ang lakì nang bútas na itò ay hustò lámang na màipásuk -nang unggò` ang kanya ng kamày kung walà ng tángan. Sa loòb nang -báo nang nyòg ay inilálagay ang isa ng pirásu-ng-lamàn nang nyùg, at -ang lahàt na itò y inilálagay sa lugàr nang manga unggò`. Ang manga -unggò` ay magustúhin sa nyòg, at pagkàkíta nilà díto ay dinùdúkot -nilà ang lamà ng nása loòb nang báo. Kung masunggabàn na namàn nilà -ang lamàn nang nyòg, ang kanila ng kamày ay hindí nila màilabàs sa -bútas, ní íbig namàn silà ng bitíwan ang lamàn nang nyòg. Dáhil díto -silà y pára ng nakapangàw at paglápit nang táo ng manghuhúle ay hindí -sila makaalìs, sapagkàt ang niyog namàn ay mabigàt at kung mínsan -ay máy-roo ng pabigàt. Kanyà` paglápit nang manghuhúle, ay wala ng -hírap nya ng nasùsunggabàn ang manga unggò` o matsìng na nangàpàpangàw. - - - - - -32. ANG FIYÈSTA NI SANG-HWÀN. - -Ang abéynte-kwátru nang Húnyo ay sya ng áraw na kapyestáhan -ni Sang-Hwàn, at itò y ipinagdìdíwang sa manga bayàn-bayàn sa -lalawígan nang Bulakàn. Sa bwàn nang Húnyo ay kasalukúyan ang ulàn -at mapútik. Ang paniwálà nang manga táo si Sang-Hwàn ay sya ng sànto -ng nagpàpaulàn, dáhil díto y maibigìn sa túbig at pútik. Kanyà` -ang manga pagdiríwang na ginágawà` sa kanya ng kaarawàn ay lubhà -ng malakì ang pagkáiba sa pagdiríwang na ginágawa sa kaarawàn nang -ibà ng sànto. Sa báya ng malalápit sa dágat kung bwàn nang Húnyo ay -bumábahà`, at ang túbig ay umàáhon sa báyan. Sa manga báya ng malaláyo` -sa dágat ay lubhà ng maulàn dìn, at karanyúwa y ang manga pagbahà ng -itò at pagulàn ay nàtàtaòn sa kaarawàn ni Sang-Hwàn. Ang manga táo -ng kasáli sa pagdiríwang ay nagsìsipagbasà` sa bahà` o sa ulàn. Sa -manga báyan nang Malólos at Hagúnoy kung nàtàtaòn ang fyèsta ng itò sa -isa ng bahà ng malakì, hálos lahàt nang táo ay naglúlublob sa túbig -o kayà y nagsìsipamangkà`. Kung hindí namàn bahà`, ang manga táo y -nagsìsipaglibòt lámang sa ulàn. Marámi ng taga búkid at taga báriyo ay -nagsìsipagpalimòs sa kaarawà ng itò. Karamíhan sa kanilà ay manga báta` -o kayà y manga bináta`. Bihíra ng máy manga babáye. Pangkat-pangkàt -sila ng nagsìsipagpalimòs, at báwat isa ng pangkàt ay máy manga kasáma -ng músiku ng bungbòng. Ang manga hindí nagsísitugtòg ang katungkúlan ay -kumantà o kayà y sumayàw. Sila ng lahàt ay uwalà ng pamamáro` hálos, -gáya nang manga Igoróte, dátapuwat ang boò ng katawàn mulá sa paà -hanggàng úlo, patì manga matà at taínga, ay nàkùkulapúlan nang pútek. - -Ang manga pangkàt na itò ay tumàtáwag sa bahay-bahày. Naghíhintó sila -sa harapàn nang báhay, at díto y tumútugtog silà o kayà y nagsìsikantà -o nagsásayàw. Ang karanyúa ng kanila ng kantahìn ay úkol sa nagìng -pamumúhay ni Sang-Hwàn o kayà y nang iba ng sànto ng kaybígan nitò. Sa -kanila ng pagtutugtúgan ang kanila ng áyos ay makahiléra ng pabilòg, -kung mínsan ay nakatayò`, kung mínsan ay nakatalungkò`, o kayà y -nakaluhòd. Kung máy-roo ng nagkákantà o sumásayàw, itò y násàsa loòb -nang bílog nang manga mànunugtòg, at doòn nya ginágawà ang kanya -ng pagkantà o pagsayàw. Pagkaraàn nang dalawà o tatlò ng tugtúgan, -kantáhan, o sàyáwan, sila y nagsìsipaghintò` at sabày-sabày na -nagsìsipanghingì` nang limòs sa manga táo ng nanúnood sa kanilà. Kung -sila y hindí limusàn, kumùkúha silà nang pútik sa kanila ng katawàn -at pinúpukul nilà ang manga táo ng mararámot. - -Ang boò ng maghápun ay inùúbus nilà sa ganitò ng pagdiríwang. Ang manga -manglilímos na itò ay lubhà ng marámi rìn, kanyà` silà y nakatùtúlung -na magpasiglà sa báyan káhit na lubhà ng maulàn. - -Sa manga pagbabangkáan namàn ay hindí bihírà` ang magkalunòd ang -manga táo. Kanyà ang ugáli ng itò ay unti-untì ng nawáwalà`. Gayon -dìn sa manga panahò ng itò ang manga táo y nagíging kuríput at bihíra -ng maglimòs. Kanyà` ang manga manghihingí nang limùs sa kaarawàn ni -Sang-Hwàn ay untì-untì ng nawáwalà`. - - - - - -33. ANG MANGA PANGINGÍLIN NANG MANGA KAMAGÁNAK NANG ISA NG NAMATÀY. - -Ang isà ng angkà ng namàmatayàn ay hindì` ang kanila ng loòb at -káluluwa lámang ang nagtátamu nang hírap, kung hindì` patì ang bulsà -rìn nilà. Itù y dahilàn sa lubhà ng malalakì ng dámi nang ginùgúgul -nang namàmatayàn sa pagdadáos nang sarì-sári ng kaugaliàn. - -Sa áraw nang pagkamatày nang isa ng táo, sa angkàn nitò ay marámi ng -lubhà` ang nagsìsidálaw, at ang manga nagsìsidálaw namà ng itò ay hindí -nasìsyahàn nang pakikipagdalamhátì lámang sa kamaganákan nang namatày, -dátapuwat silà y nagtútumirà sa báhay nang namatayàn. Dáhil díto -ang angkàn nang namatày ay napìpilíta ng maghandá nang pangpakáin sa -manga dálaw. Karanyúwa y hindí inilílibing agàd ang patày, dátapuwat -ibinùbúrol múna ng dalawà o tatlo ng áraw mulá sa pagkalagùt nang -hiningà. Sa manga áraw na itò áraw-gabì ay walà ng patìd ang dálaw -nang manga táo. Karamíhan ay manga kamagának at ibà y manga kaybígan, -kápit-báhay, o ibà ng kakilála sa báyan. Kung ang namatày ay isa ng -táo ng marámi ng kaybígan o kamaganákan sa iba ng báyan sila màn ay -dumàdálaw rìn, at silà y dápat na bigyàn nang tìráhan at pagkáin nang -angkàn nang namatày. Itò y ganitò sapagkàt sa manga bayàn-bayàn sa -provìnsiya ay walà ng báhay-tùlúyan. - -Sa pagpapakáin sa marámi ng dálaw na itò hindí bihíra ng nakaùúbus -silà nang kabyàk na báka at ilà ng túpa, kambèng, at hindí mabílang -na manga manòk. Ang kosinéro karanyúwa y upahàn, at ang malalápit -na kamagának nang namatày ay nagsìsitúlung na maglúto`. Dáhil díto -sa báhay nang namatayàn ang lugàr na kinàbùburúlan nang patày ay -tahímik na tahímik at káhit na marámi ng táo ang nàròroòn, pabulòng -lámang kung silà y magsàlitáan. Dátapuwat sa kainàn at lutuàn ang -íngay ay hindí karanyúan. Isa t isà y nagùútos sa manga alíla`, may -naghùhúgas nang pinggàn o kayà y manga palayòk, may nagpàpakintàb -nang manga tinidòr at kutsílyo, may nagháhandà` sa lamésa, at iba -pà. Sa kusínà namàn ang sagitsìt nang kawále` ay wala ng lubày. Ang -pagtatadtàd nang karnè ay wala ng patìd at ang tinìg nang kosinéro -at kanya ng alagàd ay sya na lámang nàrìrinìg. - -Dátapuwat sa isa ng silìd namàn nang báhay ay doòn nàròroòn at -nàlùlugmòk sa pagdadalamháte` ang manga angkàn nang namatày. Sila y -nagsísiyàk nang úbus-lakàs at kung mínsa y nagdúduklày-duklày silà -nang kung ano-anò ang mangyàyári sa kanila ng pamumúhay dahilàn sa -pagpánaw nang namatày. - -Kung mayáman ang namatày, itò y ipinadàdápit sa párè` at iniháhatid -sa simbáhan. Pagdatìng doòn sa simbáhan binèbendisyunàn nang párè` ang -patày at pagkatápos ay iniháhatid dìn nya sa lìbíngan. Ang lahàt nang -manga dálaw ay kasáma sa paglilibìng na itò at kadalasà y nàsàsakay -silà sa manga karumáta. Ang manga karumáta ng itò namàn ay upahàn, -líban na lámang sa ilà ng árì nang manga dálaw. - -Pagkálibing nang patày ang manga dálaw na taga iba ng báyan ay doon -dìn ang wè` sa báhay nang namatày. Kadalasàn silà y nagsìsialìs agàd, -dátapuwat kung magkàbihíra` ay silà y nagtítira na tatlu ng áraw úpang -makàsále sa pagtatatlo-ng-gabè. Ang tatlù ng gabè ay idinàdáos sa -báhay nang namatày. Díto ay dumàdálaw ang manga kamaganákan at silà y -nagsísipagdasàl. Sa pagdadasàl na itò ay ang manga matatandá lámang -ang kasáli, at ang manga binátà at dalága ay nagsìsipagbugtúngan -namàn. Ang ganitò ng pangingílin ay ginágawa sa loòb nang tatlu ng -gabè. Sa katapusà ng gabè karanyúa y lubhà ng marámi ang táo, at ang -handà` ay malakì káy sa dalawà ng gabì ng nagdaàn. Marámi rìn namàn -sa manga nagsísidalò ang nagbíbigay nang limùs sa namatayàn. Karanyúwa -y manga pangpakáin sa manga dálaw. - -Sa manga angkà ng mahihírap ang manga pangingíli ng ito ay ginágawá -rìn, dátapuwat ang pagdápit at paghahatìd lámang nang pári sa patày -ay walà`. Sa pagbebendisyòn nang patày ang isa ng táo y makabàbáyad -sa páre` nang gustuhìn nyà. Ang pinakamúra ay ang pagbebendisyòn -sa patày sa pintúan lámang nang simbáhan at sa sahìg nàlàlapàg. Ang -sumúsunòd ay ang pagbebendisyòn nang patày sa pintúan dìn, dátapuwat -nàpàpátung lámang ang ataòl sa isa ng altàr. Ang manga mahahalagà ng -pagbebendisyòn ay ginágawà` sa tabì nang altàr. Mulá sa isa ng daà -ng píso hanggàng sa lima ng daàn ang manga halagà nitò. - - - - - -34. ANG TAKBÚHAN SA AMERIKÁNO. - -Ang manga táo sa San-Migèl ay nagìng pára ng manga káwal nang háyop -na umìílag sa manga pamálo` nang manga pastòl at panghahábol nang -manga áso ng mababagsìk. Silà y lubhà ng maibigìn sa katahimíkan -at kapayapaàn. Gayon dìn sila y lubhà ng pàniwalaìn sa sabi-sabì, -at itò ng manga bágay na yitò ay sya ng hindí ikinàpátag nang marámi -sa kanilà sa báyan sa panahòn nang manga paghihìmagsíkan lában sa -Kastíla` at sa Amerikáno. Totoò rìn namàn na marámi sa kanilà ay -nangagsipagtakbò dahilàn lámang sa katakútan o kadwágan. - -Nang mangyári ang paghihìmagsíkan lában sa Kastíla` nang taò ng isa -ng líbo walu ng daàn at siyàm na pu t ánim, akò y àápat na taòn pa -lámang sa gúlang. Áyon sa sinábi sa ákin nang áki ng nánay, kamì ay -nagsipuntà sa Mayníla` sa lugàr nang umáhon sa bundòk. Walá ako ng -marámi ng natàtandaàn nang manga nangyári sa panahò ng yaòn, kung -hindí ang bágay nang ámi ng pagpuntà sa estasyòn nang trèn. Pagdatìng -sa Mayníla` ay hindí kami nakapások sa loòb nang báyan kung hindì` -may pahintúlot nang isa ng pinúno` sa báya ng iyòn. - -Ang sumúsunod na bágay na nátalà` sa áki ng pangalaála ay ang -pagkátira námin sa Bigaà, sa báhay nang isa ng mànananggòl na ang -pangála y si Don-Nasáryo. Ang dahilàn nang ikinalípat námin sa báya -ng itò ay ang pagílag sa paglalabanàn nang manga Katipúnan at manga -Kastíla` sa Mayníla`. Sa Bigaà ay manga sundálo ng Tagálog sa kanila -ng pagsasánay sa pakikipaglában. - -Hindí nalaúnan at kamì ay nápasa báyan nang Bùstos. Ang báya ng itò -ay nasàsákup dìn sa manga panahò ng iyòn nang manga Katipunéros. Ang -báya ng iyòn ay lubhà ng magandà dahilàn sa sarì-sáre ng hitsúra -nang manga bágay-bágay na nàkìkíta. Ang ílug ay lubha ng maláwak, -ang pasígan ay malápad, may manga buntòn nang batò at buhángin sa -pasígan. Ang ámi ng manga kaybíga ng tinulúyan ay mababaìt na táo. Akò -at ang áki ng kapatìd na babáye ay kanila ng paráti ng ipinalílibàng, -at ang paglilibàng na itò ay ang pagpapasísid nang páto sa malínaw -na túbig sa ílog. - -Kung anò ang nangyári sa manga paglalabanàn nang manga panaho ng iyòn -ay hindí ku nàalamàn, dahilàn sa kaliitàn at kawalàn pa nang málay. - -Nang dumatìng ang takbúhan sa Amerikáno, akò y may gúlang na -nang kauntì`, at marámi akù ng natàtandaàn sa ámi ng pagtakbò sa -bundòk. Nang ang manga Amerikáno ay nagsìsipanálo na lában sa manga -sundálo ni Aginàldo ang manga táo sa báya-ng-San-Migèl ay pinagsisiglàn -nang tákot. Lumagánap sa báyan ang balíta` na ang manga Amerikáno ay -manga táo ng salbáhe, malulupìt, at mababagsìk at wala ng pìtágan -sa káhit anu pa màn. Itò y sigúru ng isa ng balíta ng pakálat nang -manga Kastíla` at lálù na nang manga kúra sa Filipínas. - -Dáhil sa pagkatákot nang manga táo sa manga Amerikáno hálus kami ng -lahàt na namàmáyan ay nagsipagbalùt at nagsiáhun sa bundòk. Kamì ay -nàtìtirà noòn sa báhay nang isa ng áli nang áki ng nánay, at doòn -ay kasúno rìn námin ang angkàn nang kúya nang áki ng nánay. Áki ng -natàtandaàn na máy-roò ng mahigìt na sà m pu ng áraw ang pagbabastáan -at ang paghahàkútan nang manga kasangkápan námi ng magkakasúno`. Ang -manga karitòn na máy lúla ng kasangkápan ay gabì kung ipalákad, úpang -ang manga kalabàw na humìhíla ay huwàg magsisáyad sa kainítan nang -áraw. Ang manga karitòn ay pùnúan hanggàng sa ituktòk nang kárang nitò -at ang manga kalabàw ay lubhà ng nahirápan sa paghíla nang mabibigàt -na lúlan. Nang walá na ng nàtìtirà sa manga abúbot ay kamì namà ng -manga táo ang nagsilúlan sa karitòn úpang ihatìd sa bundòk. - -Ang lugàr na ámi ng pinarunàn ay tinàtáwag na Paà-ng-Bundòk, -kalaháti-ng-áraw na lakárin mulá sa Sibòl. Doòn ang dinatnàn -námi ng titirhàn ay isa ng kúbo lámang na may atìp na kúgon at -lubhà ng maliìt. Ang sahìg ay manga sangà nang káhoy na pinutúlan -nang manga maliliìt na sangà, dátapuwat hindí makikínis ní hindí -pantay-pantày. Gayon dìn lubhà ng maliìt at pinàpások nang hángin at -lamìg. Ganoòn ang ámi ng tinirhàn na may ila ng bwàn, sa lugàr nang -báhay na tablà nang áli nang áki ng nánay. - -Doòn sa Paà-ng-Bundòk ay nakátagpu kamì nang maràmi ng kababáyan na -nagsiílag dìn, at ang manga náhuli ng nagsidatìng ay nagbalíta ng ang -lahàt nang táo sa báyan ay nangása bundok nà o kayà y nangása ibà -ng báyan nà. Ang báya-ng-San-Migèl ay nawalà`, dátapuwat ang manga -báhay ay sya lámang nàròroòn. - -Pagkaraàn nang ila ng bwà ng pagtitirà námin sa Paà-ng-Bundòk ay -lumípat kamì sa isa ng lugàr na líhim. Ang lugàr na iyòn ay isà -ng kaingìn sa kagubátan. Walà ng nakààalam ní sínu man sa ámin ang -pangálan nang lugàr, at ang ibà ng nakààalàm ay inilíhim na lubhà`, -úpang hwag màpagalamàn nang iba ng táo ang ámi ng kinàtàtagúan. Iyòn ay -paraàn nang pangingílag hindí sa kaáway lámang, dátapuwat sa tulisàn at -magnanákaw dìn. Ang báhay na tinirhàn námin doòn ay lubhà ng malakì, -mahába ng mahába` sa ilálim nang isà ng bubungàn. Ang kabahayàn ay -hináti nang magkakasinglakì ng kwàrto. Máy-roo ng walò ang bílang -nitò. Sa báwat kwàrto ay isà ng angkàn ang nátirà. Díto ay máy-roon -dì ng ila ng bwàn ang ámi ng ikinàpagtirà. - -Nang màlàlapit nà sa báya-ng-San-Migèl ang manga Amerikáno, nàbalitáan -námin na ang manga táo ng itò y hindí gáya nang manga sabì-sabè, kanyà` -umuntí nang umuntì` ang ámi ng tákot sa kanilà. Dáhil díto y umalìs -kamì sa ámi ng malálim na taguàn, at naparoòn kamì sa Páho`. Itò y isà -ng lugàr sa bundok dìn, dátapuwat malápit nang kauntì` sa báyan. Díto -y lubhà ng marámi kamì ng dinatnàn nang manga kababáyan at tagà iba -t ibà ng lugàr. Karamíhan sa kanilà ay máy manga sakìt, dahilàn sa -pagtitirà sa bundòk. Díto nagkaroòn nang malakì ng kagamitàn ang manga -gamòt na ipinaáhon ni Nánay sa bundòk, at hindí iníwan sa báyan. Ang -manga gamòt na itò y árì ni Tátay at kanya ng iníwan sa pagkapatápun -sa kanyà nang manga kúra sa Holò. Isa ng umága máy-roo ng tumáwag sa -ámi ng báhay úpang bumilì nang gamòt. Hinánap ni Nánay ang kahò ng -kinàlàlagyàn nang gamòt. Nang itò y mabuksan nà ay nàkíta námin ang -isà ng áhas na nakaíkid at natùtúlog sa ibábaw nang ipà na nàtàtábon -sa manga bóte. Malaki ng twà` nang ibà ng táo ng nakàkíta, dátapuwat -si Nánay ay natákot lámang. Hindí nya nàlàláman ang kahulugàn nang -áhas na iyòn. Pagkaraàn nang kàtwáan ay itinanùng ni Nánay kung -anò ang dáhil at silà y nagkàkàtwáan. Isinagòt nilà kay Nánay na -ang kahulugàn nang áhas na iyòn ay ang pagpatúngo sa pagyáman nang -may árì nang gamòt. Si Nánay ay nàpatawà lámang sa kanilà ng sábi, -at hindí sya nanìniwálà sa manga bágay na iyòn. - -Nang makaraàn ang ilà ng bwàn ay iníwan námin ang Páho` at umwí kamì sa -báyan. Nang kamì ay dumatìng na doòn, marámi sa ila ng kasangkápan na -naíwan námin ay pinagnakàw nang ila ng táo ng nangaíwan sa báyan. Ang -tablà na sahìg nang báhay nang áli ni Nánay ay walá na, at hindí nila -nàláman kung síno ang kumúha. - -Hindí nalaúnan ang ámi ng pagdatìng sa báyan at nàbalíta ng ang -manga sundálo ng Amerikáno ay malápit na sa báya-ng-San-Migèl. Kamì -ay hindí nabagábag sa balíta ng itò, at hinintày námin ang kanila -ng pagdatìng. Isà ng katanghalían ay matahímik ang báyan. Ang manga -sundálu ng nangása báyan ay nangagsialìs at ang ibà ng hindí umalìs -ay ipinagtapòn ang kanila ng manga barìl. Ang dahilàn nang bágay na -iyòn ay ang pagpások nang manga sundálo ng Amerikáno. Sa dulúhan nang -bakúran nang báhay na ámi ng kinàtirhàn ay nàkíta ko ang paglápit nang -manga sundálo. Ang salawàl nilà ay káki at ang kamiséta asùl. Bitbìt -nilà ang manga barìl at nakahiléra sila nang pagtakbò sa bukirìn at -patúngo silà sa daàn. - -Nang ang manga Amerikáno y sya nà ng namàmahála` sa báyan, may ila ng -bwà ng ang manga útos ay mahihigpìt. Ang manga ílaw ay ipinapápatay -sa alasès nang gabì, at wala ng táo ng pinahìhintulúta ng maglakàd -pagkaraàn nang óras na itò. Sa manga bundòk na malápit sa San-Migèl -ay marámi ng manga sundálo ng Tagálog at madalàs nila ng sinalakáyan -ang báya-ng-San-Migèl. Dáhil sa manga pagsalákay na itò, ang manga -báhay sa San-Migèl ay pinagsunòg nang manga Amerikáno. Kung gabi-gabì -ang pagsalákay nang manga sundálo, gabi-gabì rìn namàn ang ginawà -ng panunúnog nang manga báhay. Ang ámi ng manga kápit-báhay ay -nagsìsilípat sa ámin gabi-gabì úpang doòn makitúlog, sapagkàt sa ámi -ng báhay ay hindí lubhà ng malakì ang pangánib sa manga bála nang -nagsìsipaglabanàn. Ang manggagamòt nang manga sundálo ng Amerikáno -na násàsa báya-ng-San-Migèl ay nagìng kaybígan nang áki ng tátay, -at dáhil díto y náligtas sa súnog ang ámi ng tìráhan. Mínsan ay -sinábi nang manggagámot na itò kay Tátay na madalàs sya ng sumáma -sa manga patrúlya at sinàsábi nya ríto na hwag sunúgin ang ámi ng -báhay. Sa kalaúnan, nang hindí mapaalìs nang manga sundálo ng Tagálog -ang manga Amerikáno sa báyan, ay hinintuàn na nilà ang pananalákay, -at ang báya y tumahímik nà. - - - - - - - - - -TRANSLATION - - -1. THE FOOLISH MONKEY AND THE CLEVER TURTLE. - -Once upon a time, when the turtle was swimming in the river, he -saw a banana-tree adrift and being carried along by the current. He -dragged it to the beach, but was not able to carry it up to the solid -ground. Therefore he called his friend, the monkey, and offered him -a half of the banana-tree, if he would plant his part for him. The -monkey agreed, and they divided the banana-tree at the middle, -half-way from either end. The monkey took the half which had leaves, -because he thought it would grow better than the half which had none. - -When a few days had passed, the monkey's tree died, while that of the -turtle grew until it bore fruit. The bananas grew ripe, but the turtle -could not climb for them. Therefore he called his friend, the monkey, -and offered him some of the fruits of the banana, if he would climb -the tree. The monkey climbed up and ate for all he was worth. - -Said the turtle: "Throw me some." - -But the monkey answered: "Though sweet the skins, I'd throw you none." - -The turtle got angry and scattered spines round the foot of the -tree. When the monkey jumped down, he landed on the spines. He -suspected the turtle and looked for him, in order to punish him. He -found the turtle behind a stump. - -Said he to the turtle: "I am going to punish you. Choose between the -two: shall I bray you in a mortar or drown you in the river?" - -The clever turtle began to shout and begged the monkey, if it were -possible, to bray him in a mortar. - -But the monkey answered: "I shall give you the punishment you don't -want." - -And he threw the turtle into the river. - -When the turtle arrived in the water, he set up a shout and said to -the monkey: "Thank you, friend! This is my home." - - - -Note. p. 16, l. 2 ang pagòng hábang nalìlígo` is unusual and no -doubt traditional for hábang ang pagòng ay nalìlígo`. Similarly, -p. 16, l. 18 Balat màn at malinamnàm ... is traditional (proverbial) -for modern Káhit na malinamnàm ang manga balàt. - - - - - -2. THE RACE OF THE DEER AND THE SNAIL. - -A deer, grazing in the jungle, came upon a snail that was creeping -over the leaf of a bamboo-plant. The deer ceased from his grazing -and watched the slow creeping of the snail. - -When a few moments had passed, he said to the snail: "How slowly you -walk! Why don't you learn to walk faster? Look at me,--I am often -pursued by dogs, but my swift running is what saves my life. But -look at you,--if you should be pursued by any foe, what will ever -save your life? Surely you will get killed." - -When the snail had heard these words, he looked at the deer and scanned -his fine physique, his long legs, and his strong muscles. He wished -that he too might be like the deer, so that he could run fast. However, -he thought that if he forced himself to run, he should not remain -far behind the deer. - -Accordingly he answered the deer: "You are overweening. You do not -suspect what can be done by one who has a strong will. I challenge -you to race with me from here to the river that lies west of here." - -The deer laughed loudly and answered the snail: "How can you think -you will defeat me? I suppose you are going to cheat." - -The snail answered that he was not going to cheat, and, so that -there might be someone to watch them and be judge over their race, -he suggested that they call one of their friends to be judge. - -The deer agreed, and they called an owl to be judge. - -When they began to run, the snail was soon left far behind. On his -course the deer came upon a flourishing grass-field. He stopped to -graze, since his start over the snail was so great. He planned that -when he saw the snail coming, he would start running again. However, -when he had done feeding, he was attacked by laziness. He went to -sleep, with the thought that he would wake up before the snail arrived. - -However, while he was asleep, the snail passed by. When he awoke, -it was already late in the afternoon. He ran with all his might to -the river, and there he was met by the snail and their judge, the owl. - -"You are defeated," said their judge at once. - - - - - -3. A GOOD FRIDAY. - -Juan and his friend Pedro were canoeing on the river toward the town -Baliwag. In their canoe they had an image of Christ which they were -conveying to a priest to be used in the celebration of a Good Friday -Mass. Juan was filled with terror. - -Said he to Pedro: "This man of ours in the canoe is all chopped up -with wounds and no longer breathing. I think this man is a corpse. I -am afraid we shall be suspected by the priest to whom we are delivering -him." - -Pedro answered: "We shall tell him that when this man was loaded into -our canoe, he was already in this condition. We have many witnesses, -so don't be afraid." - -When they reached the priest they gave him the image. The priest -told them to come to church the next day in the afternoon to hear -the sermon. - -Juan was again filled with terror, for he could not make out why the -priest wanted them to go to the church. He had often heard of men being -summoned to the church and there seized by the gendarmes. However, he -did not say anything to Pedro, for he saw that the latter had no fear. - -On the next day in the afternoon they went to church, and there they -saw a Christ nailed to the cross. - -Said Juan: "That man, if you remember, is the one we delivered to -the priest. We had better go to some place out of sight of the priest." - -So the two of them went under the pulpit, to hear the sermon from -there. The Good Friday Mass began, and the priest was already getting -to the last part of his sermon. - -In his sermon the priest said: "Repent ye of your sins, cruel -people! Behold the wounds which you struck in the body of our Savior!" - -When Juan heard this, he was again filled with terror, for he thought -that he had fallen under suspicion. - -Therefore, what he did was to come out from under the pulpit, face -the priest, and say: "Father, we are not the ones who wounded this -man! When he was loaded into our canoe he was already wounded." - -When he had said this, he went back under the pulpit. The priest paid -no attention to the speech he had heard, and went on with his sermon. - -"The day has come now, when ye sinners must repent. The portals -of Heaven are open now through the death of our Savior, and every -sinner can enter Heaven, if he repent. But if ye do not repent, ye -shall come to be punished with sufferings without end in the flames of -Hell for the sufferings which ye caused our Savior to undergo. Behold -His body sweating blood, His hands and feet nailed to the cross, and -His wounds from head to feet. No one other caused Him to suffer and -wounded His dear body, than you, ye sinners, and if ye do not repent, -ye shall fall into Hell." - -Juan could not remain in his place, for he thought that the priest -was overflowing with anger against him. - -So he again faced the priest and said, as loudly as he could: "Father, -only a moment ago I told you that I had no part in wounding this man, -so do not send me, sir, to Hell." - -The priest was filled with great anger and said to the congregation: -"What sort of people are you, foolish folk? Is there not one among -you who can take hold of this fellow and choke him?" - -When Juan heard this, he ran with all his might, trampling without -regard the people who were kneeling and weeping in repentance of -their sins. He was followed by Pedro, and the two ran together, -without stopping, until they reached their home town. And there they -told the story of their narrow escape. - - - - - -4. THE HUNCHBACK AND THE BLINDMAN. - -A hunchback and a blindman were close friends. When they walked, the -hunchback led the blindman; the blindman, on the other hand, carried -the hunchback on his shoulders, when they had a hard road to travel, -for the hunchback was weak of body. - -Once they came upon a cocoanut-tree. They wanted to pick some of the -fruits, but they did not know which of the two of them should be the -one to climb the tree. The blindman said that he should not be able -to climb, because he should not be able to see which fruits to pick, -since there were many unripe fruits. The hunchback also did not want -to climb, on account of his weakness. However, he was very eager to -eat of the cocoanuts, so, finally, he said to the blindman that he -would do the climbing. - -"To prevent your being robbed of the fruits which I shall throw down, -do you count out loud the thud on the ground of the fruits as I drop -them, so that I may keep track of the number." - -The hunchback began to climb, but when he was half-way up, he fell -down. - -"One!" said the blindman. - -The hunchback told him that it was he who had made the thud and not -a cocoanut. - -He climbed again. After a few moments he took another fall. - -"Two!" shouted the blindman. - -The hunchback got angry and told the blindman that he was stubborn. - -He said: "That first thing that made a thud was I, and the second -one was I again; I haven't yet picked any cocoanuts." - -But the blindman planned to make fun of the hunchback's falls. So he -decided that, when he again heard a thud, he would cry "Three!" - -The hunchback climbed again, but again fell. The blindman cried -"Three!" and laughed. - -The hunchback grew hot with anger. He went up to the blindman and -slapped him in the face. The slap hit the blindman's eyes, and through -it his eyes came open. To take revenge he kicked the hunchback. He -struck him on the back, and through this his hump was straightened out. - -They both rejoiced at what had happened, and their friendship grew -all the closer, instead of their becoming enemies. - - - - - -5. THE KING WHO HAD HORNS AND JUAN. - -On a group of islands there ruled a man who had two short horns hidden -in his thick hair. This was not known to his subjects, but the secret -began to spread among the people by way of the barbers who had cut -his hair. - -On account of this he conceived a great anger against barbers and -planned to exterminate the barbers in his kingdom. He ordered four -deep wells dug in front of his residence, and in the center between -the four pits he had a seat placed. One day he sat down on the chair -between the four pits, and asked everyone who passed whether he knew -how to cut hair. Whenever anyone said "Yes," he stopped him, gave -him a pair of shears, and had him cut his hair. After a little while -he asked each hair-cutter what he saw on his, the king's, head. The -hair-cutters all told the truth, and each one of them answered that -he saw horns. Every one who answered thus was pushed by the king into -one of the pits that were round him. - -A few days passed and two of the pits were already filled with barbers -and were ordered by the king to be filled up with earth. The passers-by -who knew how to cut hair grew scarce, and the king thought he had -already killed all the barbers in his kingdom. - -One day he waited on his seat until mid-day, before a man came by -who said he knew how to cut hair. - -The king asked him: "What is your name?" - -The man answered: "My name, sir, is Juan." - -"Cut my hair, Juan," commanded the king. - -Juan approached the king and began to cut his hair. - -After a short time the king asked: "What do you see on my head, Juan?" - -His reply was thus: "Your Majesty, I see on your head the crown." - -This made the king glad. Therefore he got up from his seat and led -Juan into his palace and made Juan barber royal. He gave Juan large -wages and had the remaining pits filled up. - - - - - -6. THREE STUDENTS. - -Juan, Pedro, and Andrés were three students from the same town who were -friends. When the opening of the schools came, they knew that they -would part: each one of them was to go to a different town. Before -they parted, they appointed a place where they would meet at the -beginning of the vacation. - -A year passed, the closing of the schools arrived, the students -returned to their home towns, and the three friends, Pedro, Juan, -and Andrés met in the town where Pedro had been brought up, to spend -the vacation there. - -When they came together, after discussing various matters, they -inquired how much each of them had learned in his study of the Spanish -language. Pedro said that he knew a great many Spanish words, but -that which he remembered best was the word "Vamos." - -Juan in turn answered: "I too know a great deal, but what I recall -just now is the word 'Matar.'" - -Andrés said that he had learned nothing except the word "Si." - -After their conversation Pedro suggested that they go boating on the -river and take a bath. - -When they were boating on the river, they saw on the bank a Spaniard -who wanted to bathe. Pedro said it would be a good idea to speak to -the Spaniard, so that each one of them might show his knowledge. - -Pedro began and said "Vamos!" - -Juan answered "Matar!" - -And last came Andrés with his "Si!" - -When the Spaniard heard this, he was filled with terror, for he thought -that the three canoers were going to kill him. Therefore, even though -he did not know how to swim, he jumped into the river and was drowned. - - - - - -7. A SOLDIER WHO KNEW LATIN. - -Three friends, a priest, a physician, and a soldier, went together to -shoot wild game in a deep jungle. As the jungle was far from the town, -they carried plenty of provisions, so as not to be in want of food. A -few days passed without their bagging anything. Their provisions grew -less and less, until there was nothing left except one raw egg. There -came to them the day of great hunger, but the three had no food except -the egg that was left. - -The priest said that, if they divided the one egg, it would do them -no good, for it would not slacken their hunger. Therefore the priest -suggested that only one of them should eat the remaining egg, and -in his selfishness he suggested that whichever of them was best at -speaking Latin should eat the egg all by himself. He thought that the -soldier did not know Latin, and the doctor alone would be his opponent, -and his knowledge he held in contempt. - -The doctor agreed to the advice of the priest, but the soldier did -not want to consent, for he had not studied like the priest and the -doctor, but there was nothing for him to do. - -The priest took the egg and tapped it against a stone. When the egg -was broken, he said: "Coronatum est," and looked at his two companions. - -The doctor took the broken egg, removed the broken part of the shell, -put on some salt, and said: "Saltum est." - -The physician handed the egg to the soldier, and the priest and he -waited for what the soldier would say. - -The latter did not know what to say, for he really did not know a -single iota of Latin. In his cogitation he remembered that once, -when he went to church to hear the Good Friday Mass, he heard from -the priest that the meaning of the words "Consummatum est" was "It -is all over now." So he poured the egg into his mouth and, when he -had swallowed it, he said: "Consummatum est." - -His two companions were greatly astonished at the learning of the -soldier, which they had by no means suspected. - - - - - -8. THE SEVEN DWARVES. - -A certain married couple had seven children who were dwarves. The -father was out of work and could not find any. The mother also was -not earning any money, for her body was weak and often sick. - -One noon they were sitting on a bench and discussing the life they -were leading. The man asked what they had better do with their many -children. The woman suggested that they should look for work for their -children, so that they might earn money. But the man answered that, -in his opinion, they would not be able to find any work, since he -himself had not been able to find any. Therefore he suggested that -they had better abandon their children. - -This made the woman grieve and weep. She would not consent to abandon -the children. But her husband made it clear to her that, if they did -not do this, they would all die of hunger. Finally the woman consented -and they agreed that they would take their children for a walk and -leave them on the way. - -While they were discussing this, the seventh child was in a crack -of the bench on which they were sitting and heard what their parents -were going to do to them. After they had finished talking, the child -at once looked for his brothers and sisters and told them what he -had heard. They all wept, because their parents had not told them -that they were a burden to their life. They thought that, if they had -known this, they would have done anything whatever to help them gain -a living. However, they agreed that they would go along, if they were -asked to go walking, and would allow themselves to be led astray. - -On the next day their father came to them, told them to get dressed, -gave them some cakes, and told them that they should all go for a -walk. When they started out, the seventh child did not eat his bread, -but, starting at their gate, he crumbled it and scattered it along -the road which they were walking. When they had gone some distance, -he ran out of bread and asked his brothers and sisters for some. But -they did not give him any. He did not tell them why he had run out -of bread so soon. When he could get no bread, he picked up stones -and these he dropped one by one on their path. - -When they came to a jungle, their parents left them, telling them -to wait for them there and that they would soon come back. Their -parents left them, but they knew that their parents would not come -back to them. - -When a short time had passed, they heard a noise. They went toward the -place from which the noise came. There they saw a great giant bathing -by the side of a well. They looked round about the place, and by the -side of a tree they saw the clothes of the giant. The seventh child -sent his brothers and sisters away and told them to hide, and he would -steal the giant's shoes. They did this and the child stole the shoes. - -When the giant had finished bathing and was getting dressed, he -could not find his shoes. He got angry and cursed. He called for -help. When the one who had stolen the shoes heard this, he quickly -approached. When the giant saw him, he did not suspect him, for, -on account of his smallness, the giant thought that he would not be -able to carry the shoes. - -Therefore the giant said to him: "If you will carry this bag of money -of mine to my wife and tell her to buy some shoes and to bring them -to me, I shall pay you much money." - -He said further that he could not walk without shoes, and therefore -he should hurry. Taking the bag of money, the child promised to -return at once. However, when he had gone some distance, he called -his hidden brothers and sisters, and when they were assembled, he -suggested that they go home. But his brothers and sisters answered -that they did not know the way home. He however answered that they -should follow the stones and bread he had dropped on the way. - -One of his brothers said that, if he had known what he had done with -the bread, he would have given him some when he asked for it. They -were sorry for the stinginess they had shown toward their brother. - -It was not long before they came upon the trail of stones along their -way. This they followed and arrived at their house, bringing with -them the bag of money, which they at once gave to their parents. The -latter rejoiced and were sorry for their bad conduct toward their -children,--they rejoiced because they had now the means of living -for a long time to come. - - - - - -9. A POLICEMAN WHO PLAYED VAMPIRE. - -In the summer of the year 1902, when the ripe fruits of the fruit-trees -were hanging from the branches, there circulated all through the town -of San Antonio the rumor that a vampire was going about the town. - -The people of San Antonio in those years believed in ghosts, vampires, -dwarves, and other objects of terror. Most of them had not been -fortunate enough to get an education, but, in spite of this, they -were kindly, quiet, and industrious people. - -The houses in this town were built of nipa-fibre and bamboo. There -were also some frame houses. Most of them stood in large enclosures, -and the rear part of these yards was planted with trees that have -tasty fruits, such as the custard-apple, grape-fruit, santol, mabolo, -mango, and the like. - -These fruits were just getting ripe, when the rumor spread that, -for several nights back, some women had caught sight of the vampire -in various back yards. The women and children were filled with great -terror; accordingly, as soon as darkness came down, they staid still in -their houses. Most of the men also were afraid, but there were some who -said that they were not afraid, because they had not yet come across a -vampire and therefore did not know whether it was really to be feared. - -A vampire is a being of great power. It changes its body into -various forms. At some times it has a body like a human being, -but black, at others it is a large dog or pig. It eats people, -especially children. But its favorite food, by far, and that which -it most commonly eats, is the child yet unborn and still in its -mother's womb. Therefore the pregnant women in the town had great -fear. They did not allow their husbands to sleep, for watching at -their side. A vampire is hard to kill with knife or gun, because it -has but one place which one must hit or wound in order to kill it, -and this place is secret. The only thing it flees from is garlic, -which therefore is much used in driving off vampires. - -A surprising thing, however, about this vampire was its habit of -keeping itself in back yards. Strange was also the fact that it was -mostly young girls who said that they had caught sight of this vampire -in back yards, up in grape-fruit trees and other trees. A few bold men -said that they suspected that this spook was a thief and no vampire. - -It was a certain policeman of more than usual courage who spied upon -this vampire in a back yard in which it had recently been seen. When -darkness came, he went to his hiding-place. It was not long before -the vampire came and climbed on a grape-fruit tree, and he heard it -picking many fruits. It came down and went away, but was followed by -the policeman to a house which it entered. - -Great was the surprise of the policeman, when he saw here his fellow -policeman wrapped up in a black sheet and just putting down on the -floor a black bag full of grape-fruit. - -He summoned his fellow policeman to the town hall and there on the -next day accused him before the judge. The policeman who had played -vampire was put in jail for the crime of theft. - - - - - -10. A VAMPIRE THAT GOT KILLED. - -One evening in a students' boarding-house in the town of Malolos I -heard an old man, ninety years of age, tell a company the following -story: - -When he was still a young unmarried man, he lived in the country. There -were only a very few neighbors. One day there was a death in the -house of a neighbor. Following an ancient custom, he went to the -house of mourning. - -When he arrived there it was not long before he was told that there -was a vampire in the place. He had a great and inherited hatred of -vampires and therefore decided to watch that night. - -Late in the evening he left the house and in a wagon not far from -the house, there he lay down. There was a full moon that night, so -that he had a clear view of things round about. As he saw nothing -that could be suspected of being a vampire, he went to sleep. - -At midnight he woke up, and the first thing that struck his eyes -was a black object on the roof of the house where there had been a -death. This black thing had not been there before he went to sleep, so -he suspected that this was the vampire he had been told about. Vampires -eat dead people, so he concluded that the dead person was the thing -for which the vampire had come there. - -Carrying a bolo-knife, he went up to the house. The people were -asleep. Up above he saw something hanging down from the roof of -the house. It was like the intestine of a chicken. It got longer -and longer, until the end of it went into the mouth of the dead -person. The corpse stood up from the place where it lay, when this -thing went into its mouth. - -What the young man did was to walk up to the upright corpse and, with -the bolo he was carrying, cut the thing that was like the intestine -of a chicken. When he had cut this, something came down with a thud at -the side of the house. He went down, and there he saw the dead vampire. - - - - - -11. SORCERERS. - -In some places in the Philippines the people have a firm belief in -sorcerers. According to their belief a sorcerer is a person of great -power, and this power comes from a demon or else is inherited from -one's parents. Before one may gain this power one must first become -friends with a demon and serve it. However, there are some also who -believe that one may find or snatch up this power in a jungle or some -uncanny place that is hard to reach and usually full of terror. - -The kulam is that seized, inherited, or given by the demon, and it is -the source of the possessor's power. The appearance of the kulam is -not always the same. Sometimes it is a stone or a small doll of ugly -appearance. In the dark this kulam glows like a firefly, but this -glow disappears when the kulam desires it. The kulam and the person, -man or woman, who possesses it, do not separate even for a moment, -and even when bathing the sorcerer carries his kulam. Therefore, -curious people, when they wish to find out whether a person whom they -suspect is really a sorcerer or not, watch him at his bath. If the -sorcerer is not careful and has no suspicion that he is being watched, -the watcher sometimes succeeds in seeing the kulam. - -The sorcerer has also the power of concealing the kulam inside his -body, and the people are not rare who have seen a sorcerer at his -death. At the last moment, before breathing ceases, he spits out -the kulam. - -This happens only when the sorcerer does not wish to bequeath his -kulam. If, however, he wishes to bequeath it, then, long before the -sorcerer dies, he calls the person to whom he wishes to bequeath it -and in all secrecy gives him the kulam. - -The great power of the sorcerer is used by him against his enemies, -against people who have incurred his anger; or against their live -stock, in case he wishes to make this latter the object of his -vengeance. He also uses his power in playing jokes on a person or -animal that has gained his liking. - -His victim usually acts like crazy. Sometimes the person he has -bewitched complains that his whole body is sore, keeps shouting, and -cannot keep quiet even for a moment. In the case of animals,--usually -the pig most valued by the owner,--the punishment he gives is like -the disease of cholera, but more severe than this. The bowel-movement -of the animal does not stop, and after a few hours, no matter how -fat the animal, it becomes skin and bone. The bewitched person eats -mightily, like two men, and keeps asking for tasty food. Therefore -people believe that the sorcerer who is punishing him shares in the -eating of the sick person. - -The sorcerer has the power of entering the body of the person -bewitched. This is the belief, but in what way the sorcerer effects -his entrance or at what point he enters the body of the person he -is bewitching, there is no one who knows. However the place where he -comes out is the forefinger. This fact is of great importance for the -cure of people who have been bewitched and also for the punishment -of sorcerers. - -Although the power of the sorcerer is great, yet there are some -things which he fears, usually strong people who are bold and have no -faith in the powers of sorcerers and other things that terrify other -people. Therefore it is not rare that, after the first or second time -he cures a person of this disease, some man receives the title of -"witch-doctor." - -I once heard someone who had seen the cure of a bewitched person tell -the story. The narrator had a neighbor who had a young daughter. This -young lady had many suitors, and one of them was suspected of being -a sorcerer. He had the bad fortune to be one of those who were not -accepted. In his great anger he bewitched, one after the other, -the betrothed man and woman. - -He began with the woman, and her parents at once called in a -witch-doctor for her. When the doctor arrived and saw the patient, -he said that the woman was really bewitched. - -He told the people who were there not to let the bewitched person know -that he was in the house. If the patient knew this, the sorcerer who -was inside her body would have a chance to go away at once. The doctor -went up to the woman without her being aware of it and suddenly seized -her two forefingers in a tight grip. She shouted all the louder and -trembled like one in terror. - -The sorcerer, according to people's belief, feels any pain that is -given to the body of the person he is bewitching while he is within -the latter's body. Likewise, when one speaks with the patient, it is -he who answers. - -Therefore the doctor suddenly asked: "What are you doing here, -you brute?" - -The patient did not utter a word, but tried to get free. The strength -she displayed was not the usual strength of a woman. - -But the doctor did not let her go, and asked her again: "What are -you doing here? Why have you come here? If you do not answer, I shall -torture you." - -The woman answered in a pitiful tone: "No, sir, I shan't do it again; -let me go, sir; you are torturing me already." - -"Shall I let you go?" asked the doctor at once. "Promise me first -that you won't come back." - -"No, I shan't come back, sir," answered the woman. - -"If I catch you here again, I shall kill you. Don't be -troublesome. Stay still in your house." - -"Yes, sir; yes, sir; I shan't come back, sir. Please, let me go!" - -While this dialogue was taking place, the woman was struggling to get -loose and trying to make the doctor let go of her forefingers. When -the woman had made her promise, the doctor let go of her two -forefingers. The face of the woman, which just before had been -expressing great suffering, now became quiet, and she was like a -madwoman who has got back her reason. She became quiet, stopped -shouting, and was able to converse intelligently. - -The man lived in a near-by town. When he was bewitched his brother -called a physician for him. In his extreme anger, this brother called -a physician who was fierce and cruel in his treatment of sorcerers. - -The physician came secretly to the sick man's house. From his -hiding-place he first determined at what time the sorcerer was in the -body of the sick man. This showed itself in the shouting, movements, -and senseless talking of the patient. The physician sharpened a -bolo-knife and, when he had done this, quickly ran to the side of the -patient. He then seized the latter's two forefingers, leaned over his -body, and cut several deep gashes in his face. The patient screamed -and tried to get away, but when he did get away there were wounds in -his face and the blood was flowing in a stream. The physician left -him without a word. He sought out the brother of the wounded man and -told him not to heed his brother's wounds, for tomorrow they would -go away and be transferred to the sorcerer, for it was the latter -whom he had reached in the body of his brother. On the next day the -doctor went to the man whom he had cured with the knife and was much -pleased when he found him well and without the marks of wounds in his -face. A few days later they heard that a sorcerer in the neighboring -town was in a serious condition, owing to the unceasing flow of blood -from some wounds in his face. - -There are also, however, some sorcerers who are quick and have not -been caught by physicians. The physician, too, must be skilful and -quick. Anyone at all can cure a person who has been bewitched, since -there is no other method of cure than that of inflicting pain on the -body of the bewitched person. The danger, however, is great, since, -if the one who is attempting the cure is not quick, owing to lack of -practice, the sorcerer will be able to get away. In this event it is -the bewitched person himself who will suffer from the punishment. It -is related that there once happened something like this which follows. - -One of two brothers was bewitched by his rival in courtship. There -was no witch-doctor within call. In his great pity for him, the older -brother decided to cure him, even though he had had no practice. He -was not practised, to be sure, but he had often heard from physicians -the manner of cure. One evening, when he thought that the sorcerer was -inside his brother's body, he quickly seized a bolo, and, stepping up -to his brother, cut him without care. On the next day, instead of his -finding his brother well and unwounded, the latter was a corpse. The -sorcerer had got away. - - - - - -12. THE GAME OF FOOTBALL IN THE PHILIPPINES. - -The games of football in the United States and in the Philippines are -very different. Instead of the players belonging to two contending -sides, as in American football, in "sipa" the players form but one -party. In sipa the aim of the players is not to defeat an opponent, -but to prevent the ball or sipa from falling to the ground. The ball -used is also very different. It is made of split rattan woven into the -shape of a sphere. The inside is hollow and the eyes of the weave are -large. Therefore the sipa, unlike the ball used in baseball, is light. - -The number of players is from two to twenty. When they are many, -they stand in a circle. To begin the game, one of the party throws -the sipa ball up into the air and toward one of the players, usually -toward one opposite him. The one to whom the ball is tossed returns it -to the one who threw it to him, not with his hand, but with his foot. - -When the players are skilful, they direct the ball to each one -of the party, so that each one of them is alert and ready for the -coming of the ball. Each one is careful not to let the ball fall to -the ground. Often the players display various manners of sending -the ball. The graceful bendings of the legs forward and backward, -the quick and light leaps, the gentle and light kicking of the ball, -and the sending of the ball in every possible direction, are features -which give beauty to the game of sipa. Sometimes the shoulder, the -elbow, the knee, or the hand is used in returning the ball. - -How is there any contest in this game? This can consist only in the -test of endurance in keeping the ball from falling to the ground. - -When, for instance, one team of football-players or siperos wants -to contend with another team, the former challenges whatever team -it has picked out. If the challenge is accepted, the day, hour, -and place of the game are at once announced in the newspapers. - -At the time of the game thousands of people look on. The challenging -party usually hires a band of musicians, and each team is played for -during its innings. Usually there are two bands, for, if the challenged -party has any pride, it wants to show it and so brings its own band. - -After the game the judge announces to the spectators which team has -won. When the announcement of the judge has been heard, there begins at -once the yelling and the honoring of the victorious team. The winning -team and their friends and followers, accompanied by the music of their -band, at once begin to parade through the places near to the field -of the game. On the next day the whole story appears in the newspapers. - -Such games of sipa as these are not common in the little towns in -the provinces, but only in the large cities, such as Manila. - - - - - -13. THE PRIEST PATUPAT. - -In the last years of the Spanish time there dwelt in the town of -San Miguel a certain man. This man was educated and was intelligent -enough to understand the evil ways of the priests, who were really -little kings in their towns. - -In San Miguel the priest who had the parish was a violent and -hot-headed man. The people called him "Patupat." - -One Sunday the man above mentioned went to church to hear the sermon -of the priest. As this priest thought that the people to whom he was -preaching were uneducated people, he took no pains to speak Tagalog -correctly. His speech had neither beginning nor end and was mixed up -like rice-pudding. Moreover, what he preached about was never other -than Hell, Purgatory, what brutes the people of the town were, and -the End of the World. - -When the sermon began, our friend Francisco entered the church. - -As usual, the priest began his sermon with this utterance: "Brezren -and faylow-Christiannes!" Although he had been for almost forty years -now in the Tagalog country, he had not yet learned to say correctly -"Brethren and fellow-Christians." - -Francisco stood in a place near the pulpit and listened carefully -to the sermon, which on that day contained nothing except what had -already been a thousand times repeated by the priest, namely about -the sufferings in Hell and Purgatory, the offering of candles and the -giving of money to the church in order to escape from these sufferings. - -Francisco was filled with great anger, for he saw that the priest -was fooling his people and had no other aim than to frighten the -townspeople so that they should enrich the church and priests. - -After the sermon Kiko did not go home as usual, but waited until mass -was over. After mass he staid in the church until he was alone. He -took some pieces of paper and wrote to the priest as follows: - -"Father, I heard your sermon this morning. It is apparent to me that -you believe that there is a Hell and that there is a Purgatory. I do -not believe in these things. Next Sunday, if you wish, you may prove to -the people in your sermon that there is a Hell and a Purgatory. When -you are done, I shall try to prove to them that there is no Hell and -no Purgatory. If the people believe you, I do not mind if you have -me hanged for my defeat and my unbelief, but, if I am the victor, -all I ask of you is to allow me to say to the people at large that -there is neither a Hell nor a Purgatory." - -Several copies of this letter he pasted to the walls of the church, -and one he sent to the priest. - -When Patupat read it, his blood boiled and his anger knew no bounds. He -had the gendarmes called, and on the evening of that very Sunday he -had all the houses in the town entered and searched, so as to catch -Kiko. But they did not catch Kiko. That same afternoon Kiko told -some of his intimate friends what he had done, and they were all -astonished. They asked him why he had done this thing and whether he -could not see what would happen to him. - -One of them spoke thus: "Pack up some clothes and go away right now, if -you don't want to be caught by Patupat's soldiers and shot tomorrow." - -Kiko refused to follow his advice, because he thought that Patupat -would accept his challenge about showing the people that there was -neither a Hell nor a Purgatory and that these things were merely a -device of the priests for getting money. Therefore he allowed himself -to be overtaken by night in the house of a friend of his. - -Not until it was dark and the town was upset with the searchings -of the gendarmes did he recognize the great danger which he was -incurring. Since he had heard of this at once, he had time to hide -in a secret corner of his friend's house. - -When the house-searchings were over, he went out from his hiding place, -went home, wrapped up some clothes, had a wagon hitched up, and, -taking some rifle-bullets, shouldered his gun, got into the wagon, -and had himself driven out of town. After a few days he went to the -mountains together with several townsmen who could not stay in the -town because they had incurred the anger of the priest or of some -other Spanish official of the town. - -There, in his stay in the mountains, he was overtaken by the revolution -against the Spaniards in the year 1886. - - - - - -14. MARIANO AND THE PRIEST PATUPAT. - -Mariano was one of the very few apothecaries in the town of San -Miguel. He was one of the people who fell into misfortune through -disobeying the orders of the priest Patupat. He had a family; beside -his wife he had two children, one two years old and one new-born. - -One day his servant fell sick. He had a brother-in-law who was a -doctor, so he had him treat the servant without charge, and he gave -the servant medicine without charge. After some days the servant got -well and decided to rest for a while in the country. Accordingly -he paid his debt and took his leave of Mariano for a stay in the -country. His stay in the country did not last long, before he fell -sick anew, and the end was his death. - -In the Philippines in those days it was not allowable to bury a dead -person without first having him blessed by a priest. The priests did -not allow this, but they did not much mind the living together of a man -and woman not married, for the reason that they did this themselves. - -The deceased servant of Mariano was very poor and his relatives -also were poor and had not the means to pay the price demanded by -Patupat. Thus there was no one to see to the burial of the servant's -body. - -When Patupat learned this, he had Mariano called and said that -it was his place to have the dead man buried and to pay the -costs. In Mariano's opinion Patupat's insolence was getting beyond -bounds. Therefore he said that he would not pay him for the burying -of the dead man, no matter what happened. - -Patupat boiled with rage. He had the dead man buried and on the -same day went to court and sued Mariano for the cost of blessing the -dead man. - -When the session of the court came, Mariano was present, and when the -judge asked what he had to say to this accusation, he spoke as follows: - -"Your Honor, this man who died was no longer in my care, for he was -no longer my servant when he died. When he was still sick, I had him -treated without charge and gave him medicine without charge. I have -done my duty to my fellow-man and the duty placed upon me by the -Lord. One of the duties of the priests is to provide burial for the -dead. Now this man is dead, why cannot this priest do his duty without -receiving pay, since even this would not happen, if the relatives of -the deceased had means?" - -After asking some further questions of the priest and of Mariano, -the judge closed the hearing and announced that Mariano was in the -right and that the priest would have to put up with having blessed -the dead man without payment. - -When this had happened Patupat's wrath against Mariano greatly -increased, and after a few days he again entered a charge against -Mariano. This time he made a different accusation. He complained to -the court that Mariano was a Mason, because he did not come to church, -did not confess, and did not kiss the priest's hand. The Masons are -enemies of the Catholic Church and, in consequence, were enemies also -of the government in the Philippines in those days; and therefore he -suggested that Mariano be deported. - -When Mariano heard of this accusation of Patupat, he decided that -his only hope was to hide or to escape from those who were to arrest -him. Accordingly what he did was to go down to Manila, and there -he hid. - -But even there he was caught by the gendarmes. Together with seven -or eight men from various towns he was put into a steamboat and they -were taken to the southern part of the Philippine Islands. And when -they arrived there some of their number were shot by the soldiers -who accompanied them, for this was ordered by the officials who sent -these men into banishment. - -However, Mariano was not one of those who were shot. He staid there -until, after the victory of the Americans, he was given the liberty -of returning to his family. When he came back to the latter, his one -child was seven years old and the second, five. - - - - - -15. THE STORY OF THE CHINESE CARPENTER. - -Juan was a carpenter who had for neighbor a Chinaman who also was a -carpenter. This Chinaman was a skilled carpenter and his cleverness -showed itself in his skilful use of the plane. One day he bought a -piece of wood forty feet in length. This he proceeded to smoothe. He -tried to see if he could obtain shavings without a break for the -whole length of the wood. What with the excellence of his tools and -his skill at carpentry, this feat went off as if there was nothing -to it. Every time he pushed his plane he obtained a shaving without -a break, forty feet in length. In order to show this his skill to -his neighbor, the Tagalog carpenter, he sent him one shaving every day. - -The Tagalog carpenter, Juan, marvelled at the skill of the Chinaman. In -order to make return for the shavings he had received, he too tried -to use the plane and to send the shavings to the Chinaman. However, -the longest shavings he succeeded in getting were only fifteen -feet. These it would have been humiliating to send to the Chinaman. - -Juan was skilled in the use of the daras, and he was able to smoothe -boards by the use of the daras alone. Any piece of wood which he had -chopped smooth with the daras did not require the use of the plane; -but the pieces he chopped off were only short splinters, not suited -to show his skill, and he could not send them to the Chinaman. - -While Juan did not know what to do, the Chinaman did not stop sending -long shavings. Juan was filled with anger. He took his daras and went -over to the Chinaman's. The latter was surprised and frightened when -he saw Juan. - -The latter said: "What do you mean to say by sending me those -shavings? You are offensive to me and you shall pay for it. I am -going to cut your hair with this daras." - -The Chinaman was frightened, for he knew that if that daras struck -his head, he would surely not survive. He tried to escape, but Juan -seized him, tied him to a bench, and began to use the daras on the -Chinaman's head. - -The daras is a large tool, the size of a pick, and heavy, but in Juan's -skilful hand it was like a mere pair of scissors. The descent of the -daras on the Chinaman's head was very gentle, and only the hair was -cut by the edge. - -The Chinaman in his fright shouted and said: "Wapelo! Come helpee me, -Juan bad man, not Chlistian!" - -This was heard by the neighbors and passers-by. - -Accordingly they came into the Chinaman's workshop, but there Juan -said to them: "Don't you mix in here! I am not hurting this Chinaman. I -am just cutting his hair." - -And he kept on with his chopping. - -When the Chinaman's hair was completely cut, the onlookers were greatly -astonished, for the Chinaman's hair was as if cut by the shears of a -skilful barber. The Chinaman too, when he saw in the looking-glass -that his head was unhurt, was greatly astonished and did not stop -praising Juan's skill in the use of the daras. - - - - - -16. A MAN WHO HAD THE POWER OF A DEER. - -In a certain town in the Philippine Islands there once became -celebrated the name of a certain man, both among his fellow-townsmen -and the people of the neighboring towns, on account of his unusual -strength in running and jumping. - -He was not a proud man, but he had some astuteness in money matters -and also some courage. He did not let his rare good fortune make him -proud, nor did he lie about the source of his unusual strength. He -told those who were curious that the source of his strength was the -power of the deer which he had made his own. - -He did not tell how this power had come into his possession, but he -was not stingy about doing favors by helping with his strength both -friends and strangers. - -Like most people, he wanted to get rich, and it was toward this end -that he used his strength. He often entered into races, and these -races were always means of winning much money. He always made large -bets. He refused no one that wanted to race with him. Sometimes he -ran races with people, sometimes with horses, with dogs, and with -other animals that are fast at running. - -After a few days the money he had won in bets made up a large sum. His -friends also, who had bet on him, got much money. When people came -to know that he had the power of a deer, they did not want to run -against him. Therefore, so as not to stop winning and making money, -he gave large handicaps to his opponents. The handicaps which he gave -were so great that many people contended with him. Still he always -came out the winner. In jumping-matches also he was always victorious. - -However, though the advantages which he gained through this power -were great, yet there were also some disadvantages which he obtained -through it. On account of these disadvantages he did not manage to -keep this power as his own through all his life. Through this power -he had become very nervous. The sounds of falling bodies, noises, -and the barking of dogs at night, did not allow him to sleep. These -noises often made him start up with a jump from his sleep. Especially -when the barking of a dog, for instance, woke him up, he jumped high -up from his bed, and before he recovered his wits he was running at -full speed. He could exercise no care about his involuntary jumping -up and usually went way up to the ceiling, and, since this was low, -his body got full of bruises and his head full of bumps from striking -against the ceiling. Likewise in his unintentional running whenever -he woke up with a start, his whole body got knocked again and again -against the walls of his house. - -This was hard to bear, and he thought that he should not live long, -what with not sleeping of nights. Therefore he decided to get rid of -this power in a few days. When the seventh day of his possession of the -power came, he was very sore and thought he should die of soreness. His -head was covered with bumps. His face was full of black and blue marks, -and though he had broken no bones, his muscles were badly bruised. - -Therefore, without saying a word, he went to a forest and there -abandoned the power which he had got hold of, seeing that he had -already won much money. - - - - - -17. THE PET MONKEY. - -Andrés had a pet monkey which he prized very highly, because this -monkey gave him much service. At night the monkey spread out his -sleeping-mat for him; in the morning it handed him his water for -washing, and whatever order he gave was obeyed by the monkey. - -Every night this monkey slept underneath the bedstead on which -its master slept. This was not pleasing to the latter, for owing -to its great value, Andrés wanted to give it a good place to sleep -in. However, no matter what efforts Andrés made to force it, his pet -monkey could not be brought to sleep in any other place. - -Andrés was a man who feared and loved God. Therefore, every night, -before he went to sleep, he made the Sign of the Cross and called -upon God. At his bed-time every night he found that his monkey was -already under his bedstead. Not once did he get ahead of the monkey -in going to bed. - -One day the priest of the town visited Andrés in his house. After some -time had elapsed in conversation, Andrés told the priest that he had -a pet monkey which was very useful, because it served him well and -obeyed his every command, and he also said that this monkey was more -diligent than his other servants. - -The priest was much surprised and asked that the monkey be shown to -him. So Andrés called the monkey. Usually the monkey came at once at -a single call by Andrés, but on this occasion it did not appear even -when he had called ten times. Andrés got angry, arose, and looked -for the monkey in the nooks and corners of the house. - -He found it in a corner, clinging tightly to a post. He called it and -tried to get it out of the corner, but the monkey would not come away, -no matter what Andrés did to it. Therefore he called the priest to -look at his pet monkey there in the corner. - -At the approach of the priest the monkey trembled with fear. The priest -conceived the suspicion that this monkey was an evil spirit. So he -made the Sign of the Cross, and blessing a little water, sprinkled -it over the monkey. - -When the water struck the latter's body, there was a report like that -of a gun, and in the place of the monkey they saw only some smoke, -which soon disappeared. - -Thereupon the priest questioned Andrés concerning his faith in -God. Andrés said that his firm faith had not changed and that he -prayed every night before going to sleep. The priest then asked where -the monkey used to sleep. Andrés answered that it slept every night -under his bedstead. - -Thereupon the priest informed him that this monkey was an evil spirit -which had been lying in wait for him, and that if he had ever failed -to call upon God before he went to sleep, on that very night the evil -spirit would have thrown him into Hell. - - - - - -18. THE OLD MAN OF THE ANT-HILL BY LIGHT OF DAY. - -Pedro was a brave man. He had often heard stories about vampires, -dwarves, sorcerers, and old men of the ant-hill, but what made Pedro -wonder was why he had never chanced to meet even a single one of -these creatures. He wanted to get a sight of at least one of them, -so that he might know whether it was true that they had powers not -common to most persons. - -One night he walked about in a dark and haunted place, because he -had heard that many people had there seen an old man of the ant-hill. - -The cigar of such an old man is of terrifying size, and when he draws -at it, the light given forth is like the light of a bonfire. - -On this night he had gone some distance on his ramble, when he saw a -flare of light. His hair stood on end and he thought of going back, -but he overcame his fear and continued on his walk. - -He was met by the smoker. When he approached, Pedro examined the old -man's figure, but as he did not succeed in gratifying his curiosity, -he was taken with the desire of seeing the old man by daylight. To -bring this about, he would have to hold the old man fast, for these -spirits return to their abode in Hell or some other place of the kind -as soon as morning comes. - -Therefore what he did was suddenly to seize hold of the old man. The -latter began to wrestle with him. Sometimes Pedro was below, sometimes -he was on top, but he did not let go of the old man. He held him as -tightly as possible and made up his mind that he would follow no matter -where the old man bore him, should the latter prove stronger than he. - -They wrestled till three o'clock. By this time Pedro was as tired -as can be and ready to sink to the ground, but he did not let go of -his fellow-wrestler. When four o'clock came his opponent ceased to -move. When another half hour had passed, the rays of the sun began -to fall upon them, but it was not yet light enough for Pedro to make -out what sort of thing it was he had hold of. When five o'clock came, -he was greatly surprised to see that he was embracing a post which -was not much higher than he. It was, however, firmly fixed in the -ground and completely charred. - - - - - -19. JUAN'S GOBLIN. - -One night Juan while rambling about, crossed a river. While he -was still on the bank and just walking on the sandy beach, he felt -some sand being showered on his back. He thought he would watch for -the person who was throwing sand on him and catch him, so, while -walking, he kept turning suddenly right about at short intervals, -but he saw nothing. - -This frightened him a little, and he began to wonder if he was -not perhaps dealing with some old man of the ant-hill or some -goblin. Therefore he hastened his running, but the faster he went, -the more frequent grew the striking of sand on his back. His fear -increased and he returned home running with all his might. - -When he got there he was out of breath and unable to speak. It was -only when he had rested a while that he was able to answer the many -questions of his father and the other members of the household. He -told his father that he had been pursued by dwarves on his walk and -showered with sand. - -His father asked him where the scene of this was, and he said on the -bank of the river. His father burst into peals of laughter and said -that these were no dwarves, but only his own feet, which sent the -sand up on his back at every stride he made. - -But Juan refused to believe this, and for several days he did not -leave the house. His father therefore wanted to show him the truth -of what he had said, so one night he told Juan to go for a walk to -that same place, and he would accompany him. - -Juan consented and they both went to the river-bank. When they got -there, Juan's father dropped behind. When Juan walked on the sandy -beach and felt the sprinkling of sand on his back, he was again filled -with terror and shouted to his father that they were already starting -to throw sand on his back. - -He made Juan come back and walk on again. This time he followed at his -back. Accordingly Juan's father saw that every time Juan took a step, -the sandals he was wearing carried along some sand, and when he raised -his foot the sand thus carried along was sprinkled on his back. - -His father now had him take off the sandals he was wearing and made -him walk on again. This time, no matter how much ground Juan walked -over, he felt no scattering of sand on his back. - -From this time on he had no more fear of old men, dwarves, vampires, -and other spooks. - - - - - -20. JUAN THE SUITOR. - -Young Maria was famed for beauty in her district. She had no suitors, -however, except only Juan. But Maria's father had a great dislike -for Juan. Juan could converse with the girl he was courting only in -secret, for when Maria's father knew of it, he would punish them both -with his stick. - -Sometimes, when the father's anger was great, he used a club on Juan, -so that he was in danger of getting his bones broken whenever they -were caught talking together. - -One dark night Maria's father had gone out. When Juan found this out, -he went to Maria's to talk with her. They forgot themselves in their -conversation, and so were surprised by Maria's father on his return. - -He was at once filled with anger and in a loud voice addressed Juan: -"What do you want, you brute? I've told you not to set foot in my -house here. What do you mean by coming here?" - -And when he had said this he seized a bamboo cane and made ready to -give Juan a caning. In his terror the latter jumped out of the window, -but he was followed by the father. So he took to running with all -his might. - -The night was dark as coal and he could not make out which way to go, -but he kept running nevertheless. He fell on his face again and again -as he ran, but he got up quickly and kept on running. - -It was not long before he came upon a large black object. He recognized -it as a carabao, so he leaped quickly on its back and made it run. - -Riding on a carabao is not very difficult, owing to the breadth of -its back and the slowness of its pace. Therefore, even though he had -no reins, Juan was not afraid to ride. Owing to the darkness of the -night it happened that in his mounting he faced the tail-end of the -carabao and not the head. - -He urged on the carabao. Now it happened that this carabao was owned -by Maria's father. It was not long before Juan saw a lighted house -in the direction toward which the carabao was going. He confidently -expected that this house was his neighbor's. Therefore he got down -from the carabao and went up into the house on the run. - -Great was his surprise and terror when, upon entering, he was met by -Maria's father and beaten all over his body and addressed: "What have -you come back for? Haven't I got rid of you yet, you shameless rascal?" - -When Juan came to himself he jumped from the porch and ran toward home, -but this time he did not ride on anything. - - - - - -21. MARIA THE MISER. - -When Maria was still alive, she lived in her pleasant house in the -middle of wide grounds with beautiful gardens and trees. As she was -very rich, her life was one constant pleasure. - -She had not reached the age of forty years, when she died. All -her wealth she divided between her sister and the church. She did -not remember the poor acquaintances and those of her neighbors who -were poor. - -The sister who was left had a series of masses said during the seven -days after death, so that Maria's soul might be admitted by Saint -Peter at the gates of heaven. - -When her sister Maria was still alive, she was known far and wide for -her avarice. She herself rarely had masses said or made offerings of -candles. When beggars asking for alms called on her, she had them -driven away and gave them no alms. Often also she had them chased -with dogs. She forced her peons to work without pay, and when she -gave them rations it was without meat or vegetables,--only boiled -rice with salt. To propitiate her, her peons, whenever they went home, -brought chickens, eggs, young pigs, and vegetables or fruits to give -to Maria. They did not make these presents for love of Maria, but as -a kind of bribe, so that they might not be too harshly treated during -their stay in her house. But when Maria went to the country to her -workmen, she appropriated without saying a word and without paying -for it, everything she saw in their house that took her fancy. When, -for instance, she saw at her workmen's a new basket, tray, sieve, -sack, mat, pot, cup, dipper, brazier, or other household utensil, -she took it and carried it off to her house. When she could not make -use of the things she had taken, she sold them. She acted in the same -way about animals that belonged to her servants. In this way she had -quickly grown rich. - -When she had been dead about three days, her sister was at her house, -spending the period of mourning. One evening, when she was walking in -the garden she came to the side of a well that was in the yard. She was -surprised, for from the depth of the well she heard someone calling -her name. She turned her head toward the well and there she again -clearly heard the calling, although she could see nobody whatever. - -The voice said: "My sister, I am Maria. I am paying now for my life -of avarice, selfishness and cruelty. I am here in the Lord's place of -punishment for all sinners. If it may be, do not follow my example, -but seek some means to save me from the boiling oil here which is -now my place of dwelling." - -Her sister was much grieved then and went at once to the priest -to ask to what means she could resort to rescue her sister from -Hell. The priest advised her to go to a certain town where there was a -wonder-working image of Saint Peter. This image of Saint Peter talked -with people and advised various means of getting into Heaven. This -was its miracle. - -Maria's sister went immediately to the town where stood the miraculous -Saint Peter. When she got there and talked with Saint Peter, she -told him the whole story. She said that her sister had told her that -her avarice, selfishness, and cruelty had caused her to be thrown -into Hell. - -"In that case," said Saint Peter, "find you but one single person, -animal, or plant that was the object of an act of kindness on the part -of your sister. When you have managed to find it, come back to me, -and I shall give you a means to rescue your sister from damnation." - -Maria's sister went home to their town at once and there she inquired -of all the townspeople which of them owed any debt of gratitude to -her sister, or which of them had been well treated or kindly spoken -to by her. But not one of them was able to answer. The animals also -of the neighbors and on Maria's own grounds were interrogated by her, -but here she found none that had been done a kindness by her sister. - -One dog, a creature of skin and bones, said to her: "One afternoon -I was very hungry. I found a bone in her yard. I seized it and was -carrying it off, when she saw me. She had me chased at once, and when -I dropped the bone she had it buried in the ground. Was that an act -of kindness?" - -The grief of Maria's sister became much greater, and her hope of -rescuing her sister from damnation was gradually failing. She began to -question the plants in her sister's yard. She took one by one all the -gourds, pumpkins, cucumbers, chile peppers, melons, sincamas, peanuts, -egg-plants, cow-peas, and onions and garlic, and other vegetables. She -did not find among them that which she sought. She also went through -the trees. She made inquiry, one after the other, of the chico, anona, -custard-apple, mabolo, grape-fruit, orange, lime, and casoy trees. But -here too her labor gave no result; only the group of the garden-plants -she had not yet questioned, and if here she did not find what she -sought, there would be nothing for her to do about the punishment -her sister was undergoing. She went to them all, but there were not -any who could say that they had received any kindness from Maria. - -At the very last the sister went to the side of the well, and there -she questioned all the blades of grass. When night came there was only -one head of grass which she had not yet questioned. Full of fear and -hope she approached it. - -She asked the head of grass which grew by the side of the well: -"When my sister was alive, did she ever do you an act of kindness?" - -"Oh, your sister?" answered the grass, "Yes, it was she who gave me new -life. Last summer my blades were all withered and I was near to dying, -but your sister bathed one evening by the side of this well. As she -bathed, some water was sprinkled on me, so that I grew again and my -withered blades became fresh once more." - -Maria's sister could not contain the joy which arose in her, and -that very night she returned to Saint Peter. Saint Peter gave her -a rosary and told her to go home and to hang this rosary down into -the well. She was to call Maria and let her take hold of the rosary; -by this means her sister could be rescued from damnation. - -She went home at once, and hardly was the sun shining, when she came -to the yard of the deceased Maria. She approached the well, let down -the rosary, and called her sister. Maria emerged from under the water -and took hold of the rosary. Her sister began to pull at the rosary -and she was slowly lifted up. - -As she was thus being rescued, some other souls too wanted to escape -from Hell. So they all took hold of Maria's feet, when they saw that -she was being rescued from damnation. But when only Maria's feet were -still under water, she shook her two feet, so that the souls who had -hold of her should have to let go. - -When she did this the rosary broke and she at once fell into the well, -and from that time on her sister was never again able to communicate -with her. - -The sister went back to Saint Peter and told him what had happened, -but Saint Peter said that there was no longer anything that they -could do to save her sister from Hell. - - - - - -22. THREE SOULS WHO CALLED UPON SAINT PETER. - -Juan was a gay bachelor. But when he reached the age of twenty-two -he fell very sick and it was not long before he died. His soul went -to Heaven and knocked at its gate. - -Saint Peter answered his knock and asked: "Who are you? What brings -you here?" - -Juan's soul answered: "I am Juan's soul. Open the door, for I want -to come in." - -The door-keeper opened the gate, but before he allowed Juan's soul to -enter, he questioned him as follows: "Why have you come here? What -acts of piety have you performed on earth that you think you are -entitled to the joys of Heaven? Have you left a wife behind you?" - -Juan's soul said: "When I was still on earth I often went to church, -prayed, and gave alms, but I did not have the good fortune to get -married." - -The door-keeper answered: "You are not fit to partake of the joys -of Heaven." - -And when he had said this he closed the door. Juan's soul was not -able to enter Heaven. - -When Juan had gone away, another soul arrived. - -"Who are you? And why do you wish to come into Heaven? Did you get -married when you were still on earth?" asked the door-keeper. - -The soul answered: "I am the soul of Andrés. I took a wife when I -was yet on earth. Open the gate for I want to come in." - -At once Saint Peter opened the gate of Heaven, and when he saw the -soul of Andrés he said: "Oh, pitiable soul! For such as you the joys -of Heaven are reserved and fitting. Enter!" - -The soul of Andrés was overjoyed and entered the abode of bliss. - -When the door was closed there was another knock. - -"Who are you?" the keeper asked again. - -"I am the soul of Mariano," answered the one who had knocked. - -"Why have you come here? Why do you think that you deserve to partake -of Heaven? Did you get married when you were still on earth?" - -To these questions the soul of Mariano answered: "When I was still -on earth I often had masses said. Half of my wealth I gave to the -Church for the saying of masses and the ringing of bells. The candles -I offered up could not be drawn by three carabao, and as to getting -married," continued the soul, "I was married twice. I became a widower -and married again." - -"I am very sorry that I am not able to let you in. There is no place -for madmen like you in the Kingdom of Heaven." - -And he closed the door. - - - - - -23. JUAN THE CANOER. - -One day a Spaniard was having Juan ferry him across the river -in his canoe. The Spaniard, Juan's fare, was able to speak -Tagalog. Accordingly, while they were still far from shore, he began -a conversation with Juan. - -This Spaniard was a learned man, no doubt a famous scholar in Spain, -and this showed itself in his discourse to Juan regarding geography, -arithmetic, and various languages of Europe. - -When his discourse was ended, he asked Juan: "Have you studied -geography?" - -"No, sir," answered Juan,--and in truth, Juan had no education, -for he had grown up in poverty, so that his life at all times was -nothing but ceaseless work. - -The Spaniard was astonished at Juan's answer and said at once: "I -am sorry, friend, that you do not know geography, for in consequence -half your life, as it were, is lost." - -Juan did not utter a word, and kept on paddling. - -It was not long before the Spaniard again asked: "Have you studied -arithmetic?" - -"No, sir," answered Juan. - -"If that is the case, friend, a fourth of your life is lost to you, -as it were." - -Juan became a little frightened, for he could not make out what the -Spaniard was trying to say. - -He said to himself: "You poor fellow, Juan, only a fourth of your -life is left now." - -When their canoe had got to a deep part of the river, and while -the Spaniard was reflecting upon the great ignorance of the working -people in the Philippines, Juan asked his passenger this question: -"Do you know how to swim, sir?" - -"No," answered the Spaniard at once. - -"In that case," answered Juan, "you have lost your whole life, not -only as it were, but you have lost it in all truth." - -And while he spoke these words he tipped over the canoe they were -riding in. Juan swam to the shore, but the Spaniard was carried away -by the stream. - - - - - -24. KINDNESS TO ANIMALS. - -One dark night Juan was walking in some forests far from any towns. He -was on his way to his home town. Before he could arrive there, he had -to pass through some uncanny places. One night, when he was walking -in such a place, he was suddenly startled by the arrival of a black -cat which purred and scratched at his leg. What he did was to kick -the cat with all his might, and it was tossed a good distance. He -kept on walking, but it was not long before the cat came back to -him. His anger greatly increased, and he kicked the cat again. He -thought that this cat was the plaything of some goblin or vampire. He -kept on walking. It was not long before the black cat again came back -to him. This time, instead of kicking the cat, he took hold of it, -lifted it up on his arm, stroked it and patted it, and said to it: -"Good little cat, what do you want? Are you going to come along with -me on my journey?" and he continued walking. - -After a while he was attacked by sleepiness. He saw a house by -the way, but the people in his town believed that this house was -enchanted. However, Juan had no other place to sleep, so he entered -the house to sleep there. - -He fell sound asleep, but at midnight he was awakened by the pattering -of rats. He set about kicking and striking at the rats to kill them -or drive them away. But the rats became more and more numerous until -the room became full and they bit him and gnawed at him. - -It was then that Juan took his black cat and told it to kill the -rats. The cat miewed and began to chase the rats. Great fear seized -the rats, and those that were not killed by the cat ran to their -holes. When Juan saw that there were no rats left except only a single -pair, he stopped the cat. He caught the two rats and petted them and -decided to take them along on his journey, just like the cat. - -On the next day he continued his journey. He was overtaken by night -in a place where there were no houses, so he walked on toward a house -owned by a certain old man. Now it happened that this old man was an -enchanter. He took Juan in and gave him an alcove to sleep in. Juan -went to sleep without suspecting anything. - -However, when he woke up on the next day, he was surprised and -frightened when he saw that he was locked up in a box without any -opening. He kicked at the walls of the box, but was not able to do -anything: he could not open it. Great was his despair, and he did not -know what to do, when he remembered that he had a cat and two rats with -him in his prison. He took the two rats, petted them, and told them to -make a hole in the box in which they were confined. The rats began to -gnaw at the boards, and gradually they succeeded in making a hole in -the thick board, until it was pierced through. When they had pierced -it, they returned to Juan, and Juan had them again pierce the wall -of the prison. When they had made holes again and again, they finally -succeeded in making a large opening, and Juan was able to escape. - -Juan looked for the old man, but did not find him anywhere. So he -continued on his way home, and when he arrived there, he told of -the great service which had been done him by his three friends, -a cat and two rats. - - - - - -25. JUAN THE SCULPTOR. - -I once read, in a Spanish novel entitled La tumba de hierro, the -following story: - -Juan was a child of five years, the son of a workman of the wealthy -Andrés. Juan was dumb from birth, but not deaf. Moreover, his dumbness -was not complete, for often he was able to cry out, though his voice -was not like that of a normal child. - -One evening Andrés visited the house of his workman, Juan's father, -and on this visit he brought along his daughter, who also was five -years old. In spite of his dumbness, Juan made friends with his -master's child, and the two played together while their fathers were -discussing matters of farming. He showed Maria (this was the name of -his playmate) his toys, which he had made by his own hand and skill. - -His toys were all kinds of faces of people which he had made, and -they were made of clay. There were also many whole figures of people -in all kinds of positions. Some were planting, some were dancing, -some were lying down, and there were also some wrestling, running, -and in many other positions. He also had animals; some were made of -clay and others were made of wood. - -The two children became good friends and were engrossed in play. When -their fathers had finished their conversation, Andrés called Maria -to go home, but Maria first asked her father to come to where Juan's -toys were, so that he might see them. When Andrés beheld the toys, he -was astonished at the great ability shown by the one who had shaped -these manikins. Andrés told Juan's father that Juan was gifted and -ought to be sent to school. But Juan's father answered that he had -no money with which to let Juan study. - -"In that case," said Andrés, "I will pay the teacher. Tomorrow Maria's -teacher is coming to our house. I shall have him go on here to you, -to begin the teaching of Juan and the opening up of his mind." - -Juan's father thanked him profusely, and they parted. Juan was very -sorry when his playmate left. - -From that day on Maria's father often sent for Juan that he might -play with Maria there in his house. - -One afternoon when the two were playing in the garden in the wide -grounds of Andrés, a butterfly came flying past the two children. They -ran after it. Maria ran ahead and Juan followed. As they were running, -Maria fell into a shallow pool which Andrés used as a fishpond. Juan -gave a loud cry, and, as he cried out, a muscle in his throat broke -and his mouth bled. He paid no attention to this and jumped into the -pool to save Maria from drowning. As the pool was shallow, the two -children did not drown, only Maria was filled with great fear, which -caused her to faint while still in the water. So what Juan did was to -take hold of Maria by her back and lift her up, so that she should -not swallow any water,--he himself meanwhile being immersed. They -were in this position when a servant of Andrés came upon them and -rescued them from the pool. - -Great was the surprise of Andrés and great was the joy which came -to Juan's father, when they heard Juan talk and tell them what had -happened. What with Juan's talking, his progress in his studies became -much greater and his friendship with Maria grew much stronger. - -There came the day when his teacher said that he ought to go to another -town to continue his studies, for he could teach him nothing more. He -told this also to Andrés. Andrés sent Juan to a school for sculptors, -and there he studied for about six years. - -Juan and Maria grew up and their friendship turned into love. Every -vacation Juan went home to their house on Andrés' estate, and there -he passed the days at Maria's side. - -There came a day for the exhibition of the sculptures of the artists, -and Juan had planned a design which he was going to carry out for that -day. The victor among the contestants was to be given a prize that -was to be accompanied by much money, in addition to a celebration in -honor of the winner. For about a year Juan worked at his composition. - -The day for presenting the statues arrived. Juan, his father, Andrés, -and Maria went to the building where the statues were. Many people -were there, but they were all crowding round Juan's statue. Andrés -did not know what to say in his admiration. The hour came when the -judges announced who was the winner, and Juan's statue was that named -as having won the prize. - -It was a group with a standing woman. Her left hand held a torch and -her right a crown of leaves. At the right of the woman and under the -crown of olive a youth was kneeling on his right foot. In his left -hand he was holding a book, and in his right a hammer. At their feet -lay scattered various implements of a student. - -On the way home the two lovers revealed their secret to their -parents. Juan's father was merely grieved, for he knew that the -marriage of the two was not possible, for their position was like -that of a slave or thrall and a lord or king. When Andrés learned of -the matter, he was filled with great anger. He had Juan called to him -and scolded him. He told him he was shameless and did not know how to -appreciate favors,--did not know how to repay the man who had given him -his education, and told him that he could not marry Maria. Accordingly -Juan at once went away without anyone's knowing his destination. - -Five or six years passed, and Juan at his sculpture did not forget -Maria. - -Maria passed these six years in her house. She was sunk at all times -in a deep grief, and it was always Juan of whom she was thinking. Maria -fell seriously ill and was near to death. - -Her physician advised Andrés that, if he wanted to save his daughter, -he would have to follow her desire regarding marriage to Juan. But -when Andrés consented, it was already too late. Maria's sickness went -from bad to worse, and he did not even know where Juan was. He sent -many messengers to the large towns to look for Juan, but even when -many days had passed, not one of them had succeeded in finding Juan. - -At last one of them came upon him in the town of Kamalig in his -workshop. When he was told that he was being sent for by Andrés that -he and Maria might be married, his joy was very great. But he was also -much afraid that he might not find his loved one alive. He went home -with all possible speed, and when he arrived at the house of Andrés, -he found there the body of Maria, mere bone and skin, stretched out -on her couch. That very moment Andrés sent for a priest, and Juan and -Maria were married. While the marriage-ceremony was being performed -by the priest, Maria's breath ceased. When they were married, Juan -had but time to kiss his wife before her breath left her, her face -glad and her mouth smiling. - - - - - -26. MARQUITA. - -Marquita was a good and beautiful young woman, but poor. She was -betrothed to a man who also was poor, but had a position with the -Government in Manila and received good pay. - -Marquita had a rich neighbor. His house was of wood, with an iron -roof, and his estate was large. This neighbor had a great liking for -Marquita, but we cannot say whether his love was true, for he had a -screw loose. He paid every attention to Marquita, but Marquita was -not a girl of fickle heart and paid no heed to all his attentions. - -So great was the desire of this suitor to win Marquita that he -decided to employ force. One afternoon he went into the yard of -Marquita's family and hid in a banana-tree. It happened that on this -afternoon Marquita's yard was dirty. Accordingly she went and swept the -yard. When she came near the banana-tree in which the man was hiding, -he suddenly dropped down, seized her by the hand and kissed her. - -As you know, among reputable people in our country a single kiss is -a great stain on a girl's honor. Therefore, when Marquita came into -the house weeping and her parents found out that she had been roughly -handled or kissed by this man, they decided that there was no other way -of covering up this disgrace than marrying their daughter Marquita to -this man. No matter how much Marquita objected, and although they knew -that she had a sweetheart, they nevertheless prepared for the marriage. - -Marquita was a daughter very obedient to her parents, so she could -not actually disobey them now. All she did was to write her betrothed -what had happened and what was going to happen and to tell him that -her coming marriage was only an act of obedience to her parents, and -that she loved only him. To her parents Marquita said that they would -get no joy from her, for her marriage to the man whom she abhorred -would soon be the death of her. - -They were married. It was not long before Marquita was stricken with -fever. From the day of her marriage she was not able to eat anything, -and she shed tears day and night. The skilful physicians of the town, -all the wealth of her husband, and all the prayers of her parents, -failed to save her from death. Seven days after her wedding she -died. This caused much grief to her former betrothed and contributed -to his misfortune in his later life. - - - - - -27. THE IGNORANT PRIEST. - -To the town of Baliwag there was once assigned a priest who had no -education whatever. The people surmised that he was only a grass-cutter -in Spain, who had been cast hither by chance and assigned as priest -to their town so that he might have some income and so be saved from -dying of hunger. Every Sunday he said mass, but those who heard the -mass could hear nothing from him, except only the word "Mass, mass, -mass," and so on. He would walk round in front of the altar; at times -he faced the people, brought his hands together, and, while making -all these movements, he would keep saying his "Mass, mass, mass," -and so on. - -The people got angry and reported him to the archbishop. The answer -of the archbishop was that he would come some Sunday and hear the -mass to see if their accusation was really true. - -The archbishop arrived. The priest told him that he was not able to -perform mass, because the silly people all left the church as soon -as he began mass. - -"Tomorrow," he added, "you will see how they all run away as soon as -I give the blessing." - -The next day was Sunday and at his mass the archbishop was to be -present. He planned a way of saving himself. Accordingly, before -beginning the mass, he caused some oil to boil. While he was putting -on his vestments the people and the archbishop were seated in the -church. The archbishop was near the altar, and, while the priest -was putting on his vestments, the oil was boiling. When he had put -on his vestments, he poured the boiling oil into the vessel for holy -water. It was his custom to give the blessing before saying mass, so, -when he entered the church, he sprinkled the boiling oil on the people -instead of holy-water. The people, struck by the drops of hot oil, -all jumped up and ran with all their might out of the church. When the -archbishop saw this, he did not have the mass gone on with on that day, -for there was not a single one of the people left in the church. - -The archbishop said to the priest that he would not have to leave -the town and that hereafter he would not heed any accusation that -the people made. - - - - - -28. THE CONFESSIONAL. - -Father Mundo was the priest assigned for some years to the town of -Mariquina. He was a man who liked amusements. He was never deficient -in the fulfilment of his duties. Every day he said mass, and on Sunday -he said mass twice. Also, he christened children, said blessings over -the dead, carried the sacrament, heard confession, and gave holy -communion. He performed all his duties well, but the confessing he -overdid a little. From his point of view this was perhaps useful in -lessening the sins of those whom he confessed, but for some of the -latter it had its bad side. - -Once there was a young woman who was fond of going to church and to -confession. When this young woman reached the age of twenty years, -she abandoned the pious duty of going to confession, and also went -to church but rarely. Once when this woman was questioned, she spoke -as follows: - -"At first I really thought that Father Mundo was a saint, but now the -people realize that he is a horrid man. At flood-time, when the people -are all canoeing on the flood, he rides along in the women's canoe, -and not with the men. In the morning, after saying mass, he is seen -squatting in his courtyard with his vestments trailing on the ground, -petting fighting-cocks, in company with the other cock-fighters. - -"At first I often confessed to him, but there came a day when -the things he asked me in the confessional were nothing but -foolishness. Was it right for him to ask me how many suitors I had, -whom I liked, and where I met them? What I thought was that this priest -was extremely impudent. So I left him at once in the confessional, -and since that time I have not been going to confession." - - - - - -29. JUAN THE JOKER. - -Juan was a man given to doing nonsensical things, but he did not do -them intentionally to anger his fellow-men; it was merely his natural -habit, prompted by his character. - -Once he went to the festival of a certain town. He was carrying three -young pigs to sell in the town. When he got there, he saw many people -gathered in the courtyard of the church and listening to a speech -which the mayor of the town was delivering. The people stood in a dense -crowd, but he succeeded in getting close to the foot of the platform -on which the orator was standing. While he took part in the crowding, -the three pigs kept squealing. When he had arrived in front of the -mayor, he held his hand over their mouths to make them keep quiet, -but he did not succeed. The mayor took notice of the squealing of -the pigs and looked round to see who had brought the pigs there. - -When he saw Juan he addressed him as follows: "Juan! What do you mean -by making your pigs squeal here? Get out of here at once and never -again dare to set foot on the ground of Bustos!" - -Juan departed and went home to his town of San Ildefonso. A year -passed, and the festival in the town of Bustos came round again. Juan -wanted to go there, but he remembered that the mayor of that town had -threatened him that, if he were seen again on the ground of Bustos, -he would have him imprisoned and tortured. Juan thought of a way of -going there none the less. - -When the festival arrived, there was a high mass, which was attended by -thousands of people. Juan was one of these people, and he it was whom -all the people were watching, owing to the manner of his appearance -there in the church. It was not long before one of the people who -were watching him complained to the mayor, saying that Juan was in -the church mounted on a wagon drawn by carabao, and that the whole -thing, wagon, carabao, and Juan, was inside the church. Juan had not -got down from the wagon on which he was standing. - -The mayor went to the church to arrest Juan. When he got there he said: -"Juan! Follow me, I am going to imprison you. Didn't I tell you not -to set foot on the ground of Bustos?" - -But Juan answered: "Mr. Mayor! You certainly did tell me that. That -is why I cannot get out of my wagon. Do you see this earth, sir, with -which my wagon is loaded and on which I am standing? This is not the -ground of Bustos, sir, but earth of San Ildefonso. I got this earth -in my town." - -When Juan had said this, the mayor could not restrain his laughter -and only said to himself that he could do nothing to Juan, for the -latter was in the right. - - - - - -30. THE THREE THIEVES. - -Juan, Andrés, and Diego were three expert thieves. They were -very famous, and many people were trying to catch them, but their -cleverness at dodging and stealing kept them from being caught. The -three once made an appointment to meet at a certain quiet and secret -place to discuss their means of livelihood and new good methods of -thievery. Not one of them had an honest trade. This had been their -mode of life from childhood on, so they had become skilful and very -clever at this activity. - -When the day of their meeting came, they were there already at -dawn. Each one of them had much to tell, and, as they were all talking -at once, their stories were indistinguishable. - -Juan asked of Diego: "How skilled are you now at your work?" - -"In my opinion," answered Diego, "I am the most skilful of us three, -for I am able to steal the eggs a hen is brooding on without its -knowing it. And not only this," he continued, "I am able to rob wild -animals of their young without their noticing it." - -"Is that all your skill?" Andrés quickly interrupted, "I am able to -rob animals and men too. I have stolen all of people's jewelry that I -wanted to steal, whether the owner was asleep or up and about. Once -I stole a ring that the owner was sleeping on to keep it from being -stolen,--but I stole it without his noticing." - -"Is that all the skill you two have?" asked Juan. "The things you -do don't come halfway up to my skill at stealing. I can steal people -themselves, and not only their property." - -The two he was talking to were surprised, for they did not think -that a live man could be stolen without his knowing it, and, to test -Juan's ability, the two made a bet with Juan. They told him to steal -the priest of the town and to bring him to the place where they now -were. If he succeeded in doing this, Andrés and Diego would pay him -five hundred pesos. But if he could not do it, he was to pay Andrés -and Diego one hundred pesos. Juan agreed to this bet, and they parted. - -Juan went to the town and found out by inquiry where the priest -lived. When he had found this out, he figured out the plan he would -pursue in stealing the priest. He entered the priest's household as -a servant. During his stay as a servant he became acquainted with the -habits of the priest. One of his habits, from which he never deviated, -was praying a rosary before the image of a saint. The image was made of -wood, and it represented Saint John. The size of this image was equal -to that of a man. Juan had a carver make an image just like this one, -but with an opening, and hollow inside. This opening inside the body -of the image of the saint was such that a man could enter it. When -the image which Juan had had made was ready, he replaced with it the -image of Saint John which belonged to the priest. - -One afternoon before prayers he took a rice-sack and went into the -inside of the saint he had had made. When the priest had eaten supper -he went into the room in which he prayed, to say a rosary. When he -was halfway through his prayers, and just about as Juan was getting -tired of standing up, the latter spoke: "Cease your praying, Father -Lucas. I have been sent here to conduct you to Heaven." - -At first the priest was filled with fear, but then he thought that his -saint was doing a miracle and was really calling for him in order to -take him to Heaven. As he did not say anything, Juan again spoke as -follows: "Many are the works of piety which you have done. You have -been patient in living a lowly life, therefore all the joys of Heaven -have been reserved for you. Come with me, and I shall conduct you." - -The priest answered: "How shall I manage to come with you? I am old -and cannot walk from here on earth as far as Heaven." - -Juan answered: "Never you mind that, I have a bag here. Get into it -and I will carry you on my way to Heaven." - -When he had said this, he spread out the rice-sack. When the priest -had got into it, Juan tied the bag tightly. He got out from inside -the image and carried Father Lucas on his shoulder toward the house -where he had his appointment with his two friends. Father Lucas -really believed that he was going to Heaven, and so he staid still -in the sack. - -However, when Juan was wading through a shallow river, it occurred to -him that he was being fooled and that they were not going to Heaven -at all. - -Therefore he asked Juan: "What river is this, and why must we cross -a river on the way to Heaven?" - -Juan answered: "Shhh! Don't make any noise! This is the river Jordan." - -The priest desisted from speaking. Juan kept on walking. When he was -already going up into the house that was their place of meeting, -the priest was again surprised and again asked: "What stairway is -this? Is this the way the staircase of Heaven looks?" - -"I have told you already that you must not make any noise," answered -Juan, "This is the stairway that leads to Heaven." - -When they had come up into the house, they were met by Diego and -Andrés. Juan dropped his burden and said to them: "I have brought here -what you told me to steal. Have you brought the five hundred pesos?" - -The other two did not believe him at once. So what they did was to -make a hole in the bag and peep at the contents. In it they saw the -head of the priest with the tonsure. Accordingly they handed Juan -the five hundred pesos and they all quickly left the house. They -abandoned the priest, leaving him to get free as best he could. - - - - - -31. HOW MONKEYS ARE CAUGHT. - -In the jungle one not rarely meets with large herds of monkeys. When -the one who comes into their haunts is unarmed, there is danger of -their killing the man whom they overpower by their numbers. When angry, -they climb down from the trees and all bite at the man who is in their -power. Therefore a man who is going into jungles where there are many -monkeys will not neglect to carry a gun. When the monkeys hear the -noise of the gun, they are unafraid. Most of them do not run away, -but look at the place where the noise and smoke come from. Those -who are reached by a bullet try to ward it off with their hand, like -one who is warding off a mere throw. Therefore, when they are shot, -their palms too are pierced by the bullet. - -Not infrequently people catch live monkeys, so as to domesticate -them and sell them to the various foreigners who come to the -Philippines. The catching of live monkeys does not involve much labor, -for the method of catching them is simply to trick them. - -When one wants to catch monkeys, one usually cooks or has cooked -some sweetmeats, and into these one mixes or has mixed some -balasing. Balasing is the seed of a plant which intoxicates or puts -into a deep sleep the animals which eat it. It is used also in -catching fish in rivers. When these sweetmeats have been cooked, -the man carries them to where the herd of monkeys is. However, -if he should place it carefully on the ground, the monkeys would -not climb down to eat it. They suspect that these sweetmeats are -only a bait for them, that they may be caught or killed. Therefore -what the man does is to pretend that he is frightened and when he -sees the monkeys, he starts running, carrying on his head the tray -of drugged sweetmeats. While running he pretends to take a fall on -his face, so that the sweetmeats he is carrying on his head fall -down and are scattered over the ground. When this happens, he keeps -on running just the same, and hides somewhere or other to watch the -monkeys eat. When the monkeys see the man running away, and when he -is hidden, they climb down from the trees and all start grabbing the -sweetmeats. They all crowd on top of one another in their greed, and -the noise is very great, for each herd of monkeys is about five hundred -or a thousand strong. When they have eaten it is not long before they -are attacked by sleepiness. They get weak and cannot climb into the -trees. It is a laughable sight to see these monkeys, old and young, -squatting on the ground and nodding, everyone of them. The ones who -did not succeed in grabbing any sweetmeats climb up into the trees -and look down at their drunken companions. When the monkeys are in -this state, and not before, does the man who is hidden come up and -take the sleeping monkeys one by one. The effect of the drug is not -of long duration, and the monkeys get well after a few days. - -Another common way of catching monkeys is to use cocoanuts as bait. A -hole is made in an unopened cocoanut. The size of this hole is just -large enough for a monkey to put in his hand when it is not holding -anything. Inside the cocoanut-shell is placed a piece of the meat -of the cocoanut, and the whole thing is placed in a spot where there -are monkeys. Monkeys like cocoanut, and when they see it, they grasp -the meat that is inside the shell. But when they have hold of the -cocoanut-meat, they can no longer take their hand out through the -opening, but they will not let go of the cocoanut-meat. Consequently -they are as though in stocks, and when the man who is catching them -approaches, they cannot get away, for the cocoanuts are heavy and -sometimes are weighted in addition. So when the catcher comes up, -he is able without difficulty to capture the handcuffed monkeys, -grown or young. - - - - - -32. THE FESTIVAL OF SAINT JOHN. - -The twenty-fourth of June is the festival of Saint John, and it is -celebrated in the various towns of the province of Bulacán. In the -month of June there is usually rain and mud. The people believe that -Saint John is the saint who makes the rain fall, and therefore is fond -of water and mud. Hence the celebrations performed on his day are -very different from those performed on the days of other saints. In -the towns near the sea there are floods in the month of June and the -water comes up into the town. In the towns farther from the sea it is -also very rainy, and usually these floods and rains fall on the day of -Saint John. The people who take part in the celebration get themselves -drenched in the flood or in the rain. In the towns of Malolos and -Hagúnoy, when this holiday falls into a time of large flood, almost -all the people get into the water or else go canoeing. If there is no -flood, the people walk about in the rain. Many people from the country -and the suburbs go about collecting alms on this holiday. Most of them -are boys or young men; rarely are there any women. In separate groups -they go about collecting alms, and each group has with it a band that -plays on bamboo instruments. Those who do not play are supposed to -have the task of singing or dancing. All of them are almost without -clothing, like Igorots, but their whole body, from head to foot, -including even the eyes and ears, is caked over with mud. - -These groups go calling from house to house. They stop in front of a -house and there they play music or sing or dance. They usually sing -about the life of Saint John or of some other saint who was a friend of -his. While their music is playing, their order is in single file in a -circle, sometimes standing, sometimes squatting or kneeling. When there -is a singer or dancer, he is within the circle of musicians and there -performs his singing or dancing. After two or three pieces of music, -songs, or dances they stop and all go round asking alms of the people -who are watching them. If they receive no alms, they take mud from -their body and throw it at the stingy people. They spend the whole -day in such celebration. As these alms-gatherers are very numerous, -they help to make the town gay, even though it is very rainy. - -When there is canoeing it is not uncommon for people to get -drowned. Consequently this custom is gradually disappearing. Moreover, -in these days people are getting stingy and rarely give alms. Hence -the gatherers of alms on the festival of Saint John are gradually -disappearing. - - - - - -33. FAMILY CELEBRATIONS AFTER A DEATH. - -A family that has suffered a loss by death suffers not only in its -mind and soul, but also in its purse. This is on account of the great -expense borne by the bereaved ones in conforming with various customs. - -On the day when someone has died very many people call on his -family, and these visitors do not content themselves with condoling -with the dead person's family, but make a long stay in the house of -mourning. Consequently the bereaved family is compelled to serve food -to the visitors. Usually the dead person is not buried at once, but -is first placed in state for two or three days from the time when he -ceased to breathe. During these days people's visits stop neither by -day nor by night. Most of them are relatives and others are friends, -neighbors, and other acquaintances in town. If the deceased had -many friends or relatives in other towns, they too come to visit, -and they have to be given board and lodging by the dead person's -family. This is because in the small towns in the provinces there -are no hotels. In feeding all these guests they often use up half -a cow, several sheep and goats, and innumerable chickens. The chef -is usually hired, and the near relatives of the deceased help with -the cooking. For this reason in the house of death the place where -the deceased is lying in state is very quiet, and even when many -people are there, when they talk it is only in whispers. But in -the dining-room and kitchen the noise is extraordinary. Everyone -is giving orders to the servants, some are washing dishes or pots, -some are polishing knives and forks, some are serving at the table, -and so on. In the kitchen the sputtering of the frying-pans never -stops, and one can hear only the voices of the chef and his assistants. - -But in one chamber of the house stays the immediate family of the -deceased and is plunged in grief. They all cry as hard as they can -and from time to time blurt out questions as to what will happen to -them because of the departure of the one who has died. - -If the deceased is wealthy, a priest comes to get him and escorts -him to the church. Arriving at the church, the body is blessed by the -priest and after this the priest escorts it also to the cemetery. All -the visitors are present at the burial, and usually they ride in -carriages. These carriages are hired, except for a few which belong -to some of the visitors. - -When the dead has been buried the guests who come from other towns -go along back to the house of mourning. Most commonly they soon -depart, but sometimes they stay three days, to take part in the -Three Nights' Celebration. The Three Nights are celebrated in the -house of the deceased. At this time the relatives call and all pray -together. In this praying only the older people take part, and the -young men and young women tell each other riddles. These ceremonies -are performed during the Three Nights. On the last night there are -usually many people, and the entertaining is more elaborate than on -the two preceding nights. Many of those who come give presents to -the bereaved ones. Usually these are things to eat for the guests. - -In poor families these ceremonies are also performed, but the priest's -calling for and escorting the corpse does not take place. For the -blessing of the corpse one may pay the priest whatever one desires. The -cheapest thing is the blessing of the corpse at the door of the church -and placed on the ground. The next in order is the blessing of the -corpse also at the door of the church, but with the coffin placed -on an altar. The most expensive blessings are performed right by the -altar. The price of these is from one-hundred to five-hundred pesos. - - - - - -34. FLEEING FROM THE AMERICANS. - -The people of San Miguel were like herds of animals fleeing before the -whips of the herdsmen and the pursuit of savage dogs. They are very -fond of peace and quiet. Also they are very credulous toward hearsay, -and these circumstances are what did not allow most of them to stay -at ease in the town during the time of the revolutions against the -Spaniards and the Americans. It is also true, however, that many of -them ran away merely from fright or cowardice. - -When the revolution against the Spaniards of the year 1896 took place, -I was only four years old. According to what my mother has told me, -we went to Manila instead of going up into the mountains. I do not -remember much of what happened at that time, except the fact that -we went to the railroad station. When we arrived at Manila we were -not able to enter the city unless we had a permit from an official -of this city. - -The next thing which has become fixed in my memory is our stay in -Bigaá, in the house of an attorney, whose name was Don Nasario. We went -to this town to escape the fighting of the forces of the Katipunan -and the Spaniards in Manila. In Bigaá were Tagalog soldiers drilling -to take part in the fighting. - -A little later we went to the town of Bustos. This town also was at -that time in the hands of the Katipunan. This town is very pretty -because of the various aspect of the things one sees. The river is -very broad, the banks are wide, and on the banks are hills of stone -and sand. The friends with whom we stayed were kind people. They -often played with my sister and me, and the game was to make ducks -dive in the clear waters of the river. - -What took place in the fighting of those times I did not find out, -for I was still small and had not yet any understanding. - -When the flight from the Americans came, I was already a little older, -and I remember much of our flight to the mountains. When the Americans -had defeated the soldiers of Aguinaldo the people of San Miguel -were filled with terror. The report circulated in the town that the -Americans were wild people, cruel and fierce, and without respect for -anything. This no doubt was a rumor which the Spaniards caused to be -spread, and especially the Spanish priests in the Philippines. Owing -to people's fear of the Americans, almost all of us townspeople packed -up our belongings and went up into the mountains. We were living at -that time in the house of an aunt of my mother's, and there dwelt -with us also the family of my mother's oldest brother. I remember -that the packing and hauling of the goods of all of us who lived in -the house took more than ten days. The wagons laden with our goods -were despatched at night, so that the carabao that drew them should -not get exhausted in the heat of the sun. The wagons were filled up -to the top of the covering, and the carabao were much wearied by the -drawing of the heavy loads. When no belongings of ours were left, -we ourselves got into the wagon to be carried to the mountains. - -The place we went to was called Paang-Bundóc, half a day's walk from -Sibul Springs. The dwelling we came to there was a mere hut with a -roof of cugon-grass, and very small. The floor consisted of branches -of trees with the twigs cut off, but not smooth or even. It was very -small and was penetrated by wind and cold. Such was the place we lived -in for several months, instead of the frame house of my mother's aunt. - -There in Paang-Bundóc there came to us many fellow-townspeople who -were also fleeing, and the last comers reported that all the people -of the town were by now in the mountains, or at any rate gone, and -only the houses were left. - -After several months' stay at Paang-Bundóc we went from there to a -secret place. This place was a clearing in the jungle. Not one of -us was allowed to know the name of the place, and those who knew it -kept it very secret, so that our hiding-place should not be known by -any outsider. This was a way of escaping not only the enemy, but also -robbers and thieves. The house we lived in there was very large, a very -long building, all under one roof. The building was cut up into rooms -of equal size. The number of these was about eight. In each room one -family lived. Here too we were compelled to stay for several months. - -When the Americans were already near the town of San Miguel, it was -reported to us that these people were not as hearsay described them, so -that our fear of them gradually gave way. Accordingly we left our deep -concealment and went to Paho. This too is a place in the mountains, -but nearer to the town. There we were met by many fellow-townsmen -and people from various other places. Most of them were sick from -staying in the mountains. Here the medicines which Mother had taken up -into the mountains instead of leaving them in the town, were of great -use. These medicines belonged to Father; he had left them behind when -he was banished to Sulu by the Spanish priests. One morning someone -called at our house to buy some medicine. Mother went to the chest in -which the medicine lay. When it was opened, we saw a snake coiled up -and sleeping on the rice-hulls that covered the bottles. The people -who saw this rejoiced greatly, but Mother was only frightened. She -did not know the meaning of the snake. When the rejoicing was over, -Mother asked why they were all so glad. They answered that the -meaning of the snake was that the owner of the medicine was going -to get rich. Mother only laughed at what they said, for she did not -believe in these things. - -After a few months we left Paho and went home to our town. When we got -there, most of the few belongings we had left there had been stolen -by the few people who had been left in the town. The boards of the -flooring of the house of Mother's aunt were gone, and they did not -know who had taken them. - -Not long after our arrival in town it was reported that the American -soldiers were now near to the town of San Miguel. We were not made -uneasy by this news, and awaited their arrival. One noon the town was -quiet. The soldiers who were in the town went away and those who did -not go away threw away their guns. The reason for this was the entry -of the American soldiers. From the back yard of the house in which -we were living I saw the approach of the soldiers. Their trousers -were khaki and their shirts blue. They carried their guns and ran in -single file across the fields and came toward the road. - -When the Americans were in possession of the town, orders for some -months were strict. Lights were ordered extinguished at six o'clock -in the evening, and no one was allowed to walk about after this -hour. In the mountains near San Miguel were many Tagalog soldiers, -and they often attacked the town of San Miguel. On account of these -attacks the Americans set fire to houses in San Miguel. Night after -night when the soldiers attacked, the houses were regularly set fire -to. Our neighbors came to us every night to sleep with us, because in -our house the danger from the bullets of the contestants was not so -great. The doctor of the American soldiers who were in the town of -San Miguel had become a friend of my father's, and for this reason -our house escaped being burned. Once this doctor told Father that -he often accompanied the patrols and told them not to burn down our -house. Finally, as the Tagalog soldiers did not succeed in driving -the Americans out of the town, they stopped their attacks, and the -town became quiet. - - - - - - - - - -II. GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. - - -Note.--The following grammatical analysis of Mr. Santiago's speech -can, of course, lay no claim to completeness: he surely uses some -constructions and very many forms which I have not heard or have -failed to note. Such fulness as will be found is due to Mr. Santiago's -intelligence and patience under questioning and in conversation. A -very few of the examples represent his form of sentences in MacKinlay's -Handbook. The full representation of derivatives of the root pútol cut -is due to Mr. Santiago's kindness in listing these forms, wherever they -seemed possible to his speech-feeling, in accordance with my list of -morphologic elements, and in then forming sentences to illustrate them. - -In the use of accent-marks and of the symbol y I have deviated from the -practice of the International Phonetic Association. Where roots did -not occur as independent words, I have prefixed a hyphen and given a -theoretical meaning. In the explanation of constructions I have allowed -myself the use of distorted English; although this time-honored device -does not really reproduce the foreign expression (substituting, as -it does, impossible constructions for natural ones), it does enable -the reader to follow the general trend of the foreign idiom. - - - - - -A. PHONETICS. - -1. Distinctive sounds. - -1. The distinctive sounds are the following: - - - Labial Dental Palatal Velar Laryngeal - - Stops: unvoiced p t k ` - Stops: voiced b d g - Spirants (unvoiced) s h - Nasals (voiced) m n ng - Trill (voiced) r - Lateral (voiced) l - - High vowels i(e,y) u(o,w) - Low vowel a - - -2. a is a low unrounded vowel, as in Standard English far, but more -tense and with the corners of the mouth (lips) slightly drawn back: -hàlamanàn garden. - -3. i and u, in what may be regarded as the normal form, are about -as high as the Standard (American) English vowels in pit and put, -but more tense; moreover, the lips are well drawn back for i and well -rounded for u: ínit heat, lutúin be cooked. - -4. In the final syllable of a phrase (or of a word spoken alone) -the tongue position of i and u is as a rule lowered, often all the -way to mid position; the tenseness and lip position are, however, -kept, so that the resulting sound often resembles French è and lower o. - -5. u is nearly always so lowered: bágo new, buhòk hair. It is not -lowered in pù` ten. - -6. i is not lowered before dentals: káhit though, ákin my, pígil -compulsion. It is usually kept high also before velars: sahìg flooring, -singsìng ring. Some words ending in velars more or less regularly -have the lowering: pútik, pútek mud; so especially some proper names: -Intsèk Chinese, Lóleng Lola. - -Even in other cases the higher variants of i are commoner than the -lower; hindì` not, kamì we, gabì night, mulì` again are commoner -than these words with e; a very few words, such as ulè` again have -oftener e than i; others, such as itèm black are fairly regular in -their variation. - -7. Within a closely unified phrase the lowering is as a rule omitted: -ulí sya again he (ulè`), Hintú na! Stop! (hintò`). In this regard the -habits are variable; the form chosen depends mostly on the speaker's -momentary attitude toward the closeness of joining of the words. - -A dissimilative factor also seems to be involved: a following i or -u favors the lowering: - -Natùtúlug ang áso. The dog is sleeping. - -Natùtúlog si Hwàn. Juan is sleeping. - -8. o occurs in a number of words as the vowel in the last two -syllables: in all of them the intervening consonant is the glottal -stop: ó`o yes, do`òn there; bo`ò` whole has occasionally bu`ò`. The -raised variant is not used within the phrase: Ó`o pò`. Yes, sir. Yes, -ma'am. do`òn sya there he. - -e occurs in the same way in le`èg neck, beside li`ìg. - -9. In word-formation, when, by the addition of suffixes, the i or u is -no longer final, it is not lowered: lúto` cook, lutúin be cooked; itèm -black, itimàn be made black. Occasionally, however, the lowered vowel -is retained: táo human being, ka-taó-han mankind, beside kataúhan, -tao-taó-han manikin, pupil of the eye, beside tautaúhan. - -The words with o`o (§ 8) keep the lowered vowel when uncontracted: -pina-ro`on-àn was gone to (do`òn there); these words are also -reduplicated with o: kinà-dò-ro`on-àn is been in. - -10. e and o occur also in unassimilated loan-words: bèsbol baseball, -Silà y nag-bè-bèsbol, They are playing baseball, estudiyànte, -istudiyànte student, polìs, pulìs policeman, sipéro football player, -bangkéro canoer (both with Spanish suffix -éro added to Tagalog words: -sípa` football, bangkà` canoe). - -For e see also § 29. - -11. As the variation between i and e and between o and u is thus never -distinctive, there is no need of indicating it in transcription; I -have, however, used the characters e and o wherever I heard markedly -lowered variants. - -12. i and u occur also as non-syllabics; I use, respectively, the -characters y and w: yaòn that, gáya like, wíka` speech, word, táwag -call. In final position they are always lowered: thus in patày dead -person, ikàw thou, y represents non-syllabic e, w non-syllabic o. - -13. In word-formation before suffixes vowels are in certain cases lost, -see Morphology: kánin be eaten, -káin eat with suffix -in. - -14. The laryngeal (glottal) stop occurs as a distinctive sound only -after a vowel at the end of words: báta` child, boy, girl, hindì` -not, hintò` stop. - -As a non-distinctive sound it is used as a vowel-separator wherever -syllabic vowels follow each other without an intervening distinctive -non-syllabic. In this use I shall not indicate it in transcription, as -it may be taken for granted wherever vowels are written together. Such -words as those in § 8 will therefore from now on be transcribed without -the sign for glottal stop: doòn, óo, boò`. So táo (§ 9) means tá`o, -etc. Cf. below. - -15. The distinctive final glottal stop is usually lost before a -following word in the phrase: hindí sya not he, Hintú na! Stop! - -It is always lost before the words ng, t, and y: ang báta ng mabaìt -the good child. - -16. p, t, k are unvoiced fortis stops; they differ from the -corresponding English sounds primarily in that they are only slightly -aspirated. In sentence-final the implosion only is made. - -t (in contrast with the English sound) is postdental, often near -to interdental. - -k is always articulated in back velar position (as in English coo), no -matter what sound follows. The closure of k is occasionally imperfect, -so that a rather open velar spirant (resembling Slavic x) is heard: -malaxàs for malakàs strong; this variation has not been noted in -transcription. - -In word-formation p, t, k alternate, respectively, with m, n, ng; -see Morphology. - -17. b, d, g correspond in position to p, t, k. They are fully voiced -lenis stops; in sentence-final often implosive only, and then weakly -voiced. - -The closure of b is occasionally imperfect, so that a bilabial spirant -is produced: túVig for túbig water; this variation has been ignored -in transcription. - -In word-formation b alternates with m; see Morphology. - -Final d in word-formation is always replaced by r before the vowel -of a suffix: lákad walk, lakar-àn walking-party. - -Initial d becomes r in the sentence frequently after the final vowel -of a preceding word and occasionally even after a final non-syllabic, -in the words daàn hundred (not in daàn road), damò, dàw, dìn, díne, -díto, diyàn, doòn; e. g. ako rìn I too. - -In word-formation some words frequently change d to r after the vowel -of a prefix or a reduplication, and others do not: pa-raàn means -(daàn road, way), but i-pa-dalà be sent (dalà bring, carry). The -words (or roots) that have changeable d- are those mentioned in the -preceding paragraph and daàn, -dáka, damdàm, dámi, dámot, dangàl, -dapà`, dápat, dáti, -dátig, -datìng, dikìt, -dinìg, -díwang, -dúkit, --dumè, dúnong, dúsa. - -18. s is the normal unvoiced sibilant, spoken in postdental -position. Before y and iy it is somewhat palatalized (more, for -instance, than Russian palatalized s),--a variation that is not -distinctive and need not be noted in transcription: siyà, syà he, -she, pronounced with palatalized s. - -s alternates in word-formation with n; see Morphology. - -In the affricate combination ts, which is felt and treated as a single -sound, the s is always palatalized: Intsèk Chinese. - -19. h is the unvoiced glottal spirant; as in English, it occurs only -in syllable-initial: hindì` not, báhay house, mukhà` face. - -In word-formation h is often spoken before the initial vowel of a -suffix that is added to a final vowel: -bása read, basa-hàn reading -room. See Morphology. - -20. The nasals m, n, ng correspond in position to the stops. In -word-formation they alternate, respectively, with p, t, k; m also -with b, and n also with s; ng is often prefixed to an initial vowel; -see Morphology. - -Both in word-formation and in the phrase the nasals are occasionally -assimilated in position to a following consonant: sà m pù` ten (m -for ng), Saàng ka páparon? Where are you going? (for saàn). - -In the sentence, final n is lost before the words ng, t, and y: -ang áki ng amà my father (for ákin my). - -21. r is the voiced tongue-tip trill, postdental. It occurs between -vowels within simple, underived words: áraw sun, day,--no doubt as -a substitute for d, which never occurs in this position; everywhere -else r is merely a variant of d (§ 17). - -22. l is postdental; the timbre is much as in Standard French or -German, the mid-tongue not lowered. - -23. f and v (both labiodental) occur in unassimilated foreign words; -they are occasionally replaced (especially in derivatives) by p and -b. Filipínas the Philippines, infiyèrno, impiyèrno Hell, fiyèsta, -piyèsta fiesta, but always ka-piyestá-han day of a festival, sivìl, -sibìl civil, provìnsiya province, bintána` window, báso drinking-glass. - -r occurs freely in all positions in foreign words (cf. § 21): trèn -train, trabáho work, krùs cross, relòs watch, sombréro hat, beside -Tagalized sambalílo. - -The occurrence of ts (§ 18) is probably limited to foreign words. - -24. When in word-formation a vowel is lost before a suffix (§ 13), -the non-syllabics thereby brought together are subject to various -changes: sigl-àn be filled, silìd with suffix -an. See Morphology. - - - -2. Syllabication. - -a. In the word. - -25. If a single non-syllabic follows a stressed vowel, the latter -is spoken with open syllable accent, and the non-syllabic begins the -following syllable: bá-hay house, sù-sú-lat will write. - -If a single non-syllabic follows an unstressed vowel, the latter has -close syllable accent,--that is, no stress-division is made between -the syllables (just as in English): itò this, kasakimàn selfishness, -sumú-lat wrote. - -If two non-syllabics intervene between two syllabics, the -syllable-division is made between the non-syllabics: luk-sò jump, -muk-hà` face, In-tsèk Chinese. Stressed ay seems, however, to have -open syllable accent: káy-lan when? - -Syllabics never follow each other without an intervening -non-syllabic. If no other non-syllabic intervenes, a non-distinctive -glottal stop is spoken. I have not written the glottal stop in this -position, as it may always be taken for granted (§ 14). Hence daàn -road is pronounced da`àn, siìk young pig si`ìk, doòn there do`òn, -táo human being tá`o. - -Nor do more than two non-syllabics ever follow each other in a native -word. The following are examples of unusual combinations in foreign -words: An-drès, Pé-dro, beside Tagalized Píro, ká-tre bedstead, -sèr-mon, trabá-ho work, but in reduplication mag-tà-trabá-ho will -work, krùs cross, but in reduplication nag-kú-kurùs crosses himself, -cf. baráso arm, lóbo balloon (Sp. globo). - -26. In frequently used words, especially in more rapid speech, the -intervocalic glottal stop is often lost. - -If like vowels thus meet, they coalesce into a single vowel of no -more than normal length: pumaròn went there beside pumaroòn. When -oo is thus contracted, the resulting o may be raised to u (cf. § 9): -pinarunàn was gone to, beside pinaronàn and pinaroonàn. - -If unlike vowels meet, the non-syllabic corresponding to the higher -vowel (i. e. y with i, e and w with u, o) takes the place of the -glottal stop. So táwo beside táo. The combinations so resulting are -treated in every way like those discussed in the next §. - -27. If the non-syllabic intervening between two vowels is y or w, -the combination involves no peculiarity, provided that neither -of the vowels is homogeneous with the non-syllabic: bá-yan town, -pag-dirí-wang celebration, gayòn thus. - -If, however, one of the vowels is homogeneous with the non-syllabic -(i. e. i, e with y and u, o with w) and is not stressed, it is -spoken shorter than a normal unstressed vowel: in such words as iyòn -that, buwàn moon, month the i, u are spoken shorter than in other -positions. So also in táwo (see preceding §) the o. - -After consonants these short vowels are often entirely omitted: bwàn -beside buwàn, syà he, she beside siyà. The syllable-division remains, -however, as in the longer form: kápwà` fellow- beside kápuwà` is -pronounced ká-pwà` (not kap-wa`). - -Even in other positions these reduced vowels are often omitted, -especially in frequently used combinations: Ano yòn? What's -that? beside Ano iyòn?, occasionally táw for táwo, táo. - -28. Conversely, one hears now and then a superfluous short i, e with -a y, and an u, o with a w: iyaòn for yaòn that, máye for máy having, -uwalà` for walà` without. - -29. The combinations ay and ai are occasionally replaced by a long -open e: kélan beside káylan when?, mé báhay beside máy báhay wife, -housewife, me áre` beside may áre` master, owner, ténga beside -taínga car. - - - -b. In word-formation. - -30. When in word-formation affixes or reduplicative syllables are -added to a root, the syllabication is as in a simple word: sulá-tan -be written to (súlat writing with suffix -an), sumú-lat wrote (same, -with infix -um-), umuwè`, umwè` (§ 27) went home (-uwè` go home, -with prefixed -um-). - -When vowels meet, they are as a rule separated by the non-distinctive -intervocalic glottal stop: maà-á-re` will be possible (áre` property -reduplicated and with prefix ma-). - -31. The intervocalic glottal stop is rarely reduced, except in -certain much-used combinations, the commonest being those with the -prefix i- and with the prefix ka- and the suffix -an in certain uses -(see Morphology): iniútos was commanded (útos command with prefixes -in- and i-), usually iniyútos; laruàn, toy (larò` play, game with -suffix -an), usually laruwàn, larwàn, but (with a different use -of the suffix -an) làrúan playground; kayibígan, kaybígan friend -(íbig love, desire, with prefix ka- and suffix -an), but kaìbígan -sweetheart and kaibigàn affection. For -íwan abandon with prefix i- -only the contracted form íwan be abandoned is spoken. Cf. further -ikaápat, ikápat fourth (ápat four with prefixes i- and ka-). - -32. Conversely, an original y or w is sometimes under emphasis -replaced by glottal stop; thus, for patayìn be killed (patày dead -person, kill with suffix -in), occasionally pataìn. - -33. When a word is doubled, when two words are united in a compound -word, and after the prefixes that end in g, the syllable-division is -however made as though separate words were meeting in a sentence,--that -is, according to the rules in the following paragraphs. - - - -c. In the phrase. - -34. When words come together in the phrase, the word-division is -maintained (as in English) as a syllable-division. - -In the case of initial consonants the division is thus like that within -a word: Sumúlat ka. Write (thou), Sumúlat siyà, Sumúlat syà. He wrote, -Sumáma ka. Go along, Sumáma siyà, Sumáma syà. He went along. - -Before a vowel-initial the word-division is maintained as a -syllable-division by the use of a non-distinctive glottal stop (as -in German): Sumúlat akò. I wrote, i. e. sumú-lat-`akò; Sumáma akò. I -went along, i. e. sumá-ma-`akò. - -Doubled words, compound words, and forms with prefixes ending in -g (namely, mag-, nag-, pag-, tag-) are similarly treated (§ 33): -agàd-agàd immediately (agàd at once doubled), i. e. agàd-`agàd; -báhay-aklátan library-building (compound of báhay house and aklátan -place for books), i. e. bá-hay-`ak-lá-tan; pagsúlat an act of writing -(súlat writing with prefix pag-), i. e. pag-sú-lat; nagáral studied -(áral teaching with prefix nag-), i. e. nag-`á-ral. - -Occasionally, in emphatic speech, the same division is made within -other formations: umakiyàt, umakyàt climbed (-akiyàt climb with -prefixed -um-), occasionally, but rarely, um-`akiyàt, usually umakiyàt, -umakyàt (by § 30). - -35. Reduction of the glottal stop and contraction of vowels occur -only in a few much-used combinations of words: si Andrès (si is the -article of proper names), also siy Andrès, sy Andrès; Ano iyàn? What's -that?, also Ano yàn? and even An yàn?; na itò this (na is a particle -expressing attribution), also na yitò, na ytò. - -36. Occasionally such reductions go even farther, as in anò in the -preceding paragraph, and occur where the glottal stop is not involved: -as, sà for isà one in sà m pù` ten, for isà ng pù`. - -37. The words at, ay, and na have also a shorter form, t, y, and ng, -respectively, which occurs only (but not always) after a final vowel, -glottal stop, or n. When these forms are used, the final glottal stop -or n is lost (§§ 15, 20) and the t, y, or ng is treated in every -way exactly as though it were part of the preceding word: butò at -balàt, butò t balàt bone and skin, i. e. butòt-balàt; Iyòn ay mabúti, -Iyò y mabúti. That's good, i. e. iyòy-mabú-ti; ang báta` na mabaìt -(clumsy, as in the speech of a child just learning to speak, for:) -ang báta ng mabaìt the good child, i. e. ang-bá-tang-maba`ìt. - - - -3. Accentuation. - -a. Word-accent. - -38. In a word of more than one syllable at least one syllable is -normally spoken with a greater degree of stress than the others. - -The unstressed syllables have short vowels (about as long as the -vowel in English pit or put) and close syllable-stress (§ 25). - -39. A non-final syllable ending in a non-syllabic (i. e. a closed -non-final syllable) never has the stress; such words as luk-sò jump, -muk-hà` face, ak-làt book are therefore always oxytone. The only -exceptions are syllables ending in ay; this combination seems to -be felt as a unit capable of open syllable-stress: káy-lan, ké-lan -when; further, the words mín-san once, pín-san cousin, and nàn-don, -by-form of ná-roòn is there; and, finally, unassimilated foreign -words: bès-bol, sèr-mon, kwàr-ta, kwàl-ta money (Spanish cuarto), -but also Tagalized kwaltà. - -Words like ká-pwà` (beside ká-puwà`) are not exceptions, for the -first syllable is not closed (§ 27). - -40. The stressed syllables fall into two grammatical classes which -are only in part phonetically distinct; we may call them primary and -secondary word-accent. - -41. The primary word-accent on a final syllable or (in the cases -mentioned in § 39) on a closed non-final syllable, consists merely in -greater stress than that of an unaccented syllable, accompanied by -a pitch-rise of about half a note. [4] I use the grave accent-sign: -gabì night, hindì` not, kamày hand, buhòk hair, nàndon is there, -sèrmon sermon. - -42. On a non-final open syllable the primary word-accent involves an -increase of stress (less than in English), a pitch-rise of two notes, -lengthening of the vowel to about one and one-half times the duration -of an unstressed vowel, and open syllable-stress (§ 25). I use the -acute accent-mark: báhay house, báyan town. - -So also, irregularly, syllables in ay: káylan, kélan when?, and even -finally: káy, ké than, máy, mé having; also mínsan, pínsan. - -If an unaccented syllable precedes, the pitch-rise really begins on -the latter: in sumúlat wrote, for instance, the first syllable is -spoken above the usual pitch, and the two-note pitch-rise is merely -completed in the accented syllable. - -43. The secondary word-accent on a final syllable has weaker stress -than the primary accent in the same place, and ordinarily lacks the -pitch-rise. Grammatically, it is recognizable by the presence of -the primary accent on another syllable; I use the grave accent-mark: -áakiyàt, áakyàt will climb, nárinìg was heard. - -44. On a non-final open syllable the secondary accent differs from the -primary accent in similar position in two respects: its pitch-rise is -less marked, varying from three-quarters to one and three-quarters -notes, and its vowel-lengthening is greater, reaching twice the -length of an unstressed vowel. I use the grave accent-mark: sùsúlat -will write. - -When the primary accent is on the last syllable and therefore weak (§ -41), the secondary accent often approaches a non-final primary accent -in character: the first syllable of a word like nàbuksàn came open is -often phonetically the same as that of a word like nárinìg was heard. - -If an unaccented syllable precedes the secondary accent, the pitch-rise -really begins in the former: in such a word as sumùsúlat is writing -the first syllable is spoken with higher than normal pitch, in the -second syllable the pitch is brought up to a note and three-fourths -above normal, and in the third the two-note rise is completed. - -Of two secondary accents following each other the preceding is -the more marked: nàràramdamàn is felt (nà- has more marked accent -than rà-). This helps to make the primary accent distinct, for it -is stronger than a preceding secondary accent: sùsúlat will write -(the second su- is stronger, not weaker, than the first); nàlàláman -is known (if the third syllable had a secondary accent, it would be -less marked than the first and second, but its pitch and stress are -actually higher). - - - -b. Sentence-accent. - -45. Certain words are atonic, i. e. are always spoken unstressed in -the phrase: e. g. ang áso the or a dog, sa ákin to me. - -The atonic words are: ang, at, ay, kay to (not káy, ké than), kung, -na attributive (not nà already), nang, ni of (not nì nor), o or -(not ò oh), pag, sa, si. - -The short variants of at, ay, and na, namely t, y, and ng (§ 37), -having no vowel, cannot be stressed; they are treated in every way -as though they formed part of the preceding word. - -46. In closely united phrases the last word keeps its accent, while -the preceding ones often weaken theirs. Especially a final syllable -often loses its accent before another word in the phrase: - -dáhil díto on account of this, often: dahil díto, - -ang mangà báhay the houses, often: ang manga báhay, - -ang kanyà ng báhay his or her house, ang kanya ng báhay, - -ang malakì ng báhay the large house, ang malaki ng báhay. - -47. Opposed to the preceding rule is the treatment of certain words -which we may call enclitics. These very frequently, to be sure, -receive the normal treatment: that is, they are stressed and the -preceding word either keeps its stress or, if oxytone, often loses it; -but frequently, instead, the enclitic loses its accent: - -Umakyàt siyà, Umakyat syà. He climbed, but also Umakyàt sya. - -Áakyàt siyà, Áakyat syà. He will climb, but also Áakyàt sya. - -Gánu ka na bà kakínis? How clever are you now? (kà, nà, bà are all -enclitic). - -Enclitics have the further (and more easily recognized) peculiarity -that they follow the first orthotonic (i. e. neither atonic nor -pretonic, § 48) word of the expression to which they belong (either -as modifiers or as subject): - -ang mahahába nya ng paà his (niyà, enclitic) long legs. - -When several enclitics come together the last one is often -stressed. Monosyllabic enclitics precede disyllabic: - -Nahánap na nyà ang sombréro. He has already looked for the hat. (nà -and niyà are enclitics; the latter is treated as disyllabic even when -in the contracted form nyà). - -The enclitics are: - -(1) always: the monosyllabic forms of the personal pronouns, namely -kà, kò, mò, and the words (particles) bà, bagà, dàw, dìn, màn, múna, -nà, namàn, nawà`, ngà`, pà, palà, pò`, sána, tulòy. - -(2) frequently or in certain senses: the disyllabic forms of the -personal pronouns (including siyà, syà and niyà, nyà) except ikàw -(which is never enclitic), the demonstrative pronouns, and the words -díne, díto, diyàn, doòn, kayà`, lámang, ulè`; occasionally short -phrases (§ 88). - -For details about these words see Syntax. - -48. Opposed to the rule in § 46 are also certain words (particles) -which we may call pretonics. Their treatment is often regular: that -is, the pretonic as well as the following word keeps its accent, or -the pretonic loses its accent before a following word; but sometimes -the pretonic keeps its accent and the following word, if oxytone, -is unaccented: - -máy sakìt, may sakìt having sickness, i. e. sick, but also máy -sakit. Only máy and nása actually appear with this accentuation. - -The other pretonics are so classed because they share with these -two words the peculiarity that an enclitic belonging to the phrase -follows not the pretonic word, but the first orthotonic word: - -Máy katawàn sya ng pára ng táo. He has a body like a human being. (siyà -he, enclitic follows not máy, which is pretonic, but katawàn body, -the first orthotonic word of the predicate). - -The pretonics are the particles báwat, káhit, kapàg, kinà, mangà, -máy, nagìng (together with its other forms, § 250), nása (together -with its other forms, § 212), nì nor (not ni of), ninà, pagkà, sinà, -tagà (tigà). See Syntax. - -49. A final syllable ending in glottal stop (§ 14) often receives -a higher degree of stress than a corresponding syllable with a -different final. - -If the syllable ending in glottal stop has not the word-accent, it -often receives an accent resembling the secondary accent on a non-final -syllable; this is especially common if the glottal stop is lost before -another word in the phrase: páre`, párè` priest, Párì Hwàn Father Juan. - -If the syllable has a word-accent and the glottal stop is lost in the -phrase, its accent is often spoken like a primary word-accent on an -open syllable: Walá sya. He has none (walà`), Naglálarú sya. He is -playing (naglálarò`). - -If, however, the glottal stop is lost before t, y, or ng, this -heightening of accent does not take place, since the syllable -is then treated as ending in t, y, or ng: Syà y walà ng aklàt -(i. e. walàng-`ak-làt), Sya y wala ng aklàt. He has no book or -no books. - -50. In a succession of otherwise unstressed syllables a rhythmical -movement is usually produced by means of grammatically insignificant -stresses weaker than a secondary word-accent; the distribution, and, -indeed, the occurrence of these is so variable that I have not tried -to indicate them in transcription, especially as they are never -distinctive. Thus, in the phrases in § 46 an accent of this kind -may fall on the next-to-last syllables of the words that lose their -normal word-accent: ang mànga báhay, ang kànya ng amà his father, -ang malàki ng báhay. - -51. The successive accents in a sentence bear a well-marked relation -to each other: the early and especially the middle ones have higher -absolute pitch than the last; an accent on the last syllable of a -sentence often entirely loses its pitch-rise. As a consequence of -this rather fixed melody, the differences of pitch-movement between -statements, questions, commands, and exclamations of various kinds are -not so marked as in English; the higher stress of emotionally dominant -(emphatic) words, also, is less marked than in English. - -In exclamation or under emphasis the accent of a final syllable may -be like that of a medial syllable, and may, in addition take on a -falling accent after the rise: Hwán! (with rising-falling stress and -pitch) Juan!, for normal Huwàn, Hwàn. Other disturbances of accent -also occur in exclamation. - - - - - -B. SYNTAX. - -1. Sentence and word. - -a. Syntactic relations. - -52. The sentence consists of one or more words: -Aráy! Ouch! Umúulàn. It's raining. Ina kò! Mother of mine! (as -exclamation). Sya y sumùsúlat. He or she is or was writing. - -53. The relations between the words in a sentence are the usual ones: -(1) Attribution: Ina kò! Mother (of) mine! (2) Predication: Sumùsúlat -syà. Literally: Is-writing he. (3) The serial relation: butò t balàt -bone and skin. - -54. Some of the particles (§ 55) seem, however, to stand in none of -these relations, but rather to express these relations themselves. Thus -the particle t and in the preceding example is expressive of the serial -relation. So further: malakì ng báhay large house; the particle ng -expresses the attributive relation; Sya y sumùsúlat. The particle y -expresses the predicative relation. - -It is to be remarked, further, that the sphere of attribution includes -some cases in which the attribute markedly alters the sense: sakìt -sickness: máy sakìt (máy is an attribute) having sickness, sick. [5] - - - -b. Parts of speech. - -55. Tagalog distinguishes two parts of speech: full words and -particles. - -The particles either express the syntactic relations between full words -(as illustrated in § 54) or act as attributes of full words (so máy -in the example in § 54): Hindí sya sumùsúlat. He is not writing. The -particle hindì` not is an attribute of sumùsúlat. - -In contrast with the particles, full words act not only as attributes, -but also as subject or predicate, and any full word may, in principle, -be used in any of these three functions: - -(1) Subject: Ang sumùsúlat ay si Pédro. The person writing is -Pedro. Ang pulà nang panyò ay matingkàd. The red of the handkerchief -is intense. - -(2) Predicate: Sya y sumùsúlat. He is writing. Pulà ang panyo ng -itò. This handkerchief is red. - -(3) Attribute: ang báta ng sumùsúlat the writing child, the child -who is writing; ang pulà ng panyò the red handkerchief. - -56. Independent of this classification into parts of speech are -certain less important groupings of words and certain phrase types, -some of which will appear in the course of the analysis. Others, -however, demand mention at the outset. - - - -c. Static and transient words. - -57. Transient words express an element of experience viewed as -impermanent, i. e. belonging to some limited portion of time, so -sumùsúlat above, as opposed, e. g., to siyà, pulà, panyò, báta`, -Pédro. Words which are not transient may be called static. Only a few -particles are transient; among the full words the transient group is -large and important. - - - -d. Personal names. - -58. Except in exclamations and in address, names of persons (or -animals) are distinguished from other words by being always (but see -§ 78) preceded by the atonic particle si: Hwàn! Juan! si Hwàn Juan, -si Salamìn Glass, Mirror (as name of a dog). - -59. Many terms of relationship and titles may be used in place of the -name of an individual and then belong to the personal name class: ang -amà the father, ang áki ng amà my father, but: si Amà Father. Thus -are used, further: si Inà Mother, si Tátay Papa, si Nánay Mama, si -Kúya or si Kúyang Oldest brother, si Atè Oldest sister, si Ingkòng -Grandfather, si Indà` or si Impò Grandmother, si Áli or si Tiyà Aunt, -si Máma` Uncle; si Bathála` God, but: ang Dyòs. - -So also phrases in which these and other titles as attributes precede -a name, see § 256. - -60. The particle sinà or silà, pretonic, in place of si forms an -expression denoting the person named together with his family or group -of adherents: sina Hwàn or sila Hwàn Juan and his family or Juan and -his crowd. With a series of names sinà implies that those named form a -group: si Hwàn, si Andrès, at si Mariyáno Juan, Andrés, and Mariano; -sina Hwàn, Andrès, at Mariyáno the group consisting of Juan, Andrés, -and Mariano; sina Hwàn, sina Andrès, at sina Mariyáno Juan, Andrés, -and Mariano, each with his group. - - - -e. The object construction. - -61. When a word or phrase denotes an element of experience viewed -as an object, it is, with certain exceptions, preceded by the atonic -particle ang: ang báta` the or a child, boy, girl; children, ang báhay -the, a house; houses, ang báyan the, a town, ang kabàítan goodness, -kindness; an act of kindness, ang kataúhan mankind, ang pagsúlat the -or an act of writing, ang mabúte that which is good, the best thing. - -The following are the exceptions: - -62. Personal names preceded by si or sinà (silà) do not take ang; they -always, of course, denote an object idea. See the examples in § 58 ff. - -63. The personal pronouns (which always express an object idea) do -not take ang. They are: akò I; kità we, i. e. thou and I, inclusive -dual; táyo we, i. e. thou (or ye) and I (or we), inclusive dual and -plural; kamì we (but not you), exclusive dual and plural; ikàw, kà -thou (singular); kayò ye, you (dual, plural, and polite singular); -siyà he, she; silà they. - -All of these except ikàw are often enclitic; kà is always so: Ikàw -ay talúnan. You are defeated. Sumúlat ka. Write (thou). - -Siyà is used only of living beings, except for a single peculiar -construction to be described below (§ 106 f.). - -Kità in the sense here given is not much used, táyo being commoner: -Palìt kità nang sombréro. Let's trade hats. Kità ay pumaroòn sa -teyátro. Or, more commonly: Táyo ay pumaroòn sa teyátro. Let us go -to the theatre. Kità is more used in another meaning, as we shall see -(§ 182). - -Kamì differs from these two words in excluding the person or persons -addressed: Kàkáin táyo. We shall eat. Nakitúluy kamì kina Pédro. We -asked hospitality of Pedro's. In both of these sentences (as also -in that with táyo already given) two or more people may be meant. It -will be seen, therefore, that the distinction between dual and plural -is not categoric (obligatory). - -That between singular and plural is categoric in these pronouns; -everywhere else it is not obligatory; the idea of plurality is inherent -in many words and forms, but these are used only where the idea of -plurality is explicitly prominent. - -64. The demonstrative pronouns as object expressions also reject -ang. They are: irè this (on the person of the speaker or within his -immediate reach); itò this (more generally, of anything nearer to the -speaker than to the person addressed); iyàn, yàn that (nearer to the -person addressed); iyòn, yaòn, yoòn, yòn that (of things distant from -both speaker and person addressed). - -Itò and iyòn are used also anaphorically: the former--the latter. - -The demonstrative pronouns are often enclitic. - -Ang is omitted also before an object expression in which a -demonstrative pronoun stands first as a modifier, see § 130. - -65. Similarly before object expressions in which an interrogative -pronoun stands first as a modifier, see §§ 131.168. - -66. The use of ang is optional before the numerative pronouns. The use -of ang seems sometimes to lend these greater definiteness, sometimes -to be indifferent. - -The numerative pronouns used as object expressions are: ibà other, -ilàn few, karamíhan most, lahàt all. (The other numerative pronouns, -namely boò` whole and the particles bála any and báwat every are not -used as object expressions). - -ibà others; ilàn a few; Ang ilàn ay malalakàs at ang ibà ay -mahihína`. Some are strong and others are weak. Lahàt nang táo -sa báya ng itò ay dápat umalìs. All people (who are) in this town -ought to leave (nang táo of people, of the people is an attribute -of lahàt). Ang lahàt nang táo sa báya ng itò ay máy sakìt. All the -people in this town are diseased. karamíhan sa kanilà most of them; -ang karamíhan the majority. - -The use of ang is optional also before object expressions in which -a numerative pronoun stands first as an attribute, see § 132. - -67. The use of ang is optional before the cardinal numerals: isà sa -kanilà, or: ang isà sa kanilà one of them. - -The simple cardinal numerals are: isà one, dalawà two, tatlò three, -ápat four, limà five, ánim six, pitò seven, walò eight, siyàm, -syàm nine. - -Similarly, the use of ang is optional before an object expression in -which a cardinal numeral stands first as a modifier, see § 133. - -In dates and for the hours of the day the Spanish numerals are commonly -used; these demand ang: ang abéynte-kwátru nang Húnyo the twenty-fourth -of June. - -68. Ang is omitted, further, before object expressions beginning with -the particle nì (§ 253) and optionally before those beginning with the -particle káhit (§ 248). All object expressions lack ang when forming -an indefinite object predicate (§ 109), in expressions of indefinite -quantity (§ 69), when used indefinitely after pára (§ 275), hanggàng -(§ 293), patì (§ 305), and in exclamation or address (§§ 75.78). [6] - - - -f. Expressions of indefinite quantity. - -69. Object expressions are used (without ang, § 68) to express -indefinite objects (roughly speaking such as would lack the article -the in English) or indefinite quantities of objects, when preceded -by certain modifiers. These modifiers are the pretonic particle -máy, expressing existence or forthcomingness (§ 252), and the -full words máy-roòn, equivalent with máy; walà` the negative of -these; malakì great; maláon long; marámi much, many (§ 138). The -phrases so formed may be described as expressions of indefinite -quantity. Beside the omission of ang before the object expression, -they have the peculiarity that in certain constructions they express -(without further accompaniments) the possessor of that designated: -may súngay there are horns or having horns, horned; máy-roo ng aklàt -there are books or having a book, books; wala ng aklàt there are no -books or without a book, having no books; malakì ng kagamitàn great -usefulness, there is great use, or having great usefulness; maláo -ng panahòn long time or taking a long time; marámi ng salapè` much -money, there is much money or having much money; marámi ng kaybígan -many friends, there are many friends or having many friends. - -Máy expresses also approximateness (where the object expression is -one of number): may ápat na pu ng paà about forty feet or having, -measuring about forty feet. - -70. An expression of indefinite quantity may, as a unit, stand in -object construction; in this case the first three have possessive -value, but not the others: ang máy sakìt the or a person having -sickness, the or a sick person; ang máy-roo ng aklàt the (a) person -who has a book or books; ang wala ng hiyà` the (a) shameless person; -but: ang malakì ng báhay the, a large house; ang marámi ng bágay the -many things. - -71. Marámi may by itself stand in object construction; it then has -the meaning: ang marámi the many, the crowd, the people, hoi polloi. - - - -2. Subject and predicate. - -72. Most sentences consist of a subject and a predicate, showing the -construction of Sumùsúlat syà, Sya y sumùsúlat (§§ 53, 54). Indeed, -this goes farther than in English; many commands, for instance, -have the subject-and-predicate structure: Sumúlat ka. Write thou, -i. e. Write. - -Nevertheless, much of the syntax is determined by the use of -constructions which lack subject-and-predicate structure. - - - -a. Non-predicative sentences. - -73. The sentences which lack subject-and-predicate structure are of -two general types: (1) exclamatory, and (2) impersonal-anaphoric. - -74. To the exclamatory type belongs the use in independent -sentences of certain particles, the primary interjections: -Abà! Ah! Aráy! Ouch! Ó! Oh! - -As in other languages, some of these violate the normal phonetic -structure, that is, are "inarticulate": Sss! Whew!, uttered when the -weather is very hot. One whistles when one wants the wind to blow. - -75. To the exclamatory type belong, further, words and phrases used as -secondary interjections: Anò! What! (unpleasant surprise). Inà ko! or: -Ina kò! Mother of mine! Ano ng hína mo! What weakness of-you! i. e. How -weak you are! - -As the second example shows, object expressions are here used without -ang (§ 68). - -76. Certain words with the prefix ka- expressing high degree of -a quality (see Morphology), with their attributes: Kaitìm nang -gabi! What-blackness of-the night! i. e. How black the night is! - -77. Certain words with the prefix ka- and reduplication expressing -recent completion of an act (see Morphology), with their modifiers: -Karárating ko pa lámang! Just-arriving by-me still only! i. e. I have -only just arrived. - -78. Vocatives, in calling or address: Kayò ng manga makasalánan! Ye -sinners! In this use personal names lack si and all object expressions -lack ang (§ 68): Hwàn! Juan! Máma`! Sir! Áli! Madam! Wala ng -hiyà`! Shameless one! - -79. Commands of certain brusque or familiar types, used, e. g., -to children, servants, animals, in haste or excitement: Hintú -na! Stop! Ílag na! Get out of the way! Súlong! Go ahead! Hurry -up! Panáog nà sa báhay! Come down from the house! Come on out! Tàbí po` -Look out please! (Cry of drivers to people on the street. The accent -is irregular by § 51 for tabì). - -80. Certain set expressions, such as greetings: Maganda ng áraw -pò`! Good-morning! Salámat. Thanks. Salámat sa iyò. Thank you. - -81. Expressions of affirmation and negation: Óo. Yes. Oo ngà`. Yes -indeed. Táma`. That's right, Exactly. Hindì`. No. Walà`. None, Nothing, -There isn't. - -82. The mere naming of an idea, as in counting or giving the title -of a story: Isà, dalawà, tatlò, ápat, limà.... One, two, three, -four, five.... - -83. (2) Of the impersonal-anaphoric type are many answers to questions -or continuations of dialogue: Kahápon. Yesterday. Akò. I, It's I, -It was I. (Never "Itò y akò," or the like). - -84. Certain occurrences, especially meteoric phenomena, -are not analyzed into subject and predicate: Umúulàn. It's -raining. Kabilúgan nang bwàn. Roundness of-the moon, i. e. There is -a full moon. Bumábahà`. There is a flood. Naàáre`. It is possible, -allowable. Hindí nalaúnan. It did not take long, It was not -long. Taginit nà. It is summer already. - -85. Very common in impersonal construction are expressions of -indefinite quantity (§ 69). In this use they express existence or -forthcomingness (or the opposite) of indefinite objects: Mày manga -babáye. There are women. Máy-roo ng aswàng sa báyan. There was a -vampire in the town. Walà ng papèl. There is no paper. Walà ng anu -màn! There is nothing. Also: Not at all! You're welcome! Malaki ng twà` -nang iba ng táo. There was great rejoicing by the other people. Sa -dalága ng itò y marámi ng manglilígaw. For this young woman there -were many suitors. - -86. Less common in impersonal construction are expressions of -occurrences involving indefinite or indifferent persons or things: -Humúkay. One should dig. Nagumpisa nà nang pagsábuy. "They" have -already begun to throw. - -87. There is great freedom as to presence or absence of anaphorically -determined elements (i. e., such as have been recently mentioned or, -less commonly, are about to be mentioned), including the subject; -when this is wanting, the subject-and-predicate structure is, of -course, lost: Hiníla nya sa pasígan. Was-dragged by-him to-the shore, -i. e. He dragged it or the tree (sc. itò, or: ang púno`, from the -preceding sentence) to the shore. Hindí makabùbúti sa kanilà. (It, -the scheme mentioned) will do them no good. - -Many constructions later to be noticed depend on this habit of -omitting anaphorically determined elements, cf. e. g.: Ang púno` -ay tumúbo hanggàng sa magbúnga. The tree grew until (sc. it) bore -fruit. Pagdatìng niya ay sabíhin mo ng maghintày. At-the-coming of-him -be-said (impersonal) by-you that (sc. he) should-wait, i. e. When he -comes, tell him to wait. - - - -b. The subject. - -88. The subject of a sentence is always an object expression. The -only exceptions are complex sentences with entire predications (§ -115) or quotations (§ 329) as subject. - -89. The subject may have two positions: - -(1) Non-enclitic: it precedes or follows the predicate; in the -former case the predicate is introduced by the atonic particle ay, -y (y often after syllabic vowel, n, or `; see Phonetics): Sumùsúlat -ang báta`. The child is writing; or: Ang báta` ay sumùsúlat. Ang -báta y sumùsúlat. Siyà ay sumùsúlat. Sya y sumùsúlat. He, she is -writing. Here siyà, syà is not enclitic. - -(2) Enclitic: it follows the first orthotonic word of the -predicate: Hindí sya sumùsúlat. Not he is-writing, i. e. He is not -writing. Sumùsúlat sya nang líham. He is writing a letter, letters. In -these examples siyà is enclitic. - -Not only enclitically used pronouns (§§ 63. 64), but even short phrases -are thus used: Pinapútol nila si Hwàn nang káhoy. Was-ordered-to-cut -by-them Juan (subject) some wood, i. e. They ordered Juan to cut -wood. Here the position of si Hwàn after the first orthotonic word -of the predicate (pinapútol) but before the rest of the predicate -(nang káhoy) shows it to be (like nilà) an enclitic element. With the -same subject not enclitically used the sentence would be: Pinapútol -nila nang káhoy si Hwàn, and this, indeed, is the more usual locution. - -90. On the use or non-use of an anaphoric subject (siyà, silà, itò) -see § 87. - - - -c. The predicate. - -91. The predicate may be (1) a transient word with its modifiers, -(2) a static word with its modifiers, or (3) an object expression. - - - -(1) Transient predicate. - -92. Transient words fall into four classes according to the four -relations which a subject may bear to them when they are used as -predicate. We may designate these classes by the following names: - -1. active: the subject is viewed as an actor: Sumùsúlat sya nang -líham. He (subject) is writing a letter, letters. Sya y pumútol nang -káhoy. He (subject) cut some wood. Umalìs syà. He went away. - -2. direct passive: the subject is viewed as an object fully affected -or produced: Sinúlat nya ang líham. Was-written by-him the letter -(subject), i. e. The letter was written by him, He wrote the -letter. Pinútol nya ang káhoy. Was-cut by-him the wood (subject), -i. e. He cut the wood. - -3. instrumental passive: the subject is viewed as a means, an -instrument, something given forth or parted from: Isinúlat nya ang -kwènto. Was-written-down by-him the story (subject), i. e. He wrote -the story. Ipinútol nya ang gúlok. Was-cut-with by-him the bolo -(subject), i. e. He used the bolo for cutting, He cut with the bolo. - -4. local passive: the subject is viewed as an object partly -or less fully affected, as a place or sphere: Sinulátan nya -akò. Was-written-to by-him I (subject), i. e. He wrote me. Pinutúlan -nya ang káhoy. Was-cut-from by-him the wood (subject), i. e. He cut -a piece off the wood. - -For a detailed description of these classes of transient words, -see Morphology. - -93. In general the choice between these four constructions is made -in accordance with the logical situation: the definite, known object -underlying the predication as starting-point of discourse is chosen -as subject: Binigyàn nya akò nang aklàt. Was-given-to (local passive) -by-him I (enclitic subject) a book, books, i. e. He gave me a book, -books. Ibinigay nyà sa ákin ang aklàt. Was-given (instrumental passive) -by-him to me the book (subject), i. e. He gave me the book. In the -first example the speaker is talking about himself, in the second -about a certain book. - -94. However, the active construction is avoided whenever any object -other than the actor is available as subject. Especially are active -constructions with an anaphoric subject (siyà, silà, itò) avoided -wherever a passive construction is at hand. Thus, in the instance in § -93, even if "he", the actor, were the real subject of discourse, one -would rarely use the active construction: Sya y nagbigày sa ákin nang -aklàt. He (subject) gave (active) me a book, books. Even elements which -we should look upon as somewhat indefinite are preferred as subjects -to an actor: Kinúha nya ang isa ng aklàt. Was-taken (direct passive) -by-him a book (subject), i. e. He took a (certain) book (he knew, -or I know which one or what kind). - -The active construction is thus confined to instances in which the -object-ideas other than the actor are entirely vague and undetermined -or lacking: Umalìs syà. He went away. Sya y kumúha nang aklàt. He -took a book, some books (no matter to him or to me which one or what -kind). Sumùsúlat sya nang líham. He is writing a letter, letters. Sya -y pumútol nang káhoy. He cut some wood. Kumáin sya nang kánin. He ate -some boiled rice; but: Kináin nya ang kánin. Was-eaten (direct passive) -by him the boiled rice (subject), i. e. He ate the boiled rice. - -If, in spite of the presence of other definite objects, the actor is -very decidedly emphasized, a different construction (§§ 104.107.) is -used. - - - -(2) Static predicate. - -95. The predicate may consist of a static word with its modifiers: -Ang bátà ay mabaìt. The child is good. Iyà y masamà`. That's bad, -wrong. Pulà ang panyo ng itò. This handkerchief is red. - -96. This type of predicate is regular in word-questions: the -question word is used as predicate; it precedes the subject: Páno -ang pagkágusto ninyò sa trabáho-ng-kanyunéro? How (predicate) your -liking for (i. e. How did you like) the artillery-service? Papáno ang -pagsasábi sa wíka ng Tagálog nang salità ng Inglès na "scissors"? How -(predicate) the saying in the Tagalog language of the English word -"scissors"? i. e. How does one say "scissors" in Tagalog? Gaáno -ang pagkakagalìt nila? How great, How serious was (predicate) -their quarrel? - -97. This is the construction of the interrogative pronouns in questions -asking for the identity of an object,--unless, indeed, these belong -rather under type (3). The interrogative pronouns are the following: - -(a) síno who? (singular and plural), síno-síno (explicit plural, § 63, -end) is used of persons only, and then only when the answer expected -is a name or the equivalent; it asks for the identity of a person: -Sínu ka? Who are (predicate) you (subject)? Sínu yàn?--Akò. Who's -that? i. e. Who's there?--I. Sínu ya ng tumútuktók? Who's that -knocking? Síno ang nagbigày sa iyò? Who (predicate) the one-who-gave -(sc. it, anaphoric) to you (subject)? i. e. Who gave it to you? Síno -ang nagsábi sa iyò? Who told you? Who told you so? Síno sa kanila ng -dalawà ang nagnákaw? Which of the two committed the theft? The two are -known by name or, at any rate, as personalities. Síno-síno sa manga -báta` ang iyo ng nàhúle sa panguumìt? Which ones of the children -(predicate) did you catch pilfering? literally: the ones caught by -you at pilfering, subject. - -(b) anò what? what kind of? how?, explicit plural anò-anò, asks for -the identity of a thing or for the description, character, condition -of a person or of a thing: Ano yàn?--Itò y librò. What (predicate) -is that you have there (subject)?--This is a book. An yòn?--Yo y -súnog. What's that over there?--It's a fire. Anò ang ngálan mo? What -is your name? Ano ang sábi mo? What do you say? Ano ang íbig mo? What -do you want? Ano-anò ang pinagsabè ni Hwàn sa iyò? What things did -Juan tell you?, literally: What things (predicate) the things said -by Juan to you? Anu kà? What sort of person are you? Anò ang lagày -nang manga báta`?... nang asáwa mo? ... nang mé báhay? What (or How) -is the condition of (i. e. How are) the children? ... your husband -or wife? ... your wife? - -(c) alìn which? which one? which ones?, explicit plural alìn-alìn, -is used of persons and things; it asks neither for identification -(persons, síno; things, anò) nor for characterization (anò), but -for indication, by pointing or by description of the place or some -other unessential feature, of persons or things: Alìn ang gustu -mò? Which one, Which ones do you want? Alìn sa kanila ng dalawà ang -nagnákaw? Which of the two (e. g., of these two strange men) committed -the theft? Alin-alìn sa manga púnu-ng-káhoy ang iyo ng tinagà`? Which -ones of the trees did you cut down? - -98. Of the numerative pronouns (§ 66), boò`, ibà, and ilàn (in this -use interrogative) are used as static predicates: Itò y buò`. This -is entire, complete, unbroken. Hindí ko gusto iyàn; ibà ang áki ng -gustò. Not by-me wanted (static predicate) that (subject); different -(predicate) that by-me wanted (subject), i. e. I don't want that; what -I want is different, I want something else. Ilàn ang manglilígaw? How -many are the suitors? - -99. Of the modifiers of indefinite quantity (§ 69) several are used -as static predicates: Sya y walá na. He is or was gone already. Itò y -walà`. This does not take place, does not appear, falls away. Malakì -ang súnog. The fire was great. Marámi ang nagsàsábi nitò. Many are -they who say this. - -100. For the disjunctive forms of personal pronouns and of síno as -static predicates, see § 169. For local expressions, see § 211. For -entire predications as static predicates, § 112 f., quotations, § 114. - - - -(3) Object expression as predicate. - -101. If the predicate is an object expression, it may have three -different forms: (A) definite, (B) circumlocutory definite, and -(C) indefinite. - -102. (A) A definite object predicate consists simply of a word or -phrase in the object construction (§ 61 ff.); it has therefore the -same structure as a subject. Usually this predicate precedes and -is emphatic (emotionally dominant): Itò ang áki ng tìráhan. This is -(predicate) my dwelling (subject), i. e. Why, it's here I'm at home! - -103. The definite object predicate is especially emphatic in sentences -that have as subject a transient word (with or without modifiers) -in object construction: Si Hwàn ang nagnákaw. It was Juan who did -the stealing. Siya rìn ang kanya ng inìíbig. It was he whom she -loved. Both nagnákaw and inìíbig are transient. - -104. When an emphatic actor cannot be used as subject of a transient -predicate (owing to the presence of other definite object ideas, § -94), it is often used as the predicate in this construction,--the -transient part of the sentence being put into object construction and -used as subject. Thus, if, in the sentence: Itò y ginawá ni Hwàn. This -(subject) was-done (direct passive) by Juan, the idea of "Juan", the -actor, should become dominant, one would not use the active transient -predicate ("Si Hwàn ay gumawá nitò"), for the idea of "this" is too -definite to allow of the actor's functioning as subject; one says -instead: Si Hwàn ang gumawá nitò. It was Juan who did this, with -"Juan" as definite object predicate and the rest of the sentence, -objectivized, as subject. So: Siyà ang nagbigày sa ákin nang aklàt. It -was he that gave me the (or a) book, books. (cf. § 93). Ikaw ngà` -ang nagsábi niyàn. It was you yourself who said that. - -105. Less commonly the subject precedes the predicate. In this -case the construction is quite normal and unemphatic; if there is a -transient element it usually stands in the predicate: Itò y ang áki ng -tìráhan. This (subject) is my dwelling. Si Hwàn ay ang nagnákaw. Juan -is the one who did the stealing. - -106. (B) In the circumlocutory definite object predicate the -central element is the pronoun siyà (in this use never enclitic), -which is followed by modifiers which express the real content of the -predicate. In this use siyà may apply to inanimate objects and to -two or more objects (§ 63). The subject, which has always a moderate -degree of emphasis, usually precedes: Itò ay sya kò ng tìráhan. This -is what is my home, i. e. This is where I live. In most cases the -real content of the predicate is a transient word (with or without -modifiers): Si Pédro ay sya ng tumútuktòk. Pedro is the one (siyà) -who is knocking. (Less emphatic than the violently transposed Si -Pédro ang tumútuktòk. It's Pedro who is knocking, of type A). Ang -pagkátahol nang áso ay syà ng ikinágising nang báta`. The barking of -the dog is what woke up the child. Ang manga pangparikìt ay sya kò ng -pinamutúlan. The kindlings are what I have cut up. Occasionally the -predicate precedes: Baká sya ng ikapútol nang pinggà ang kabigatàn nang -buhángin. Perhaps that which may break the carrying-pole (predicate) -the weight of the sand (subject), i. e. See that the weight of the -sand doesn't break the carrying-pole. - -107. This construction, like that of type (A), is often used when a -transient predicate is not permissible with an actor-subject; here, -however, the sentence is not, as in (A), reversed, but the actor -is used as subject and the rest of the sentence as true content of -the circumlocutory predicate: Si Hwàn ay syà ng gumawá nito. Juan -is the one who did this. Si Pédro ay syà ng nagbigày sa ákin nang -aklàt. Pedro is the person who gave me the book. - -108. A predicate of this type may, in its entirety and as a unit, -be objectivized with ang and used as subject of a sentence of type -(A): Ang médiko lámang ay sya nyà ng màkàkatálo. The doctor alone will -be the one to oppose him (literally: he by-him who will-be-opposed, -direct passive): Ang médiko lámang ang sya nyà ng màkàkatálo. It is -the doctor alone who will be the one to oppose him. Ang bintána ng -iyàn ang syà ng kahùhulúgan nang báta`! It's that window that will -be the place where the child will fall out! - -109. (C) The indefinite object predicate has the structure of an object -expression, but lacks ang (§ 68). In meaning it corresponds, roughly, -to an English noun-predicate without the: Itò y librò. This (subject) -is a book (predicate). Yo y súnog. That's a fire. Itò y mabúti ng -librò. This is a good book. Si Hwàn ay isa ng magnanákaw. Juan is -a thief. Masípag na táo itò. Industrious people (predicate) these -(subject), i. e. These are industrious people. - -110. As indefinite object predicates occur especially the expressions -of indefinite quantity (§ 69). In this use they have possessive -value: Sya y máy famílya. He has a family. May ápat na pu ng paà ang -hába`. Having forty feet (predicate) the length (subject), i. e. The -length is about forty feet. Sya y máy-roo ng aklàt. He has a book, -books. Sya y wala ng aklàt. He has no book, no books. Sya y marámi -ng salapè`. He has much money. Hindí maláo ng panahòn ang kanya ng -paghihimatày. Her fainting-spell did not last long. Itò y malakì ng -kagamitàn. This has great use, is much used. - -It is to be noted that all the modifiers of indefinite quantity, except -máy, which is pretonic, are orthotonic and therefore followed by an -enclitic subject (§ 89): Máy-roon sya ng aklàt. He has no book. But: -May dalawà sya ng anàk. He has two children. - - - -d. Subordinate predications. - -111. An entire predication may be used as subject, predicate, -or attribute in a longer sentence. The use of such subordinate -predications is, however, limited (as opposed, e. g., to English usage) -by the habit of freely using transient words (with their modifiers) -as attributes: ang súpot nang kwaltà na kanila ng ibinigày pagdáka -sa kanila ng magúlang the bag of money by-them given at once to their -parents, i. e. ... which they gave.... It is limited, further, by the -freedom of omitting anaphoric elements (§ 87): Ang púno` ay tumúbo -hanggàng sa magbúnga. The tree grew until (sc. it, subject) bore fruit. - -112. Predications as predicates occur very frequently. Ang ginawá -nya ay umalìs sya. That done by-him (subject) was went-away he -(predication, as predicate), i. e. What he did was, he went away. Ang -mabúti ay itápun nilà ang manga báta`. The best thing (to do) was -that they should abandon the children. Ang ísip ko y balat lámang nang -itlòg itò. My thought was (i. e. I thought) this was only an egg-shell. - -113. Especially common is a whole predication as a predicate describing -or characterizing the subject: Ang kúba ay mahína` ang katawàn. The -hunchback was: weak was his body, i. e. was weak of body. Ang ikapitu -ng báta` ay hindí kináin ang kanya ng tinápay. The seventh child -was: not was-eaten his bread, i. e. did not eat his bread. Ang isa -nyà ng anàk ay pitò nà ng taòn ang gúlang. His one child was now -seven years of age. This construction, together with the use of -impersonal expressions (§ 84) makes possible such a sentence as: -Ang manga karitòn ... ay gabì kung ipalákad. The wagons ... were: -it-was-night when (sc. they, anaphoric subject) were-made-to-go, -i. e. The wagons were driven at night. - -114. Direct quotations as predicates are frequent: "Isà!" ang sábi -nang bulàg. "One!" was what the blindman said. "Túnay bagà ng akò y -inìíbig mo?" ang tanòng nang dalága ni Andrès sa kanyà. "Is it really -true that you love me?" was the question of Andrés' young lady to him. - -115. A predication as subject is rare: Mabúti táyo y dumoòn sa isa -ng lugàr.... It is best (predicate) that we go to a place.... Hindí -bihíra` ang manga táo y nanghùhúle nang buhày na unggò`. It is not -rare that people go catching live monkeys. It will be noted that -these predications are not objectivized, cf. § 88. - -116. Occasionally, however, the predication used as subject is -objectivized: Hindí bihíra` ang magkalunòd ang manga táo. It is -not rare that people get drowned, or The occurrence that people get -drowned is not rare. Súkat nà ang ikàw ay magpasalámat. It is fitting -now that you be thankful. - -117. For predications as attributes see the section on attribution. - - - -e. Omission of predicate. - -118. The use of a predicate, or of the central element of a predicate -is (like that of any other element, § 87) optional when, if used, it -would be anaphoric: (Si Hwàn namàn ay sumagòt: "Matàr!" at sa hulè) -si Andrès ang kanya ng "Sì!" (Then Juan answered "Matar!" and last) -Andrés his "Si!" The form of the sentence with the predicate (which -is anaphoric from the preceding sumagòt answered) would be: ... si -Andrès ay isinagòt ang kanya ng "Sì!" ... Andrés was: was-answered -his "Si!", i. e. Andrés answered his "Si!",--a sentence of the kind -described in § 113. - - - -3. Attributes. - -119. We may distinguish four constructions in which an attribute -may stand: 1. Conjunctive attribution: the attribute is joined by -means of the particle na or ng: isa ng táo a person, one person; -2. Disjunctive attribution: the attribute, which is always an object -expression, stands in a special disjunctive form, ang, for instance, -being changed to nang: ang púno nang unggò` the tree of the monkey; -3. Local attribution: the attribute, which is always an object -expression, stands in a special local form, ang, for instance, -being always changed to sa: nalìlígo sa ílog bathing in the river; -4. Absolute attribution: the attribute merely precedes or follows: -hindí táma` not correct. - -In a sense the last three constructions, which do not employ the -particle na, ng, stand opposed to the first, which does. Constructions -2 and 3 make it possible to speak, in a very wide sense, of three -"cases" in which an object expression may stand: "subjective" ang -ílog the river, "disjunctive" nang ílog of the river, and "local" -sa ílog in the river; but it is to be observed that these "cases" -are not confined to any class of words, but appear in any word or -phrase when it stands in the object construction. [7] - -120. In position attributes may be: - -A. Loosely joined. In this position occur only attributes of a -predicate (or of an entire non-predicative sentence). Their treatment -resembles that of a non-enclitic subject (§ 89): they either precede -the rest of the sentence with ay, y, or follow at the end of the -sentence: Doòn ay syà y nahigà`. There (doòn, loosely joined) he lay -down. Nahánap ko nà ang sombréro sa lahàt nang súlok. I have looked -for the hat in every corner. The phrase beginning with sa is loosely -joined; it follows all the rest of the sentence, including even the -subject, ang sombréro. - -In the placing of enclitics a loosely joined attribute is ignored: -Pagulàn ay gamítin mo ang kapóte. When it rains use your rain-coat. The -enclitic mò follows the first orthotonic word of the predicate (which -it modifies), not counting the loosely joined pagulàn. - -When a loosely joined attribute precedes, the ay, y is in some cases -left off: Dahil díto tináwag nya ang kaybígan nya. Therefore he called -his friend. The position of the enclitic niyà shows that dahil díto -is loosely joined, but ay, y is not used. - -Occasionally a loosely joined attribute is preceded by the subject -and only one ay, y is used: Karanyúwa y ang kosinéro y upahàn. Usually -(loosely joined) the cook is hired; but also: Ang kosinéro karanyúwa -y upahàn. - -B. Closely joined. The attribute immediately precedes or follows that -modified: hindí táma` not correct; ang púno nang unggò` the tree of -the monkey. - -C. Enclitic. They follow immediately on the first word of the -expression modified, counting closely joined attributes, but not -loosely joined: Hindí ko nàlàláman. Not by-me (it) is-known, i. e. I -don't know. ang mahahába nya ng paà his (niyà enclitic) long legs. - -121. Some attributes always precede (so e. g. hindì`, § 239); others -always follow (so, for instance, disjunctive attributes, § 171). - - - -a. Conjunctive attributes. - -122. A conjunctive attribute is connected with the word or phrase -which it modifies by the atonic particle na. Normally ng takes the -place of na after a vowel, n, or the glottal stop (see Phonetics): -mabúti ng aklàt good book, or: aklàt na mabúti. - -However, na and ng are not exactly equivalent. Predications, longer -phrases, and, frequently, transient expressions are joined with na -even where ng is possible: isa ng malakì ng higànte na nalìlígo` -a big giant who was bathing. - -On the other hand, some constructions use na rarely or not at all: -where ng cannot be used the particle is then omitted and we have -absolute attribution. These constructions will be described under -the latter heading. - -In the formation of compound words (see Morphology) na is never used, -while ng is a regular element. This latter circumstance sometimes -makes it difficult to determine whether a given expression is a -conjunctive phrase or a compound word. - -123. Conjunctive attributes are closely joined and either precede -or follow; for this reason it is sometimes undetermined which of the -elements connected is the attribute, which the element modified. - -124. The elements connected by conjunctive attribution are viewed -as constituting a single larger element. Conjunctive attribution is -the normal and general relation between modifier and modified and -includes relations that in many other languages (such as English) -are viewed in manifold ways. We may divide the construction roughly -into three types, although these actually merge into each other: -(1) quality, (2) manner, and (3) complement. - -Not included in this division are the cases where conjunctive -attribution alternates with absolute (§ 122), which will be treated -of under the latter heading, and a type which in meaning is so closely -parallel with disjunctive attribution that it will be more economical -to treat it under this head (§§ 165.168). - - - -(1) Conjunctive attributes of quality. - -125. Conjunctive attributes of the quality type are used chiefly in -object expressions. They have no fixed order: ang mabúti ng aklàt the -(a) good book, or: ang aklàt na mabúti. ang sumùsúlat na báta` the -writing child, the child that is writing, or: ang báta ng sumùsúlat. - -126. When they precede a personal name the whole expression is preceded -by ang, but when they follow si suffices: ang báta ng si Hwàn the -child Juan, little Juan, si Hwà ng Talúnan Juan who is always defeated -(as a nickname). - -127. Conjunctive attributes of quality tend to precede when they are -emphatic or in contrast; when fixed they tend to follow: Ang marúnong -na pagòng at ang ulòl na unggò`. The clever turtle and the foolish -monkey. Si Hwà ng Pípe ay nàkíta námin sa tulày. We saw Dumb Juan on -the bridge. ang báo ng babáye the lower half of the cocoanut shell, ang -báo ng malambòt the soft shell of the cocoanut, ang wíka ng Kastíla` -the Spanish language. Especially those expressing material tend to -follow: ang báhay na batò a stone house, ang koróna ng tinìk a crown -of thorns, ang atsára ng papáya papaw salad, pickled papaw, ang tinóla -ng manòk chicken stew, ang sáko ng pálay a sack of rice. A modifier -expressing the special kind always follows: ang sála ng pagnanákaw -the crime which is (i. e. of) theft, ang bísyo ng paginòm the vice -of drinking, ang larò ng taguàn the game which consists of hiding, -the game of hide-and-seek, kanína ng umága a little while ago in the -morning, i. e. this morning, ilà ng óras na pagsasàlitáan a few hours -of conversation, ang bandà ng kataasàn (or: itaàs) the direction -(which is) north, i. e. the north; so: ang bandà ng kababáan (or: -ibabà`) the south, silángan (or: sìlangánan) the east, kalunúran the -west, ang gawì ng kánan the right-hand side, kaliwà` the left. - -128. Titles and the like precede: ang báo ng si Maryà the widow Maria. - -129. The personal pronouns precede their conjunctive attributes: -sila ng tatlò they three, Si Pédro ay syà ng tumútuktòk. Pedro is -the one who is knocking (§ 106 ff.). - -130. The demonstrative pronouns as conjunctive attributes usually -follow: ang táo ng itò this person, this man, ang tatlò ng itò these -three, Ang korbáta ng irè ay bágo. This necktie is new. - -Occasionally, however, they precede, especially with a longer -expression. In this case ang is not used (§ 64, end): ito ng súpot ko -nang kwàlta this bag of money of mine; iyo ng úna ng kumalabòg that -first thing which made a thud; Itò ng báhay ang binili kò. This house -is what I bought, It's this house I've bought, This is the house I've -bought (§ 102 ff.). - -Under emphasis the demonstrative pronoun may both precede and follow: -ito ng táo ng itò this man here, iyo ng táo ng yaòn that man over -there. - -131. The interrogative pronouns precede; ang is not used (§ 65). See -also kaníno, § 168. The meanings of the interrogative pronouns as -conjunctive attributes are: - -síno which? (of several known people): sínu ng táo? which one? which -ones? - -alìn which? (of several known things): alì ng lugàr which place, -which places? alì ng bandà? which way? (e. g. at a cross-roads) -alì ng manga búnga? which fruits? which ones of the fruits? - -anò what? what kind of? (of persons or things not known), also, in -exclamations, what...! what great...! Anu ng ílog itò? What river -is this? ano ng bandà? what direction? which way? (of all possible -points of the compass) anu ng táo what sort of a person? what sort -of people? who? Ano ng hína`! What weakness! - -132. The numerative pronouns mostly precede, and the use of ang -is optional (§ 66, end); ibà other, however, requires ang when, as -conjunctive attribute, it begins an object phrase. Of the others, -karamíhan most and the particle báwat every are not used in this -construction, and lahàt all occurs only as modifier of the personal -pronouns, which (by § 129) precede. The particle bála any, on the -other hand, occurs only as conjunctive attribute: ang iba ng báhay -the other house, another house, sila ng lahàt they all, all of them, -bála ng táo any person, anyone, ang bála ng táo any one (of a given -group), boò ng báyan all the town, everybody in town, ang boò ng báyan -the entire town, everybody in the town, ilà ng táo ng matalíno a few -intelligent men, ang ilà ng sandalè` a few moments. - -133. The cardinal numerals usually precede; ang is optional (§ 67): -isa ng itlòg one egg, an egg; ang isa ng itlòg the one egg. - -134. The tens, hundreds, etc. of the cardinal numerals are always -modified by isà one or a higher unit. The phrase so formed precedes -that counted. The higher numerals are: pù` ten, daàn, raàn hundred, -líbo thousand, laksà` million, yúta` billion: isa ng pù ng táo, -sà m pu ng táo ten men, ápat na raà ng báhay four-hundred houses. - -135. The teens are expressed by labì preceding the simple numerals -as conjunctive modifier: labì ng isà ng aklàt eleven books, labì ng -tatlò ng áraw thirteen days. - -136. The Spanish numerals, however, (used in dates, § 67) follow: -ang taò ng míle-nobisyèntos-dòs the year 1902. - -137. saríle self (see § 175) is used as a conjunctive attribute in -the sense of own: Walá sya ng saríli ng baìt. He has no self-respect -(literally: own respect). - -138. Of the modifiers that form expressions of indefinite quantity -all except máy precede as conjunctive attributes; for examples see § -69 f. In object expressions maláon, malakì and marámi do not differ -from normal conjunctive attributes; examples in § 70. - -139. Expressions of indefinite quantity as units may stand in -conjunctive attribution. They then have possessive value: ang háre -ng may súngay the king who had horns; ang kapútol na wala ng dáhon -the part without leaves. - -140. Conjunctive attribution includes many cases which in English -would be envisaged rather as appositions of two objects: ang báta -ng si Hwàn the boy Juan, si Hwà ng Bíbas Juan the Jester, Sya y may -tánga ng pamálo`. He has hold of a stick. Tángan that grasped, thing -grasped is conjunctive attribute of pamálo` club, stick. ang magának -na sina Bantòg the Bantog family, tatlò ng magkakayibíga ng estudyànte -ng magkababáyan three friends (ng) students (ng) fellow-townsmen, -i. e. three student friends from the same town; ang tatlú ng -magkakaybíga ng si Pédro, si Hwàn, at si Andrès the three friends, -Pedro, Juan, and Andrés; ang salità ng "bámos" the word "vamos". - -141. When a longer expression is used as a conjunctive attribute -of quality, it usually follows, and na is often preferred to ng: -ang parúsa na hindí mo gustò the punishment not by-you liked, -i. e. the punishment you don't like; isà ng usà ng nangìngináin sa -gúbat a deer grazing in the jungle; ang isà (sa manga kaybígan nilà) -na sya ng magíging hukòm one (of their friends) who will be judge; -cf. the predicates described in § 106. ang manga kúra na sya ng manga -maliliìt na háre` the priests (who are) those (who are) little kings, -i. e. the priests, those veritable little kings. - -142. An object expression is frequently followed by an entire -predication of the type described in § 113, as conjunctive attribute: -Ang tagahúle ay isa ng táo ng ang katungkúlan ay humúle nang ano màn o -síno màn. A catcher is a person (whose) duty is to catch anything or -anyone. ang manga púno-ng-káhoy na masasaràp ang búnga trees (whose) -fruits are tasty; isa ng táo ng malakì ang kapangyaríhan a person -(whose) power is great. - - - -(2) Conjunctive attributes of manner. - -143. Conjunctive attributes of manner precede or follow. When they -precede a predicate they stand as the first orthotonic word and are -immediately followed by enclitics (such as an enclitic subject pronoun, -§ 89), after which comes the na or ng, and then the central element of -the predicate: Syà y mabúte ng tumugtòg. She plays (music) well. This -example illustrates the identity of conjunctive attributes of manner -and of quality, for mabúte ng tumugtòg may be looked upon indifferently -as a transient predicate (§ 92) with mabúte well as attribute of -manner, or as an indefinite object predicate (§ 109) a good player, -in which mabúte good is an attribute of quality. Other forms of -the same sentence are: Mabúti sya ng tumugtòg. (siyà enclitic), -Syà y tumugtòg na mabúti. So further: Isípin mo ng mabúti. Consider -it well. Literally: Be-considered by-you (mò enclitic) well. Iyòn -ay tùtúbo na mabúti. It will grow well. Silà y magkakasáma ng -nagsipamarìl. They as-companions (i. e. in company, together) went -hunting. Or: They were companion (quality) hunters. Madalí sya ng -tumakbò. Quickly he ran. Talagà ng mahigpìt ang tapòn nang bóte ng -iyàn. The stopper of that bottle is certainly tight. Mahigpìt tight, -as central element of the predicate, is modified by talagà fated, -by fate, by nature, certainly. Putikà ng dumatìng si Salamìn sa -báhay. "Mirror" (as name of a dog) came home all muddy. Or: ... was a -muddy comer. Paputòl nya ng tinagà` ang bisìg ni Hwàn. He cut Juan's -arm transversely. Kinalaykay kò ng patipòn ang manga sangà ng maliliìt -nang káhoy. I raked into-a-heap the twigs of-the trees. - -144. A phrase of more than one word usually follows that modified; -frequently na is used instead of ng: Nádala nyà na hindí sinásadyà` -sa kanya ng pagalìs ang áki ng páyong. Was-taken by-him not intendedly -in his departing my umbrella, i. e. In leaving he inadvertently took -my umbrella. - -145. The numerative pronoun lahàt is used as a conjunctive attribute of -manner in the sense of entirely, completely. It follows that modified: -Ang manga lalagyàn ay pùnúa ng lahàt. The containers are entirely full. - -146. Expressions of indefinite quantity as conjunctive attributes -of manner follow: Ang manga táo ay nagtakbúha ng walà ng túto. The -people all ran without order, in disorder. - -147. The particles lubhà` very and lálo` more usually precede: Lubhà -ng malakì ang gálit ni Pédro. Pedro's wrath was very great. Lálu ng -lumakì ang kanya ng gálit. His wrath grew still greater. - -148. The particle mulí` again follows: Tátakbo sya ng mulì`. He will -run again. Ang kamakalawà ay hindí na dárating na mulè`. The day -before yesterday will never come again. - -149. A conjunctive attribute of manner may express the time throughout -which: Syà y nanggupìt at nangáhit na maláo ng panahòn. He did -hair-cutting and shaving for a long time. Silà y nagtítira na tatlu -ng áraw. They stay three days. May ila ng bwà ng ang manga útos ay -mahihigpìt. For several months (literally: having several months, § -69, end) the orders were strict. - -150. A word repeated as its own conjunctive attribute of manner -expresses a high degree (intensity): Sya y bingì. He is deaf. Sya -y bingì ng bingì. He is stone deaf. Inìt si Pédro. Pedro is hot, -is angry. Inìt na inìt si Pédro. Pedro is in a rage. líhim na líhim -very secretly, malakì ng malakì very large. - - - -(3) Conjunctive attributes as complements. - -151. The general sphere of conjunctive attribution includes cases where -one element involves another as result or content. The latter follows -and is in many instances plainly viewed as the attribute. In some -instances, however, the former may just as well be looked upon as a -modifier, usually of quality, sometimes also of manner. The transition -from these latter types to that of the complement appears, indeed, -in all possible stages, and no real boundary can be drawn. Sya y -mabúti ng tumugtòg (nang piyáno). She is a good player (of the piano), -or She plays (the piano) well,--see § 143--can be analyzed also: She -is good that (she, anaphoric subject omitted, § 87) plays the piano; -and in some instances this last analysis is the only possible one. - -Other examples illustrating the merging of the three types we -have set up are the following: Malápit na siya ng makatápos nang -karéra. He was already near that (he) end his course, i. e. near -ending his course, almost through his course; or: a near ender, -cf. isa ng báya ng malápit a near-by town. Ang pagmamarúnong ni Hwàn -ay ginágawa ng katatawanàn nang manga nakàkàkilála sa kanyà. Juan's -pretending to be wise is made fun of by those who know him, literally: -... is-being-made (ginágawà`) that (it) is a laughing-stock, or else: -... a being-made laughing-stock. Cf. ang gawì ng húkay the to-be-made -ditch, i. e. the ditch that is to be made, where only the quality -interpretation is possible. Magtúlin ka ng lumákad. Walk faster. This -can be interpreted as Be a fast walker, or Walk faster, or Be-quick -that (you) walk; and this last interpretation comes nearest to the -original in so far as magtúlin is an active transient form used -in commands rather than an expression suited to an idea of quality -or of manner. Sya y nagdàdahilà ng may sakìt. He alleges that (he) -is sick. Ang pagsakày sa kabáyo ay hindí magaà ng pagarálan. Riding -horseback is not easy that (it) be-learned, i. e. not easy to learn, -or: not an easy thing-to-be-learned. ang pinakamahúsay na magsalità` -nang Latìn the best that (he) should speak Latin, or: the best speaker -of Latin; Hwag kà, Hwàn, pumásuk na sekréta. Don't go as a spy (or to -be a spy), Juan. Ginawá nya si Hwàn na barbéro nang háre`. Was-made -by-him Juan that (he) be barber of-the king, i. e. He made Juan barber -royal. Si Hwàn ay pinamàmagatàn nang marámi na isa ng doktò. Juan is -reputed by the people that (he) is (i. e. as) a learned man. - -152. The simplest cases are those where both of the expressions -connected by na, ng refer to the same person or thing, as in the -above examples. The following are less doubtful cases of complement -construction of this kind: Nagpùpumílit sya ng màtúto. He strives to -get educated. Si Hwàn at si Maryà ay nagkásundo ng pakasàl. Juan and -Maria have agreed that they (i. e. to) get married. Inanyáhan silà -ni Hwàn na magpasyàl. They were invited by Juan that they (i. e. to) -go walking. Maári mo ngà ng ihúlug sa koréyo ang áki ng súlat? Can -you please mail my letter? Literally: maári ... ng ihúlug a possible -thing-to-be thrown or capable that (it) be thrown. Naàári akò ng malígo -makálawa maghápon. I am able that (I) bathe (i. e. to bathe) twice -a day. Pinabayáan niya kamì ng umalìs. We were permitted by him to -depart. Hinantày nya ng matápus ang mísa. The mass was-awaited by-him -that it end, i. e. He waited until the mass was ended. Anò ang gustu mu -ng sabíhin? What is desired by-you that (it) be-said? i. e. What do you -mean to say? Hindí ko gustò ng màkatálo si Hwàn. Not by-me desired that -(he) be-opposed is Juan, i. e. I don't want Juan to be my opponent. - -153. Clear cases of the complement construction are those in which -the two elements connected refer to different persons or things: -Nagyayá sya ng umuwè`. He advised that (they, anaphoric) go home. (34, -12.) Ang pagkámasìd nya sa lángit ay syà ng nagpakilála sa kanyà na -úulàn. His glance at the sky was what showed him that (it, see § 84) -was going to rain. - -154. When the former of the two elements is an object expression (or -similar element) the complement construction is evident: ang kaibigà -ng màtúto the desire that (he) get educated, i. e. the desire to -get an education. ang pagkágusto nyà na kumáin nang nyòg his desire -that (he) should-eat cocoanuts, i. e. to eat.... Anu ng tagàl nya ng -sumísid! What endurance of-him that (he) stay under water! i. e. How -long he stays under water! Ano ng hína mo ng lumákad! What slowness -of-you that (you) walk! i. e. How slowly you walk! Ang tagasulsè ay -isa ng babáye ng may katungkúla ng manahì` o manulsè nang manga púnit -nang damìt. A darning-woman is a woman having the duty that (she) patch -or mend the small holes in clothing, i. e. ... whose duty is to.... - -155. A further sign that the speech-feeling envisages the complement -construction as different from the constructions of quality or -manner appears when enclitics follow the first word of the complement -(i. e. of the second of the connected elements) rather than the first -word of the sentence: this shows that the complement is viewed as a -relatively independent element within the sentence: Maári ngà ng ihúlug -mo sa koréyo ang áki ng súlat? Should-be-capable that (it) be-thrown -by-you into the mail (predicate) my letter (subject)? i. e. Can you -please mail my letter? Cf. under § 152 above. - -156. Very frequently the complement is an entire predication: ang -panukála` na ang púno` ay tùtúbo` the thought that the tree will -grow; pagkátanaw nyà na dumárating ang susò` (at the) seeing by-him -i. e. when he sees that the snail is arriving; ang áraw na kayò ay -dápat magsipagsísi the day that (i. e. when) you ought to repent; -Nagkàkapálad ang manùnúbok na màkíta nya ang kúlam. The spier has the -good fortune that be-seen by-him the magic principle, i. e. ... to -see.... - -157. A predication as complement is often parallel with a disjunctive -object modifier, i. e. with an object expression used as direct, -instrumental, or local object (§ 184 ff.): Sya y nagsábi ng sya -y marúnong gumupìt nang buhòk. He said that he knew how to cut -hair. Ang bulàg ay nagakála ng gawì ng katatawanàn ang pagkahúlog nang -kúba`. The blindman thought that the falling of the hunchback should -be made (sc. niyà by-him, anaphoric) that (it) be a laughing-stock, -i. e. decided to make fun of the falling ...; that which one says or -thinks, with sábi and akála`, is also expressed as a direct object. - -158. Similarly, predications as complements are, in impersonal -constructions, parallel with a subject: Sinábi nya ng sya y marúnong -gumupìt nang buhòk. Was-said by-him that he was able to cut hair, -i. e. He said he knew how to cut hair. Hindí bihíra` na ang isa ng -táo y pamagatà ng médiko-ng-mangkukúlam. It is not rare that a man is -reputed as a witch-doctor. Cf. the example of predication as subject -in § 116. Hinilìng nya sa unggò` na dikdikìn sya sa lusòng. It was -begged by him of the monkey that he be brayed in the mortar, i. e. He -begged the monkey to bray him in the mortar. Pinabayáan niya na kamì -y umalìs. It was allowed by him that we depart, i. e. He allowed us -to depart, a less usual form than that in § 152. Totoo ngá na akò -y naparoòn sa Balíwag. It is true that I went to Baliwag. Maàári pú -ba ng kayò y maghintò`? Will it be possible please that you should -stop? i. e. Can you please stop? Inísip nya ng magnákaw sa isa -ng tindáhan. It was planned by him that (he) rob a shop, i. e. He -planned to.... Iniyútus nya ng humúkay. It was ordered by him that -(one, see § 86) should dig, i. e. He ordered people to dig. Hindí -mo gustò ng màhúle ka. Not by-you it-is-desired that you be-caught, -i. e. You don't want to be caught. - -159. A direct quotation may have the same construction as a -predication: Sinábi nya ng "Bámos!" It-was-said by-him, namely -"Vamos!" i. e. He said "Vamos!" - - - -b. Disjunctive attributes. - -160. Only object expressions are used as disjunctive attributes, -and all object expressions have a special form for this use. - -161. Those beginning with ang substitute for this particle the atonic -particle nang: ang púno nang unggò` the tree of the monkey, ang laruwàn -nang báta ng si Hwàn the toy of the boy Juan; little Juan's toy, toys. - -162. Those beginning with si (§§ 59. 126) substitute for this -the atonic particle ni; those beginning with sinà (or silà, § 60) -substitute nilà (or ninà), pretonic: ang amà ni Hwàn Juan's father, -ang báhay nila Hwàn the house of Juan and his family. - -163. The personal pronouns as disjunctive attributes take the -following forms: kò my, nità of us two, nátin our (inclusive), -námin our (exclusive); mò thy, niniyò, ninyò your; niyà, nyà his, -her, nilà their. - -The monosyllabic forms kò and mò are always enclitic, the others -usually: Hindí ko nàlàláman. I don't know, literally: Not by-me (it) -is-known. ang báhay nya his, her house, ang mahahába nya ng paà his -long legs, ang hindí karanyúwa ng talíno nyà his unusual talents -(niyà not enclitic). - -164. When these enclitics meet an enclitic subject, they precede, -unless by the general rule (§ 47) the monosyllabic subject kà -precedes a disyllabic disjunctive (including niyà, nyà): Saàn mo sya -nàkíta? Where by-you he was-seen? i. e. Where did you see him? Binigyàn -nya akò nang aklàt. Was-given by-him I a book, i. e. He gave me -a book. Baká mo iyàn màbúlag. Perhaps by-you it might-be-blinded, -i. e. See that you don't blind it. Hindí ka námin dinatnàn. Not you -by-us were found-there, i. e. We did not find you in. - -165. The personal pronouns have another form, which is used as -a conjunctive attribute of quality (cf. § 124, end) and always -precedes that modified: its meaning, however, is the same as that of -the disjunctive forms just given. These prepositive forms are: ákin -my, kanità thy and my, átin our (inclusive), ámin our (exclusive); -iyò thy, iniyò, inyò your; kaniyà, kanyà his, her, kanilà their, -kaní-kanilà their respective, several, various. - -Examples: Anò ang iyo ng ngálan? What is your name? or: Anò ang ngálan -mo? ang áki ng amà my father, or: ang ama kò, ang kanya ng báhay his, -her house, ang kanyà ng mahahába ng paà his long legs, ang kanità -ng kwaltà our money (i. e. thine and mine), ang kaní-kanilà ng báhay -their several houses. - -Only a demonstrative pronoun modifier precedes these prepositive forms: -iyà ng iyo ng sambalílo ng lúma` that old hat of yours. Exceptions -are rare: ang karanyúwa ng kanila ng kantahìn their usual song; -what they usually sing. - -166. The demonstrative pronouns, whether standing alone (§ 64) -or as modifiers at the beginning of an object expression (§ 130), -have the following disjunctive forms: nirè of this (right here), -nitò of this, niyàn, nyàn of that, niyòn, nyòn, noòn of that (over -there). Ang kúlay nirì ng korbáta ng irè ay nàpàpagítan sa itèm at -sa pulà. The color of this necktie (I have on) is between black and -red. ang dúlo nitò the end of this, ang anàk niyòn that one's child -(e. g. with pointing gesture), ang báhay niyo ng táo ng yaòn the house -of that man over there, ang anàk noo ng táo ng iyòn the child of that -man over there. The form noòn is used chiefly when the disjunctive -attribute expresses time (§ 192). - -167. The interrogative pronoun síno, whether used alone or standing -first in an object expression as attribute (§ 131), has the disjunctive -form níno whose? This form, however, is little used, for, while the -interrogative pronoun is usually emphatic and tends to come first -(§ 96), a disjunctive attribute follows that modified (§ 171). Hence -the form níno is used only under peculiar conditions of emphasis: Ang -sambalílo níno? Whose hat (did you say)? Ibinigày sa iyò níno? Given -to you by whom? Sinábi sa iyo níno? Told to you by whom? - -168. Instead of níno a prepositive form, kaníno, explicit plural -kaní-kaníno, is ordinarily used; like the prepositive forms of -the personal pronouns it stands in conjunctive attribution and -precedes that modified. Before it the use of ang is optional (§§ -65.131); when ang is used the expression is more definite: Kaníno -ng sambalílo? Whose hat? (the ownership of a given hat is inquired -after) Ang kaníno ng sambalílo? Whose hat? (the ownership of each -hat is known; the question asks merely which of them is involved) -Kaníno ng aklàt iyàn? Whose book have you there? - -169. The prepositive forms of the personal pronouns and of síno are -used also as static predicates expressing possession: Ang librò ng -binàbása mo kahápon ay ákin. The book you were reading last night is -mine. Kaníno ang aklàt na iyàn? Whose is that book? Kaní-kaníno ang -manga báhay na itò? Whose are these houses? The personal pronouns -may be followed by saríle own (cf. § 137): Ang laruwà ng itò y áki -ng saríle. This toy is my own. - -170. All other expressions which lack ang,--that is, the remaining -interrogative pronouns, the numerative pronouns, the cardinal numerals, -and object expressions in which these as modifiers stand first (§ -131 ff.),--prefix nang, atonic, when used as disjunctive attributes: -Sa itaàs nang anò? On top of what? Takìp nang alì ng kahòn itò? Of -which box is this the cover? ang panukálà nang karamíhan the opinion -of the majority; Nakàkíta akò nang isa ng táo. I saw a man. - -171. All disjunctive attributes are closely joined and follow that -which they modify. The only exceptions are the enclitic pronoun forms -and expressions of time (§ 192). A disjunctive attribute precedes a -subject: Binigyàn nya nang aklàt si Hwàn. He gave Juan some books. When -the subject is enclitic, it of course precedes: Binigyàn nya si Hwàn -nang aklàt. Real exceptions, in which a non-enclitic subject precedes -a disjunctive attribute, are not common: Ipinakìkipagpútol ni Hwàn si -Pédro nang labòng. Juan is asking someone to cut some bamboo-shoots -for Pedro. - -172. In meaning disjunctive attribution includes almost all cases -in which an object element is viewed as the attribute of another -element in the sentence. The only exception is the sphere of relations -expressed by local attribution (§ 195 ff.). The meanings may, very -roughly, be divided into seven groups: (1) possessive-partitive, (2) -agent, (3) direct object, (4) instrumental object, (5) local object, -(6) manner, (7) time. - -173. (1) Possessive-partitive modifier: ang kanya ng báhay, ang -báhay nya his house, ang púno nang unggò` the tree of the monkey, -ang púno nang káhoy the tree (literally head of wood), ang púno nang -ságing the banana-tree, Sa itaàs nang anò? On top of what? Nasúnog -ang kalahátì nang púno`. Half of the tree got burned up. Ang báyad -sa útang ni Pédro ay lábis nang dalawà ng píso. The payment made to -settle Pedro's debt is too great by two pesos. ang óras nang alaskwátro -the hour of four o'clock, Isà ng sundálo ng marúnung nang Latìn. A -soldier who knew Latin, literally: having-knowledge of Latin. ang -sáko nang pálay a rice-sack (cf. § 127), ang larú nang baráha a game -of cards, cf. ang larò ng taguàn (§ 127) a game consisting of hiding, -hide-and-seek, ang katapusàn nang gabì the end of the night; cf. ang -katapusà ng gabì the night which was the end, the last night, ang -ilà ng sandalì nang pagsasàlitáan a few moments of the conversation; -cf. ang ilà ng sandalì ng pagsasàlitáan a few moments (which consisted) -of conversation. Note: ang báyan nang Balíwag the town of Baliwag, -ang provìnsya nang Pampànga the province of Pampanga. - -174. The pronoun lahàt as an object expression is followed by this -kind of attribute: lahàt nang táo all (of) the people. - -175. As an object expression saríle self is modified by disjunctive -pronouns: ang kanyà ng saríle his self. Similarly saríle as conjunctive -attribute, in the sense of own: Walá sya ng baìt sa kanya ng saríli. He -does not do even himself any good. ang saríle nila ng bànda nang -músika their own band of music; Ang kanya ng saríli ng barìl ang -kanya ng ginámit. It was his own gun he used, What he used was his -own gun. Cf. §§ 137 and 169, end. - -176. The modifier may be an entire predication: sa lugàr nang magkasirá -silà in place of the (occurrence that) they should become enemies, -i. e. instead of their becoming enemies. - -177. Here belongs further the disjunctive attribute with words -expressing association, companionship, or equality: Si Hwána ay -siyà ng kabùlúngan ni Maryà. Juana is the one with whom Maria is -whispering. Ang mésa ng itò ay kasingkúlay nang kahòn. This table is -of the same color as the chest. Si Hwàn ay kapantày ni Pédro. Juan -is of the same height as Pedro. Kalákip nang súlat ko ng itò ay limà -ng píso. Enclosed with this my letter are five pesos. gáya ko like me. - -178. Similar is the use of a disjunctive modifier expressing one of -the objects, with expressions involving dual or plural ideas: silà -ni Maryà they with Maria, i. e. Maria and he (88,42), silà ng dalawà -ni Maryà (92,17). - -179. Here belongs the disjunctive attribute in exclamatory sentences -expressing the high degree of a quality; these are formed with anò -(§ 131) and with words with prefix ka- (§ 76): Ano ng hína mo! What -weakness of-you! i. e. How weak you are! Anu ng luwàt nang hindí -nya pagdatìng! What duration of his not arriving! i. e. How long he -is getting here! Kapulà nang panyo ng iyòn! What-great-redness of -that handkerchief! i. e. How red that handkerchief is! Karúnong nang -báta ng si Hwàn! How much little Juan knows! Kaytipìd na báta` ni -Hwàn! How-saving a child of Juan! i. e. What an economical boy Juan is! - -180. In the preceding and related constructions the attribute may be an -entire predication: Kamuntí nang màtamaàn ang báta`! What-little-lack -of the (occurrence that) the child should-be-hit! i. e. How near -the child came to being hit! Muntí nang máliguwak ang dala nyà ng -pulòt. Little-wanting of-the (occurrence that) should-be-spilled -the borne by-him honey, i. e. The honey he was carrying came near -being spilled. - -181. (2) A disjunctive attribute expressing the agent corresponds -in sense to the subject of an active transient predicate. When it -modifies a transient word, the corresponding active can be formed: -Sinúlat nya ang líham. He wrote the letter; literally: Was-written -by-him (agent) the letter. Isinúlat nya ang kwènto. He wrote down the -story. Sinulátan nya akò. He wrote to me. The corresponding active -is: Syà y sumúlat.... He wrote.... Cf. § 92. So further: Pinútol -nya ang káhoy. The wood was cut by him; active: Syà y pumútol nang -káhoy. He cut some wood. Kinúha nya ang librò. The book was taken -by him; active: Syà y kumúha nang librò. He took some book. Áki ng -binitíwan ang bóte. By-me was-let-go-of the bottle, i. e. I let go of -the bottle; active: Bumitìw akò.... Ang hiniràm nya ng kampìt ay iyo -ng kúnin. The borrowed by-him (agent) kitchen-knife by-you (agent) -is to be taken, i. e. Take the kitchen-knife he borrowed. - -When the word modified is not transient no clear line can be drawn -between disjunctive attributes of agent and of possessor: ang kanyà -ng pagdatìng his arrival, his arriving, or: the arriving by him, -ang gámit nya ng librò the book used by him, ang paupó ni Hwà ng -sùgálan the gambling-party invited by Juan, ang dala nyà ng pulòt -the honey he is or was carrying, Ang larò ng taguàn ay gustò nang -manga báta`. The game of hide-and-seek is liked by children. Hindí ko -gustò ang librò ng itò; ibà ang áki ng gustò. I don't want this book; -it is a different one I want. - -182. When disjunctive agent is the speaker (kò by me or its substitute -áki ng) and the subject is the person addressed (ikàw, kà thou), the -pronoun kità usually takes the place of both. This is the commoner -value of kità (cf. § 63): Sùsungangáin kità. I'll smash your face; the -subject of this direct passive expression is the person addressed, the -agent the speaker: Ikàw ay áki ng sùsungangáin would be an unidiomatic -equivalent. Ipaglálaba kità nang damìt. I shall wash your clothes for -you. The predicate is instrumental passive, with you, the person for -whom, as subject. Hàhatdan kità nang gátas. I shall deliver milk to -you; local passive. - -Occasionally the agent is redundantly added: Kità ay áki ng -parùrusáhan. I shall punish you. - -183. A disjunctive agent is used with the words expressing recent -completion of an act with prefix ka- and reduplication: (§ 77): -Karárating ko pa lámang! I have only just arrived. Kakàkáin ko pa -lámang! I have only just finished eating. - -184. (3) A disjunctive attribute expressing the direct object -corresponds to the subject of a direct passive transient predicate: Sya -y kumáin nang kánin. He ate some boiled rice. Passive: Kináin nya ang -kánin. Was-eaten by-him the boiled rice, i. e. He ate the boiled rice. - -It will be seen that when the direct object is definite it is more -likely to serve as subject of a passive predicate (§ 94); hence -the disjunctive attribute expressing a direct object has often an -indefinite partitive value. Syà y sumúlat nang líham. He wrote some -letters. Syà y pumútol nang káhoy. He cut some wood. Bigyàn mo akò -niyà ng túbig. Give me some of that water. Katátagpi ko niyòn! I -have just finished mending that! Sya y naghintày nang sàsabíhin nang -sundálo. He awaited that which was going to be said by the soldier. - -185. (4) A disjunctive attribute expressing the instrument corresponds -to the subject of an instrumental passive transient predicate: -Syà y sumúlat nang kwènto. He wrote down a story, stories. Passive: -Isinúlat nya ang kwènto. Was-written-down by-him the story, i. e. He -wrote down the story. - -The indefinite value of the disjunctive attribute is here due to the -same relation as in the preceding type. Pinútol nya nang gúlok ang -káhoy. The wood was cut by him with a bolo; instrumental passive: -Ipinútol nya nang káhoy ang gúlok. Was-used-for-cutting by-him of -wood the bolo, i. e. He cut wood with the bolo. Binigyàn nya akò nang -aklàt. He gave me a book. - -186. So a direct quotation or an entire predication: Ang bulàg -ay sumigàw nang "Tatlò!" The blindman shouted "Three!"; passive: -Isinigàw nang bulàg ang "Tatlò!" Ang báwat isa sa kanilà ay sumagòt -nang súngay ang kanila ng nàkìkíta. Each one answered that horns were -what they saw. - -187. (5) Disjunctive attributes of place correspond to the subject of -a local passive transient predication: Syà y pumanhìk nang báhay. He -entered a house; passive: Pinanhikàn nya ang báhay. He entered the -house. Ang pagòng ay nagumpisà nang pagsisigàw. The turtle began (a) -shouting; passive: Inumpisahàn nang pagòng ang pagsisigàw. - -These attributes are in meaning rather close to local attributes -(§ 203); as opposed to the latter they are, however, the real -correspondents of the subject of a local passive transient predication, -expressing a real participation of the object in the action or -occurrence,--whereas the local attributes express the place of the -action as something more or less unaffected and independent. - -188. (6) Disjunctive attributes of manner do not correspond to any -kind of subject. When they are used with a transient word the sentence -may, however, be reversed so as to make of the attribute a transient -predicate of a sentence in which the action (as subject) is spoken -of as being "made such and such". Tumakbò sya nang matúlin. He ran -fast. The words nang matúlin are the disjunctive form of an object -expression, ang matúlin, which would resemble German das schnelle. Our -sentence corresponds to: Tinulínan nya ang pagtakbò. Was-made-fast -by-him his running, He ran fast. Syà y tumáwa nang malakàs. He -laughed aloud, cf. Inilakas nyà ang pagtáwa. He made his laughing -loud. ... mànákaw nang hindí nito nàlàláman should be stolen in the -manner of not by-him known, i. e. should be stolen without his knowing -it. mataàs nang kauntè` higher by a little, a little higher. - -189. Expressions of indefinite quantity are used in this way: Silà -y nagtakbúhan nang wala ng hintò`. They ran without stopping. This -construction is in rivalry with that of conjunctive attribution -(§ 146). - -190. The demonstrative pronouns and the interrogative pronoun anò are -not used as attributes of manner; for this value they have separate -derivatives: ganitò, ganiyàn, gayòn or ganoòn, and gaáno or gáno. These -forms, moreover, occur also as static predicates and as conjunctive -attributes of quality: ang báwat sumagòt nang ganitò every one who -answered in this way; this could be viewed also as an instrumental -object. Ganitò ang kalàgáyan nilà. Their condition was like this. ang -ganitò ng manga paglalarò` such games as this; Ganyàn ba lámang ang -kínis mo? Is your skill merely like that? Nakàsúlat akò kay Hwàn nang -gayòn dahilàn sa malakì ko ng pagkagálit. I came to write like that -(or such things, cf. instrumental object) to Juan through my great -anger. Ganoòn ang áki ng pagkárinìg. That was the way (i. e. the form -in which) I heard the thing. Ang gayù ng pananalità` that manner of -speaking, that expression. gánu ng pagpílit? how much effort? Gaáno ang -pagkakagalìt nila? How great, how serious is their quarrel? (Cf. § 96). - -191. A special case of the disjunctive attribute of manner is the -repetition of a word as its own disjunctive modifier, expressing -continuity or insistence of action: Humábà nang humába`. It grew -longer and longer. Ang kanila ng báon ay umuntí nang umuntì`. Their -provisions grew less and less. Si Hwàn ay táwa nang táwa. Juan laughs -and laughs. Bilì nang bilì si Hwàn nang pálay. Juan keeps buying rice. - -192. (7) Disjunctive attributes of time express the time when of an -occurrence in the past. They differ from other disjunctive attributes -in being often loosely joined, in which case they may precede. Pumaroòn -sila nang hápon. They went there in the afternoon. So: nang umága -in the morning, noò ng tagáraw (nang taò ng míle-nobisyèntos-dòs) -in the summer (of the year 1902). Nang umulàn ay ginámit ko ang -kapóte. When it rained I used my rain-coat. Nàlákad sina Pédro nang -hindì óras. Pedro and his party had to start at a time not planned; -literally: when not time. - -193. Complete predications as disjunctive attributes of time are -common. It is as though the whole predication were objectivized: -Nang dumatìng ako doòn ay sya y walá na. When I arrived there he -was already gone. Noo ng sya y bágo ng táo pa lámang.... When he was -still but a young man.... - -194. Anaphorically determined disjunctive attributes are often -omitted. Íbig nya ng kánin ang súha`. Desired by-him that -be-eaten (by-him) the grape-fruit, i. e. He wants to eat the -grape-fruit. Nanghingí sya sa kanya ng manga kapatìd. He asked his -brothers and sisters (for some). Hindí nila sya binigyàn. He was not -given (any) by them, They did not give him any. - - - -c. Local attributes. - -195. An object expression in local attribution expresses a local -circumstance of that which is modified, such as the place in, to, -or from which, that from whose midst, that about which or owing to -which, the person to whom, etc. - -196. In this construction initial si is replaced by kay (atonic), -sinà by kinà (pretonic), and ang by sa (atonic); object expressions -which begin with none of these particles take sa: Si Pédro ay galìt -kay Hwàn. Pedro is angry at Juan. Nakitúluy kamì kina Pédro. We asked -hospitality of Pedro's family. Syà y nanáog sa báhay. He came out of -his house. sa boo ng báyan in the whole town. - -Rarely both sa and kay precede a personal name: Itò y nàtúto sa kay -Mayèstro ng Hwàn. This one got his training from Teacher Juan. ang -pagkàbúhay nang médiko sa kay Hwàn the doctor's saving of Juan's life. - -197. The personal pronouns and síno take their prepositive forms after -sa: Ibinigày nya sa ákin ang aklàt. Was-given by-him to me the book, -i. e. He gave me the book. - -198. In a peculiar construction these prepositive forms are preceded -by the particle ganà as a conjunctive attribute, in the sense of so -far as ... is concerned: Sa ganà ng ákin sya y maàári ng umalìs. So -far as I am concerned he may leave. - -199. The demonstrative pronouns and anò never stand in local -attribution, see § 263 f. - -200. Whole predications are rarely used as local attributes: - -Dumatìng ang dalága ng itò sa dalawa ng pù ng taòn ang gúlang. This -young woman arrived at (the time when) her age was twenty years, -i. e. reached the age of twenty years. - -201. Local attributes are mostly closely joined and as a rule follow -that which they modify, taking precedence of a disjunctive attribute -or of a subject: ang nagbigày sa ákin nang aklàt na itò the giver to -me of this book, the one who gave me this book (Bayad nà) ang útang -sa ákin ni Hwàn. Juan's debt to me (has been paid). Ibigày mo kay Hwàn -ang librò. Be-given by-you to Juan the book, i. e. Give Juan the book. - -Often, however, a disjunctive attribute which is felt to belong closely -to what precedes, comes before a local attribute: Bayad-útang ni Hwàn -sa ákin ang relòs na itò. This watch is Juan's debt-payment to me. - -Occasionally the local attribute precedes the expression modified: -Syà y sa bangkà` nang manga babáe nakíkisakày. He goes along into the -canoe of the women. Sa kabilà ng bandà mo ibwàl ang púno ng iyàn. Make -that tree fall in the direction away from me. - -202. Very frequently, however, local attributes are loosely joined, -preceding or following; in the former case ay, y is sometimes omitted: -Sa Báya-ng-San-Migèl ay nangyáre ang isa ng nakawàn. In the town of San -Miguel a robbery took place. Hindí makadádala si Pédro nang kahòn sa -kabigatàn nilà. Pedro will not be able to carry any boxes, on account -of their heaviness. Sa ganà ng ákin sya y maàári ng umalìs. So far -as I am concerned he can go. (§ 198). - -203. We have seen that disjunctive attribution expresses the relation -of objects (direct object, local object, instrumental object, §§ -184, 185, 187) to an action, provided that these objects are more -or less indefinite. If they are quite definite, they are preferably -made subjects in a passive construction. Frequently, however, they -are instead put into local attribution, which thus competes with these -types of disjunctive attribution, but involves a more definite object: -Ang báhay na batò ay ang áki ng pinaghàhatdàn nang gátas. The stone -house is the place to which I am delivering milk (instrumental object), -i. e. I am delivering milk to the stone house; but: Ang báhay na batò -ay ang áki ng pinaghàhatdàn sa báta`. The stone house is where I am -bringing the child. (nang báta` would be a child or children). - -It follows that the personal pronouns, which always refer to definite -persons, cannot stand as disjunctive objects of transient words, -but stand instead in local attribution: Ang báhay na batò ay ang áki -ng pinaghàhatdàn sa kanyà. The stone house is the place where I am -taking him. - -Similarly a personal name: Ibigày mo kay Hwàn ang librò. Give Juan -the book; cf. Bigyàn mo nang librò si Hwàn. Give Juan a book; "Juan" -could not figure as disjunctive local object. - -204. In many cases, however, these local attributes differ from -disjunctive attributes and from the corresponding subjects of passive -constructions: the local attribute represents the object as more -externally involved and less thoroughly concerned in the occurrence: -Humúkay sila nang bakúran. They dug up some yards. Hinukáyan nilà ang -bakúran. They dug up the yard. In both sentences a serious change, -such as unauthorized tampering, is implied; but: Humúkay sila sa -bakúran. They dug in the yard, merely tells where they did their -digging. Sya y pumanhìk nang báhay. He entered a house (or houses), -perhaps illicitly; the house is viewed as in some way affected -or intimately involved in the action; so also: Pinanhikàn nya ang -báhay. He entered the house; but: Sya y pumanhìk sa báhay. He went -into the house, He went into his house. - -205. In other cases, where a transient predicate is not involved, -the same difference appears: the local attribute is a mere scene or -attendant circumstance, the disjunctive a real factor: Ang pagtatábon -nang manga húkay na itò ay tapus nà. The filling up of these ditches -is now finished, i. e. These ditches are filled up now; but: Ang -pagtatábon sa manga húkay ay mahírap. Filling earth into ditches is -hard work. karamíhan nang manga táo most of the people; karamíhan sa -kanilà most of them; sa ganitò under these circumstances; nang ganitò -(§ 190) thus, in this manner. - -206. Expressions of time as local attributes denote future time when; -occasionally also past time: Páparoòn akò sa makalawà. I shall go -there the day after tomorrow. So: sa lúnes next Monday, cf. noò ng -lúnes last Monday. Pího akò ng páparoòn sa alasìngko. I will surely -go there at five o'clock. Sa gabi ng iyòn.... That night.... - -207. With jussive words with prefix pa- (see Morphology) the person -ordered to do so-and-so is viewed as a local feature: Ipinagupìt ko sa -barbéro ng si Hwàn ang buhòk ni Andrès. Was-ordered-to-be-cut by-me -of-the barber Juan the hair of Andrés, i. e. I ordered the barber -Juan to cut Andrés' hair. - -208. Rarely an expression in local attribution is used as a conjunctive -attribute in an object expression: it precedes and has the meaning -of a disjunctive attribute of possessor: ang sa ibà ng táo ng kawáyan -other people's bamboo, or: ang kawáyan nang ibà ng táo. - -209. This construction is much commoner when that owned is -anaphorically omitted: ang sa pagòng that of the turtle, the turtle's, -i. e. ang púno nang pagòng. So: ang sa kanyà his, hers. - -210. In other cases anaphoric omission of an element modified by a -local attribute is less common: ang pagsakày sa trèn sa lugàr nang sa -karumáta the riding on the train in place of the (sc. pagsakày riding) -in the carriage. - -211. A static predicate may have the form of a local attribute: Sa -linggò ang áki ng lúlan sa trèn. On (next) Sunday my embarking on the -train, i. e. Next Sunday I shall take the train. Ang uupà ng itò ay -sa háre`. This seat is for the king. - -212. The particle sa has a number of derivatives which are transient -in meaning, but otherwise have the same construction as sa; they are -pretonic. Sya y nása Mayníla`. He is in Manila. Sya y nása kanya -ng báhay. He is in his house. Ang tinterúhan ay nása bíngit nang -lamésa. The inkwell is at the edge of the table. For these forms -see Morphology. - - - -d. Absolute attributes. - -213. Absolute attribution, in which no particle is used, is confined to -certain expressions and types of expressions. Some absolute attributes -and some of the particles introducing absolute attributes end in -ng -or -t; these may contain the particle ng or at (§ 313). - -We may divide the cases of absolute attribution into six types, -although these are not fully distinct from one another: (1) enclitic -particles, (2) prepositive particles, (3) single words used as -attributes of manner and time, (4) absolute complements, (5) words -used with disjunctive and local attributes, (6) words introducing -subordinate phrases or predications. - - - -(1) enclitic particles. - -214. The enclitic particles which are used as absolute attributes -follow a monosyllabic enclitic pronoun (kà, kò, mò) but precede a -disyllabic enclitic pronoun (including niyà, nyà, siyà, syà). Among -themselves they follow the general rule: monosyllabic enclitics -precede disyllabic enclitics (§ 47). - -215. bà is expressive of interrogation in yes-and-no questions -and often in others: Máy-roon ba silà ng ginawà`? Have they -done anything? Máy-roon ka bà ng gàgawìn? Have you anything to -do? Ipinùpútol mo ba akò nang tubò? Will you cut some sugar-cane for -me? Pinapagpùpútol ba nila syà nang káhoy? Does he get ordered by them -to cut wood? i. e. Do they have him cut wood? Ano bà ang inilùlútu -mo? What is it you are cooking? Anu ba kayò? What sort of people are -you? Hindí mu ba nàkíta si Hwàn sa teyátro? Didn't you see Juan at -the theatre? Ang iyo bà ng kapatìd? Your sister? See §§ 223. 229. - -216. bagà throws more stress on the interrogation: Ikàw bagà y -nagasáwa? Did you (ever) get married? See §§ 290. 317. - -217. dàw, ràw expresses that the sentence represents the saying of -someone other than the speaker; the person so quoted may be the agent -of the sentence itself: Pagkà pinapagpútol mo ràw sya nang kawáyan ay -làláyas syà. When he is ordered by you to cut bamboo, he will leave, -I am told, or: he will leave, he says. Ang paguupú raw nya sa damò ay -mabúti sa kanyà. He says (or: They say) his habit of sitting on the -grass is good for him. It is sometimes used pleonastically, see the -example in § 278. - -218. dìn, rìn expresses that the expression modified (which may -be the whole sentence or an element within the sentence) is like a -corresponding earlier idea: Ako rìn ang nagpalígo sa báta`. It was I, -too, that bathed the child (beside the other things I did), i. e. I -also bathed the child. Si Hwan dìn ang naglínis nang kabalyerésa. Juan -also cleaned a stable or stables (beside the other things he did). Si -Hwàn ay naglínis rìn nang kabalyerésa. Juan, too, cleaned stables. Here -dìn is an attribute of naglínis nang kabalyerésa: this act has been -performed by Juan even as by others previously spoken of or known -of. Si Hwána ay naglúto nang estopádo; kamakalawà naglútu rin akò -nang estopádo. Juana cooked meat-stew; day-before-yesterday I too -cooked meat-stew. Iyo ng úna ng kumalabòg ay akò, ang ikalawà ay ako -rìn. That first thing which came down with a thud was I, the second -was I again. Nahúlog dìn syà. He fell down again. Káhit na madilìm -ang gabì ay nagpasyal dìn si Pédro. Although the night was dark, -Pedro none the less (i. e. even as at other times) took a walk. - -Thus dìn is especially common in expressions of identity: Kahápon -ay nakàkíta ako nang isa ng táo sa Mayníla`, at ngayòn ay nàkíta ko -ang táwo rì ng iyòn sa báya ng itò. Yesterday I saw a man in Manila, -and today I saw the same man in this town. - -In some instances dìn modifies an element not actually identical -with another. Nagtalòn sya sa bintána`, dátapuwat sinundàn din syà -nang amà. He jumped out of a window, but he was followed, too, by -the father. See §§ 221. 227. 238. 239. 262, (11). - -219. kayà` expresses doubt or possibility of choice: Anò kayà` -ang ipinagútos mo sa kanyà? What perchance did you order him to -do? Màpàpagkúro` kayá nya sa súlat na iyàn ang íbig mo ng gawìn -nya. Perhaps he may be able to make out from this letter of yours what -you want him to do. Baká kayà` magkaputòl ang manga tubò sa kalakasàn -nang hángi ng itò. I am afraid that perhaps the sugar-cane may all -break off, what with the strength of this wind. - -For another use of kayà` see § 297; cf. §§ 317. 321. - -220. lámang only: Isà lámang ang mansánas na nátira sa lamésa. Only one -apple is left on the table. So: íisa lámang only a single one. Sila ng -tatlò ay walà ng pagkáin kung hindí ang itlòg lámang na nàtìtirà. The -three had no food except only the egg that was left. - -Occasionally lámang follows the expression it modifies: isa ng ikápat -na partè lámang only a fourth part. - -Sometimes a na is left off after lámang: Ákin lámang pinùputlàn nang -buhòk. By-me (for ákin ... na, ng) only (he, anaphoric) is-getting-cut -of hair, i. e. I am only cutting his hair. siya lámang kàkáin nang -itlòg he (who; normally this relation is expressed by na, ng) will-eat -the egg, i. e. the one who is alone to eat the egg. See §§ 227. 243. - -221. màn expresses contrast with what precedes; it is the opposite of -dìn, and the two are often used in one sentence to emphasize the point -of difference and that of identity: Si Hwan màn ay naglínis (rìn) -nang kabalyerésa. Juan, too, cleaned stables (as did others). Lálù -nà lumakì ang gálit ni Hwàn, nang màbalitáan niya ng ang ikalawà màn -nya ng anàk ay nagsundálo rìn. Juan's anger grew even greater when he -learned that his second son too had (like the other) become a soldier. - -With interrogatives màn produces indefinites: Walà ng anu màn. There -is nothing at all; also: Not at all, i. e. You're welcome. ang ano -mà ng pasákit any kind of injury; ang alin mà ng pangkàt any team; -sínu màn any person whatever, anyone at all. See §§ 227. 248. 262, -(7. 10). 290. 317. - -222. múna expresses that that modified precedes another thing: -Magàwítan múna táyo, bágo táyo maghiwá-hiwalày. Let's sing a song -together (first) before we part. Mangáko ka múna... First promise.... - -223. nà takes into view the maturity of a situation (cf. German -schon): Ang librò y gamit nà. The book is used already, i. e. is -second-hand. Agad nà ng lálamìg. It will soon be cold now. Paálam na -akò (sa iyò). Good-bye (to you). Nahánap ko nà ang sombréro. I have -already looked for the hat. Nahánap na nyà ang sombréro. He has.... ang -maláon na nila ng pagpupuyàt gabi-gabì their long staying up now -every night, i. e. the fact that they have staid up late every night -now. íisa na lámang pangkàt only a single group now. It precedes bà (§ -215): Nakahandá na ba ang áki ng pangpalígo`? Is my bath ready? Gánu -ka na bà kakínis? How clever are you by this time? - -It is used also in brusque or familiar commands: Pálù na sa -kanya ng kamày! Hit him on his hand! Sáma na sa ákin. Come -to me (to a child). Ílag ka na riyàn! Be off there! See §§ -224. 226. 227. 229. 242. 244. - -224. namàn expresses transition to another subject, hence often -also mild contrast: Hábang si Hwána ay naglùlúto`, si Hwàn namàn -ay naglìlínis nang báhay. While Juana is cooking, Juan cleans the -house. Anu ka ba namà ng táo? What sort of person are you, anyway? Ibà -namàn ang gawìn mo ng lúto sa manòk. You are to cook the chicken in a -different way. siya rìn namàn nyà ng karanyúwa ng kinàkáin that which, -however, is usually eaten by him. - -The combination nà namàn means again: Maínit na namàn. It's hot again. - -225. nawà` pray, please expresses imprecation: Kaawaàn nawà` ninyo -kamì, poo ng Dyòs! Take pity on us, O Lord! - -226. ngà` is assertive and emphasizing: Oo ngà`. Yes indeed. Ikaw -ngà` ang nagsábi niyàn. You yourself are the one who said that. It -is used in polite requests: Itúru nga ninyò sa ákin ang daàn. Please -show me the way. Ipakipútol mo ngà`, Hwàn, ang tinibàn sa áki ng -bakúran. Please, Juan, cut down for me the banana-stump in my yard. It -follows nà: Pakipútol na ngà` ang sinúlid na itò. Please cut this -string for me. See § 229. - -227. pà expresses the immaturity or continuance of a situation -(cf. German noch) and stands in contrast with nà. Its meaning is -often emphasized by lámang: mabúti pà better yet, Íbig ko pà nang -kánin. I should like some more rice. Hampasìn mo pa syà. Whip him some -more. Saríwà pa ang damìt. The clothes are still wet. It precedes dìn -and màn (cf. § 248): ang isa pa rì ng káluluwa another (i. e. one more) -soul; Hindí pa rìn lubhà ng maliwánag. It was, however, not yet light -enough. Kagìgísing ko pa lámang. I have only just waked up. See §§ -243. 248. - -228. palà, used after hindì` (§ 239), expresses contrast with one's -expectation, reversal: Ang ísip ko y balat lámang nang itlòg itò, hindí -palà, kun dí` itlòg na boò`. I thought this was only an egg-shell, -but no, it was a whole egg. - -229. pò` is expressive of politeness toward the person addressed: -Oo pò`. Yes, sir; Yes, ma'am. Patàtawárin pò`! Pardon me; used also -in refusing to give alms. Patàtawárin po nang ilà ng sandalè`. Excuse -me for a few moments, please. Maghintú pu kayò. Please stop (plural -or polite singular). Magsihintú pu kayò. Please stop (explicit -plural). Umupú po kayò. Please sit down. Maupú po kayò. Please be -seated. Ikinalúlungkot ko pò` ang kasawià-ng-pálad na nangyáre sa -inyò. I lament the misfortune which has come to you. ang iyo pò -ng Kamàhálan your Majesty. pò` precedes bà and follows nà and ngà`: -Kaawaàn na pò` ninyo kamì, poo ng Dyòs! Take pity on us, O Lord! Maàári -pu bà ng kayò y maghintò`? Can you please stop? Occasionally pò` -follows that modified: Magandà ng áraw pò`! Good day; How do you do? - -230. sána expresses unreal futurity in the past or doubtful futurity -in the present; in the latter sense it expresses modesty in a request: -Ipaglálaba sána kità nang iyo ng damìt, ngúnit walà` ako ng sabòn. I -would wash your clothes for you, but I have no soap. Isinúlat ko sa -kanyà ng pilítin sána niya ng màparíto sa átin, pag sya y nàrìritò -sa báya ng itò. I wrote to him to try to get round here to us when -he gets to this town. - -231. tulòy further, in continuation: Sinábi tulòy niyà.... He said -further.... - -232. ulè` again, equivalent with mulì` (§ 148), has two irregularities: -it is often not enclitic but closely joined postpositive, and, in -this case, it may, entirely like mulì`, be conjunctive instead of -absolute: Nahúlog ulí sya. He fell again; but: Umakyàt sya ulè`. He -climbed again; and even: ... nang magdaàn sya ng ulè` sa pasíga ng -itò.... when he again walked on this beach. - - - -(2) prepositive particles. - -233. Certain particles used as absolute attributes always precede -that modified. They fall into two groups: (A) regular closely joined -modifiers, and (B) particles which immediately precede single words -or short phrases. - -234. (A) The closely joined particles usually receive regular -treatment, being followed, for instance, by enclitics. Occasionally, -however, the feeling seems to be that the particle is, as it were, -placed before the whole sentence; in this case a non-enclitic subject -or a loosely joined attribute or a second closely joined attribute may -follow the particle, and the last-named may (instead of the particle) -be followed by some or all of the enclitics. - -In the case of huwàg (§ 240) we meet for the first time alternation -of absolute and conjunctive attribution, which mostly follows the -principle that the latter construction is used where ng (as opposed -to na) is possible (§ 122). - -235. bakà` is expressive of an undesired contingency; it is the -negative of wishes and fears: Baká ka maputúlan nang dalíri`, Hwàn. You -might get your finger cut off, Juan, i. e. See that you don't ... or I -hope you won't.... Baká nya ikátawà ang iyo ng sàsabíhin. Perhaps what -you intend to say will only make him laugh. Baká táyu ang pagbintangàn -nang páre`. I am afraid the priest may suspect us. See § 317. - -236. bákit why? Bákit ka naparíto? Why have you come here? Bákit -mo inakála`...? Why do you think...? Bákit hindí ka magáral...? Why -don't you learn...? - -237. dì` not is often used instead of hindì` (§ 239) before shorter -expressions: dí maláyo` not far, dí karanyúwan unusual, Si Hwàn ay -dí natákot na sumakày. Juan was not afraid to mount. See § 301. - -238. gayòn (§ 190), in this use always followed by dìn (§ 218), also, -furthermore: Sya y isa ng táo ng may kauntì ng talíno at gayon dìn -may kauntì ng tápang. He was a man of some cleverness and also of -some courage. - -239. hindì` not is used where the specific negatives áyaw (§ -267), bakà` (§ 235), huwàg (§ 240), and walà` (§§ 61. 81. 89) -are not applicable. Occasionally it is replaced by dì` (§ -237). Hindì`. No. Hindí akò. (It is, was) not I; I don't, didn't, -etc. Hindí bále. It doesn't matter. Hindí ko nàlàláman. I don't -know. Hindí ko sya nàkíta. I didn't see him. Hindí ko mabása iyàn. I -can't read that. Ang túnay na lakì nang buwàn ay hindí sya ng nàkìkíta -nang manga táo kung gabè. The real size of the moon is not that which -people see at night. ang kanya ng tákot na baká hindí nya abúta ng -buhày ang kanya ng inìíbig his fear that (perhaps) he should not see -his loved one alive. - -Hindì` negates only the material part of a word, not its grammatical -(affixal) elements: Ang kamahalàn nang manòk ay sya ng hindí ikabilì -nitò nang marámi ng táo. The high price of chicken is that which -not causes-to-buy it many people, i. e. causes many people not to -buy it; the idea of buying is the material element of i-ka-bilì (see -Morphology); the causal idea, which is expressed by the prefixes i-ka- -is not negated. Ang pagkukublì nang manga sundálo ay siyà nilà ng -hindí ikinamatày. The hiding of the soldiers is what caused them not -to be killed, i. e. saved them from death. - -Note hindí rìn (§ 218) also not, nor, and gayòn dìn hindì` (§ 238): -Ang dalága ng si Mariyà y sumayàw sa bála ng táo ng humilìng sa kanyà -sa sàyáwa ng pinaroonàn niya kagabè: sya y hindí namíli nang kanya ng -sinamáhan at hindí rin namàn namíli nang tugtòg na kanya ng sinayawàn; -gayon dìn hindí nya ininò ang bílang at ang kadalasàn nang kanyà -ng pagsayàw. Miss Maria danced with any man that asked her at the -dance to which she went last night: she chose neither her partners -nor the music to which she danced; nor did she mind the number and -the frequency of her dances. See §§ 228. 237. 301. 319. - -240. huwàg, hwàg is the negative of commands, purpose, -obligation. Where ng is possible conjunctive attribution takes the -place of absolute: Ang hangàd ay ang huwàg bayáa ng lumagpàk sa lúpà -ang bóla. The aim is not to let the ball fall to the ground. (46, -36) Sinàsábi nya ríto na hwàg sunúgin ang ámi ng báhay. He told -them not to burn our house. Ang túro sa ákin nang mayèstro ay hwàg -akò ng mapagawày. The teacher's order to me is that I must not be -quarrelsome. Hwag mò ng tawánan si Hwàn. Don't laugh at Juan. Hwag -kà ng umyàk. Don't cry. Hwag kà, Hwàn, pumásuk na sekréta. Don't go -as a spy, Juan. See § 239. - -241. kaniyà`, kanyà` therefore, as a result, consequently: Bumitìw -ang báta` sa lúbid, kanyá náparapà` ang kanyà ng kahatakàn. The -child let go of the rope, and so the one he was pulling against -fell. Kanyà` hindí tulà` ang kanya ng kinantà. Therefore what he sang -was disconnected. Kanyà` sa katapusàn ay sinábi nya... Therefore in -the end he said.... Occasionally it is loosely joined: Kanyà y sya -y umalìs. Therefore he went away. See §§ 295. 324. - -242. lálo` (§ 147), in this use always followed by nà (§ 223), -especially, very: Lálù na kung isa ng tahòl nang áso ang makàgísing sa -kanya, sya y nàpàpaluksò. Especially when the barking of a dog awoke -him, he would involuntarily jump. Sya y nangàngáin nang táo lálù nà -nang manga báta`. It makes its food of people, especially children. - -243. sakà` after that, then: Pagkà pinapagpùpútol ko nà sya nang -káhoy ay saká sya nagdàdahilà ng may sakìt. As soon as I order him -to cut wood, (then) he alleges that he is sick. - -Especially saká pa lámang (§ 227) only then, not till then: Kapag -ipinamùmútol na nya nang káhoy ang lagári` ay saká mo pa lámang kúnin -itò sa kanyà. When he uses the saw for cutting wood, only then do -you take it from him. - -244. tuwè` when followed by nà (§ 223) is used as a loosely -joined prepositive attribute: every time: Tuwí nà y syà ang nagìng -mánanalò. He turns out victorious every single time. See §§ 307. 317. - -245. (B) The particles of the second group are mechanically prefixed, -as it were, to that modified. - -246. The pretonic particle báwat every precedes that modified, forming -an object expression with or without ang (§ 66, end): Báwat marúnung -nang leksyòn ay makaáalìs pagdatìng nang alasìngko. Everyone who knows -the lesson will be allowed to leave at five o'clock. Ang báwat hindí -marúnung nang leksyòn ay màtìtirà hanggàng alasès. Every one of those -who do not know the lesson will have to stay till six o'clock. báwat -táo everyone, each person. - -247. gaáno, gáno how? (§ 190) is used absolutely before words with -prefix ka- expressing high degree of a quality (see Morphology and -cf. §§ 76. 179): gáno katabà`? How fat? gáno kaláyo`? How far? Gánu -ka na bà kakínis? How clever are you now? - -248. The pretonic particle káhit precedes interrogatives and isà one -absolutely or with na; its force is generalizing, more emphatically -than màn (§ 221). The expression so formed is an object expression -used with or without ang (§ 68): ang káhit na síno, ang káhit síno, -káhit na síno, káhit síno anyone, anyone whatever, no matter who, -káhit anò anything whatever, káhit na anu ng táo any sort of person -whatever, káhit na sínu ng táo any person whatever, sa káhit alì ng -bandà in any direction, káhit isà anyone whatever, even one. - -These expressions are often strengthened by màn (§ 221) or pà màn (§ -227): Hindí na sya sumakày sa káhit ano pa màn. This time he did not -ride on anything. káhit sínu màn anyone at all. - -Expressions beginning with káhit have the peculiarity that in the -two normally conjunctive constructions in which they stand na, ng is -often omitted before them: - -After walà` (§ 138): Walá káhit anò. There isn't a thing. Walá -sila káhit anò. They haven't a thing. So even when walà` does not -immediately precede: Nàbuksàn ang pintú nang wala ng nakàmálay káhit -sínu màn. The door came open without anyone noticing it. Walá pa sila -ng nàhùhúli káhit anò. They had not yet caught anything, literally: -anything that was caught. Walá sya ng nàlàláman káhit isa ng hóta. He -did not know a single iota. Occasionally na, ng is used: Walá sya ng -màkíta ng táo ng káhit anò. He saw no person whatever. - -As (normally conjunctive, § 149) attribute of time during which: -Sya y hindí màtahímik káhit isà ng sandalè`. He cannot keep quiet -even for a single moment. See §§ 253. 294. - -249. kápuwà`, kápwà` fellow-, equally, applied to one of a pair, -is sometimes used with personal pronouns: in this case it follows -(cf. § 129): Si Pédro at si Hwàn ay dalawa ng kápwa magnanákaw. Pedro -and Juan are two fellow thieves. ang kápwa nya magnanákaw his -fellow-thief, Kápuwa maínam ang tinìg nila ng dalawà. The voices of -the two are equally pleasant. Kápwa sila malakàs. They are equally -strong. Sinàsaktan silà kápuwa`. They both get hurt. Redundantly: -Namílog si Hwàn nang úlo nang kápwa nya kalarò`. Juan fooled -(literally: rounded the head of) his (fellow) playmate. - -The word modified may be anaphorically omitted: Ang táwo y hindí -dápat sumakìt nang kanya ng kápwa`. One must not injure one's fellow -(sc. táo man). - -250. The transient pretonic particle magìng and its other transient -forms (see Morphology) express that the word or phrase modified is -something coming into being, arising, at the time specified by the -tense-form of the particle: Sya y nagìng hukòm. He became judge. ang -nagìng pagkáhulè the falling-behind which arose, Nagìng isa syà sa -manga hindí nátanggàp. He turned out to be one of those who were -not accepted. - -251. The pretonic particle mangà is the sign of explicit plurality -with object expressions. It precedes the central element immediately, -not even the na, ng necessitated by a preceding conjunctive attribute -comes between; only ibà may come after mangà: ang kanyà ng magúlang, -or: ang kanyà ng manga magúlang his, her parents, ang manga ibà -ng táo other people. Redundantly: Sa tapàt nang báhay ni Pédro ay -marámi ng manga bulaklàk. In front of Pedro's house there are many -flowers. Ang áraw ay sya ng pinópoon nang ilà ng manga salbáhe sa -Áfrika. The sun is worshipped by some savages in Africa. And even: -ang manga ilan pà ng manga tanòng several further questions. With -mangà compare the prefix of the same form, see Morphology. - -252. The pretonic particle máy belongs here. For examples see §§ -69. 70. 85. 110. 139. - -253. nì pretonic, is a frequent substitute (Spanish) for káhit (§ -245) in negative sentences. The object expressions which begin with it -never take ang (§ 68): Ní isa y walà ng nátira. There isn't a single -one left. Walá ní isa. There isn't a single one. Nàbuksàn ang pintú -nang wala ng nakàmálay nì sínu màn. The door came open without anyone -noticing it. Walà ng nátira ní isa nang manga péras sa mésa. Not one -was left of the pears on the table. - -Occasionally nì seems to take the place of nang before káhit: Bákit -hindí sya makátagpo nì káhit isà nang manga bágay na itò? Why could -he not meet even a single one of these things? Cf. § 319. - -254. The pretonic particle tagà, tigà preceding an expression of place -forms an expression denoting a person from that place: Sya y isa ng -taga Kapampángan. He is a Pampangan. ang taga búkid, ang tiga búkid: -ang isa ng táo ng túbo sa búkid a country-man: a person raised in the -country, ang mayáma ng taga iba ng báyan the rich man from another -town, stranger, foreigner, ang manga taga iba t ibà ng lupaìn people -from various countries. So: taga báyan, tiga báyan townsman, taga -Filipínas Filipino, taga Amérika American, taga Espánya Spaniard -(beside Amerikáno, Kastíla`). Cf. in Morphology, the prefix taga-. - -255. Numerative pronouns and cardinal numerals are used as absolute -attributes before katáo persons, men: sa m pú katáo ten people, ten -men; or: sa m pù ng táo; Ilàn katáo (or: Ilà ng táo) ang bumúhat sa -báhay? How many men lifted at the house? - -256. The terms of relationship and titles which are treated as personal -names (§ 59) precede a name as absolute attributes; after most of those -that end in a syllabic, n, or `, ng is however used. Some titles occur -only in this construction: si Kúya ng Pédro my oldest brother Pedro, -si Atè Lóleng my oldest sister Lola, si Ingkòng Píro Grandfather Pedro, -si Indà ng Hwána, or: si Impò ng Hwána Grandmother Juana, si Áli ng -Maryà, or: si Tiyà Maryà Aunt Maria, si Mà ng Andrès Uncle Andrés, -Don Andrés, si Ginoò ng Polikàrpiyo Mr. Policarpio, si Gíning Màrkes -Miss or Mrs. Marques, si Párì Hwàn Father Juan, si Mayèstro ng Pédro -Teacher Pedro, Master Pedro, si Báo ng Mariyà Widow Maria, si nasíra -ng Mariyà the deceased Maria. - - - -(3) words used as absolute attributes of manner and time. - -257. The words used as absolute attributes of manner and time resemble -in meaning conjunctive attributes and are frequently used in the latter -construction. As a rule they are loosely joined and absolute. In this -way are used: - -258. Derivatives by doubling of words of time, in the sense of every -(day, night, etc.). With these goes the compound áraw-gabè day and -night. For both formations see Morphology. Hinàhatdan nyà akò nang -gátas áraw-áraw. He delivers milk to me every day. Gabi-gabì ay -tinùtulúgan nang bantày ang áki ng báhay. Every night the sentry -makes our house his sleeping-place. - -259. Words with prefix ka- referring to past time (see Morphology): -Ang pàtáya ng nangyári kagabì ay paglalasìng ang nagìng sanhè`. The -killing that occurred last night had drunkenness as its cause. Ang -manga áso sa báya ng itò ay nagtàhúlan kagabè. The dogs in this town -all bayed last night. Ang kabáyo ay namatày kahápon. The horse died -yesterday. Pumaroòn akò kamakalawà. I went there day before yesterday. - -These may be followed by a disjunctive attribute telling the specific -time when: Nagsipútol kamì nang tubò kahápon nang hápon. We cut -sugar-cane yesterday afternoon. So: kahápon nang umága yesterday -morning. - -260. Words of time with prefix kinà- and suffix -an expressing actual -past time (see Morphology): Kinàháti-ng-gabihàn ay nágising syà. When -midnight came he woke up. Kinàbukásan hinánap silà nang kanila ng -amà. On the next day they were called by their father. - -With disjunctive attribute telling the special time: Kinàbukásan nang -hápun ay naparoòn sila sa simbáhan. On the next day in the afternoon -they went to church. - -261. Words of time preceded by the pronouns boò` and isà as conjunctive -modifiers: Sila y nagsipagsugàl gabi-gabì boò ng magdamàg. They -gambled all night every night. Isa ng áraw naupó sya sa taburéte. One -day he sat down on his chair. Ang iyò ng kapatìd ay nalígo isa ng -hápon. Your sister bathed one afternoon. Isa ng gabì ay nárinig -ko.... One evening I heard.... So: isa ng katanghalían one midday, -isa ng linggò one Sunday, isa ng tanghále` one noon, isa ng umága one -morning. As conjunctive attributes: Sya y naglálakad na isa ng gabì. He -was walking one night. Páparoon sya ng isa ng linggò. He will come -one Sunday. Those with boò` also as local attributes: Nakatahul nà -ang manga áso sa boò ng magdamàg. The dogs have been barking all night. - -262. Various words of time: - -(1) antimáno beforehand (Spanish). - -(2) búkas tomorrow: Magpàpapútol ba táyo nang káhoy búkas? Are we -going to have some wood cut tomorrow? With disjunctive attribute of -specific time: Magsìsipútol kamì nang tubò búkas nang umága. We are -going to cut sugar-cane tomorrow morning. - -(3) dáti for a long time already; formerly; it is sometimes closely -joined: ang mukhá nang babáye, na dáti y nagpàpakilála nang malakì ng -paghihírap the face of the woman, which before had been showing great -suffering; Dáti náriyàn ang mansà ng iyàn. That spot has been there -for a long time. As conjunctive attribute: Dáti sya ng napàparíto sa -áki ng báhay. He has been coming to my house since long ago. - -(4) kadalasàn often, usually: Ang kanya ng pinasàsakítan kadalasà y -nagáanyo ng pára ng ulòl. The person he is injuring usually acts as -if crazy. - -(5) kanína a little while ago, just now: Sinábi ko na pò sa inyo -kanína, na.... I just told you a little while ago that.... - -With a conjunctive attribute of the specific time in the phrase -kanína ng umága this morning, which may be closely joined: Kumáin ka -ba kanína ng umága nang karnè?--Hindí ako kumáin nang karnè kanína ng -umága. Did you eat meat this morning?--I did not eat meat this morning. - -(6) karanyúwan mostly, usually: Ang kosinéro karanyúwa y upahàn. The -cook is usually hired. - -(7) káylan, kélan when? Káylan ako malìlígo`? When shall I -bathe? Káylan pa kayà panghìhinayángan nang manga táo ang manga áni -ng taòn-taò y nàsìsíra nang luktòn o nang túyot? When, pray, will -the people regret the harvests every year destroyed by locusts or -by drought? So káylan màn at any time, ever, always (§§ 221. 317): -Káylan mà y hindí nilìlimútan si Maryà. Maria was never forgotten. - -(8) makálawà twice, when with maghápon per day: Naàári ako ng malígo -makálawa maghápun, dahilàn sa kainítan. I can bathe twice a day -on account of the heat. Alone makálawà is a conjunctive attribute: -Makálawa ko ng itinanùng kung saàn sya páparoòn, dátapuwat hindí nya -ako sinagòt. I asked him twice where he was going, but he did not -answer me. Maghápon does not occur alone. - -(9) mámayà`, mámyà` after a while, soon, with a disjunctive attribute -of the specific time when: Mámyá nang kauntì` ay áalis akò. In -a little while I am going. As conjunctive modifier; the phrase so -formed is used like mámayà` alone: Mámaya ng gabì ay pàpások táyo sa -teyátro. This evening we shall go to the theatre. - -(10) mínsan once, once upon a time: Mínsan sila y nakáraàn nang isa ng -púno-ng-nyòg. Once upon a time they came across a cocoanut-tree. With -màn at any one time (§ 221): Mínsan màn ay hindí sya náuna. Not a -single time did he succeed in getting ahead. As conjunctive attribute: -Ang tatlo ng itù y nagtìpána ng mínsan. These three once made an -appointment. - -(11) ngayòn now, just now, today (cf. § 302): Sya y nása Mayníla -ngayòn. He is in Manila today. Ngayòn ay mangàkàkatúlog silà. Now -they will be able to sleep. So ngayon dìn right now (§ 218): Umalìs -ka ngayon dìn. Go away this minute. - -(12) paráti often: Mahína ang kanyà ng katawàn at paráti sa sakìt. Her -body was weak and often in sickness. Also conjunctive: Akò y paráti -ng nàhàhábol. I am often pursued. - -(13) siyèmpre (Spanish) always: Ang paggalàw na pagtagílid ay syèmpre -(or: káylan màn ay) sa kaikliàn nang bangkà`, dátapuwat ang pagtikwàs -ay sa kahabáan. The movement of rocking is always along the short -axis of a boat, but pitching is along its length. - -263. Four words of place, which serve also as local forms of the -demonstrative pronouns (§ 199). They are, corresponding to the four -demonstrative pronouns: díne, ríne; díto, ríto; diyàn, dyàn, riyàn; -doòn, roòn. They occur in every position which an attribute can have: - -Loosely joined, preceding: Doòn ay sinalúbong sya nang susò`. There -he was met by the snail. Díto nàmálas nya ng.... Here he perceived -that.... - -Loosely joined, following: Taginit nà nang sya y dumating díto. It -was already summer when he arrived here. Ang alíla` ay ipinagamùt -nya díto. The servant was-ordered-to-be-cured by-him of-the-latter, -i. e. He had the latter cure the servant. Alis dyàn! Get away -there! (e. g. to a dog). Alìs na riyàn, Pédro. Go away from there, -Pedro. Mátira ka dyàn. Stay there. - -Closely joined, preceding: Díne ako maúupò`. I am going to sit right -here. Díto ka na makikáin sa ámin. Eat here with us. Díto nya ginámit -ang kanya ng lakàs. For this he used his strength. Doòn sila magpalípas -nang bakasyòn. There they are to spend the vacation. - -Closely joined, following: Hwag mò ng ilagay díto ang palatòn. Don't -put the plate here. - -Enclitic: Dalhìn mo ríto iyò ng librò ng binàbása ko kagabì. Bring -here the book I was reading last night. Magdalà ka díto nang -kasapwégo. Bring some matches. - -These words often precede a local attribute: Ílag ka dyàn sa daàn. Get -out of the road there. Nakitúloy silà sa ámin doòn sa búkid. They -asked us to take them in out there in the country. Note also: Sa isa -ng karitò ng dí maláyo sa báhay, doòn sya nahigà` In a cart not far -from the house, there he lay down. - -264. Similarly saàn where? which serves also instead of a local form -of anò (§ 199). It is closely joined and, as a question-word, precedes: -Saàn nároon ang kanya ng kapatìd?--Hindí ko nàlàláman kung saàn nároon -ang kanya ng kapatìd. Where is his brother?--I don't know where his -brother is. Saan nàndon sya? Where is he? Saàn mo sya nàkíta? Where -did you see him? Saàng ka maúupò`? Where are you going to sit? Saàng -ka gáling? Where do you come from? (Cf., for the local value, the -answer, e. g.: Gáling ako sa Mayníla`. I come from Manila.) Saàn ka -nanggàgáling? Where are you coming from? Saàn ka nanggáling? Where -have you come from? Saàng ka páparon? Where are you going? Saàn ka -púpunta? Where are you bound for? So: káhit saàn anywhere at all -(§ 248): Itò y hindí nya màkíta káhit saàn. He could not find the -latter anywhere. - -As local form of anò, saàn stands also in conjunctive attribution (§ -131): Saà ng gawè` mulá ríto ang báya-ng-Kamálig?--Sa gawì ng kánan -mulá ríto ang báya-ng-Kamálig. In what direction from here is the town -of Camalig?--The town of Camalig is to the right of here. Pagkaísip mo, -Hwàn, kung saà ng báyan ka maghàhánap-búhay ay sabíhin mo sa ákin. When -you have decided, Juan, in what town you will try to earn your living, -tell me. - -As a question-word, further, saàn may form a static predicate (§ -96): Saàn ang làgáyan mo nang iyo ng sapátos? Where is your place -for putting away your shoes? - -265. Several words of manner: - -(1) The particle agàd at once and its doubled form agad-agàd -immediately (see Morphology) are closely joined; where ng can be -used, they are mostly conjunctive: Tumakbò sya agàd. He ran at once, -or: Tumakbò sya ng agàd. Minulàn nya agàd ang pagtatalumpáte`. He -at once began his speech. Agad nà ng lálamìg. It will soon be cold -now. Agad-agàd inùumpisahàn ang pagsisìgáwan. At once the yelling -begins. - -(2) halimbáwa` for example, for instance is loosely joined: Kung -halimbáwa y makàkíta sya nang isa ng bákol.... When, for instance, -she saw a basket ... isa ng tahòl nang áso halimbáwa` the barking of -a dog, for instance. - -(3) hálos almost is closely joined: hálos lahàt nang táo almost all -the people, walà ng pamamáro` hálos almost without clothing. - -(4) isa-isà one by one is closely joined; it is more often conjunctive -than absolute: Siniyásat nya isa-isà ang manga púno`. She questioned -the trees one by one. Itò y sya nyà ng isa-isà ng inilaglàg. These -he dropped one by one. - -(5) karáka-ráka right away, quickly (cf. pagdáka, pagkaráka, below): -"Hindí akò!" winíka nya karáka-ráka. "It wasn't I!" he said at once. - -(6) katunáyan truth, as absolute attribute, loosely joined, truly; in -this sense also conjunctive: Katunáya y uwalà ng mwàng si Hwàn. Really -Juan was ignorant. Katunáya ng walá sya ng nàlàláman káhit isa ng -hóta. He really did not know a single iota. - -(7) mìsmo (Spanish) himself, herself, intensive: ang nàkùkúlam mìsmo -the bewitched person himself; siya mìsmo he himself, she herself. - -(8) palibhása` is loosely joined and precedes. It expresses that -what follows is stated as a reason; the construction is apparently -not subordinating, but parallel with that of halimbáwa` above: Ang -pagsasáma ... ay hindí nila pinápansìn, palibhása y gawá rin namàn -nilà. The living together ... was not minded by them, the reason -being that they did it themselves. - -(9) pagdáka and pagkaráka immediately, quickly (synonymous with -karáka-ráka above): Pagdáka y tinangnan nyà ang dalawà ng hintutúro` -nang babáye. He quickly seized the woman's two forefingers. Also -closely joined: Itinanòng pagdáka nang médiko.... The doctor at -once asked.... - - - -(4) absolute complements. - -266. After certain words which are followed by a complement -construction, as described in § 151 ff., the conjunctive particle is -often omitted, especially where the form na is required; where ng is -possible its use is preferred. They are: - -267. íbig desired, synonymous with gustò (of whose regular construction -examples have been given in §§ 152. 158), and áyaw the negative -of íbig. These are usually accompanied by a disjunctive agent: -Anò ang íbig nya ng sabíhin? What is that desired by-him that -(sc. by-him it, both anaphoric) be said? or: What is the desired -by-him thing-to-be-said? i. e. What does he want to say? Anò ang -íbig mo ng gawìn nya? What do you want him to do? Hindí na sya íbig -labanàn. He was no longer sought as an opponent. Itò y íbig na gawì -ng úna. This is desired to be done first, i. e. One wants to do this -first. Ang áyaw ko ng màkíta ay isa ng núno`. What I don't want to -see is a ghost. Itò y áyaw nya ng gawìn. He does not want to do this. - -Very frequently the construction is impersonal, in which case -the complement (and quasi-subject, § 158) may consist of an entire -predication: Íbig nya ng kumáin nang súha`. It-is-desired by-him that -(he) eat some grape-fruit, i. e. He wants to eat some grape-fruit. Íbig -nya ng kánin ang súha`. It-is-desired by-him that be-eaten (by-him) -the grape-fruit, i. e. He wants to eat the grape-fruit. Áyaw ipamána -nang mangkukúlam ang kanya ng kúlam. The sorcerer does not want to -bequeath his magic power. - -When the person desiring is at the same time the agent of the -complement, the whole expression may serve as predicate or attribute -of the person desiring; this construction is rarely used with other -than active complements: Sya y íbig kumáin nang súha`. He is desired -(by-him) that (he) eat some grape-fruit, i. e. He wants to eat some -grape-fruit, equivalent to Íbig nya ng kumáin nang súha`. Ang kúba` ay -hindi rìn íbig umakyàt. The hunchback too did not want to climb. isa ng -Kastíla` na íbig malígo` a Spaniard who wanted to bathe. Ang sundálo -ay áyaw pumáyag. The soldier did not want to consent. - -Without complement (or with anaphorically omitted complement): Anò ang -íbig mo? What is it you want? Íbig ko pà nang kánin. There-is-desire -by-me still of boiled rice, i. e. I want some more boiled rice. Ang -larò ng taguàn ay íbig nang manga báta`. Children like the game of -hide-and-seek. Áyaw ko. I don't want to; less commonly: Áyaw akò. - -268. dápat proper, necessary and súkat fitting, right: Itò y dápat -gawìn. This ought to be done. Sya y dápat palúin. He ought to be -thrashed. Anò ang dápat nya ng gawìn? What ought to be done by -him? i. e. What ought he do? Ang isà y dápat múna ng magsilbè sa -dimóniyo. One must first serve the demon. Hindí mo súkat ikagálit ang -manga tuksò. It is not right for you to get angry at jokes, literally: -Jokes are not by-you a fitting cause of anger. - -Without complement: Itò y súkat nà. This is right, sufficient. - -269. Words with prefix ma-, expressing the possessor of a quality, -and their derivatives (see Morphology), have occasionally an absolute -instead of a conjunctive complement. Those so used are: - -(1) madalàs often, frequent, regular: Akò y madalàs magkumpisàl. I was -regular at going to confession, or: a regular confessor. But: Madalàs -nila ng sinalakáyan ang báyan. They frequently attacked the town. - -(2) magalìng skilful, clever, polite: Si Hwàn ay magalìng gumámit -nang daràs. Juan was clever at using the adze, or: a clever user of -the adze, or: cleverly used the adze. But: Magalìng sya ng tumugtòg -nang piyáno. She plays the piano well. - -(3) mahírap suffering, destitute, difficult (i. e. having hardship, -actively or passively): Ang aswàng ay mahírap mápatay. A vampire -is hard to-be-killed, i. e. hard to kill. Regular constructions: -Ang pagabùt nang búnga ng itò ay mahírap. The reaching this fruit -is hard, i. e. The fruit is hard to reach. ang mahírap na kasamà the -poor laborer. - -(4) mahúsay able, good (at doing something), in good shape: Ang manga -táo sa báyan ay mahuhúsay sumunòd sa kautusàn. The people in the town -are good law-abiders. But: ang pinakamahúsay na magsalità` the best -at speaking; Ang lípà nang lúpa` ay mahúsay. The smearing (with sticky -mud) of the ground (in the threshing-room for rice) is well done. - -(5) maínam pleasant, tasty, good: Ang manòk na kawalà` ay hindí maínam -patayìn. Chickens that run free are not good for killing. Cf.: isa -ng maínam na singsìng a pretty ring. - -(6) malakàs strong, powerful, loud: Sya y malakàs kumáin. He is -great at eating, or: a great eater; also: malakàs na kumáin. Cf.: -ang manga táo ng malalakàs strong men, Sya y tumáwa nang malakàs. He -laughed aloud. - -(7) maluwàt, malwàt long (in time), slow: Ang pagpútol nang buhòk -ay maluwàt màtutúhan. Hair-cutting takes long to learn. Cf.: Syà -y nagkalatimbà ng maluwàt. He squatted on heels (as exercise or -punishment) many times. Natùtúlog akò nang maluwàt. I sleep late. - -(8) marúnong wise, knowing how: Sya y marúnung gumupìt nang buhòk. He -knew how to cut hair. But: Marúnong sya ng sumakày sa kabáyo. He -knows how to ride horseback. ang marúnong na pagòng the clever turtle; -Isa ng sundálo ng marúnung nang Latìn. A soldier who knew Latin. - - - -(5) words used with disjunctive and local attributes. - -270. Certain words form with their attributes phrases that are -used as absolute attributes, for the most part loosely joined. The -phrase-forming attributes are either (A) disjunctive or (B) local. - -271. (A) akála` a thought followed by a disjunctive possessor: as -so-and-so thinks: Akála ko y gamit nà ang sombréro ng itò. I think -this hat has been used already, is second-hand. More commonly these -phrases are used as local attribute: Ang harangà ng iyòn na nangyári -kagabè sa akála ko y pahárang ni Andrès. The hold-up which took place -last night was, in my opinion, planned by Andrés. - -272. gáya like, resembling, in the manner of; for the disjunctive -attribute cf. § 177: ang manga púno-ng-káhoy, gáya nang tsíko trees -like the custard-apple; Gáya nang karanyúwan inumpisahàn nang kúra -ang kanya ng sèrmon. As usual, the priest began his sermon. Magaàn -ang sípa`, hindí gáya nang bóla ng gámit sa bèsbol. The football -is light, unlike the ball used in baseball. These phrases occur -also as conjunctive attributes: Hindí umuwé si Kíko na gáya nang -karanyúwan. Kiko did not go home as usual. Normal constructions: Ang -húni nang íbo ng pipìt ay gáya nang isa ng sutsòt. The chirp of the -humming-bird is like a whistling. ang manga gáya mo those like you, -people like you. - -273. kasáma (in normal constructions companion): as companion of, -in company with: Namundok syà kasáma nang ilà manga táo-ng-báyan. He -took the mountains along with a few fellow-townsmen. - -274. Abstracts of action with prefixes in p- (see Morphology) express -the time when or (so pagka- and pagkà-) the time immediately after -which. They sometimes occur without a disjunctive modifier. Cf. § -300. Pagulàn ay gamítin mo ang kapóte. When it rains use your -raincoat. Pagdatìng niya ay sabíhin mo ng maghintày. When he arrives -tell him to wait, literally: At the arriving of him be-it-said by-you -that (he) wait. Pagkasúnog nang báhay ay hinánap nilà ang aláhas. When -the house had burned down they looked for the jewelry. Pagakpakan -mò si Hwàn pagkaraàn nang kanyà ng talumpáte`. Applaud Juan when his -speech is done. - -275. pára like is followed by a conjunctive (instead of a disjunctive) -object expression whenever an indefinite object is meant (§ 68). The -phrase so formed is often a conjunctive attribute. It is closely -joined: Si Pédro màn pára ni Hwàn ay nábilanggò`. Pedro too, like Juan, -was put in jail. But: May katawàn sya ng pára ng táo. He has a body -like a human being. Normal constructions: Pára ka ng kúra. You are -like a priest. Ang lamìg nang kanya ng kamày ay pára ng sa patày. The -coldness of his hand is like that of a dead person. (Cf. § 209). - -276. sábi saying, that said: Sábi daw nyà ay malakì ang súnog. He says, -I am told, that the fire was big. - -277. (B) alintána despite: Nàbálot ko nà ang manga librò, alintána -sa karamíhan nitò. I have managed to pack the books, in spite of -their number. - -278. áyon according to (giving the source of a statement): Áyon sa -sábi nang marámi ay màpàpaghuli na ràw ang manga magnanákaw. According -to what people say, the robbers are now near to being caught. - -279. bukòd beside, in addition to: Bukòd sa asáwa ay may dalawà sya -ng anàk. Beside his wife, he had two children. - -280. dáhil reason, cause and its derivative dahilàn, both here in -the sense: on account of: Hindí nakatahòl ang áso dáhil sa kanya ng -kahináan. The dog was not able to bark, on account of his weakness, -i. e. was so weak that he could not bark. Hinúle si Hwàn nang pulìs -dahilàn sa paghárang na ginawá nya kina Andrès at kanila ng manga -kaybígan. Juan was arrested by the policeman for having held up Andrés' -party and their friends. Dahilàn sa kanya ng pagkàgúlat ay nápaupú -sya. In his surprise he sank down on his chair. - -Note especially dáhil díto, dahil díto on account of this, therefore; -the omission of ay, y is especially frequent, see § 120, A, and -the example there given. Dáhil díto ay nadílat ang kanya ng manga -matà. Through this his eyes were opened. - -281. The particle káy, ké than, more than: Ang búnga ng itò y matamìs -káy sa asúkal. This fruit is sweeter than sugar. malakàs ké sa kanyà -stronger than he. - -The combination káy sa has so much unity that the sa is often repeated -or used where unnecessary: so always before a proper name: Ang báta -ng si Pédro ay mataàs nang kauntè` káy sa sa lamésa. Little Pedro -is a bit taller than the table. lálu ng mabagsìk káy sa ríto more -fierce than this; Ang báta ng si Pédro ay mataàs nang kauntè` káy -sa kay Hwàn. Little Pedro is a bit taller than Juan. Sya y mabúte -ng tumugtùg ké sa kay Hwána. She plays better than Juana. Si Hwàn ay -magúlang káy sa kay Pédro. Juan is older than Pedro. - -Owing to the construction described at § 120 this construction may be -ambiguous: Lálo ng malakì ang gálit ni Hwàn káy sa kay Pédro. Juan's -anger is greater than Pedro's. - -282. lában against: ang gálit lában sa kanyà anger against him, Ang -kapangyaríhan ay ginàgámit nya lában sa kanya ng manga kaáway. He -uses his power against his enemies. - -283. líban except: Ang manga karumáta ng itò ay upahàn, líban na -lámang sa ilàn. These carriages are hired, except only for a few. - -284. The particle mulà` from and its derivative magmulà` starting from: -ang gitnà` mulá sa magkábila ng dúlo the middle from both ends; ang -kanyà ng manga súgat mulá sa paà hanggàng úlo his wounds from feet to -head; mulá ríto from here. With disjunctive attribute of time instead -of local attribute: mulá noòn from then on, from that time. - -285. Words of manner with prefix pa- (see Morphology): Ang manga táo -ay nagsipagtakbúhan papalabàs sa simbáhan. The people ran leaving -(i. e. out of) the church. Ipinatúluy nya ang paglalakàd papuntà sa -isa ng báhay. He continued walking (directed) toward a certain house. - -Commonest is patúngo directed towards, aiming for: Tumakbo syà patúngu -sa ílog. He ran towards the river. - -Regular construction: Sya y papuntà sa lángit. He was on the way -to Heaven. - -286. The particle parà, pára (Spanish) for, equivalent to úkol (§ 288): -Nagbwàl sila nang isa ng báka pára sa fiyèsta. They slaughtered a cow -for the fiesta. Humúkay sila nang malálim parà sa patày. They dug a -deep pit for the corpse. Pumútol ka bà nang damò parà sa kabáyo? Have -you cut any grass for the horse? Also as conjunctive attribute, -modifying an object expression: Sulat nà ang líham na pára kay -Hwána. The letter for Juana is written. - -287. tungkòl about, concerning: Nasiyásat nang hukòm ang lahàt nang -bágay tungkòl sa kanila ng úsap. The judge inquired into all the -matters relating to their suit. Cf.: ang tungkùl sa súnog the details -about the fire. - -288. The particle úkol is synonymous with parà (§ 286) and tungkòl: -Humúkay sila nang malálim úkol sa patày. This phrase as predicate: -Iyò y úkol sa manga hírap sa infiyèrno. This was about the sufferings -in Hell. - - - -(6) words introducing subordinate phrases or predications. - -289. Certain words precede words, phrases, and whole predications which -are thereby subordinated to the main sentence as absolute attributes, -loosely joined. - -The syntactic relation of these words to the expressions which they -introduce seems to be the peculiar one described in § 54. However, -some of them are plainly joined to their phrase by na, ng, and others -end in -ng or -t. Most of them merely precede the phrase, others are -closely joined. - -Finally, in a few cases predications apparently not introduced by -any subordinating word are used as absolute attributes. - -290. bagà (§ 216), in this sense always followed by màn (§ 221), -although, is less used than káhit (§ 294). See also § 317. Baga màn -nakapagpasyàl si Pédro, nátira kamì sa báhay. Although Pedro managed -to take a walk, we staid home. - -291. bágo, in this use before (in point of time), has closely joined -position as regards its phrase: Ang manga kabáyo ng ginàgámit nang -manga kanyunéros nang gubyèrno ay pinaíinum múna, bágo pakánin. The -horses used by the artillery of the government are watered first, -before they are fed. Nagkantáhan silà bágo naguwían. They sang -together before they went home. Bágo sya y sumúlat ay makipagúsap -ka sa kanyà. Before he writes have a talk with him. Magísip ka bágo -ka sumagòt. Think before you answer. Balatan mò ang manggà bágu mo -kánin. Peel the mango before you eat it. maluwat pà bágo mamatày ang -mangkukúlam long before the sorcerer dies. - -In normal constructions bágo has the sense of new, recent: ang bágu -ng báhay the new house; ang bágo ng táo an unmarried man, a youth; -ang manga manòk na bágo ng bilè the chickens just bought; Bágu ng -gáling sya sa sakìt. He is recently recovered from an illness. - -292. hábang throughout, during, while probably consists of hába` length -plus ng. Hábang sya y natùtúlog ay nakaraàn ang susò`. While he was -sleeping the snail passed. Hábang pinagusápan nilà itò ang ikapitù ng -báta` ay nása isa ng bitàk nang bangkò`. While they were discussing -this, the seventh child was in a crack of the bench. Nàlùlugmok -syà hábang panahòn sa isa ng malálim na kalungkútan. She was sunk -constantly (literally: throughout time) in a deep sadness. A short -phrase with hábang may be closely joined: Hindí nya natagalà ng -angkinìn hábang búhay nya ang birtùd na iyòn. He did not succeed in -keeping this quality as his own throughout (his) life. [8] - -293. hanggàng as far as, to, until may be hanggàn limit, end plus ng; -instead of the absolute construction the phrase is, however, often -in local form. For lack of ang in the phrase see § 68. Naghintày -sya hanggàng katanghalían. He waited till noon. Ang púno` ay tumúbo` -hanggàng sa magbúnga. The tree grew until (it) bore fruit. Silà ay -nagtakbúhan hanggàng sa dumatìng sila sa kanila ng báyan. They both ran -until they arrived in their town. As predicate: Ang kúlang nang gátas -ay hanggàng sa leèg nang bóte. The lack of milk is as far as the neck -of the bottle, i. e. The milk goes only up to the neck of the bottle. - -294. káhit (§ 245), with or without na, in the sense of although, no -matter (cf. §§ 290. 317). The subordinate word or phrase has usually -the form of a question; when it is an entire predication the predicate -stands first: Tinalaga nyà ng sumáma, káhit na saàn sya dalhìn. He -decided to go along, no matter where he was carried. Káhit na anò ang -iyútos nya ay sinúsunòd. No matter what it was he ordered, (it) was -obeyed. Káhit na madilìm ang gabì ay nagpasyal dìn si Pédro. Though -the night was dark, Pedro nevertheless took a walk. Káhit na bahagyà -ang ulàn ay nakabasà` nang karsáda. Though the rain was scanty, -it sufficed to wet the streets. Káhit ulòl ang áso ay áyaw nya ng -patayìn. Although the dog was mad, he did not want to kill it. - -Note the following instance, in which káhit na precedes its phrase as -a closely joined attribute: Nàramdaman kò ang kalabìt nya sa ákin, -káhit na akò natùtúlog. I felt his touch against me, even though I -was asleep. - -Phrases with káhit may be closely joined to the main sentence: -Nàpùpútol nya káhit na walá sya ng kasangkápan ang bákal nang kanya -ng bìlanggúan. He managed, even though he had no tools, to cut the -iron of his prison. ang táo káhit laláki o babáye na nagàári sa kanyà -the person, man or woman, who owns it. - -295. kaniyà`, kanyà` (§ 241) expressive of result, may with its phrase -be subordinated. It then stands as a closely joined attribute of its -phrase: Kanyá nya iníwan ang páyong ay sapagkàt nagtígil ang ulàn at -lumiwánag ang lángit. The reason he left his umbrella (quasi-subject) -was because the rain let up and the sky cleared. Accordingly we may -analyze as subordinate such clauses as the following: Náupó sya sa -tinìk, kanyá sya nápatindìg agàd. He sat down on a spine, so as to jump -at once, i. e. that is why he jumped up at once. Cf., however, § 324. - -296. The particle kapàg if, in case (of single events viewed as -completed in the future, synonymous with pagkà, § 304), see § 300: -Ang hiniràm nya ng kampìt ay iyo ng kúnin, kapag ipinùpútol na nyà -nang káhoy. Take away the knife he borrowed if he uses it to cut wood. - -297. kayà` (§ 219) is sometimes used exactly like kaniyà` (§ 295): -Kayà` aku naparíto ay kùkúnin ku ang hiniràm mo ng librò. I am going -to take the book you have borrowed, so that I have come here, i. e. I -have come here to.... The act is expressed as a subordinate element, -the purpose as the principal sentence. Nagpùpútol si Hwàn nang káhoy, -kayá sya y wala ríto. Juan is cutting wood now, that is why he is -not here. - -298. The atonic particle kung preceding an expression of time -states the time when of repeated occurrences: Gumàgámit kamì nang -makapàl na damìt kung tagulàn. We use thick clothing in the rainy -season. Nagtìtípon nang pagkáin ang manga langgàm kung tagáraw. The -ants collect food in summer. Ang hùníhan nang manga íbon kung -umága ay nakalìligáya. The chirping of the birds in the morning is -gladdening. Ang iba ng táwo y mabúti pa ng makisáma káy sa isà ng -kapatìd kung mínsan. An unrelated person is better to associate -with than a brother at times. So: kung gabè at night, of nights, -kung fiyèsta nang báyan during the (periodic) fiesta of the town, -kung madilìm at dark, when it is dark, kung bahà` at flood-times, -kung buwàn nang Húniyo in June. - -Occasionally the phrase with kung is closely joined: Hindí hasà` -kung mínsan ang manga bágu ng patalìm sa Filipínas. In the Philippines -new cutlery is sometimes without an edge (i. e. sold without an edge, -to be sharpened by the purchaser). - -299. With phrases in the form of a question (minus bà § 215 or bagà § -216) kung expresses indirect question. The expression so formed stands -as quasi-subject or quasi-object (cf. §§ 157. 158) or as predicate: -Naalaála nya kung papáno ang paggawà` nang salamangkà. He managed -to recall how the trick was done. Ipináyu nya na kung sínu sa kanilà -ang pinkamahúsay na magsalità` nang Latìn ay siya lámang kàkáin nang -itlòg. He advised that whoever (kung síno) among them was the best at -speaking Latin should be the one who alone ate the egg. Si Pédro ay -nagíisìp kung saàn nya naíwan ang kanya ng páyong. Pedro is trying -to recall where he left his umbrella. Nàlàláman mo bà kung saàn sya -nároon? Do you know where he is? Ang manga táo-ng-báyan ay nagsiyásat -kung maàári sila ng magtayò nang isa ng mákina nang bìgásan sa kanila -ng báyan. The townspeople considered whether they could put up a -machine for thrashing rice in their town. Ang siyásat ni Hwàn sa kanya -ng pagparíto ay kung ilà ng kúra ang nàrìritò sa áti ng báyan. Juan's -inquiry when he got here was how many priests there are in our town. - -300. Introducing other phrases kung has the sense of if, whenever -(of non-actual occurrences viewed as unreal, hypothetical, or -repeated); compare disjunctive attributes of time (§ 192, single actual -occurrence), pag (§ 303, single non-actual occurrence, simultaneous), -kapàg and pagkà (§§ 296, 304, single non-actual precedent occurrence), -words with prefixes in p- (§ 274, single occurrence, actual or -non-actual), tuwè` (§ 307, repeated actual): Kung dumatìng si Hwàn -ay umalis kà. If Juan comes, go away. Kung dumatìng sya ay sabíhin mo -ng maghintày. If he comes, tell him to wait. Kung úulàn ay gamítin mo -ang kapóte. If it rains, use your raincoat. Bìbilhin kò ang kabáyo ng -iyòn kung máy-roon akò ng marámi ng kwaltà. I should buy this horse, -if I had enough money. Note: Kung sa pagaasáwa namàn, akò y nagkaroòn -nang dalawà. And as to (literally if) taking a wife, I had two. - -301. In the same sense kung with dì` (§ 237) or hindì` (§ 239) if not, -precedes the second, positive member of a contrast: unless, but rather, -beside, except (Cf. palà § 228): Hwag kà ng makàpakikáin-káin kung -hindí ka inàanyáhan. Don't be taking meals with people unless you are -invited. Walà ng ibà ng nagpàpahírap sa kanyà kung hindí kayò. There -is no one else who causes suffering to him, beside you. - -302. ngayòn (§ 262), when subordinating, is conjunctively joined to -its clause: Ngayò ng áraw na yitò y dárating silà. On this very day -they will arrive. Ngayò ng táo ng iyòn ay patay nà, bákit namàn...? Now -that this man is dead, why...? - -303. The atonic particle pag gives the time when of a single -non-actual occurrence; cf. § 274 and see § 300. Pag akò ay pagòd, -natùtúlug akò nang maluwàt. When I am tired, I sleep late. Pag paputòl -mo ng hiníwa` ang pakuwàn ay hindí màbìbilì ang banda ng púno`. If -you cut the watermelon crosswise, you will not be able to sell the -stem-end. Magmùmurahàn sila ng dalawà pag nagkíta. The two will revile -each other when they meet. - -304. The particle pagkà (synonymous with kapàg, § 296) gives the -time immediately after which of a single non-actual occurrence; cf. § -274 and see § 300. Pagka ikàw ay nahúlog ay masàsaktan kà. When you -have taken a fall you will be hurt. - -305. The particle patì including; cf. § 68. ang boò ng katawàn patì -manga matà at taínga the whole body, including eyes and ears. - -306. The particle sapagkàt (sa pagkà at ?) because, for: Sapagkàt ang -pári ng itò ay nagakála ng manga walà ng pinagarálan ang kanyà ng -sinèsèrmunan ay hindí sya nagpílit.... Because this priest thought -his hearers were uneducated people, he took no pains.... Ipinapútol -nya ang kanya ng dalíre`, sapagkàt tinubúan nang kànser. He had his -finger amputated because there was a cancer on it. For a phrase with -sapagkàt as predicate see example under kanyà`, § 241. - -307. The particle tuwè` (§ 244) in this use tells the time when -always of actual repeated occurrences: whenever, every time. It -is conjunctively joined to its clause: Pinaghàhatdan nyà nang -gátas ang báyan twì ng umága. He delivers milk in the town every -morning. Pumàparíto ang médiko twi ng makalawà. The doctor comes -every other day. Si Hwàn ay nakìkipagluksúhan twi ng idinàdáos ang -manga palarò` kung fyèsta nang báyan. Juan takes part in the jumping -contest whenever games are held in the fiesta of the town. Twì ng -papásuk akò sa síne sa áki ng kúyang ay áyaw sya. Every time I ask -my brother to take me to the moving-picture show, he refuses. - -308. úpang in order to, so that (úpa pay, wages ?): Sila y naúupo pa -lámang úpang mananghále`. They are just sitting down to eat the noon -meal. Syà y tumayò` sa bubungàn nang báhay úpang tanawìn ang súnog. He -stood up on the roof of the house to watch the fire. Kantahàn ninyò ang -máy sakit úpang sya y malibàng. Sing for the sick man so that he may be -cheered. Tináwag nilà ang isa ng kálaw úpang siya ng magìng hukòm. They -called an owl so that (it) might be the one who served as judge. - -309. yámang while, as: Ang púno nang unggò ay namatày yámang ang -sa pagòng ay tumúbo`. The tree of the monkey died while that of the -turtle grew. - -310. Predications and similar phrases (impersonal or anaphoric) as -absolute attributes, in the meaning of disjunctive attributes of time, -are not uncommon: Madali-ng-áraw pa lámang ay nàròroòn na silà. (When) -it was still but dawn, they were already there. Makása-m-pu ng táwag nà -ay walá pa syà. (At) the tenth call he was still not there. Makaraàn -ang ila ng sandalì` ay sinábi nya sa susò`.... (When) a few moments -had passed, he said to the snail.... May ápat na pu ng taòn na -sya sa lúpa ng Katagalúgan ay hindí pa nya nàtutúhan ... (When) -he had already been in the Tagalog country for about forty years, -he had not yet learned.... Mínsan pumásuk sya sa simbáhan ay nárinig -nya.... Once (when) he went to church, he heard.... Other examples -at 26,21. 28,11. 66,15. 9213. - - - -4. Serial groups. - -311. The serial relation is expressed in part explicitly by particles -and in part by parataxis, parenthesis, and anacolouthic constructions. - - - -(1) coordinating particles. - -312. The most important of the coordinating particles is at, t; as -some of the others end in -t, they may be felt to contain at; cf. the -similar ending in other particles, § 213; t is used after syllabics, -n, and ` (see Phonetics), but even here at is commoner. - -When a sentence begins with a coordinating particle, the latter -gives expression to the connection with the preceding sentence (as -in English sentences beginning with And ... or But ...) - -313. at, t and connects words, phrases, or entire predications. báro -t salawàl blouse and trousers (native costume), ang tapunàn nang -béha at upòs the place for throwing cigarette-ends and cigar-stubs, -dalawa ng, pù t dalawà twenty-two, kung mínsan at malakì ang gálit -nang amà ... sometimes, when the father's anger was great ... (kung -goes with both of the members connected by at). - -When more than two elements are connected, at is used generally between -the last two: sina Pédro, Hwàn, at Andrès the group consisting of -Pedro, Juan, and Andrés. isa ng líbo, walo ng daàn, walo ng pu t -ánim 1886. - -314. at is used in a few common phrases: isà t isà everyone ibà t ibà -various: ang mangà taga ibà t iba ng báyan people from various towns; -Iba t ibà ang kúlay nang kanya ng pananamìt. His clothes are of various -colors. at ibà pà and so forth, and other; ang tsíko, súha`, santòl, -... at iba pà the custard-apple, grape-fruit, santol, and so forth; -ang manga háyop at iba pà ng árì nang pàmahalaàn the live stock and -other belongings of the government. - -315. at has occasionally a decidedly adversative tone; so, for -instance, at 78,31. - -316. Frequently at has subordinative coloring, the second of the -members joined expressing: - -cause: Hintày ka múna t hindí pa akò nakapápahingà. Make a halt first, -for I am not yet rested. Íbig mo bà ng kumáin sa ámin?--Salámat, áyaw -ko t kakàkáin ko pa lámang. Do you want to eat with us?--Thank you, -no, for I have only just eaten. Buksan mò ang pintò` at íbig ko ng -pumások. Open the door, for I want to go in. - -result: Ano t dí ka lumákad nang matúlin? Why don't you walk -fast? Ano ang íbig mo t nàrìrito kà? What do you want that you have -come here? i. e. What have you come here for? So especially: anò ang -dáhil at...? what is the reason that...? - -purpose: Umalìs sya t makìkipútol nang damò. He has gone to help -cut grass. - -temporal succession: Hindí sya nakaratìng nang ápat na pu ng taòn sa -gúlang at sya y namatày. She had not reached forty years in her age, -when she died. - -a subordinate quasi-subject: Sinábi nang manghuhúla sa iyò t hindi -maláyo ríto ang kawàwalan nang iyo ng singsìng. The fortune-teller -told you that the place where you would lose your ring is not far -from here. Sinábi ko nà sa iyò at hwag kà ng maíngay. I have told -you already not to make any noise. [9] - -317. The subordinating value of at appears especially in certain -expressions which it forms with other particles: - -(1) at bakà` lest (cf. § 235): Hwag kà ng magpatihúlog diyàn sa -kátre at baká ka masaktàn. Don't throw yourself from that bed, for -you might hurt yourself. - -(2) at nang so that (cf. § 192 f.): Magiinùm ka nang gátas at nang -ikàw ay tumabà`. Drink milk so that you may grow stout. - -(3) bagà màn at although (cf. § 290): Baga màn at umúulàn ay -nagsísipaglarò silà. Although it is raining they are at play. - -(4) kayà` at so that (cf. § 297): Napapúpunta nilà ang pelóta kayà t -báwat isa sa kanilà ay nakaabàng. They direct the ball so that every -one of them is on guard. - -(5) káylan màn at every time that, whenever, synonymous with tuwè ng, -§ 307 (cf. káylan màn § 262): Si Hwàn ay táwa nang táwa káylan mà t -márinig nya ang manga katatawanà ng bahági nang kwènto. Juan laughs -and laughs every time he hears the funny parts of the story. - -318. dátapuwat but is the commonest adversative coordinating -particle. It is used also when the two members are not logically -but only formally in contrast: Ang húni nang pipìt ay mahína`, -dátapuwat mataàs ang tóno. The chirping of the stone-sparrow is -weak, but high-pitched. Pùputúlin ko ang lúbid kung máy-roon akò ng -laséta, dátapuwat walá ako. I should cut the rope if I had a knife, -but I have none. Si Pédro ay hindí dumatìng, dátapuwat iba ng táo -ang naparíto. Pedro did not arrive; it was someone else who came here. - -319. The particles nì hindì` (§§ 253. 239) connect coordinate -elements in the sense of nor: Sya y hindí nagsísimbà nì hindí -nangúngumpisàl nì hindí rin nagmàmáno sa páre`. He neither went to -church nor confessed nor kissed the priest's hand. The hindì` may, -as an anaphoric element, be left off after another hindì`: Ang kanila -ng kamày ay hindí nila máilabàs sa bútas nì ibig namàn sila ng bitíwan -ang lamàn nang nyòg. They cannot take out their hands from the opening, -nor are they willing to let go the cocoanut-meat. - -320. The particle ngúnit is equivalent with dátapuwat, but is less -common: Hindí sya nagísip, ngúnit sumagòt karáka-ráka. He did not -reflect but answered at once. - -321. The atonic particle o or (probably Spanish): isa ng malakì ng -áso o báboy a large dog or pig; Dikdikìn kità sa lusòng o lunúrin -kita sa ílog? Shall I bray you in a mortar or drown you in the -river? Frequently the combination o kayà` (§ 219) is used; it is -loosely joined: Ang kapangyaríha ng itò y gáling sa dimóniyo o kayà y -mána sa magúlang. This power comes from a demon or else is inherited -from one's parents. - -322. The particle subálit but is less common than its equivalents -dátapuwat and ngúnit: Aku sána y páparoon sa Balíwag, subálit hindí -ako nátulòy, dahilàn sa isa ng karamdáman. I was going to Baliwag, -but I did not keep on, on account of an illness. - - - -(2) paratactic sentences. - -323. A vocative joins another sentence: Hintú na kayò, manga -báta`! Stop, children! Té na, baláe! or: Tara nà, baláe! Come on, -old man! - -324. Contrast, cause, result, detail, etc. are sometimes paratactically -expressed; in some cases it seems uncertain whether the second element -is paratactic or subordinate, so especially when it begins with kaniyà` -(§§ 241. 295): Sina Pédro, Hwàn, at Andrès ay magkakasamahà ng nagtánod -sa isà ng dúlo nang tulày; sina Felípe, Andùy, at Mariyáno sa ikalawà -ng dúlo. Pedro, Juan, and Andrés are standing guard together at one -end of the bridge; Felipe, Andoy, and Mariano at the other. Hindí ko -gustò iyàn, ibà ang áki ng gustò. I don't like that, I want something -else. Hwag kà ng umyàk, Maryà, baká ka himatayìn. Don't weep, Maria, -you might have a fainting-fit. Ang kantà nang báta ng si Hwàn ay kanya -ng nalimútan, kanyà hindi tulà` ang kanya ng kinantà. Little Juan -forgot his song, that is why what he sang was disconnected. Siya ngà`, -siyà ang nagbigày sa ákin nang bágo ng búhay. Yes, she; it was she -who gave me new life. Sya y may famíliya; bukòd sa asáwa ay may dalawà -sya ng anàk. He had a family; beside his wife he had two children. - - - -(3) parenthesis. - -325. Not infrequently explanatory elements are inserted into a -sentence parenthetically: Tatlò ng magkakaybígan, isa ng páre`, -isa ng manggagámut, at isa ng sundálo ... Three friends, a priest, -a physician, and a soldier ... sa háyop namàn, karanyúwa y ang bábuy -... against animals, usually a pig ... wala ng ulàm, asìn at kánin -lámang there was no meat, only salt and boiled rice. Further cases -at 54,5. 86,21. 100,23. 108,29. - -326. Often the parenthetic element is descriptive: malakàs kumáin, -katimbàng nang dalawà katáo great at eating, a match for two persons; -nang pinagkatamàn na walà ng patìd, ápat na pu ng paà ang hába` -shavings without a break, forty feet in length. Similar cases at -80,39. 86,29. 118,43. 120,2. - -327. Especially common are parentheses describing the temporary -state or situation of something: Ang mànanalò ng pangkàt at ang -kanila ng manga kaybígan, magkakasáma ng tinùtugtugàn nang kanila ng -bànda nang músika, ay agad-agàd na nagpàpaséyo. The winning team and -their friends, all together accompanied by the playing of their band, -at once form a parade. Nakaratìng sila sa kanila ng báhay, dalà nila -ang súpot nang kwaltà. They arrived at their house, bearing the bag -of money. Other cases at 92,22. 98,21. 114,42. - - - -(4) anacolouthon. - -328. In other cases a breaking off of the construction rather than -an insertion seems to take place: Ang manga hindí nagsísitugtòg -ang katungkúlan ay kumantà. Those who do not play, their duty is to -sing. Gáya ko, akò y paráti ng nàhàhábul nang manga áso. Like me, I am -often pursued by dogs. Pabulòng lámang kung silà y magsàlitáan. In -whispers only (predicate) when they talk together. The organic -construction would probably be: Pabulòng lámang ang kanila ng -pagsasàlitáan. Their conversation is only in whispers. Kung kanya -ng pakánin ay wala ng ulàm. When (they, anaphoric) are fed it is -without meat. - -329. While direct quotations often enter into normal constructions -as predicate (§ 114), as conjunctive complement (§ 159), or as -disjunctive object (§ 186), they are often joined by a breaking -off of construction. In this case their relation to the rest of a -sentence may resemble that of a subject; this happens especially -when the sentence begins with the quotation or with part of it. If -ay, y were used many of these sentences would be regular: "Magáral -ka ng mabúti," sinábi ni Hwàn sa kanya ng anàk. "Study well" was -said by Juan to his son. "Dalawà!" isinigàw nang bulàg. "Two!" was -shouted by the blindman. "Sa damdam kò," ang sagòt ni Dyégo, -"ay akò ang pinakamakínis." "In my opinion," was Diego's answer, -"I am the cleverest." Similarly their relation may resemble that -of a disjunctive object (instrumental type, § 186), but nang is not -used. This happens if the quotation follows active words of saying: -Si Hwàn namàn ay sumagòt: "Matàr!" Juan then answered: "Matar!" - -330. This peculiar construction of direct quotations is extended to -some cases that are not exactly quotations but may be viewed as such: -Ang boò ng ása ko ang kandidáto ng si Manikìs ang nàgùgustuhàn nang -manga táo; hindí palà, kung hindí ang kandidáto ng si Sàntos. It -was my whole expectation that the candidate Maniquís would be the -one chosen by the people; but no, it was the candidate Santos. Ang -paniwála nang manga táo si Sang-Hwàn ay sya ng sànto ng nagpápaulàn. It -is the belief of the people that San Juan is the saint who makes rain. - - - - - -C. MORPHOLOGY. - -1. Composition. - -331. Compound words (i. e. words resembling in form a succession of -two or more words, but diverging in meaning from such a succession) are -treated phonetically like groups of words in the phrase (§§ 33. 34). - -If the first member ends in syllabic, n, or glottal stop, the particle -ng appears before the second member. - -In meaning, compound words resemble a phrase in which the word -corresponding to the first member is modified, in disjunctive -attribution, by the word corresponding to the second: báhay-aklátan -library-building: báhay nang aklátan. The meaning of the compound is, -however, more specialized than that of the phrase. - -Exceptions as to meaning are: (1) the copulative compound áraw-gabì, -formed on the model of doubled words, such as áraw-áraw, gabi-gabì -(§§ 258. 343.); (2) kapatìd-kongkristiyános, a foreign product; -(3) máy-roòn, equivalent to máy, which has been viewed as a compound -because its construction (§ 138) differs from that of the phrase máy -roòn (which would not require the particle ng, §§ 252. 263). - -Similar in form to compound words are words derived from a phrase -(§ 332). - -Examples of regular compounds: ang báhay-báta` the womb, báhay-gúya` -the womb of an animal (gúya` the young of an animal), báhay-pàhayagàn -newspaper office, publishing house, Báhay-Paníki Bat-House (name of a -town, paníki a bat), báhay-pintáhan paint-shop; Itò y bigay-loòb lámang -nya sa ákin. This is merely a concession he makes to me as a favor; ang -lalawíga-ng-Pampàngga, ang provìnsiya-ng-Pampàngga Pampanga Province, -cf. ang provìnsiya nang Pampàngga; pilìk-matà eyelash (pilìk fin, -lash); ang Sàmáha-ng-Sumúlong the Sumulong Company; ang tánud-báhay -the watchman of a house, tánud-pálay watchman of a rice-field. - -A member of a compound may consist of an entire phrase (cf. § -332): Bìgása-ng-Sumúlong-at-Kasamahàn Rice-mill of Sumulong and -Company (equivalent to Bìgásan nila Sumúlong at Kasamahàn); ang -dúlo-ng-bandà-ng-kánan the right-hand end (ang bandà ng kánan the -right). - -Specialization and transference of meaning are especially marked -in hampas-lúpa` (literally: beating of the ground) tramp, vagabond; -kápit-báhay not only neighboring house, but also neighbor: Ang báhay -ni Hwàn ay áki ng kápit-báhay, but also: Si Hwàn ay áki ng kápit-báhay; -kápit-báyan neighboring town, but also person from a neighboring town; -Sawi-ng-pálad siyà. He is unlucky (literally unhandy of the palm). - -For the other occurrences of compounds see Index under báhay, bakàs, -bànda, bantày, básag, báyad, báyan, búnga, bútas, daàn, hánap, ílog, -kalabàw, kapuluàn, kasamaàn, kasawiàn, kasiraàn, kinamatayàn, lúpa`, -médiko, paà, pamatày, pantày, piráso, púno`, sàmáhan, táo, trabáho, -úbos. - - - -2. General features of word-formation. - -332. Many words are analyzed into (1) recurring affixes, (2) doubling, -(3) reduplication, and (4) a recurring unanalyzable element bearing -the material meaning, the root. The place of the root may be taken by -a word in turn showing derivation by these processes, or by a compound -word, or even by a phrase. Other words, root-words, contain only the -unanalyzable element. - -Other modifications affecting the meaning are shifting of the accent -toward the end of the word, and the use of secondary accents. - -Modifications not affecting the meaning, but merely accompanying those -already named, are sound-variation and retraction of the accent toward -the beginning of the word. - -The same morphologic elements may be variously distributed; it is -most convenient and corresponds most nearly to the speech-feeling -to describe these differences as though they were due to different -successions in which the modifications are applied: sumùsúlat is -súlat reduplicated and with infix -um-; but (nag-)tùtumirà is tirà -with infix -um-, then reduplicated (plus prefix nag-). - -The part of a word to which a modification is (in this sense) -said to be added will be called the underlying word (or phrase): in -sumùsúlat the infix -um- is added to the underlying word sùsúlat, in -(nag-)tùtumirà reduplication is added to the underlying word tumirà; -in ikasa-m-pù` the tenth the prefixes ka- and i- are successively -added to the underlying phrase sa m pù` ten. - -Roots not actually occurring in this book as independent words will -be written with a hyphen prefixed (-káin), except in unmistakable -lists of roots. - -333. The root. Except for some pronoun forms and particles, the roots -have two or more syllables and are almost always accented either on -the last (oxytone roots) or on the next-to-last (barytone roots): -báhay house, kamày hand. - -Some disyllabic roots are formed as though a single syllable were -repeated: bitbìt, budbòd, bungbòng piece of unsplit bamboo, damdàm, -dibdìb chest (part of body), dikdìk, dingdìng (dindìng, § 20), gága, -hinhìn, ladlàd, laglàg, lingkìng, lublòb, mangmàng, ningnìng, padpàd, -pangpàng, pukpòk, satsàt, siksìk, singsìng, sísi, súso breast, nipple, -sutsòt, tadtàd, tiktìk, tingtìng (tintìng), tugtòg, tuktòk, tungtòng -(tuntòng), ulòl. - -Of the roots of more than two syllables some similarly repeat one -or two syllables: alaála, babáye (see § 345), bulaklàk, lipumpòn -(beside lípon). - -Others appear as though a syllable -al- or -ag- were infixed (or -prefixed) before the first syllabic: alagàd (cf. agàd`), balahíbo -fur, hair on the body, balíkat, balíta`, Balíwag, balúbad, baluktòt, -dalága, dalamháte`, dalandàn, dalanghíta`, dalángin, halakhàk, -haláman, halíge, halimbáwa`, halimhìm, kalabòg, kalákal, kalasìng, -kalaykày, kaluskòs, palakà`, salakàb, salákay, salakòt a rain-hat of -palm-leaves, salapè`, salawàl, salaysày, salità`, salúbong, salúkoy, -talastàs, talungkò`,--bagábag, bagáso bare stalk, of sugar-cane or corn -(Spanish brazo, whence Tagalog baráso arm, assimilated to this type?), -Hagúnoy, lagablàb, lagánap, pagakpàk, sagása`, sagitsìt. - -In some instances roots of the same or similar meaning resemble each -other in form. This is commonest in loan-words, where different degrees -of assimilation exist side by side: biróke, bitóke blow-gun bullet -(Spanish bodoque); palànsa, pirìnsa flatiron (Spanish plancha). It -occurs also, however, in native (or anciently assimilated) roots: -aniyáya`, yáya`; ánib, sánib (for sa ánib?); balíta`, salità`; bitàw, -bitìw; bugòk, bulòk; bungánga` mouth, maw (nang hurnò of the oven, -nang kalàn of the stove), sungánga` a blow on the mouth; dinìg, -kinìg; ípon, lípon (lipumpòn, above), típon; laàn, taàn; luhòd, túhod; -manghà`, tanghà`; matày, patày; hantày, hintày. - -When syllables of a root resemble affixes, there is always -possibility that the root may be interpreted as a derived word by -the speech-feeling, no matter whether historically it be such or -not. Thus the Index will show many roots whose initial syllables are -identical with prefixes; the other cases will be mentioned under the -various affixes. - -334. Affixation. Prefixes are added to the initial of the underlying -word: nag-tirà; infixes before the first syllabic: t-um-irà, um-alìs; -suffixes to the end: tìrá-han. - -Affixes are occasionally accompanied by retraction of accent: itò, -d-íto. See §§ 343,c. 358,c.e. 481,c. 485,a. 523. 528,d. - -In the following cases affixes are accompanied by sound-variation: - -(a) prefixes: - -(1) The prefixes ending in g are treated phonetically as though they -were separate words; this happens occasionally with other prefixes -(§ 34). - -(2) Initial d of the underlying word becomes r after the syllabic of -a prefix in the roots listed in § 17. The change is constant only -in the commonest formations: always pa-raàn, but naká-daàn beside -naká-raàn. Striking irregularities at §§ 407,a. 468. - -(3) The prefix i- and in some formations the prefix ka- contract with -a following syllabic (§ 31): iy-ánib (for i-ánib), íwan (for i-íwan), -ka-yibíg-an (for ka-ibíg-an), kàwáwa` (for ka-áwa-áwa`). See §§ -368. 401. 421. 426,b. 475,a. 481,c. 485,a. - -(4) The prefixes ending in ng (mang-, nang-, pang-) alter a following -initial, always in much-used words, frequently in others. - -Before an initial syllabic the ng is treated as though it belonged -to the underlying word and not to the prefix. This appears in -reduplication (§ 336). - -Initial p, b, t, d, s, are often, initial k is always changed -to the corresponding nasal: pamálo` (pálo` with pang-), but also -pang-pa-rikìt; pamilmìt (bilmìt), but also pang-bambò; panáli` (táli`), -but also pang-takìp; panalángin (dalángin), but also pang-dilìg; -na-naríwa` (saríwa`), but also pang-sakày; nangapà` (kapà`). Where -the change is not made, the ng may be assimilated to dentals (§ 20): -mandurúkit beside mangdudúkit. - -Before nasals the ng is usually lost: namahála` (mahála` with nang-). - -See pang- and mang- in List of Formations. - -(5) The prefix hin- and its compounds give rise to a few similar -changes, see §§ 357,b. 376,a. 518. - -(6) For occasional irregularities of prefixes see §§ 347,b. 481,d. 528. - -(b) infixes: - -(1) Where -in- is infixed in a word beginning with l, w, or y, this -initial is usually interchanged with the n, so that, practically, -we have a prefixed ni- instead of an infixed -in-: ni-lúto` (beside -less common l-in-úto`), ni-walìs (beside w-in-íka`), ni-yáya`. See §§ -359 ff. 374 ff. - -(2) Where words beginning with syllabic, h, l, w (and y) have -the prefix i- and the infix -in-, the latter is almost always -used as a prefix, preceding the i-: in-iy-útos, in-íwan (for -in-i-íwan), in-i-hatìd, i-ni-lúto` (beside less common i-l-in-úto`), -in-i-wisìk. See § 368. - -(3) On -um- see § 348,b. - -(c) suffixes: - -(1) The suffixes (-an and -in) after a syllabic take an initial h: -luksú-han. - -(2) Final d always becomes r before a suffix: lakar-àn (lákad). - -(3) When used in the formation of transient derivatives, as well as -in some other of their uses, the suffixes are accompanied by irregular -modifications of certain roots. - -Some roots ending in syllabic are treated as if they ended in glottal -stop; they are amà, kíta, matà: ama-ìn, kitá-an, matá-an. - -Others are treated as though they ended in n; they are paà, tálo, -táwa: paa-nàn (beside regular paa-hàn), talú-nan, tawá-nan. - -Other roots lose the syllabic of the last syllable, as well as a -final glottal stop which may follow this; if the syllabic is final, -the suffix adds h: asìn asn-àn, bigày bigy-àn, bilì bil-hàn, mulà` -mul-àn. The roots so treated are: asìn, bigày, bilì, bukàs, dalà, -hatìd, higà`, ibà (but also regular iba-hàn), eskuwéla, gawà`, káin, -kamìt, lagày, lakì, likòd, masìd, mulà`, punò`, pútol (but also -regular putúl-an), sakày, sákit, subò, sunòd, tángan, tibà`, tingìn, -tirà (but also regular tirá-han), ulì`, upò`, walà`. - -Still other roots add assimilation, dissimilation, or metathesis of -consonants to the loss of vowel: ának angk-àn, atìp apt-àn, danìw -(? see § 421) ka-raniyúw-an, datìng datn-àn, gílid ta-ligd-àn (beside -regular ta-gilír-an), halìk hagk-àn, hanggà hangg-àn (i. e. the -h of -han is lost), kinìg kingg-àn, silìd sigl-àn, tanìm tamn-àn, -tuwìd ka-tu-tur-àn. - -Entirely irregular are the following: alaála alala-hánin (-hánin -for -hin), aniyáya anyá-han, hári` ka-hariy-àn ka-hary-àn (beside -regular pag-harí-an), íhip híp-an, ílag inlag-àn (for ilag-nàn? but -also regular ilág-an), kawáyan kwayan-àn (beside regular kawayan-àn), -kilála kilan-làn (for kilal-nàn?), kúha kú-nin, larò` laruw-àn larw-àn -(beside regular laru-àn), pulò` ka-puluw-àn ka-pulw-àn (beside regular -ka-pulu-àn), sála sang-làn (for sal-nan? also ka-salá-nan and regular -salá-han), sundò` pagkà-sunduw-àn (beside regular -sundu-àn), táo -ka-taw-àn (? see § 422, also regular ka-taú-han), totoò tòto-hánan -(-hánan for -hàn). - -335. Doubling. In certain formations the underlying word, -if disyllabic, is repeated; the phonetic treatment is the same as -that of successive words in a phrase (§ 34): agad-agàd, gabi-gabì, -ápat-ápat, pa-lígid-lígid. - -If the underlying word has more than two syllables, only the beginning -of it, inclusive of the second syllabic, is repeated, and the final -syllabic of this repeated part has a primary accent: kaní-kaníno, -kaní-kanilà, nag-kagá-kagalìt (underlying word ka-galìt). - -336. Reduplication. In some formations the beginning of the -underlying word, including the first syllabic, is repeated, sù-súlat, -á-akiyàt. Words with reduced i or u (§ 27) reduplicate with i, u: -maka-sí-siyà, maka-sí-syà. - -Note the foreign words: krùs nag-kú-kurùs, trabáho nag-tá-trabáho. - -Initial d of the roots listed in § 17 often becomes r after the -reduplication: k-in-à-dò-roon-àn (doòn), nag-dá-daàn (daàn). - -When a prefix which involves change of initial comes before a -reduplicated form, the latter has the changed initial both in the -reduplicative syllable and in the underlying part: nà-rò-roòn (doòn), -pa-ngu-ngumìt (umìt with pang-, § 334, a, 4; also: pang-u-umìt) -pútol pa-mu-mútol (pútol with pang-). - -337. Accent-shift. In certain formations the accent is displaced one -syllable toward the end of the word: súlat sulàt. This is especially -the case before suffixes forming transient words: súlat sulát-an. In -some formations with suffixes the accent moves two syllables toward -the end of the word: súlat sulat-àn. - -Certain roots are especially given to this change and show it in -formations where it is not regular. In these roots the accent-shift -is more or less clearly and regularly connected with a modification -of meaning. The roots are: ábot overtake, with shift: reach for, -take hold of, pass, hand; e. g. pa-ábot let oneself be overtaken, -pa-abòt something caused to be handed, ákay, álam, áwa`, áyaw, bába`, -báhay, báya`, búlag, gálit, gísing, háyag, húli, lápit, láyo`, múra, -sákit, sáma, síra`, tálo, táma`, táwa, túloy, úna. See Index. A few -pairs of roots differing only in accent may possibly belong here, -e. g. -ának family and anàk child. - -338. Secondary accents. (1) In some formations a secondary accent is -spoken on the initial syllable of the underlying word: alìs àlís-an, -ka-galìt kàgalít-an, iyàk ìyák-an. If the first syllable is closed, the -secondary accent is omitted: luksò luksú-han; so also if it is followed -by consonant plus reduced vowel (§ 27): taniyàg tanyàg tanyág-an; and -also if its own vowel is reduced: niyòg nyòg niyúg-an nyúg-an. There -are some irregularities. See §§ 377,b. 383. 421. 421,b. 426,b. - -(2) Prefixes and reduplications often take a secondary accent: nà-pútol -(different in meaning from na-pútol), sù-súlat. - -These secondary accents have phonetically the quality of primary -accents when they come before short oxytone underlying words: ná-rinìg, -á-akiyàt. If, however, the word is accented on a suffix, the accent on -this is more audible and the secondary accent remains: nà-buks-àn. So -also if there are two secondary accents: nà-rì-rinìg. Longer oxytone -words not accented on a suffix vary; they have been transcribed as -heard in each case: nag-sì-si-pag-larò` nag-sí-si-pag-larò`. - -339. Indications. In the following description formations will be -indicated as follows: - -prefixes thus: nag-; infixes: -um-; suffixes: -an; secondary accent -on prefixes: nà-; - -doubling by "D", e. g. nag- D -an represents the formation seen in -nag-aswàng-aswáng-an; - -reduplication by "r", with secondary accent by "R", e. g. pag- r -(pag-pu-pútol), nag- R (nag-pù-pútol), -um- R (s-um-ù-súlat), nag- -R -um- (nag-tù-t-um-irà); - -secondary accent on the first syllable of the underlying word by "S", -e. g. S -an (àlís-an); - -accent-shift by "(1)" or "(2)", e. g. (1) describes the formation of -sulàt from súlat; (1) -an (sulát-an); (2) -an (sulat-àn). - -340. Summary of formations. The various formations group themselves -into eight classes: 1. simple formations without characteristic -prefix, expressing simple actions, objects, etc.; 2. formations with -characteristic prefix pag-, expressing chiefly transitive actions; -3. characteristic prefix pang-, deliberate actions; 4. si-, action -by more than one actor; 5. paki-, action along with others; 6. ka-, -reciprocal, involuntary, and accidental; 7. pa-, causative; 8. pati-, -reflexive. - -These indications are a mere rough guide: neither the characteristic -prefix nor the meaning indicated runs through the entire group. The -first three groups are the most important, and, to a large extent, -each formation of the other five groups belongs also to one of the -three primary groups. - -In each group there are four types of words: simple static, transient, -abstracts of action, and special static. The simple static words -involve no idea of active or passive; the transients are accompanied -by abstracts, in which the transient occurrence is viewed as a -static concept, and by special static words, which, though static, -involve the idea of voice: simple static súlat a document, writing, -letter; transient sumúlat wrote, sulátan is to be written to; abstract -pagsúlat an act of writing; special static sulatàn a writing-desk -(with idea of local passive). - -Each (active or passive, § 92) transient formation exists in two modes, -actual and contingent, and each of these has two aspects, punctual -and durative; the durative always has accented reduplication. The -actual mode envisages the occurrence as actually having taken place -or taking place: in the punctual aspect the occurrence is viewed in -its entirety, without regard to duration, and hence always as past: -nagáral studied, learned; in the durative aspect of the actual -the occurrence is viewed as a process going on in time, past or -present: nagàáral was studying, is studying, used to study, studied -(repeatedly), studies. The contingent mode views the occurrence as -not having actually taken place: the punctual aspect views it as -possible, hypothetical, or commanded: magáral should study, study -(as command); the durative as future from the point of view of the -past or present: magàáral will study, was going to study. The punctual -contingent form is used not only in commands and hypothetical clauses, -but in subordinate predications and complements generally, even, for -instance, after nang (§ 192 f.), and often, in such constructions, in -competition with actual forms. It is often used, further, after hindì` -(§ 238). When objectivized with ang, it expresses the possibility or -circumstance of the occurrence: ang magáral a hypothetical studier, -the circumstance that one might study. - -The abstracts of action are much used in the construction described -at § 274. - -In addition to these more or less regular and systematized forms, -there are various isolated formations, which will be discussed after -the others. - -A systematically arranged list of formations precedes the Index. - - - -3. Description of formations. - -I. Primary groups (zero, pag-, pang-). - -A. Simple static forms. - -(1) Root-words. - -341. The uses of root-words cover a wide range of meanings, the -diversity of which is due to the various material meanings of the -roots. The rough grouping here made is a matter of convenience; the -speech-feeling seems not to distinguish classes of roots or diverse -employments of root-words. - -While a complete list of the examples occurring in the Texts and -illustrative sentences will be given for nearly all other formations, -the root-words are so numerous that it will be expedient merely to -refer to the Index. - -(1) Root-words in many cases express object-ideas which are viewed -as simple: ang báhay house, ang táo human being. - -(2) If the words containing a root have in common the idea of a -quality rather than of an object, the root-word may express either -the quality itself, or an object possessing the quality. - -(a) In the former case, it is generally a single occurrence of the -quality that is expressed, not the quality in general, which is -expressed rather by a collective with ka- and -an (§ 421 ff.), but -this distinction is not fully carried out. The root-word generally -stands in object construction. Examples: Ang búte ni Hwàn ay walá sa -kanya ng úlo, dátapuwat násàsa kanya ng púso`. Juan's good quality -lies not in his head, but in his heart. Si Pédro ay táo ng wala ng -dangàl. Pedro is a person without honor. ang ínit nang tagáraw the heat -of summer. Ang lálim nang balòn ay isà ng pantay-kawáyan. The depth -of the well is the length of a bamboo-tree. Ang lamìg sa Amérika ay -masyádo. The cold in America is excessive. Ang ligsè nang usà ay hindí -gáya nang sa áso. The speed of the deer is not equal to that of the -dog. Ang samá nang ságing na itò ay nása ugàt. The trouble with this -banana-tree is at the root. ang taàs nang káhoy the height of the tree. - -(b) When expressing an object endowed with a quality, the root-word -is in competition with words formed with the prefix ma- (§ 454). It -usually stands as a predicate or as conjunctive attribute of another -word. ang túbig na álat salt-water, ang dágat na álat the salt-sea, the -ocean. Ang páko` ay baluktòt. The nail is crooked. Ang patalìm ay báwal -sa manga báta`. Children are not allowed to have sharp tools. Ang itlùg -na yitò y bugòk (or: bulòk). This egg is rotten. Sya y bugòk. He is -crazy. ang buwísit na alíla` a repulsive servant. Ikàw ay bwísit. You -are a bore. Manga gíliw ko ng ginoò! Honored sirs! isa ng táu ng -hámak a no-account person. ang táu ng lasìng the drunken man. Sya -y lasìng. He is drunk. ang pulúbe ng lumpò the lame beggar. Sya y -lumpò. He is lame. Si Hwàn ay isa ng mahàl na báta` sa kanya ng manga -magúlang. Juan is a child dear to his parents. Múra ang manga síle sa -panahò ng itò. Peppers are cheap at this time. Hindí pansìn ang piklàt -sa mukhà nang dalága ng si Maryà. The scar on young Maria's face is not -noticeable. ang táo ng panòt a bald-headed man. isa ng báya ng payápa` -a tranquil town. Sya y pípe. He is dumb. Ang pintà nang bintána` ay -putè`. The window is painted white. Sagàd ang kanya ng gupìt. His -hair-cut is close. Sina Hwàn ay salàt sa pananamìt. Juan and his -family are short of clothing. Akò y sawí sa pagsusúbo` sa báta`. I -am in an awkward position for feeding the child. Sáyang ang báta ng -si Hwàn. Little Juan is to be regretted. Isa ng táo ng sinungáling -si Pédro. Pedro is a liar. Si Hwàn ay isa ng táo ng tanyàg. Juan is -a renowned man. Tanyàg sya sa kanya ng kláse. He is at the head of -his class. ang tigàs nang káhoy the hard part of the log. ang daà ng -tumpàk the right road. si Untè` Shorty (as nickname). - -(3) If the words containing the root refer rather to an action or -occurrence, the uses of the root-word are more varied. - -(a) The root-word may refer to the action itself; it is used of -a single instance rather than of the action in general, which is -expressed rather by abstracts of action, though the distinction -is not always clear. The root-word so used is mostly in object -construction. Examples: Ang anyáya sa ákin ni Hwána ay áki ng -tinanggàp. I accepted Juana's invitation. May bálì` ang kawáyan. The -bamboo has a break in it. May búhay pa ang púsa ng itò. This cat is -still alive. Ang dalamhátì nang kanya ng inà ay malakì. His mother's -grief is great. Sa damdam kò y nagumpisa nà ang malalamìg na áraw. I -think (literally: In my feeling) the cold days have begun. Si Hwàn ay -sya ng pumáyag sa hilìng nilà sa kanya ng sasakyàn. Juan was the one -who acceded to their request for his vehicle. Ang húgas nang pinggàn -ay marumè. The washing of the dishes is dirty, i. e. The dishes have -been poorly washed. Ang kantà nang íbon ay maínam. The bird's song is -pleasant. Ang kasàl ni Pédro at ni Maryà ay sa linggò. The wedding -of Pedro and Maria will be on Sunday. ang áki ng lúlan sa trén my -embarking (with all my goods) on the train. Ang pagakpàk nang manga táo -ay nakabíbingi. The applause of the people was deafening. Ang páso` -sa paà ni Pédro ay malakì. The burn on Pedro's foot is large. Ang -pútol nang buhòk ni Hwàn ay bakìl-bakìl. Juan's hair-cut is uneven. Sa -lúnes ang tagpú nila sa daà-ng-Balíwag. They are to meet on the Baliwag -road next Monday. ang tahòl ni Batò ng Bákal the barking of Iron Stone -(name of a dog). Ang támà nang báta` ay sa úlo. The child was struck -on the head. Binigyàn ni Hwàn nang isà ng tapìk ang kaybígan nya ng -si Pédro. Juan gave his friend Pedro a nudge. Ang kanya ng túlog ay -mabábaw. His sleep is light. Ang upú nang Intsìk ay patalungkò`. The -Chinese sit squatting. Butíhan mo ang yárì nang sambalílo. Put a good -finish on (the making of) the hat. - -(b) The root-word may express an object by virtue of which the -action becomes possible or has concrete manifestation; this use -closely approaches transient passives of various kinds. Root-words -in this use are most commonly conjunctive attributes, but the object -construction, especially in the predicate, is frequent. Ang ágaw nya -ng laruwàn ay inilagay nyà sa kahòn. The toys he snatched were put by -him into a box. Síno sa manga táo ang ináko ni Mariyáno? Ang áko ni -Mariyáno ay si Pédro. Which one of the men did Mariano relieve?--The -one whom Mariano relieved is Pedro. Hwag kayò ng mamútol nang kawáya -ng hindí ninyo ári`. Don't make a cutting of bamboo not owned by you; -ang ári` property, ang may ári` the owner or master. Ang bigay nyà sa -ákin nang Paskò nang Panganganàk na nagdaàn ay isa ng tabakéra. For -last Christmas he gave me a tabatiere. ang bíhis nya ng damìt the -(good) clothes she has put on (in place of her others). isa ng bíro` -a joke. ang byày na isdà` sa palàisdáan the fish allowed to swim -free in the fish-reservoir. ang dalà that carried; Dalà ni Hwàn ang -lumbò. Juan is carrying the cup. ang dikìt nang apòy the blazing of the -fire. Ang orasàn ni Hwàn ay gáling sa Parìs. Juan's watch comes from -Paris. Ang tornìlyo ng itò y gámit sa mákina. This screw is used in -the machine. ang gantì nya ng pála` the gift he gave in return. Ang -kwáko ng itò ay ganti ng pála` sa ákin ni Hwàn. This cigar-holder -is a return-gift to me from Juan. May hálo ng iba ng bágay ang gátas -na itò. This milk has something else mixed in with it. háti ng gabì -midnight. Ang hampàs na tinanggàp ni Hwàn sa kanya ng panginoòn ay -isà ng kabàn. The whipping Juan got from his master was twenty-five -strokes. May hárang na púno-ng-káhoy ang daà ng patúngo sa báriyo -nang San-Visènte. The road toward the district of San Vicente has a -tree obstructing it. Húle si Hwàn nang pulìs. Juan was arrested by the -policeman. Ang igìb nya ng túbig ay marumè. The water he dipped from -the spring is dirty. Ang binàbása nya ng librò ay kathà ni Risàl. The -book he is reading was written by Rizal. Laàn (or: taàn) kay Pédro ang -alaála ng itò. This present is reserved for Pedro. Ang lákad ni Hwàn -ay ang panghihiràm. Juan's errand is to borrow something. Ang lúlan -ni Hwàn sa kanya ng karitòn ay manga kahòn nang álak. Juan's load -on his wagon is cases of liquor; ang lúla ng kasangkápan the loaded -utensils. Ang manòk na yitò y lúto sa durúan. This chicken is roasted -on the spit. Nàhúle si Hwàn sa tabì nang kanya ng nákaw na kabáyo. Juan -was caught with the horse he stole. Ang pásak nang bangkà` ay bunòt -nang nyòg at pagkìt. The boat is calked with cocoanut fibre and -wax. Ang pígil ni Hwàn ay ang kabáyo. Juan is trying to restrain the -horse. Ang pintàs ko kay Hwàn ay ang kanya ng bísyo ng paginòm. What -I don't like about Juan is his vice of drunkenness. ang púlot anything -picked up; an adopted child. ang isa ng pútol na púno-ng-káhoy a tree -that has been cut up; Ang pútol nang káhoy ay nàpakaiklè`. The wood has -been cut too short. Ang librò ay ang sadyá ko sa báhay ni Hwàn. The -book is what I went to Juan's house for. Ang sakày sa trèn ay limà -ng kompanyà ng sundálo. The people in the train are five companies -of soldiers. Ang sangkàp nang manòk ay kalabása. The chicken is -cooked with pumpkin. "Magsipagsísi kayò, manga táo ng makasalánan," -ang sigàw nang kúra mulá sa pùlpito. "Repent, ye sinners," was the cry -of the priest from the pulpit. isa ng súbo` a mouthful. Marámi sya ng -tágo ng kwaltà. He has much money saved away. Ang tanìm nang búkid -ay pálay na malagkìt. The field is planted with a sticky rice. Ang -tanggàp nya ng bílin ay lubhà ng marámi. The commissions he received -were numerous. Malakàs ang táwa ni Hwàn. Juan's laughter was loud. Ang -táwag sa lugàr na itò ay Kinamatayà-ng-Kabáyo. They call this place -Dead Horse. ang tungtòng that on which something stands; a mat on -which dishes are set (specific name: dikìn). Ang túrù nang báta` -ay ang mansánas sa mésa. The child is pointing at the apple on the -table. Ang usísa` sa ákin ni Hwàn ay kung saan nàndon ang kanya ng -sombréro. What Juan asked me was where his hat was. Walá sya ng uwì -ng manga librò. He did not bring home any books. Ang talìm nang gúlok -ay yári sa Yurúpa. The cutting-edge of the bolo is made in Europe. - -(c) Especially with the particle nà (§ 223) the root-word often -expresses a brusque command; in this use it is in competition with -transient forms. Dalí ka nang iyo ng pagtakbò. Hurry your running, -i. e. Run faster. Hampàs na kayò, manga báta`, sa manga langgàm. Whip -at the ants, boys. Hátì na nang mansánas. Divide up the apples. Hintú -na kayò, manga báta`. Stop, children. Ísip na kayò kung anò ang -kahulugàn nang áki ng bugtòng. Guess the meaning of my riddle. Láyas -na! Get out! Lígù na! Take a bath! Luksu nà sa tinìk na iyàn. Jump -across those spines. Sáma nà sa kanyà. Go to him. Táwag na nang manga -polìs. Call the police. Tayò`. Stand up. Upú na. Sit down. - -(d) Repeated with nang (§ 191) root-words, as predicates, denote an -actor in repeated and continuous action: Nàkíta ko ng pútol nang pútol -si Hwàn nang tubò. I saw Juan cutting away at the sugar-cane. Similarly -(see Index) bilì and táwa. - -342. Root-words with accent-shift. Barytone roots are used as -root-words with shift of accent to the last syllable to denote -something which has been affected by the action, quality, or (in -fewer cases) thing, which is denoted by the root. The particle nà -is usually added. Agaw nà sa súnog ang manga laruwàn. The toys have -been snatched from the fire. Awá na si Hwàn sa kanya ng pinarùrusáha -ng anàk. Juan is already overcome with pity for his child, whom he -is punishing. Ang áso ni Hwàn ay bahày. Juan's dog is grown up in the -house, is completely domesticated. Ang báta ng si Hwàn ay bahày. Little -Juan is shy, is unused to strangers. Bayad nà ang útang sa ákin ni -Hwàn. Juan's debt to me is paid now. Bihis nà ang báta`. The child's -clothes have been changed, The child is dressed up now. Bilang nà -ang manga itlòg na itò. These eggs are already counted. Ang úlo -ni Hwàn ay bilòg. Juan's head is round; or: Juan has been fooled; -ang bilòg na tábo` the round dipper. Buhày ang áki ng inà. My mother -is living. Sya y bulàg. He is blinded; or: He is blind; ang babáye -ng bulàg the blind woman. Daing nà ang isdà`. The fish has been laid -open. isa ng táo ng gutòm a hungry (or: gluttonous) person. Hatí na ang -tubò. The sugar-cane is cut in two. Huli nà si Hwána sa trén. Juana is -late for the train. Ang karnè ay ihaw nà. The meat is done. Init nà ang -gátas. The milk is heated. Kayas nà ang kawáya ng itò. This bamboo is -already smoothed. Ang pagkùkúnan nya nang itlòg ay ang kahò ng kulang -nà. He will take eggs from the box that is already started (literally: -incomplete, cf. Ápat na sèntimos ang kúlang nitò. This lacks four -cents, is four cents too little). Lakàd kamì ng umwè`. We went home -on foot. Lipas nà ang gamòt (ang pabangò`). The medicine (the perfume) -is stale, has lost its strength. Lipas nà ang áki ng gútom. My hunger -has disappeared. Pasò` ang lugàr na itò nang kanya ng kamày. This spot -on his hand is burned; ang pasò` a pottery dish. Ang pagkakàgalítan -ni Hwàn at ni Pédro ay pawí nà. The quarrel between Juan and Pedro is -now allayed. Pigil nà ang kabáyo. The horse is under control now. Ang -káhoy ay putul nà. The wood is now cut. Itò y sirá na. This is already -ruined. Sunòg ang damìt na kanya ng pinirìnsa. The clothes which she -ironed are scorched; sunòg na asúkal burnt sugar. Tamá na ang iyo -ng pagkwènta. Now you have figured it correctly. Tipun nà an manga -kalabàw. Now the carabao are rounded up. Tulis nà ang lápis. The -pencil is sharpened. Turò` ang kanya ng dalíre`. His finger is stiff. - -This form occurs, in this book, also from the following roots (see -Index): básag, búnot, gálit, gámit, hása`, kilála, lápad, límang, -págod, sákop, sánay, súlat, tápos, tiwála`, túloy. - -(a) In the case of some roots this form is used like a simple root-word -without accent-shift; these are roots in which the accent-shift -expresses a modification of the material meaning; see § 337. So: -alàm that known (see Index); Babá na riyàn sa iyò ng kinàùupàn! Come -down from your perch! Ang sakìt na kanya ng tinítiis ay ang lagnàt na -típus. The sickness from which he is suffering is typhoid fever. (ang -sákit na kanya ng tinítiìs the grief he is enduring). Sama táyo -sa pagbilì nang pálay. Let us be partners in buying rice. Cf. also -hulì, above. - -(b) In oxytone roots, where the accent-shift cannot occur, our form -is homonymous with the simple root-word: Bigti nà si Pédro. Pedro -is now strangled. Bukas nà ang láta. The can is opened. Busug nà ang -manga háyop. The animals have been fed their fill. Hintú na ang trén -nang akò y sumakày. The train had stopped when I got on. Hubad nà ang -báta`. The child is undressed now. Ang manga Igoróte ay hubàd. The -Igorote go naked. Hungkuy nà ang bigàs. The rice is fanned now. Sya -y kasàl. He (she) is married. Pantay nà ang lúpa`. The ground has -been levelled. Nàkíta ko ng patìd ang sampáyan nang damìt. I saw that -the clothes-line was broken. Punú na ang bóte ng itò. This bottle is -already full. Tayú na ang báhay. The house is already erected. Tikwas -nà ang káhoy. One end of the log is down. - -Similarly are used: angkìn, bilì, tadtàd, tuwà`. - - - -(2) Doubling. - -343. Simple doubling. Simple doubling expresses explicit plurality or -repetition, often with the idea of variation, intensity, or diminution: -ápat-ápat four by four, four at a time, ang mata-matà trellis-work. Ang -dúrù nya nang karáyom ay hindi parè-parého. Her stitches with the -needle are not even. Sabày-sabày sila ng umalìs. They all went away at -the same time. Similarly from: agàd, alìn, anò, áraw, bágay, bakìl, -baluktòt, barà, gabì, gibà`, halò`, isà, lahàt, líbo, linggò, loòb, -pantày, sári`, síno, sunòd, tulà`, untì`. - -(a) The simple root does not occur and the meaning is discrepant in -paru-parò butterfly. - -(b) From derived words, in the same meaning: kaní-kanilà (ka-n-ilà § -528), kaní-kaníno (ka-n-í-no § 528), dalá-dalawà two by two, two at -a time (da-lawà § 345), tatlu-tatlò three by three, three at a time -(ta-tlò § 345). - -(c) With retraction of accent: Dálì-dáli sya ng tumakbò. He ran off -like a flash. - -344. (1) D. In some cases the accent is shifted; the meaning is the -same: Putòl-putòl ang katawàn ni Hwàn nang áki ng màkíta. Juan's body -was all cut up when I saw it. This form from: báhay, báyan, púnit, -sábi, súlok. - - - -(3) Reduplication. - -345. Simple reduplication. In a very few cases the place of the -root-word is taken by the root with reduplication. The only clear -case is tutulè ear-wax, root -tulè. The numerals dalawà two and tatlò -three seem to be irregularly reduplicated forms of roots -lawà and -tlò -(for -talò?), as a few of the derivatives seem to indicate. A number -of words, treated in the following as simple roots, have, however, -the aspect of this formation: babáye, bibingkà, bubuwìt a kind of -mouse, gagambà, laláki, papáya (Spanish), tutubè, totoò. - -346. Accented reduplication. Accented reduplication is used chiefly -in transient forms (§ 348); distinct from this use seems to be that -of numerals, in the meaning of only so many: àápat, íilàn, íisà; -similarly dá-dalawà only two (from da-lawà) (§ 345). - -mámayà`, mámyà` seems to be felt as a simple root-word and has been -treated as such. - - - -(4) pang-. - -347. Of the two prefixes round which primary forms are grouped (§ -340), pag- is used only for abstracts of action (§§ 348. 350. 351); -with pang- are formed words denoting the thing used for doing so -and so, or as such and such: Nawalà` ang kanyà ng pangakála`. His -power of thought left him. ang pangatìp that used for roofing, a -shingle. Magpapútol ka, Pédro, nang manga kawáya ng pangbákod. Have -some bamboo cut for a fence, Pedro. ang pangbambò a stick or club used -for beating. pangbayò instrument for pounding rice, pestle. pangdilìg -implements used for sprinkling. panggápas a slicer, a curved knife -with saw-toothed edge. Ang ginámit nya ng panggupìt na guntìng -sa damìt ay mapuròl. The scissors he used for cutting cloth were -dull; also simply: ang panggupìt scissors, shears, ang panghampàs -a whip. Ang ginawà ng panghárang sa daàn nang manga tulisàn ay -isa ng gibà ng karitòn. The robbers used a broken-down wagon to -make the obstruction on the road. Ang laséta ng itò ay pangháte` -nang dáyap. This knife is used for cutting limes. ang panglípa` the -sticky mud used for smoothing the threshing-floor. ang pangagínip a -dream. pamitìk a single rein (one guides the animal by flicking it -in various ways, cf. pitìk a fillip, a flick, a snap). pamatày in -pamatay-kúto thumb, literally: that with which one kills head-lice -(kúto). Pamútol nang buhòk ang guntìng na itò. These shears are -used for cutting hair. Ang salawàl na yitò y sya kò ng pangsakày sa -kabáyo. These are my trousers for horseback-riding. Ang manga pintò ng -may pangsarà na gámit ay sumásara ng kúsa`. Doors that have closing -attachments close themselves automatically. ang panáli` a halter or -rope for tying up an animal. Ang kulilìng na ytò y sya kù ng panáwag -nang alíla`. This bell is what I use for calling the servants; also: -pangtáwag. Ang pangtayò nang halíge ay hindí dumating. The instruments -for setting up posts (i. e. the cranes) did not arrive. Ang kalaykày -ay sya kò ng ginámit na pangtípon nang manga bunòt na damò. I used -the rake for piling up the uprooted grass. ang panúro` a pointer, -anything used for pointing. Sya y may salawàl na pangupò sa damúhan -at gayon dìn máy-roon syà ng pangupò sa sùgálan. He has trousers for -sitting on the lawn and others for when he sits at the gaming-table. - -Similarly from, the following roots: áhit, áko`, alaála, anàk, bilì, -bilmìt, dalángin, gamòt, hilámos, húli, ísip, ngalán, pálo`, pukpòk, -sábong, takìp, tanìm, tiwála`. - -(a) This derivative from numerals denotes a thing used to fill such -and such a place: ang pangápat that used as fourth, as: the fourth -horse in a team; of similar meaning: panglimà fifth, pangánim sixth, -pamitò seventh, pangwalò eighth, pangsiyàm ninth. From the ordinal -(§ 416,a) is formed pangúna first. From phrases the higher numbers: -pangsa-m-pù` the tenth (sa m pù` ten), panglabi-ng-isà the eleventh -(labi ng isà), pangdalawa-ng-pù` twentieth, pamito-ng-pù` seventieth. - -(b) A few formations show irregularities: panukála` equivalent to -pangakála` above, is felt to belong with akála`; cf. the similar -insertion of u in paubáya` (§ 481,d); panginoòn master, does not seem -to be felt as a derivative of ginoò and has therefore been treated -as a separate root. - -Second and third are derived from the reduplicated form (§ 345) and -show phonetic irregularity: ang pangalawà the second; one's second -in a duel; pangatlò third, third horse in a gun-carriage; similarly -pangatlo-ng-pù` the thirtieth. - -(c) From root with accent shift (§ 337) only panghulè the last (of -an established series). - - - -B. Transients, abstracts, and special static words. - -(1) Active with -um- and abstract with pag-. - -348. Of the active forms of the primary groups, that of the type with -prefix zero expresses the actor in a simple action or process. Both of -the punctual forms, actual and contingent, are made with infix -um-; -the actual durative consists of the root reduplicated, with infix --um-; the contingent durative is reduplicated, but lacks the infix; -the reduplication is in both cases accented. The abstract of action -consists of the root with prefix pag-. Thus the forms are: p-um-útol, -p-um-ù-pútol, p-um-útol, pù-pútol, pag-pútol. Examples: - -Umabang kà nang maglalakò nang gátas. Watch for a milkman. Sya y umágaw -nang manga laruwàn. He snatched some toys. Sya y umáhon sa ílog (sa -bundòk, sa gulòd). He went up the river (up into the mountains, up -the hill). Pumútol ka, Hwàn, nang búho`, pagáhon mo sa bundòk. When -you go up into the mountains, Juan, cut some slender bamboo. Umámin -sila Pédro sa harapàn nang hukòm. Pedro and his band confessed before -the judge. umámot sold, of other than a regular merchant. Umánib -ka kay Pédro. Let your mat overlap Pedro's, i. e. Sleep next to -Pedro. Umangkìn ka nang laruwàn. Take some toys for yourself. Ang -pagáyaw nya ng kumáin nang karnè ay sya ng nakabùbúte sa kanyà. His -not being willing to eat meat is what does him good. Ang halíge nang -báhay ay bumába` sapagkàt hindí káya nang lúpa` ang bigàt na kanya -ng dinádala. The post of the house sank because the weight it was -bearing was too great for the ground. Bàbábag si Hwàn nang kanya -ng kalarò`. Juan will fight with one of his playmates. Bumaluktot -kà nang yantòk. Bend a piece of rattan. Ang áhas ay bumaluktòt. The -snake doubled itself up. Bumálot ka nang súman (nang sigarìlyo, nang -kúmot). Roll up some suman (sticky rice cooked in banana-leaves; some -cigarettes, a blanket). Ang pagbása ay mahírap. Reading is hard. Sya -y bumigtì nang táo. He choked a man to death. Ang pagbigtì ay isa -ng pagpatày sa kápwa táo sa pamamagítan nang pagsakàl. Strangling -is killing a person by means of choking. Bumílog si Hwàn nang isa -ng turumpò. Juan turned out (on a lathe) a spinning-top. Bumíngit -sya sa malaki ng pangánib. He went (voluntarily) to the brink of a -great danger. Bumitìw sa lúbid ang isà sa inyò. One of you let go -of the rope. Bumúbukàs ang manga bulaklàk sa hàlamanàn. The flowers -in the garden are opening. Sya y bumúnot nang damò. He plucked up -some grass. Lahàt nang táo sa báya ng iyòn ay bumóto sa kandidáto -ng si Manikìs. All the people in that town voted for the candidate -Maniquís. Ang halíge ay dumádala nang tahílan. The post bears up -girders. Dumamdàm si Hwàn nang isa ng mabigàt na sakìt. Juan felt a -severe pain. Sya y dumapà`. He lay down on his face. Ang kanità ng -kwaltà sa bangkò ay kasalukúya ng gumàgána nang buwìs. Your money -and mine in the bank is even now earning interest. gumantì act -in retaliation. gumápas cut with the panggápas. Ang máy sakìt ay -guminháwa. The patient became more comfortable ... ay gumìginháwa -nà ... is getting more comfortable now. Sya y humalìk sa kanya ng -nánay. She kissed her mother. Ang báta ng si Hwàn ang humampàs sa -anàk ni Áli ng Maryà. It was little Juan who hit Aunt Maria's little -boy with a whip. ang paghánap a seeking (especially of one's daily -bread). Sya y humárang nang manga táo ng nagháhatid nang kabáyo sa -báya-ng-San-Migèl. He held up some people who were taking horses to -the town of San Miguel. Akò ay humátì nang mansánas. I cut an apple in -two. Humátì ako nang manga itlòg na binilè ni Hwána. I took half of the -eggs Juana bought. Ingátan mo ang pagháwak sa mákina ng iyàn, sapagkàt -baká ka maputúlan nang dalíri` na gáya nang nangyári sa ibà. Be careful -how you take hold of that machine, for you might get your finger cut -off like others before you. Humínà nang pagtakbò ang kabáyo. The -horse lost its speed as a runner. ang paghingì` a requesting, a -request. Híhiram kamì nang librò sa libreríya. We shall borrow books -from the library. humúla` predicted, prophesied. umigìb get water by -dipping from a well, spring, or stream. Akò y umìíhip nang píto. I -was blowing the small flute. Umìíhip ang hángi ng habágat. The spring -wind is blowing. Umílag ka. Get out of the way. Ang kanyà ng manga -pagilàng ay lubhà ng makínis. His little dodges are very clever. Umínit -ang plànsa. The flatiron became hot. Umínit ang túbig. The water got -hot. Ang paginùm nang álak ay masamà`. Drinking liquor is harmful. Sya -y uminùm nang gátas. He drank some milk. Umísip ka, Nánay, nang -isa ng kwènto. Try to think of a story, Mother. Ang pagísip nang -bugtòng na itò ay mahírap. This riddle is hard to solve. ang kanyà -ng pagiyàk her weeping. kumabiyàw press sugar-cane. Kumaluskòs sa -súlok ang dagà`. The rat pattered in the corner, i. e. I heard the -pattering of a rat in the corner. Ang íbon ay kumákantà. The bird is -singing. Kumapá si Hwàn nang itlòg sa púgad nang manòk. Juan felt out -some eggs in the hen's nest. Kumákapá sya nang isa ng palakà`. He felt -around for a frog. Sya y kumáyas nang isa ng kawáyan. He smoothed a -stick of bamboo. Hwag kà ng kumuròt ngayòn! Don't pinch now! Si Pédro -ay lumabàs. Pedro went out. Ang áso y lumàlámon. The dog is feeding. Si -Pédro ay lumàlámon at hindí kumàkáin. Pedro is eating like an animal, -not like a human being. Lumáyag si Manuwèl sa Amérika. Manuel sailed -(i. e. voyaged) to America (ang láyag a sail). Ang bantay-pálay ay -lumáyas. The watchman of the rice-field left his post. Isa ng sundálo -ay lumáyas sa ínit nang paglalabanàn. A soldier deserted in the heat -of the battle. Sya y lumíbot. He went for a walk. Magpútol ka, Pédro, -nang manga kúgon, úpang lumínis ang búkid. Cut the cugon-grass, Pedro, -so that the field may become clear. Si Pédro ay lumípat sa iba ng -báyan. Pedro moved to another town. Lumuhod kà, Hwán. Kneel down, -Juan. Si Hwàn ay lumuhòd sa haràp nang háre`. Juan knelt down before -the king. Sya y ngumíngitì`. She is smiling. Pumagítan sya sa dalawà -ng dalága. He placed himself between two young ladies. Akò y pumána -nang usà. I shot an arrow at a stag (pána` an arrow). Pumánaw ang -kanya ng hiningà. His breath departed, i. e. He gave up the ghost. Si -Hwàn ang pumáso sa áki ng kulugò. It was Juan who burned out my -wart for me. Huwàg kà ng pumatìd nang sampáyan! Don't you break -the clothes-line! Si Hwàn ay sya ng pumáyag sa paraà ng itò. It was -Juan who agreed to this plan. Sya y pumàpáyag. He is willing. Pumíli -akò nang malakì ng mansánas. I chose a big apple. Pumìpílit sya ng -magbukàs nang kabà ng bákal. He was trying hard to open an iron -safe. (But punctual: Pumílit sya ... He forced open...). pumitìk -give a fillip, snap at with one's finger. Sya y pumúpukpòk nang -bunòt nang nyòg. He is pounding cocoanut husks. Pumùpútol nang -kawáyan si Mariyáno. Mariano is cutting bamboo. Pùpútol ... will -cut.... Ang sumàsábuy na túbig ay nanggàgáling sa bubungàn nang -báhay. The water that was splashing on us came from the roof of the -house. sumagása` jostle. sumaguwàn paddle. sumáhod put something under -to catch what flows or falls. Sya y sumásakay sa bangka` nang akò y -dumatìng. He was getting into the canoe when I arrived. Sumála siyà -sa singsìng. He missed the ring (in the juego de anillo, in which -one tries to catch a ring on a stick). sumálok dip out water (ang -sálok a dipper, a basket for catching fruit when it is cut from the -tree; a net for catching insects). Sya y sumandòk nang sináing. She -dipped out some boiled rice. Sumánib ka kay Pédro, (same meaning -as umánib above). Sumíkad ang kabáyo. The horse struck out, gave a -kick. Sumikìp ang daàn sa karamíhan nang táo. The road became crowded -with the multitude of people. Sumikìp ang damìt. The garment shrank -and became tight. Sumiksìk si Hwàn sa púlong nang manga táo. Juan -crowded his way into the gathering of people. Sumilakbò ang apòy (ang -kanya ng gálit, ang kanya ng tuwà`). The fire (his anger, his joy) -welled up. Ang pagsintà ni Pédro ay hindí tinanggàp nang dalága. The -young lady did not accept Pedro's proffer of love. Siyà ang sumuklày -sa kanya ng anàk. It was she herself who combed her child's hair (ang -suklày a comb). sumúlid spin thread. sumúlong push ahead, progress; -also as family name: Sumúlong. Si Pédro ay sumundò` nang páre`. Pedro -fetched a priest. Hindí sya nagkapálad sa pagsundò nang médiko. He did -not succeed in fetching a doctor. Pagsuntok nyà ay tumakbo kà. When -he strikes you, run (suntòk a blow on the head). Sya y sumúsutsòt. He -is whistling. Ang báta y tumahímik. The boy quieted down. Tumátahòl -ang áso. The dog was barking. Sya y tumámà sa hwéting. He won in -the lottery. Tumátandá siyà. He is getting old. Sya y tumánod sa -báhay sa boò ng magdamàg. He guarded the house all night. Tumanùng -akò kay Hwàn. I asked Juan. Tumanùng akò nang kwàlta kay Hwàn. I -asked Juan for money. tumanghà` wonder. Sya y tumátangò`. He -is willing, He assents. Tumàtáwa siyà. He is laughing. Ikàw ang -tumáwag kay Hwàn. Do you call Juan. Nárinig ko ang iyò ng pagtáwag -sa ákin. I heard you calling me. Sya y tumayò`. He stood up. tumibà` -cut bananas off the tree. tumilàd cut wood small along the grain, -shave off, cut into small parts. Sya y tumimbá nang túbig. He drew -water with a bucket. ang pagtingìn the act of looking at something, -observation. Ang pagtipìd sa kwaltà ay ginágawa nang marámi. Many -people practise economy in the matter of money. Ang pagtípon sa manga -káhoy kung tagulàn ay mahírap, sapagkàt mapútik. It is hard to collect -logs in the rainy season, on account of the mud. Tumirà si Hwàn na -isa ng taòn sa báya-ng-Balíwag. Juan lived one year in the town of -Baliuag. tumukà` pick with the beak (tukà` the beak of a fowl). Sya y -tumúlak sa isinùsúlong na kahò ng bákal. He pushed (i. e. took part in -pushing) at the iron safe they were moving. Also: Sya y tumúlak. He -"shoved off", i. e. He went away. Si Hwàn ay tumúlog sa báhay ni -Pédro. Juan went and slept in Pedro's house. Ang kanya ng pagtúlog ay -mabábaw. His sleep is light. Tumúngo sya sa báya-ng-Balíwag. He went -toward Baliuag. Ang pagubrà nang manga barìl na ytò sa pamamarìl nang -kalabàw-ramò ay hindí pinakamabúte. These guns are not the best for -shooting wild carabao. Umubrà ang ininùm nya ng purgà. The purge he -drank took effect. Umubrà sa kakanàn ang kanya ng ginawà ng lamésa. The -table he made was suitable for the dining-room. Umubrà ng nagámit -ang tornìlyo ng bákal sa lugàr nang tansò. It was possible to use -the iron screw instead of the copper. Sya y umupò`. He sat down. Ang -pagupò` sa hángin ay isa ng mahírap na parúsa. "Sitting on the air" -(standing in sitting position with the forefingers pointing up) is -a hard punishment. Umùúrung ang trèn. The train is backing. Umútang -ka nang salapì kay Pédro. Borrow some money from Pedro. Umuwé si -Hwàn. Juan went home, Yumáyà si Hwàn nang kanya ng mangà kaybígan. Juan -invited some of his friends. ang pagyáya` the invitation. - -Other roots occurring in these forms (and roots occurring above -out of their alphabetical order): abála, ágos, ákay, akiyàt, alìs, -ása, áyon, bábaw, bahà`, balìk, bílang, bilì, búhat, bútas, daìng, -dála, dalàs, dálaw, dalò, dámi, dápit, dápo`, daràs, datìng, dilìm, -dúkit, dumì, doòn, galàw, gámit, gamòt, gápang, gastà, gawà`, gúlang, -gupìt, gustò, hába`, hábol, hágod, hakbàng, hángo`, haràp, hátak, -higà`, híla, hilìng, hingà, húkay, húli, húni, íbig, kagàt, káin, -kalabòg, kápit, katàm, kibò`, kilála, kílos, kinìg, kíta, kúha, -kulòng, kuwènta, lában, lagánap, lagpàk, lákad, lakàs, lakì, lamìg, -lampàs, langòy, lápit, lígaw, lindòl, lipàd, litàw, liwánag, lubòg, -lúha`, luksò, luwàs, nákaw, ngiyàw, panhìk, pasàn, pások, patày, páwis, -píhit, pitàs, pukòl, púri, putòk, sagòt, sakàl, sákop, salákay, sáma, -sanggà, sápit, sarà, sayàw, sigàw, síkat, silìd, sípa`, sísid, subò, -súgat, súlat, sumpòng, sunòd, suwày, súyo`, tabà`, tagà`, takbò, tálik, -talòn, tanàw, tanglàw, taráto, tawìd, tíbay, tiktìk, tikuwàs, túbo`, -tugtòg, tuktòk, túlong, tungtòng, tupàd, ulàn, ulì`, untì`, úpa, yáman. - -(a) Kumusta kà? How d'you do? may be felt to belong here. [10] - -(b) An irregular inflection in which variation of the initial -consonant takes the place of the infix is known to Mr. Santiago from -a few traditional phrases: Hwag kà ng matày (for: pumatày) nang kápwa -táo. Thou shalt not kill. - -(c) Forms with accent shift owe this feature to the root (§ 337): -Umabòt ka nang isa ng mansánas. Help yourself to an apple. Ang -sumunòd na silakbò nang lagablàb ay siya ng umabòt sa bubungàn. The -next leap of the flame reached the roof. Ang pagabùt nang búnga ng -itò ay mahírap. This fruit is hard to reach. Nárinig ko syà sa kanya -ng pagayàw sa sinábe ni Hwàn. I heard him disagree with what Juan -had said. Nagálit akò sa kanya ng pagayàw sa lamésa. I was angered -at his leaving the table. Si Pédro ay umayàw na. Pedro has left the -table. Similarly from bába` and sákit. - -(d) From a phrase: Hindí marúnong gumanti-ng-pála` si Hwàn. Juan does -not know how to make return for kindness (gantì ng pála`). - -(e) From derived words: tumagílid, pagtagílid (ta-gílid § 523); -tumalíkod, pagtalíkod (ta-líkod § 523). See also §§ 404. 488. - -349. The doubled root with the same formation is used of actions -aimlessly repeated at intervals. Nátinik syà sa kanya ng pagtakbò-takbò -sa bakúran. In his constant running about the yard, he got a splinter -into his foot. Tumàtáwa-táwa si Hwàn hábang nagbíbigkàs nang talumpáte -si Pédro. Juan kept laughing at intervals while Pedro was making his -speech. Si Hwàn ay tumàtáwa-táwa nang sya y hampasìn ni Pédro. When -Juan kept laughing every little while, Pedro finally struck him with -the whip. - -(a) From a root with accent shift (§ 337): Tumátawa-tawà si Hwàn twì ng -ákin sya ng màmasdàn hábang nagbíbigkas nang talumpáte si Pédro. Juan -kept snickering every time I happened to look at him while Pedro was -delivering his oration. - - - -(2) Active with mag- and abstract with pag-r. - -350. Many roots form their active with the prefix mag- for the -contingent, nag- for the actual mode; the durative is reduplicated -before the prefix is added. The corresponding abstract of action -has unaccented reduplication and prefix pag-. Thus: nagpútol, -nag-pù-pútol, mag-pútol, mag-pù-pútol, pag-pu-pútol. These actives -express, generally, a more deliberate action than those with -um-; -often also one involving more effect on external objects than do those -with -um-. We take up first those roots from which forms with -um- -do not occur in our material: - -Akò y nagáantòk. I am sleepy. Ang lúsong kay Hwàn sa kanya ng pagaaráro -ay nagsidating nà. The helpers for Juan in his plowing have arrived -(ang aráro a plow). Si Pédro ay magàasáwa. Pedro is going to take -a wife. Si Pédro ay magàasáwa kay Hwána. Pedro is going to marry -Juana. Silà y nagàáway. They are fighting. magbáhay build a house. Akò -y nagbastà nang áki ng damìt. I packed up my clothes. Sya y nagbáyad -nang kanyà ng manga útang. He paid off his debts. magbayò pound rice -in a mortar. magbigàs hull rice (i. e. make bigàs, hulled rice, out -of pálay, rice in the grain). Sya y nagbigày nang librò sa ákin. He -gave me some books. Sya y nagbíhis kanína ng umága. She put on her -good clothes this morning. Ang pagbibiyábo ay isa ng ugáli nang -manga Intsèk. Swinging the feet when sitting is a habit of the -Chinese. Nagbiyày si Hwàn nang isdà` sa kanya ng palàisdáan. Juan -put some fish into his fishpond. magbuhòl tie a knot. Nagbwàl -sila nang isa ng púno-ng-káhoy. They felled a tree. Ang ságing ay -nagdàdáhon. The banana-tree is putting out leaves. Ang paghahása` -nang pangáhit ay mahírap. Sharpening razors is difficult. Sya y -nagháhatìd nang manga laráwan sa simbáhan. He is delivering images -to the church. Maghubad kà nang damìt. Take off your clothes. Sya -y naghùhúgas nang pinggàn. She is washing dishes. Naghungkòy -sya. He fanned rice. magíhaw roast (something). Nagkamìt sya nang -marámi ng túbo`. He obtained much profit. Sya y nagkúkuble. He is in -hiding. maglakò` peddle (something). Maglálarú na siyà. He is going to -play after all. Naglarú na akò. I have played enough now. Naglálaro -silà. They are playing. Naglawìt akò nang lúbid sa bintána`. I hung -a rope out of the window. maglúgaw prepare rice-broth. Naglùlúto -siyà nang gúlay. She is cooking vegetables. Sya y magpápasyàl. He -is going to take a walk. Nagpùpúnas sya nang sahìg. He is scrubbing -floors. Nagpúyat akò kagabì. I staid up last night. magsáing cook -rice dry (with little water). Nagsampày sya nang damìt. She hung -out some clothes. Sya y nagtábon nang isa ng húkay. He dammed up a -ditch. Magtahàn ka nang paglalarò`. Stop playing. Nang nárinig nya -iyòn ay malakì ang kanya ng nagìng pagtatakà. When he heard this, -his surprise was great. Sya y nagtálì nang bábuy sa halíge. He -tied a pig to the post. Magtúrù ka nang wíka ng Kapampángan sa -iyo ng pàaralàn. Teach the Pampanga language in your school. Sya y -nagtùtúro`. He is teaching. Támà ang kanya ng pagtutwìd. His reckoning -is correct. Sya y nagusísa`. He made inquiry. Sya y nagusísa nang -marámi ng bágay. He inquired into many things. Hindí ba akò nagútos -sa iyò ng gumawá itò? Didn't I order you to do this? Ang pagwawalá -nang mangà bíhag ay pinarùrusáhan nang kamàtáyan. The escaping of -captives is punished with death. Sya y nagwáwalìs. She is sweeping. - -Other roots so used: akála`, alaskuwátro, alsà, aluwáge, aniyò`, ári`, -balíta`, bantày, bángon, bátis, baòn, bigkàs, bendisiyòn, biniyàg, -bintàng, bunò`, búnga, daàn, dalamháti`, dasàl, dáos, dáya`, díwang, -dugò`, dúsa, rosáriyo, hágis, handà`, hári`, hátol, hinála`, hintày, -hintò`, hírap, hiwalày, íngat, kasàl, kúlang, kumpisàl, kurùs, -kuwènto, lasìng, libàng, libìng, ligtàs, limòs, litsòn, liwalìw, -lubày, lublòb, mahàl, máno, masìd, milágro, mísa, mulà`, ningnìng, -pasiyènsiya, paséyo, sábi, sábog, sábong, sadiyà`, salità`, sánay, -silbè, simbà, sísi, siyásat, súbo`, sugàl, sumbòng, sundálo, tabáko, -tadtàd, tágo`, tálo, talumpáti`, tamò, taniyàg, tangày, tanggòl, -tígil, tindìg, trabáho, túlin, túlos, umpisà, úsap, wíka`. - -351. When a root is used both with -um- and mag-, the latter form -usually differs by adding another object affected (dumalà bear, bear -up: magdalà carry to someone, to a place; bumalìk go back; magbalìk -return to a place, to someone); in some instances the added object -is the actor himself (reflexive); in others the mag- form expresses -a general activity, that with -um- a specific act (so, in part, -pútol). Examples: - -Sya y nagàáral. He is studying (umáral is known as an archaic word -for teach morals, instruct; ang áral that taught, precept, moral -doctrine). Magbaluktot kà nang yantòk. Curve some pieces of rattan -(bumaluktòt, § 348, intransitive or of a single specific transitive -action). Magbálot ka nang súman, nang sigarìlyo. Roll up some suman, -some cigarettes (more general than -um-); Magbálot ka nang kúmot. Wrap -yourself up in a blanket (cf. -um-, § 348). Si Hwàn ay nagbigtì. Juan -hanged himself; ang pagbibigtì suicide by hanging. Nagbilè si Hwána -nang marámi ng sombréro. Juana sold many hats. Nagbíbile si Hwána -nang sombréro. Juana is selling hats (bumilì buy). Siya y nagdádala -nang túbig sa kabáyo. He is bringing water to the horse. Ang báta` ay -nagdádala nang káhoy. The boy is bringing wood. Hwag kà ng magdamdàm -sa hindí ko pagkatupàd nang áki ng pangáko`, sapagkàt iyò y hindí ko -sinadyà`. Don't feel bad about my not having fulfilled my promise, -for I did not do it intentionally (dumamdàm feel something). Si Hwàn ay -naghampàs noò ng Byerne-sànto ng nagdaàn. Juan performed flagellation -last Good Friday. Maghánap kayò nang inyo ng ikabùbúhay. Go and find a -living for yourselves. Sya y naghárang nang púno-ng-káhoy sa daàn. He -blocked the road with a tree. Ang paghahárang sa daàn ay báwal. It -is forbidden to make obstructions on the roads. Naghátì ako nang -manga bunga-ng-káhoy sa manga báta`. I distributed fruits among the -children; ... nang damò sa manga kabáyo ... grass to the horses. ang -paghaháti nang manga búnga-ng-káhoy sa manga báta` the distribution -of fruits to the children. Naghínà sya nang pagtuktòk sa pintò`. He -made his knocking at the door gentle. Sya y nagìínit nang gátas. She -is heating some milk. Magísip ka. Bethink yourself, Be reasonable. Si -Hwàn ay nagísip na nakáwan si Pédro. Juan planned to rob Pedro. Ang -kanya ng pagiísip ay matálas (mahína`). His thinking-power is acute -(weak). Silà y nagkàmáyan nang magkíta. They shook hands when they -met. Maglabas kà nang manga sìlya. Bring out some chairs. ang -paglalákad the drawing of something on foot; Naglákad ang manga -estudyànte nang isà ng karósa. The students drew a float. Sya y -naglíbot nang isa ng bandíla`. He walked about bearing a flag. Sya -y naglìlínis nang mésa. He cleans tables. Ang pagnanákaw ay isa -ng kasalána ng mabigàt. Thievery is a serious offense (numákaw of -a single theft). Nagpìpílit sya ng magbukàs nang kaba ng bákal. He -tries (often) to force open safes. Pagpupútol ni Hwàn nang búho` ay -pumaroòn ka t tulúngan mo syà. When Juan cuts bamboo (as an occupation -throughout a longer period of time), go along and help him. Magpùpútol -kamì nang manga kawáya ng gàgamítin sa pagtatayò nang báhay. We shall -cut bamboo for use in building houses. Magpùpútol akò nang kukò. I -am going to cut my fingernails (reflexive). Nagpútol nang buhòk ang -Intsèk na si Yàp. The Chinaman Yap cut his queue. Nagsakày sya sa kanya -ng bangkà nang dalawa ng estudyànte. He took two students into his -canoe. Nagsikìp ang daàn. The road grew crowded (apparently equal to --um-, but cannot be used of a garment). Nagsísiksik si Hwàn nang bigàs -sa sáko. Juan was stuffing rice into the sack. Sya y nagsuklày. She -combed her hair. Ang pagtatahòl nang áso ng itò sa manga nagdàdàánan -ay masamà ng ugále`. This dog's way of barking at passers-by is a -bad habit. Ang Kastíla` ay nagtátanòng. The Spaniard was asking -questions. Nagtanùng akò kay Hwàn kung saàn ang daàn. I asked -Juan where the road was (mag- with indirect questions or questions -implied). Si Hwàn ay syà ng nagtáwag nang bágo ng léyi. It was Juan -who announced (as town crier) the new law. Ang pagtatáwag ni Hwàn ay -hindí márinig nang karamíhan dahilàn sa mahínà nya ng tinìg. Juan's -announcement was not audible to the majority, owing to his weak -voice. Sya y nagtayó nang bágu ng báhay. He built a new house. Ang -pagtatayó nang manga báhay díto ay lubhà ng mahalagà. The building -of houses here is very expensive. Nagtikwàs si Pédro nang manga -suléras nang báhay. Pedro put some of the joists of the house out of -level. Ang pagtitipìd nang kwàlta ay ginágawá nang maráme. Many people -save money. Nagtipìd si Hwàn sa kanya ng pananamìt. Juan was saving -of his clothing. Ang pagtitípon nang manga àrmas ay báwal. Storing up -arms is forbidden. Magtípun ka nang káhoy. Store up some wood. Sila y -nagtípon nang káhoy sa likòd nang kanila ng báhay. They stored up wood -in the rear of their house. Nagtípon siya nang manè` sa isa ng súlok -nang bakúran. He kept a pile of peanuts in a corner of his yard. Sya -y nagtúlak nang isinùsúlong na kahò ng bákal. He did the shoving of -the iron chest that was being moved (-um- shoved at, took part in the -shoving). Magúubra ang karitò ng itò sa mahírap na daàn. This wagon -will be suitable for difficult roads. Nagupó sya nang manga báta sa -bangkò`. He seated some children on the bench. - -Similarly: balìk, bukàs, kantà, sáboy, sáma, sarà, sayàw, takbò, -talòn, tánod, tirà, yáya`. - -352. Transients with mag- are much used with derived words; in so -far as these belong to secondary groups, they will be treated below; -see §§ 384. 405. 410. 427,a. 430,a.b.c. 453,a. 489. 489,a. 513. - -(a) From phrases: Nagmàmadali-ng-áraw. The day is dawning (madalì ng -áraw proximate day, i. e. dawn, daybreak), nagmèmè-ári` is possessing, -has mastery of (may ári` owner, master). naghàháti-ng-gabì. It is -midnight (háti ng gabì midnight). pagtatatlo-ng-gabì the three nights' -celebration (tatlò ng gabì). - -(b) From compound words: pagbibigày-loòb (bigày-loòb); Ang -maghampas-lúpa` ay nakasìsíra` nang púri. Being a vagabond is -dishonorable (hampàs-lúpa`); maghàhánap-búhay (hánap-búhay). - -(c) From derived words: Transients with mag- from the contingent of -transients with -um- express insistent and prolonged action: Káhit na -walá sya ng talíno ay nagpùpumílit sya ng màtúto. Although he has no -gifts, he is trying very hard to get educated. Sya y nagpùpumílit na -pumaroòn sa pìknik. He is trying hard to be able to go to the picnic -(pumílit). Similarly, nagtùtumirà (tumirà). - -From words with prefix ma- (§ 454) in the sense of making something -or making (claiming) oneself to have a quality: Magmámadalì táyo -nang paglákad, úpang hwàg táyo ng máhuli sa trèn. We will hurry our -pace, so as not to be late for the train (madalì`). Nagmámaligsì -si Kulàs sa pagsunòd sa manga útos sa kanyà. Nicolás is quick about -obeying the orders that are given him (maligsì). Nagmalwàt sya nang -pagparíto. He took a long time coming here. Hwag kà ng magmaluwàt nang -pagparíto. Don't take too long about coming here (maluwàt). Similarly, -pagmamarúnong (marúnong). - -From various words: Sila y naghimagsìk. They came to an armed conflict -(-himagsìk § 518). Si Hwána ay naghíhimatày. Juana is fainting -(himatày). Si Hwána ay nagkàkakanìn. Juana makes sweetmeats (for -sale) (kakanìn, § 367,e). Sya y nagkalatimbà nang marámi. He did the -well-bucket exercise many times (kala-timbà`, § 519). - -(d) Especially common are transients with mag- from special static -words with suffix -an; they express mutual or concerted action by -two or more actors. - -From the forms in S -an (§ 377): Nagàlísan ang mangà aluwáge -no ng lúnes nan hápon. The carpenters all left last Monday -afternoon (àlís-an). Naglàlàbásan silà. They were all going -out. Silà y nagpìtásan nang manga biyábas. They all picked guavas -together. Magsìsìgáwan múna táyo bágo tapúsin ang míting. We will -all give a yell together before we close the meeting. Ang manga áso -sa báya ng itò ay nagtàhúlan kagabì. The dogs in this town all barked -last night. Similarly, from: bangkà`, bastà, daàn, hukòm, iyàk, kamày, -kantà, salità`, takbò, tampò, taniyàg, tipàn, tugtòg, uwì`. The form -in S -an is itself from a derived word in: Naghìmagsíkan ang mangà -sundálo ng Tagálog at Kastíla`. The Tagalog and Spanish soldiers -fought each other (hìmagsíkan from -himagsìk, § 518). - -From the forms in S (1) -an (§ 378): Nagààwítan silà nang akò y -dumatìng. They were singing in chorus when I arrived. Magìbígan -kayò. Love one another. Nagììbígan si Pédro at si Hwána. Pedro -and Juana love each other. Ang ginawá nya ng pagmumùráhan nang -kanyà ng mangà kalákal ay dahilàn sa kanya ng pangangailángan nang -kwàlta. His putting down the prices of his goods was due to his need -of money. Similarly: hákot, káin. - -From forms in (2) -an (§ 379): Hwag kayò ng magmurahàn sa daàn. Don't -abuse each other on the street. Nagmùmurahàn silà. They were engaged -in an abusive quarrel. Ang kàgalítan ni Pétra at ni Kulása ay natápus -sa hàyága ng pagmumurahàn. The hostility between Petra and Nicolasa -ended in an abusive quarrel in public. Nagpurihàn ang dalawa ng -magkaybígan sa kanila ng pagtatalumpáte`. The two friends praised -each other in their speeches. Nagpùpurihàn ang manga kaybíga ng -itò sa pàhayágan. This group of friends praise each other in the -newspapers. Si Hwána at si Maryà ay nagputulàn nang kukò. Juana and -Maria cut their fingernails. Silà y nagsàgasaàn. They all jostled -one another. Ang pagsasàgasaàn nang manga táo ay lubhà ng magulò. The -jostling of all the people was most confused. Nagsugatàn silà. They -inflicted wounds on one another. magtaanàn flee. Ang kanila ng -pagtutulungàn ay hindí nátulòy. Their plan to help each other was -not carried out. Similarly: ágaw, balíta`, dáhil, hánap, haráng, lában. - -From diminutives in D -an (§ 381): Magàaswang-aswángan daw si -Pédro sa karnabàl. Pedro says he will dress up as a bogey-man -for the carnival. Hwag kà ng magaswàng-aswángan. Don't play -bogey-man. Nagmanòk-manúkan si Hwàn sa karnabàl. Juan masqueraded as -a rooster at the carnival. Silà y nagùunggú-unggúan. They are playing -at being monkeys. Nagusà-usáhan siyà. He pretended he was a deer. So -also: dapà`. From (1) D -an: Sya y nagbabá-babayíhan. He went dressed -as a woman. So also from tákot. - -353. Transients with accent shift and mag- may owe the shift to the -root; so from ábot (§ 337): Nagáabòt si Hwàn nang sigarìlyo sa kanya ng -manga kaybígan. Juan is passing cigarettes to his friends. Ang pagaabòt -nang sigarìlyo ay isa ng ugáli ng magálang. Passing cigarettes is a -polite custom (umabòt, § 348,c, does not involve a person to whom). So -also múra. - -In the great majority of instances, however, the accent shift is not -peculiar to the root, but constitutes a special formation, which -expresses a more plentiful and diverse action than the transient -with -um- or simple mag-. Silà y nagbábabàg. They are fighting -each other. Magbarú ka. Get dressed, Put on your clothes. Sya y -nagbunòt nang damò. He plucked up a lot of grass. Maghanàp kayò -nang manga bulaklàk sa párang. Go and look for flowers in the -woods. Pabayaàn nawá ninyò na sya y maghanàp. Please allow him to -make an inspection. Naghatí ako nang manga itlòg na pinatigasàn ni -Hwána. I halved a quantity of eggs which Juana had hard-boiled. ang -paghahatè nang manga mansánas the halving of the apples. Magisip kà -nang manga lugàr na maàári ng kinaiwánan mo nang iyò ng librò. Think -of the various places where you may have left your book. Si Hwàn ay -nagíisip nang manga iháhandá nya sa fiyèsta. Juan is thinking of -what things he will serve at the fiesta. Hwag kà ng magputòl nang -abakà, Hwàn. Don't cut up any hemp, Juan. Magpúputol kamì nang búho`, -yantòk, at bayúgin, pagdatìng námin doòn. We shall cut slender bamboo, -rattan, and thick bamboo when we get there. Nagputòl si Hwàn nang -tubò sa pinások nya ng tubúhan. Juan cut down a lot of sugar-cane in -the cane-field he got into. Nagpúputol nang kawáyan na hindí nya árì -si Hwàn. Juan cuts down bamboo that does not belong to him. Nagpuyàt -akò sa manga gabì ng nagdaàn. I have repeatedly staid up late the -last few nights. Hindí ko màputúlan nang tahìd ang kátyaw, sapagkàt -itò y nagsísikàd. I couldn't cut the rooster's spur, because it -kept struggling with its feet. Sya y nagsísinungalìng. He is telling -lies. Pagsusulàt nya nang manga súlat ay pumaroòn ka t linísin mo ang -kanyà ng aralàn. While he is writing all his letters, go and clean his -study. Ang panginoò y nagtawàg nang manga alíla`. The master called -various servants. Nagtátawag syà nang manga kitè`, nang ákin sya ng -datnàn sa bakúran. She was calling to a lot of little chicks when I -came upon her in the yard. Ang pagtatawag nyà sa manga kitè` at ang -manga pùtákan nang manga manòk ay nakabíbingì. Her constant calling -to the chicks and the clucking of all the hens made a deafening -noise. Ang báta y nagtúturó nang kanyà ng gustò. The child points -at the various things it wants. Hwag kà ng magutàng. Don't go about -asking for credit. Ang magutàng sa marámi ng tindáhan ay hindí maínam -na ugále`. Buying on credit in many shops is a bad habit. Similarly -from: bálot, íngay, lákad, láyag, líbot, tágo`. - -(a) When transients with mag- are made from derived words, the -accent of the underlying word is occasionally shifted, apparently -without change of meaning: Sya y nagmayabàng. He boasted (mayábang, -§ 454). Similarly: magkákalahatè` (kalaháti` § 519). - -(b) In one such case there is not only accent shift, but also -secondary accent on the first syllable of the underlying word: Sya -y nagmápuri. He praised himself. Sya y nagmàmàpurì. He is praising -himself. Ang pagmamápuri ay hindí magandà ng ugáli`. Praising oneself -is not a becoming habit (ma-púri, § 454). - -354. The corresponding form from oxytone roots is made with unaccented -reduplication of the underlying word: mag-si-sigàw, mag-si-si-sigàw, -nag-si-sigàw, nag-sí-si-sigàw; the abstract, however, lacks the extra -reduplication, coinciding with that of §§ 350. 351: pag-si-sigàw. - -Sya y naggugupìt nang manga papèl. He cut some pieces of paper -into bits. Sya y naggúgugupìt nang manga papèl. He is cutting up -some pieces of paper. Ang báta ng si Hwàn, kung walà ng mágawa`, -ay sya ng nagháhahampàs sa manga púnu-ng-ságing. It is little Juan -who goes whipping at the banana-trees when he can't find anything -to do. Hwag kà ng magpupukòl nang batò, sapagkàt baká mo tamáan ang -bintána ng salamìn. Don't be always throwing stones; you might break -a window. Nagpúpuputàk ang inahì ng manòk na nása kulungàn. The hen -in the crate keeps up a constant cackling. Ilágan mo ang dumárating -na kabáyo na nagtátatakbò. Look out for the horse that's coming there; -it's a run-away. Nagúuupú sya sa damò. He always sits on the grass. So -also: dugò`, inòm, lundàg, sigàw, tagpò`. - -(a) In one instance a barytone root has this reduplication with -explicit plural meaning: magkikíta see one another, meet (of more -than two people, cf. magkíta). - -355. Accent shift and reduplication of the root appear in barytone -roots in the same sense as accent-shift alone, with perhaps a -somewhat greater intensity of the action: Nagpúpuputòl nang retáso ang -báta`. The child was cutting some rags into small bits. Ang kátyaw -ay nagsísisikàd. The rooster kept struggling with its legs. Sya y -nagtátatawàg nang manga kitè`. She kept calling to the chickens. - -356. With doubling of the root, transients in mag- express either -action repeated at intervals or reciprocal action of explicitly more -than two actors: Nagisà-isà ang manga báta` nang paglápit sa ákin. The -children came to me one by one. So from: duklày, hiwalày, úlit. - -(a) In one instance the root has accent shift: Naguna-unà ang manga -báta` nang paglápit sa ákin. The children vied with each other for -the first place in coming to me. - - - -(3) Active with mang- and abstract with pang- r. - -357. The active with mang- has the forms: ma-mútol, ma-mù-mútol, -na-mútol, na-mù-mútol, pa-mu-mútol (from pútol); it expresses action -more deliberate, selective, or in larger quantity (professional, -habitual) than mag-; like the latter, but more clearly, it is used -for the making or using of such and such an object. Examples: - -Sya y nangabála sa ámin. He made trouble for us. Nangano kà nang -iyo ng manga kalarò`? What did you do to your playmates? Nangáyap -lámang ang báta`. The child ate only relishes. Sya y nangbábambo -nang áso. He is a caning a dog. ang pamamangkà` canoeing. Namilì akò -sa báya-ng-Malólos. I shopped in Malolos. Sya y nangdídilig nang -karsáda. He sprinkles streets. ang pangdidilìg street-sprinkling -(as vocation). Ang kasalatàn nina Hwàn sa pananamìt ay nanggálin -sa pagsusugàl ni Hwàn. Juan's family's want of clothing is due to -his gambling. Hwag kà ng manghampàs. Don't go whipping people. Sya -y nanghárang nang manga táo. He made a practice of holding people -up. Sya y hinúli nang pulìs dahilàn sa panghahárang nang manga táo. He -was arrested by the police for highway robbery. Nangháte si Hwána nang -kalákal. Juana shared orders for goods. Ang panghaháte ni Hwána nang -kalákal na ipinagbíbili nyà ay sya nyà ng ikinalúge. Juana's getting -her stock of goods for sale by sharing in orders of fellow-retailers -is what made her lose money. Nanghínà nang pagtakbò ang kabáyo sa -kalaúnan nang pagkàgámit sa kanyà. The horse slackened its pace -because it had been driven too long. Silà y nanghína`. They grew -faint. Manghiràm ka nang palakòl. Go borrow a hatchet. manghúla` -practise fortune-telling. Nanghùhúli kamì nang isdà` sa kagamitàn nang -dála. We catch fish by means of nets. Ang kanya ng manga pangingílag -sa sakìt ay lubhà ng malakè. His precautions against sickness are -elaborate. Sya y nangàngabáyo. He rides horseback. Nangapá si Pédro -nang isdà`. Pedro caught fish in his hands (by feeling for them in -mud-holes). Sya y nangàngaséra. He eats in a boarding-house. mangáwit -cut twigs with the káwit (a small, hook-shaped pruning-knife); -also: get tired of a position or occupation. Ang báta ng si Hwàn -ay nangàngáya nang manga kápwa nya báta`. Little Juan lords it -over the other children. Sya y nangúngublè. He is keeping himself -in hiding. Hwag kà ng manguròt, Pédro. Don't be pinching people, -Pedro. Ang kanya ng pananagínip ay hindí nátuloy, sapagkàt nágising -syà sa kalabòg nang púsa`. His dream was interrupted by his being -awakened by the falling of the cat. Sya y nanànagínip. He is -dreaming. Akù y nanagínip kagabè. I had a dream last night. Namáso -sya nang dalíri nang kápwa nya báta`. He scorched his playmate's -finger. Pamumútol nya nang kawáya y sundàn mo syà t baká magliwalìw -lámang sa kalakhàn nang panahòn. When he goes bamboo-cutting, follow -him to see that he doesn't loaf most of the time. Ang pamumútol -nang kawáyan ay mahírap. Bamboo-cutting is hard work. Namútol si -Hwàn nang kawáyan. Juan cut bamboo. Namùmútol kamì nang damò úpang -ipagbilè. We are cutting grass for sale. Mamùmútol kamì nang tubò -sa bakúran ni Áli ng Pétra. We are going to cut sugar-cane in Aunt -Petra's yard. Ang báta ng may sakìt ay namùmúyat sa kanya ng inà. The -sick child keeps its mother awake. Ang maláwig na pananalità` ay -hindí maínam. Roundabout speeches are not pleasant. Pédro, hwag kà ng -manyásat nang gawá nang máy gawà`. Pedro, don't be inquiring into other -people's business. ang panunúlat writing in quantity, clerkship. ang -pananahè` the occupation of sewing, the being a seamstress. Silà y -nanahímik. They quieted down. Ang bàta y nanahímik. The boy quieted -down to take a rest. manáwag call, summon (people). ang panunúro` the -act of pointing things out. Sya y nangúna. He went first, He led. Sya -y mangùngúna. He will be in the lead. Ang báta y nangupò sa buntòt -nang sáya nang babáye. The boy went and sat right down on the lady's -train. Ang panguupò nang báta sa buntòt nang sáya ay ipinahintú sa -kanyà nang kanya ng nánay. The boy's trick of sitting down on people's -trains was put a stop to by his mother. Sya y nangusísa nang manga -babáye. She interrogated a number of women. Nangútang sya sa ákin -nang limà ng píso. He made a loan of five dollars from me. - -Similarly from: áhit, áko`, anàk, báhay, balíta`, barìl, báro`, -báyan, bílog, bíro`, búhay, bundòk, damìt, dúkit, gamòt, gupìt, hábol, -hámon, hingì`, igìb, ílin, káin, kumpisàl, latà`, lóko, mahála`, noòd, -pagítan, píli`, púlot, salákay, saríwa`, singìl, súbok, sulsè, súnog, -súyo`, tálo, tangháli`, tiwála`, umìt, yári. - -(a) From derived words: ang panghihìmagsíkan in the same meaning -as paghihìmagsíkan (from hìmagsíkan, § 377,a); so from kalaháti` -(§ 519), kináin (§ 365). See also §§ 421,a. 422,a. - -(b) From words with prefix hin- (§ 518) we may derive, theoretically, -the transients with prefix manghin-, though the underlying word in most -cases does not exist. For the phonetic irregularities see § 334,a,5. - -Sila y nanghimagsìk. They came to an armed conflict (bagsìk). Hwag -kà ng manghigantì sa kanilà, Hwàn; ang kababáan nang loòb ay lálo ng -magandà. Don't take revenge against them, Juan; meekness of spirit is -more becoming. Manghíhigantì kamì dahilàn sa manga kalupità ng ginawá -nila sa ámin. We will take vengeance on them for the many cruelties -they have committed against us. manghinukò cut the fingernails -(kukò). Nanghìhináyang silà sa pagkamatày ni Del-Pilàr. They were -mourning the death of Del Pilar. Malakì ang kanila ng panghihináyang -sa namatày na báta ng si Hwàn, dahilàn sa hindí karanyúwa ng talíno -nya. Their grief at little Juan's death was great, on account of -his unusual talents. (sáyang). manghiningà pick the teeth (ang tingà -foreign substance between the teeth). manghinulè clean out the ears -(tu-tulè earwax, § 343). - -(c) In one instance the root is doubled; its accent shift is due -to the meaning of the root: Nanawà-nawà si Pédro nang márinig nyà -na sya y nàpíli ng magìng bóbo sa larò`. Pedro could not keep from -snickering when he heard that the choice had fallen on him to be -clown in the play. - - - -(4) Special static words. - -358. A few individual forms of the preceding group have static value; -of transients, umága morning (§ 348) and ang mamáso` a blister -(páso`); of abstracts, ang pagkáin food (beside the act of eating), -cf. also pagdáka, § 265,9. The following are the regular formations -of special static words of this type: - -(a) Dual collectives with mag-: ang magáli aunt and niece -or nephew. Ang magamà ng si Maryà at si Pédro ay naparoòn sa -búkid. Pedro and his daughter Maria have gone to the country. Ang -magasáwa ng Pédro at Hwána ay naparoòn sa teyátro. Pedro and his -wife Juana have gone to the theatre. Ang magatè ng si Maryà at si -Maryáno ay nagsipagpasyàl. Mariano and his oldest sister Maria -went for a walk. Sila y magatè. She is his oldest sister. ang -magbaláe ng si Hwàn at si Andrès Juan and Andrés, whose children -have married each other. magbayàw two men, one of whom has married -the other's sister. magbilàs two men who have married two sisters -(ang bilàs the husband of one's wife's sister). maghípag two women, -one of whom has married the other's brother (each of the two is the -other's hípag). magimpò grandmother and grandchild. maginà mother -and child. magkúya the oldest brother and a younger brother or -sister. magnánay mother and child. magtátay father and child. - -Slightly divergent is magának: it includes the whole family, a given -person plus his angkàn (§ 379): Nagsimbà ang boò ng magának. The -whole family went to church. ang magának na sina Hwàn Krùs the Juan -Cruz family. Irregular in meaning are also magdamàg and maghápon, -of periods of time. - -From a compound word: ang magkápit-báhay two neighbors. - -From a phrase: Sila y magkápwa-táo. They act toward each other as -fellow men should (kápuwà táo). - -From a derived word: magamaìn uncle and nephew or niece (ama-ìn, § -367,a); see also §§ 408. 412,a. 490. - -(b) mag- r similarly forms explicit plurals: ang magaamà the group -of a father with two or more of his children. ang magbabaláe a -group of three or more people whose children have intermarried. ang -magiinà mother and children. ang magkukúya a group of brothers -and sisters including the oldest brother. magnanánay mother and -children. magpipínsan a group of cousins. magtatátay father and -children. - -From a compound: magkakápit-báhay. - -From a derived word: magkakasinglakì (kasinglakì, § 520). See also §§ -412,a. 427,d. - -(c) mag- r also forms static words denoting a professional agent: -ang magaaráro a plowman, magbibistày woman who sieves the rice in a -mill, magnanákaw thief. - -From oxytone roots also with retraction of accent: ang magbabáyo a -rice-pounder, magbibígas a dealer in hulled rice. - -(d) Barytone roots usually shift the accent: ang maghuhugàs a -dish-washer, maglalakàd traveller, maglilinìs a cleaner, maglilipà` -plasterer, maglulutò` cook; Si Hwàn ay isa ng magpuputòl nang -káhoy. Juan is a wood-cutter; ang magsusulàt a clerk scribe, magsusuyòd -a harrower (súyod a harrow), maguutàng a habitual borrower. So also -from: láko`, táwag. - -(e) màng- r has the same value. The accent of the prefix can appear -only in an open syllable (§ 338); ang màngingisdà` a fisherman; -mànanalakàb fish-trapper (salakàb an inverted basket used as a -fish-trap). So: dúkit, hámon, húla`, kúlam, lígaw, sákop, sípa`, -tanggòl, tugtòg. - -Oxytone roots often have retraction of accent: manggagámot manggagamòt; -manggugúpit manggugupìt; Sya y màngingínum nang álak. He is a drunkard; -also: mangiínom (with the prefix kept apart by glottal stop, § 34, -and no effect on initial vowel); mángangatàm màngangátam; mànglilímos; -ang mànanáhe` a seamstress (ang tahè` a seam); ang mànanánim a planter. - -(f) Barytone roots usually have accent shift: ang manghuhugàs -a dish-washer, manglalagarì` a wood-sawer, mámumulòt a gleaner -(púlot); Ang manga mámumutòl nang káhoy ay nagsiáhon nà sa bundòk. The -wood-cutters have already gone up into the mountains. ang mánunulàt a -scribe, clerk, ang màngungutàng a habitual borrower, a "sponger". So -also from: káyo, tálo. - - - -(5) Direct passive. - -359. The simple direct passive has suffix -in with accent shift of -one syllable in the contingent, infix -in- (§ 334,b,1) in the actual: -putúl-in, pù-putúl-in, p-in-útol, p-in-ù-pútol. It corresponds to -actives with -um- and abstracts with pag- and, to a large extent, -also to actives with mag- and abstracts with pag- r. It expresses, -transiently, an object viewed as fully affected, taken in by the actor, -or created by a simple action. - -Irregularities of form are as listed in § 334,c. - -Ináko ni Hwàn ang útang ni Pédro. Pedro's debt was taken over (pledged -for) by Juan. Inàalaála ni Pédro ang kanya ng inà. Pedro was thinking -of his mother. Hindí nya inàalaála iyòn. He does not mind that. Hindí -nya àalalahánin iyòn. He won't mind that (§ 334,c,3). Inàámin nya -na ginawá nya iyòn. He admits that he did it. Àamínin nya ang -kanya ng kasalánan. He will own up to his misdeeds. Ináangkin -nang báta ng si Hwána ang manga laruwàn ni Maryà. Little Juana -appropriates Maria's toys. Angkinin mò ang laruwàn. Take the toy for -yourself. Pag úulàn ay ararúhin mo ang punláan. When the rains come, -plow the germinating-plot. Inàáso nang inà ang kanya ng báta`. The -mother is running and shouting after her child (áso a dog). Ináyap -námin ang atsára. We used the mixed pickles as a condiment. (ang -áyap condiment). Ang aklàt niya ng kaybígan mo ng binanggìt ay áki -ng nabása. I have read the book of that friend of yours whom you -mentioned. Binátis nya ang ílog. He forded the river. Ang gúlok na yàn -ay bàbawíin ko sa iyò, kapag ipinamútol mo nang kawáyan. I shall take -back this bolo from you, if you use it for cutting bamboo. Ang tábo` -ay binílog ni Hwàn. Juan turned the dipper (on a lathe). Ang úlo -ni Hwàn ay binìbílog nang kanya ng manga kalarò`. Juan's playmates -are fooling him (literally: turning his head). Binyàk ni Hwàn ang -kawáyan. Juan has split the bamboo. Dináing nya ang isdà`. He laid -open the fish. Ang manga isdà ng itò ay dinála niyà sa ílog-Pásig. He -caught these fish with the net in the Pasig river. Yòn ay áki ng -dináramdàm. I am very sorry, That's too bad. Diligìn mo ang manga -haláman. Sprinkle the plants. Durúin mo ang áki ng mamáso`. Prick my -blister for me. Ginágabi kamì. We were overtaken by night. Hanápin -mo ang magnanákaw. Look for the thief. Hinápis nya akò. He made me -sad. Hinátì ko ang manga búnga-ng-káhoy sa manga bátà`. I distributed -the fruits among the children. Iníhaw nya ang karnè. He roasted -the meat. Inísip nya ng magnákaw sa isa ng tindáhan. He thought -of stealing from a store. Isípin mo kung saàn mo naíwan ang iyo ng -sombréro. Think where you left your hat. Ang kabutì ng itò ay hindí -kinàkáin. One does not eat this mushroom. Ipatipìd mo sa bátà` ang -kinàkáin nya. Make the child be moderate in its eating. Kinapá ko -sa kadilimàn ang áki ng hìgáan. I fell out my bed in the dark. Kúnin -mo ang aklàt sa báta`. Take the book from the child. Hwag mò akò ng -kurutìn. Don't pinch me. Nilákad námin ang lahàt nang daàn. We walked -all the way. Laruin mò ang báta`. Play with the child. Nilìlínis nya -ang mésa. She is cleaning the table. Nilúsong mo bà ang balòn? Did -you go down into the well? Lusúngin mo ang balòn. Go down into the -well. Nilùlúto niya ang gúlay. She is cooking the vegetables (also: -linùlúto`). Minámahàl nang manga magúlang ang báta`. The parents love -the child. pinalànsa was ironed (palànsa). Pinána ko ang usà. I shot -the stag with an arrow. Hindí nya pinápansìn iyòn. He doesn't pay any -attention to that. Pinatày ko ang manòk. I killed the chicken. Ang -pinílì nya ng manòk ay matabà`. The chicken she picked out is a -fat one. Pinílit nya ng gumawá nang páyong ang alíla`. He forced -the servant to make an umbrella. Pitasin mò ang manga búnga nang -manggà. You pick the mangoes. Pinútol ni Hwàn ang tanikalà`. The chain -was cut by Juan. Pagka pinútol mo ang lúbid na iyàn ay lálagpak ang -tulày. When you have cut that rope the bridge will fall. Pag pinútol -mo ang buntòt nang túta` ay malápit iya ng mamatày. If you cut off -the puppy's tail, it is likely to die. Pinùpútol ko ang káhoy. I -was cutting the wood. Putúlin mo ang lúbid. Cut the rope. Pùputúlin -nya ang búho`. He will cut the bamboo. Pinúyat nya akò. He kept me -up late. Hwag mò ng sagasáin, Lúkas, ang kainítan nang áraw sa iyo -ng paglabàs sa búkid. Don't hit upon the hottest part of the day for -going out to the field, Lucas. Sinísintà ni Pédro ang dalága. Pedro is -in love with the young woman. Akò y sinípà nang kabáyo. I was kicked -by a horse. Sinuklày nya ang buhòk nang kanya ng anàk. She combed -her child's hair; also: Sinuklày nya ang kanya ng anàk. Ang gámit -nya ng librò ay sinúlat ni Daruwìn. The book he uses was written -by Darwin. Kung sinuntòk nya ang báta` ay suntukìn mo siyà. If he -hits the boy, do you hit him. Sinúsuntok nyà ang báta`. He hits the -boy on the head. Tagpuìn mo akò sa estasyòn nang trèn. Meet me at -the railroad station. Tanawin mò ang súnog! Look at the fire! Ang -tábon sa ílog ay tinangày nang ágos. The dam in the river was carried -away by the current. Hwag mò ng tanggapìn ang úpa. Don't accept the -pay. Tawágin mo si Hwàn. Call Juan. Tinipìd ni Hwàn ang ibinigày -ko ng ságing. Juan was saving with the bananas I gave him. Ang dúsa -ng kanya ng tinítiìs ay hindí lubhà ng mabigàt. The suffering he is -undergoing is not very severe. Tinísod ko ang bakyà`. I kicked away -the sandal. Inúna si Hwàn nang hukòm. Juan was dealt with first by the -judge. Inusísa akò ni Hwàn. Juan questioned me. Ang inusísa sa ákin -ni Hwàn ay kung saan nàndon ang kanya ng sombréro. What Juan asked -me was where his hat was. Inútang ko iyò ng salapì ng ibinigày ko sa -kanyà kahápon. I borrowed that money I gave him yesterday. Niwáwalis -nyà ang alikabòk sa mésa. She is sweeping the dust from the table -(also: wináwalìs). Ang niyáyà ko ng magpasyàl ay si Hwàn. The one I -invited to come for a walk was Juan. - -Similarly from: ágaw, akála`, ákay, akiyàt, alíla`, alintána, -alipustà`, alìs, ámo`, anínaw, ásal, bálak, bambò, bása, batò, báwi`, -bigkàs, bigtì, bílang, bilì, bitbìt, búhat, bútas, buwísit, dalà, -daràs, dikdìk, dúkit, dúkot, gámit, gamòt, gantì, gawà`, gúgol, gupìt, -gustò, gútom, hábol, hágod, hampàs, hámon, hantày, hángo`, hárang, -haràp, hátak, híla, hilìng, hinála`, hintày, hiràm, hitìt, híwa`, -húkay, húli, íbig, inò, inòm, kagàt, kalaykày, kámot, kantà, kúlam, -kumbidà, kumpisàl, lála, lóko, lúnod, loòb, matà, múra, nákaw, pálo`, -pasàn, pások, pígil, pího, piráso, pirìnsa, pukòl, sábi, sadiyà`, -sagòt, salúbong, sampàl, sanggà, sapantáha`, sílip, singìl, siyásat, -sumpòng, sundò`, sunòd, súnog, sungánga, tagà`, tákot, talagà, tálo, -tampálas, tápos, túkop, tuntòn, úbos, ugáli`, úlit, wíka`. - -(a) From derived words: Inùumága silà sa kanila ng pagsasàlitáan. They -were being overtaken by their morning in their conversation (um-ága, -§ 358). Si Hwána ay hinimatày. Juana was attacked by a fainting-fit -(himatày, § 518). - -(b) From root with shifted accent: Ináabùt nang báta` ang góra. The -boy was reaching for his cap. - -(c) Accent shift lacking: Mínsanin mo, Hwàn, ang paginòm nang -gamòt. Take the medicine all at one swallow, Juan. - -(d) From doubled root, with meaning of repeated action: see isà; -barytone root with accent shift: ámo`. - -360. A few roots which have actives with mag- form the direct passive -from the root with pag- prefixed. On the analogy of other forms -(cf. § 369) one should expect this to be the case with roots whose -active with mag- stood in contrast with -um- (§ 351); this is clearly -the case, however, only in pag-isíp-in, pag-ì-isíp-in p-in-ag-ísip, -p-in-ag-ì-ísip: Pinagísip nya ng magnákaw sa isa ng tindáhan. He laid -plans for robbing a store (cf. in-ísip, § 359). The other roots which -have pag- in the direct passive are: barìl, doòp, kúro`, tapìk. - -361. To the active with mag- (1) (§ 353) corresponds a direct passive -with pag- and accent shift: pag-putul-ìn, p-in-ag-putòl, etc. (pútol): -Pinaghatí ko ang manga itlòg na pinatigasàn ni Hwána. I halved each -of the eggs Juana had hard-boiled. Pinagisìp nya ang kahulugàn nang -manga sènyas na nàkíta nya ng ibiníbigay nang isa ng sundálo sa isa -nyà ng kasamahà ng nàhúle nang kaáway. He figured out the meaning of -the signals he saw a soldier make to a comrade who was captured by -the enemy. Pinagpúputul nang báta` ang sinúlid. The child is cutting -the thread to bits. Pagputulin mò, Hwàn, ang manga siìt. Cut out the -bamboo-spines, Juan. Pinagusisá nang hukòm ang manga magnanákaw. The -judge cross-examined the robbers. Similarly from kúha, nákaw, sábi, -sípa`, súnog. - -362. Likewise, corresponding to the active with mag- r (§ 354), -is a direct passive with pag- r; see gawà`, kagàt. - -Passive with pag- (1) r (cf. § 355) from sípa`. - -363. Passive with pag- (1) D (cf. § 356): Pinagsabì-sabi nyà sa ibà -t ibà ng táo na si Pédro ay nàhúli sa pagnanákaw. He told various -people on various occasions, that Pedro was arrested for thievery. - -364. The direct passive is made from the root with prefix pang- to -correspond to actives with mang- (§ 357): pa-mitas-ìn, pa-mì-mitas-ìn, -p-ina-mitàs, p-in-a-mí-mitàs (pitàs). Examples: Inamútan ko si Hwàn -nang pinamilì ko ng manga librò. I let Juan purchase from me some of -the books I had bought up. Pinamímitas nilà ang manga kamatsilè. They -picked the fruits of the tannic acid tree. Pamìmitasìn námin ang manga -búlak. We shall pick the capoc cotton. Pinamùlot námin ang manga -laglàg na búnga. We picked up the fallen betel-fruits. Pinangútang -ko iyà ng salapì` sa kanyà. I had to borrow that money you have there -from him. Also from noòd. - - - -(6) Special static words. - -365. The infix -in- produces static words denoting things which are -produced by such and such a process or treated so and so: ang pinítak -each of the small sections into which a rice-field is divided by the -irrigation trenches (pítak divide; as root-word, division). So from -báta`, hingà, káin, lúgaw, púno`, sáing, súlid. - -(a) With accent shift: inakày. - -(b) A number of roots (here treated as simple) have the form of words -with infix -in- (cf. § 333): hinála`, kinábang, linamnàm, sinungáling, -tinápay, tinóla. - -366. -in- R: ang ináamà godfather, iníinà godmother; cf. § 412,a. - -367. Suffix -in with secondary accent on the first syllable of the -underlying word forms static words denoting something which undergoes -such and such an action: Ang kalasìng nang kwàlta sa ibà y pára ng isa -ng tugtúgin. The clinking of money is for others (than the spender) -like music. So from bandà, damdàm, tiìs (only here does the S show -itself), tungkòl. - -(a) Static words with (1) -in, with irregularities (§ 334,b), person -or animal like something: amaìn uncle; so from inà. Also of things -consumed: inumìn drinking water, kánin (káin) boiled rice ready to eat. - -(b) The same with pang- in pa-naú-hin guest, if from táo. - -(c) (2) -in, collective, of places: bukirìn estate, fields, terrain; -lupaìn country, part of the world. Of animate creatures, tendency: -gulatìn scary, shy. - -From derived word, in the latter sense, with S on the first of three -syllables: pàniwalaìn credulous (paniwála`, § 347). - -(d) -in with reduplication, from numerals, in the sense of with so -many: lilimáhin; from da-lawà (§ 345), da-dalawá-hin. - -(e) r (2) -in, with irregularity: ka-kan-ìn sweetmeat (káin). - -(f) The following roots end in -in (§ 333): bayúgin, buhángin, -dalángin prayer, kaingìn, muláwin, salamìn. - - - -(7) Instrumental passive. - -368. The instrumental passive corresponding to the active with -um- -and, to a large extent, to that with mag-, is formed with the prefix -i- (§ 334,a,3); the actual taking also the infix -in- (§ 334,b,2): -i-pútol, i-pù-pútol, i-p-in-útol, i-p-in-ù-pútol. It denotes, -transiently, an object given forth, parted from, or used as instrument -or the person for whom in such and such an action or process. - -Iniyalìs nilà ang hárang nang daàn. They removed the obstruction on the -road. Iyánib (or: isánib) mo ang iyu ng banìg sa kay Pédro. Make your -sleeping-mat overlap Pedro's, i. e. Sleep next to Pedro. Ibinàbágay -nang mangkakayò ang damìt sa namímilè sa kanyà. The cloth-merchant -is suiting the cloth to her customer. Ibinàbágay ni Hwàn sa kanyà -ng kalàgáyan ang kanya ng paggastà. Juan adapts his expenses to his -situation. Ibinilanggò nang hukòm si Hwàn. The judge has put Juan -into prison. Ibiníngit nya sa lamésa ang orasàn. He put the clock -on the edge of the table. Idaan mò sa báhay ni Pédro ang bábuy na -itò. Leave this pig at Pedro's house as you pass. Ang bantáyan sa -púno nang tulày ay inihágis nang manga lasìng na táo sa ílog. The -sentry-box at the head of the bridge was thrown into the river by the -drunken men. Ihásà mo ang pangáhit na ytò. Sharpen this razor. Ihinúkay -nila nang malálim ang patày. They dug a deep grave for the dead. Íwan -mo díto ang báta`. Leave the child here (so: ì-íwan will be left, -in-íwan was left, in-ì-íwan is being left). Inilálaàn ko kay Pédro -ang ságing na itò. I am putting aside this banana for Pedro (also: -itinátaàn). Inilùlúto nya ang gúlay. She is cooking the vegetables -(also: ilinùlúto`). Ipinagítan sya sa dalawà ng dalága. He was placed -between two young women. Ipináyag ko sa hinilìng nilà ang áki ng -sasakyàn. At their request I let them have my vehicle. Ipinútol nya -akò nang sinúlid. She cut off some thread for me. Ipútol mo akò nang -maìs. Cut some corn for me. Ipùpútol nya ikàw nang tubò. He will cut -some sugar-cane for you. Ang kampìt na iyàn ay mapúpurol kapag ipinútol -mo nang káhoy. That kitchen-knife will grow dull, if you cut wood with -it. Kawáyan ang isinásahìg ni Pédro sa kanya ng báhay. Pedro is using -bamboo for flooring his house. Pag pinùpútol ko nà ang liìg nang manòk, -ay isáhod mo ang mangkòk na lalagyàn nang dugò`. When I am cutting the -chicken's neck, hold under the basin to catch the blood. Isinále nya si -Hwàn. He included Juan. Isáli mo si Hwàn. Take Juan along. Isinampày -nya sa kanya ng balíkat ang kúmot. He slung the blanket across his -shoulder. Isigang mò ang sináing. Put the rice on the fire. Isilid mò -sa bóte ang álak. Put the wine into the bottle. Pagulàn ay isoot mò ang -kapóte. When it rains put on the rain-coat. Itináwag nang magpapatawàg -ang bágo ng kautusàn. The crier cried out the new law. Itinayú nya -ang báhay. He erected the house. Itinira nyà sa ákin ang tinápay. He -left the bread for me. Itúru mu sa kanyà ang simbáhan. Show him the -church. Itúru mo sa ákin ang larò`. Teach me the game. Iwalá mo iyà -ng iyo ng sambalílo ng lúma`. Get rid of that old hat of yours. - -Similarly, from: álay, átas, bagsàk, balíta`, bigày, budbòd, búhos, -bulìd, búrol, buwàl, dáos, dikìt, distíno, dugtòng, gápos, hánap, -handà`, hatìd, hintò`, hitsà, húlog, kasàl, kawàg, labàs, ladlàd, -lagày, laglàg, lákad, lakàs, lalà`, lapàg, lawìt, libìng, ligtàs, -líhim, lúlan, luwà`, páyo, sabàd, sáboy, sagòt, sakdàl, sánib, sarà, -sigàw, sèrmon, súlong, sunòd, taàn, taàs, tágo`, táli`, tanìm, tángi`, -tápon, tuktòk, túloy, túngo, úbos, útos, wisìk. - -(a) From root with shifted accent: Iniyáabùt nya sa ákin ang librò. He -was handing me the book. Iyabùt mo sa ákin ang librò. Hand me the book. - -369. The instrumental passive is made from the root with prefix pag- -when it corresponds to an active with mag- which stands in contrast -with an active with -um- from the same root (§ 351); it is used also to -express the instrumental relation more explicitly than the simple form, -especially the person for whom. Forms: i-pag-pú-tol, i-pag-pù-pútol, -i-p-in-ag-pútol, i-p-in-ag-pù-pútol. - -Ito ng báhay ang ipinagbili kò. This house is the one I have sold -(cf. bumilì buy, magbilì sell). Ang áraw nang kapangànákan ni Risàl -ay ipinagdìdíwang sa boò ng Filipínas. Rizal's birthday is celebrated -all over the Philippines. Síno ang ipinaglùlúto mo? Whom are you -cooking for? (inilùlúto` in preceding section). Ipagpútol mo ngà` -akò nang yantòk. Please cut some bamboo for me. Ipagpùpútol kità -nang tubò. I will cut you some sugar-cane. Ipinagpútol mo ba akò -nang pamilmìt? Did you cut me a pole for fishing? Ipinagpùpútol niya -akò nang siìt na gàgawì ng pípa. He is cutting me some bamboo reeds -for cigarette-holders. Ang guntìng na iyàn ay mapúpurul agàd, kapag -ipinagpútol mo nang damìt. Those scissors will get dull very soon, -if you keep using them to cut cloth with. Iyo ng kúnin ang guntìng, -kapag ipinagpùpútol nya nang káyo. Take the scissors, if he uses them -for cutting cloth. Ang paupó ni Hwà ng sùgálan ay ipinagsábi sa pulìs -nang kanya ng kápit-báhay. The gambling party Juan invited was exposed -to the police by his neighbor (sinábi was said). Ipinagsakay kò si -Hwàn sa áki ng karumáta. I took Juan into my carriage. Ang bágo ng -léyi ay ipinagtáwag ni Hwàn. The new law was called out by Juan. Hindí -ko bà ipinagútos sa iyò ng gawìn mo itò? Didn't I order you to do this? - -Also from: kayilà`, labà, látag, sakdàl, sumbòng, takà, tanòng, tapàt. - -(a) From derived words: ipinaghimatày (himatày, § 518); -Ipinagúbus-làkásan niya ang pagtakbò. He exhausted all his strength -in his running (úbus-làkásan, § 377,b). - -370. i-pag (1), corresponding to mag- (1), § 353: from tápon; also -from derived word ma-yábang (§ 454, cf. § 353,a). - -371. i-pag r, corresponding to mag- r (§ 354), from tanòng. - -372. The instrumental passive from the root with prefix pang- -corresponds to the active with mang-: Ipinanghárang nila Pédro ang -manga barìl na inágaw nilà sa manga pulìs nang báyan. In holding people -up Pedro's gang used the guns they had snatched from the police of -the district. Ipinamútol ko nang yantòk ang gúlok. I used the bolo for -rattan-cutting. Ipinamùmútol nya akò nang kawáyan. He is cutting bamboo -for me. Ipinamùmútol nya nang kawáyan ang bágo ng gúlok. He is using -the new bolo for bamboo-cutting. Ipamútol mo nang tubò ang kampìt na -itò. Use this kitchen-knife for cane-cutting. So also: áko`, balíta`. - - - -(8) Special static words. - -373. Special static words with prefix i- express the part of something -in such and such a direction, or the direction: ibábaw, ibáyo, ilálim, -itaàs, ituktòk; with shifted root: ibabà`. - - - -(9) Local passive. - -374. The simple local passive, corresponding to the active with -um- -and largely to that with mag-, has the suffix (1) -an with the -irregularities described in § 334. The forms of the actual mode -have also the infix -in-: putúl-an, pù-putúl-an, p-in-utúl-an, -p-in-ù-putúl-an. The local passive denotes the thing affected as -place in which or the person to whom. - -Inabútan akò nang ulàn. I was caught by the rain. Agáhan mo ang -iyo ng pagparíto. Make early your coming here, i. e. Come here -early. Pagkagupìt nang áki ng buhòk ay inahítan nya akò. When he -had cut my hair he shaved me. Alisan mò nang manga tinìk ang áki ng -salawàl. Take the thorns out of my trousers. Inanyáhan silà ni Hwàn -na magpasyàl. They were invited by Juan to go for a walk. Arálan -mo ang manga Kapampángan. Teach morals to the Pampangas. Asnan -mò ang dáing na isdà`. Salt the fish you lay open. Aptan mò nang -páwid ang báhay. Roof the house with nipa-palm. Awítan mo ang manga -panaúhin. Sing for the guests. Bakúran mo ang sagíngan sa tabì nang -ílog. Fence in the banana-grove by the river. Bakúran mo ang báhay. Put -a fence round the house. Binalitáan ko si Hwàn nang manga nangyári sa -ákin sa labanàn. I related to Juan my adventures in the war. Bantayan -mò ang pálay. Guard the standing rice. Basáhan mo akò nang manga -kwènto. Read me some stories. Bigasan mò ang tinóla ng manòk. Make -the chicken-stew with rice. Si Pédro ang binilhàn ko nang kabáyo ng -itò. It was Pedro I bought this horse from. Sa katapusàn ay kanya -ng nàpagkilála ang malaki ng pangánib na kanya ng biningítan. In -the end he recognized the great danger into which he had betaken -himself. Binuksàn ni Hwàn ang pintò`. Juan opened the door. Dinaanàn -nang trèn ang báboy. The pig was run over by the train. Dinaanàn ko -si Hwàn. I called for Juan on the way (and took him with me). Dalhàn -mo nang túbig ang kabáyo. Bring water to the horse. Dalian mò ang -pagdadala ríto nang librò. Bring the book here soon. Ang pabása sa -bisíta nang San-Antònyo ay dinaluhàn nang marámi ng táo. The reading -at the chapel of San Antonio was attended by many people. Dinamíhan -nya ang kinúha nya ng ságing. He took many bananas. Dinamuhàn nyà -ang damúha ng malápit sa simbáhan. He cut grass on the pasture near -the church. Dinapúan nang manga íbon ang sangà nang káhoy. Birds -alighted on the branch of the tree. Dinatnàn kamì nang ulàn. We were -overtaken by the rain. Diniláan nya akò. She stuck out her tongue -at me (ang díla` the tongue); also: Diláan mo ang mansánas. Lick -the apple. Hwag mò ng durúan nang karáyom ang áki ng panyò. Don't -leave needles sticking in my handkerchief. Hagkan mò si Nánay. Kiss -Mother. Hinalúan nang álak ang gátas. Some wine was mixed into the -milk. Hinampasàn ni Pédro ang mukhá ni Hwàn. Pedro hit Juan in the face -with a whip. Ang daàn ay hinarángan. The road was obstructed. Hasáan mo -ang gúlok na itò. Sharpen this bolo. Hintuan mò ang iyo ng pagsusugàl, -Pédro, kung íbig mu ng yumáman ka. Put a stop to your gambling, Pedro, -if you want to get rich. Hinùhugásan niyà ang manga pinggàn parà sa -manga babáye. He is washing dishes for the women. Hulíhan mo nang -isdà` ang palàisdáan. Catch fish in the fish-pond. Ang manga sampày -na damìt ay hinípan nang hangin, kanyà` nahúlog sa lúpa`. The clothes -on the line were blown by the wind and fell to the ground. Hinípan ko -ang píto. I blew the whistle. Hinípan ko ang apòy úpang palakihìn. I -blew on the fire to make it larger. Inilágan nya ang simbáhan. He kept -away from the church. ... ang kabáyo. He got out of the way of the -horse. Inlagan mò ang dumárating na tumátakbo ng kabáyo. Get out of -the way of the horse that is coming on the run. Itiman mò ang lubòg -nang damìt. Make the dye of the garment black. Inìiyakàn ni Hwána -ang kanya ng namatày na kaybígan. Juana is weeping over her dead -friend. Hwag mò ng kurutàn, Pédro, ang isdà ng nása dúlang. Don't you -take a pinch from the fish on the table, Pedro. Hwag mù ng labánan, -Pédro, ang kapatid mù ng matandà`. Don't oppose your older brother, -Pedro. Ang landàs na gawì ng kaliwà` ay ang iyo ng lakáran. You -must take the path which goes to the left. Lakasan mò ang túlak sa -bangkà`. Push hard on the boat. Lakhan mò, Hwàn, ang pirasúhin mo ng -matamìs. Break off a big piece of the sugar, Juan. Nilalíman nilà ang -húkay nang patày. The grave for the corpse was made deep by them. Ang -bantày nang manga kanyòn ay nilayásan ang kanya ng lugàr. The guard -of the cannon deserted his post. Ligsihan mò ang pagílag sa lugàr -na iyàn. Get out of that place quickly. Hwag mò ng luksuhàn ang -tinìk na iyàn. Don't jump on that spine. Lulánan mo nang manggà ang -karitòn. Load up the wagon with mangos. Luluran mò si Pédro pagbababàg -ninyò. Kick Pedro in the shin when you fight him. Nilusúngan mo bà si -Pédro? Did you help Pedro? Lutúan mo nang bigàs ang manòk. Cook some -rice in with the (already cooked) chicken. Masdan mò ang bwàn. Look at -the moon. Minàmasdan kò ang manga nagdádaa ng táo. I am looking at the -people who pass by. Minuráhan nya akò sa pagbibilì nang talòng. He -made me a low price on the egg-plant. Muráhan mo ang pagbibilì -nang labanòs. Sell your large radishes cheap. Ang tanggápan nang -manga sanglà` sa báhay-sangláan ni Pédro ay ninakáwan kagabè. The -receiving-place of pledges in Pedro's pawn-shop was robbed last -night. Nakáwan mo syà nang kanyà ng salapè`. Rob him of his money. Sa -pagbubunò` ni Hwàn at ni Pédro si Pédro ay pinaahàn ni Hwàn. Juan -caught Pedro by the leg (or: hurt Pedro in the leg) as they wrestled -together; but: Pinaanan nyà ang kanya ng kapatìd na natùtúlog. He lay -down with his feet toward his sleeping brother. Hwag mò ng paanàn sa -iyò ng paghigà` ang kapatìd mo ng natùtúlog. When you go to bed don't -lie with your feet toward your sleeping brother. Pinanáwan sya nang -pagiísip. He lost his mind. Patayàn mo nang pitsòn ang nilúgaw. Kill -a pigeon for the stew. Patisan mò ang isdà` ng itò. Put shrimp-sauce -on this fish. Pinayágan nya ang paraà ng itò. He agreed to this -plan. Pilikàn mu ang isdà`. Cut the fins off the fish. Pintahan mò -ang padèr na ytò. Paint this wall. Hwag mò ng pintasàn ang damìt na -yàn. Don't find fault with that garment. Pitasan mò nang búnga ang -manggà. Pick some fruits from the mango tree. Ang pinulútan nilà nang -manè` ay ang bakúran ni Hwána. The place where they gathered peanuts -was Juana's yard. Pinùpunásan nya ang sahìg. She is scrubbing the -floor. Punan mò, Pédro, nang isà ng salapè` ang kwàlta ng ibinigày mo -sa ákin. Add half a dollar to the money you gave me, Pedro. Putíkan mo -ang kanya ng salawàl. Put mud on his trousers. Pinutúlan ko nang usbòng -ang manga kamóte. I cut shoots from the sweet-potatoes. Pinùputlan nyà -nang manga sangà ang káhoy na nabwàl. He is cutting the branches off -the tree that was blown down. Putúlan mo nang ténga ang áso. Cut the -dog's ears. Putlan mò nang súngay ang kalabàw. Cut the horns of the -carabao. Pùputúlan ko nang súngay ang usà. I shall cut off the stag's -horns. Pùputlàn dàw nya nang buntòt ang áso. He says he will cut off -the dog's tail. Sinakyàn námin ang bangká ni Hwàn. We rode in Juan's -canoe. Sakyan mò ang bangka ng itò. Get into this canoe. Hwag mù ng -saláhan ang iyo ng mangà pagpások sa eskwèlhan. Don't skip going to -school, Don't play hookey; but: Sinanglan nyà ang singsìng. He missed -the ring (in the juego de anillo). Hwag mù ng sanglàn ang usà. Don't -fail to hit the stag. Samáhan mo si Pédro. Go with Pedro. Sayawan -mò kamì, Hwána. Dance for us, Juana. Sinigawàn nang páre` ang kanyà -ng munisilyò. The priest yelled at his sacristan. Sinikáran nang -kabáyo ang karumáta. The horse kicked at the carriage. Siglan mò nang -álak ang bóte. Fill the bottle with wine. Untì-untí mo ng subúan ang -pitsòn. Feed the squabs little by little. Sinugátan sya ni Pédro. He -was wounded by Pedro. Sinukláyan nya ang kanya ng anàk. She combed -her child's hair. Sulátan mo si Pédro. Write to Pedro. Tinabúnan na -ni Pédro ang húkay. Pedro has already filled up the hole. Tagalan mò -ang pagkábitbit nang tablà. Keep holding the board that way. Tagalan -mò ang pagtitira díto sa ámin. Stay here with us a long time. Tagpian -mò ang báro ng itò. Mend this shirt. Tagpuan mò nang iba ng káyo ang -kaluwángan nang sáya. Fill out (literally: cause to meet) the width -of the skirt with other cloth. Tamnan mò nang manga púno-ng-nyòg ang -bakúran. Plant the yard with cocoanut trees. Tinanúran nya ang báhay sa -boò ng magdamàg. He guarded the house all night. Hwag mù ng tanggapàn -nang úpa ang kaybígan ko ng iháhatid mò sa estasyòn nang trèn, -sapagkàt akò ang ùúpa sa iyò. Don't take any fare from my friend whom -you will bring to the railroad station, for I shall pay you. Tapunan -mò ang bóte. Cork up the bottle. Hwag mò ng tawánan si Hwàn. Don't -laugh at Juan. Tawágan mo si Bathála`. Call on the Lord. Tinayuan nyà -nang kamálig ang bakúran. He erected a granary in his yard. Tigasan -mò ang lúto nang halayà. Cook the jelly hard. Tinirhàn nya akò nang -tinápay. He left some bread for me. Tirhàn mo akò nang inúyat. Leave me -some molasses; but: Hwag mò ng tirahàn ang báhay na iyàn. Don't live in -that house. Ang báhay na iyòn ay ang kanya ng tinìtirahàn. That house -over there is where he lives. Tinulínan nya ang paglákad. He hurried -his pace. Tulísan mo ang tasà nang lápis. Sharpen the point of the -pencil. Untian mò, Pédro, ang ibíbigay mò ng damò sa kabáyo. Give the -horse less grass, Pedro. Ùupàn nang manga panaúhin ang manga bangkù -ng itò. The guests will sit on these benches. Orásan mo ang iyo ng -pagkáin. Have your meals at stated times. Utángan mo nang salapí -si Pédro. Borrow money from Pedro. Oóhan mo ang tanòng. Answer the -question in the affirmative. Niwàwalisàn niyà ang sahìg. She is -sweeping the floor. - -Other roots: akmà`, ámot, apòy, balàt, báya`, báyad, bigày, bendisiyòn, -búti, dagán, retráto, gámit, gawà`, gupìt, halimhìm, hatìd, háwak, -higà`, hitsà, húkay, húlog, íngat, kamìt, kantà, labàs, lagày, lálo`, -lápit, lígaw, ligtàs, limòs, mulà`, pagakpàk, palìt, panhìk, pások, -prubà, puntà, putòk, sabày, sáboy, sagása`, sákit, salákay, silakbò, -subò, súbok, sunòd, sunggàb, soòt, táli`, táma`, tánga`, tángan, -tíbay, tibà`, tingìn, túbo`, tugtòg, túlad, túlog, túlong, tungtóng, -umpisà, úpa, útos, wisìk. - -(a) From derived words: Sya y tinagilíran ni Pédro. Pedro hit him in -the side (ta-gílid, § 523), but: Tinaligdàn ni Hwàn si Pédro pagdadaàn -nitò sa kanya ng harapàn. Juan turned away from Pedro when the latter -came before him. Tinalikdàn ni Hwàn si Pédro. Juan turned his back -on Pedro (talíkod, § 523). - -(b) Irregularly without accent shift before the suffix: Áki -ng binitáwan (or: binitíwan) ang bóte. I let go my hold on the -bottle. Bitíwan mo ang lúbid. Let go of the rope. Dinaánan siyà nang -isa ng silakbò nang gálit. A fit of anger came upon him. ... nang -isa ng masamà ng pagiísip. An evil thought came to him. Dinàdaánan -sya nang isa ng malakì ng kalungkútan. A great grief is upon -him. ... nang pagkaulòl. He is under an attack of madness. Cf. daanàn, -above. Minatáan nang bágo ng táo ang aswàng. The young man looked -round for the vampire. Matáan mo ang magnanákaw. Keep an eye open -for the thief. So from: sèrmon. - -(c) From root with accent shift (so that the total shift is two -syllables): Ang utusàn nang kapitàn ay tinamaàn nang bála. The -captain's orderly was hit by a bullet. Ang lulòd ni Pédro ay tinamaàn -nang bála. Pedro got shot in the shin. Tinamaàn nang kulòg (nang -lintìk) ang isa ng púnu-ng-manggà. A mango tree was struck by the -thunder (by lightning). Tamaàn ka nang lintìk! May the lightning -strike you! (curse.) - -375. The local passive is formed from the root with pag- when it -corresponds to an active in which mag- is contrasted with -um- -(§ 351) or when the local relation, especially of person for whom, -is highly explicit: pag-putúl-an, pag-pù-putúl-an, p-in-ag-putúl-an, -p-in-ag-pù-putúl-an. Examples: Ang pagsakày sa kabáyo ay hindí magaà -ng pagarálan kung salbáhe ang kabáyo. Riding horseback is not easy -to learn if the horse is unruly. Hindí káya ni Hwàn ang kanya ng -pinagàarálan. Juan's studies are too hard for him. Pagbàbalikàn -kità. I will come back to you. Pagbalikàn mo akò. Come back to -me. Ang útang ni Maryà ay pinagbayáran nang kanya ng kapatìd na -babáye. Maria's debt was paid off by her sister. Ang áki ng kapatìd -na laláki ang pinagbilhàn ko nito ng báhay. I sold this house to my -brother. Napatìd ang lúbid na kanya ng pinagbìbiyabúhan. The rope -on which he was swinging broke. Ang pinagharángan kina Hwàn ay isa -ng lugàr na malápit sa manggáhan sa daà-ng-Balíwag. The place where -Juan and his company were held up was a spot near the mango-grove -on the Baliuag road. Pagharían mo ng mabúte ang pulò ng itò. Rule -righteously over this island. Paghasáan mo nang manga pangáhit ang -hasaà ng itò. Use this whetstone to sharpen razors on. Ang pinaghatdan -kò nang gátas ay maláyo`. The place to which I delivered the milk was a -long way off. Sa pasíga ng itò y walà ng lugàr na pinaghùhubaràn nang -damìt. At this beach there is no place for undressing. ang pinagibhàn -the point of difference, the difference. Pagingátan mo ng dalhìn ang -túbo ng kristàl na iyàn, sapagkàt baká magkàputòl-putòl iyàn kung -hindí ka maíngat nang pagdadalà. Carry that glass tube carefully, -because it might get smashed if you are not careful about the carrying -it. Pinagkabyawàn nilà ang lugàr na itò. This place is where they -pressed sugar-cane. Ang pinagkàkabyawàn námin ay isa ng lugàr na -mataàs káy sa tubúhan. The place where we press sugar-cane is a place -higher than the cane-field. Pagkabyawàn ninyò nang tubò ang bágo ng -kabyáwan. Press the cane in the new press. Pagkàbyawàn nilà ang bágo -ng tayò ng kabyáwan. They will press sugar-cane in the newly-erected -press. Ang hwátaw ang sya mò ng pagkánan. The Chinese bowl is what -you are to eat from. Si Pédro ang pinagkúnan nang manga kasangkápa -ng itò. Pedro is the one from whom we got these tools. Si Migèl ang -pinagkùkúnan nya nang kwàlta ng pangbilè nang kalabàw. Miguel is the -one from whom he gets money to buy carabao. Ang pagkúnan mo nang pálay -ay ang sáko ng may kúlang. The place for you to take rice is the sack -that is already broken. Hwag mò ng paglaruwàn, Hwàn, ang kutìng, -sapagkàt baká mo iyàn màbúlag. Don't play with the kitten, Juan, -for you might inadvertently blind it. Paglarwan mò ang bóla. Play -(with the) ball. Ang kutìng ay nàbálot sa pinaglàlaruwàn nya ng -damìt. The kitten got wrapped up in the piece of cloth with which it -was playing. Pagmasdan mò ang bwàn. Look carefully at the moon. Hwag -mò ng pagputúlan nang ano màn ang sangkála ng iyàn. Don't cut anything -on that cutting-block. Pinagsalitaàn ni Hwàn ang kanyà ng manga báta -ng kapatìd. Juan gave his little brothers a talking-to. - -Similarly: bintàng, daàn, daràs, dasàl, háti`, hinála`, katàm, kublì, -patày, pílit, sábi, silbì, sísi, tagpò`, tipàn, úsap. - -(a) From a phrase: pinagsa-ulàn (sa ulè`). - -(b) From a derived word: Mangà pinagpìpìtagánan ko ng ginoò! Respected -sirs, Dear sirs (in oral or written address). - -(c) Irregularly without accent shift: pinagdaánan (daàn), cf. § 374,b. - -(d) With extra accent shift, corresponding to active with mag- (1): -Pagputulàn mo, Hwàn, nang manga usbòng ang kalabása. Cut a bundle of -shoots from the pumpkin, Juan. - -As bitìw lacks the accent shift before -an (§ 374,b), the form with -pag- and shift of one syllable belongs here: Pinagbitiwan nyà ang -manga manùk na kanya ng tángan. She let go of all the chickens she -was holding. - -(e) With reduplication of the root, corresponding to the active with -mag- r (§ 354): pinagsisiglàn (silìd). - -(f) With both extra accent shift and reduplication, corresponding to § -355: Pinagdàdadagukàn nya ang manga kaáway niyà. He was dealing blows -to his enemies right and left (dágok a blow with the fist). - -(g) From doubled root (cf. the active, § 356): pinagtùtulùng-tulúngan -(túlong). - -376. The local passive with pang- corresponds to actives with mang-: -pa-mutúl-an, pa-mù-mutúl-an, p-in-a-mutúl-an, p-in-a-mù-mutúl-an. - -Saàn ang pinanggalíngan mo?--Ang pinanggalíngan ko ay an -báya-ng-Mayníla`. Where have you come from?--I come from Manila. Ang -manga pinítak na kadátig nang sápa` ay sya nyà ng pinanggágapásan -(or: sya nyà ng pinamùmutúlan nang pálay). The sections of the -rice-field bordering on the ditch are the ones he is cutting rice -from. Pinangitlugàn nang manòk ang kahò ng itò. The hen laid its eggs -in this box. Hwag mò ng pamitasàn nang búnga ang átis na nása tabì -nang balòn. Don't pick the fruits from the atis tree by the side of -the well. Siya kò ng pamìmitasàn nang búnga ang byábas na nása gitná -nang bakúran. I shall pick fruits from the guava tree in the middle -of the yard. Ali ng lugàr ang iyo ng pinamutúlan nang damò? Which -place did you cut grass from? Sinundó ni Pédro ang kapatìd na babáye -sa báhay na pinanànahían. Pedro fetched his sister from the house -where she was working as seamstress. So also from: tálo, tiwála`. - -(a) With pang-hin- the local passive corresponds to the active -with mang-hin- (§ 357,b); the reduplication affects the hin- which, -theoretically, we may regard as part of the underlying word. "Magáral -ka ng mabúti at panghinayángan mo ang mahalagà ng panahòn," sinábi ni -Hwàn sa kanya ng anàk. "Study hard and take account of the precious -time," said Juan to his son. Káylan pa kayá panghìhinayángan nang -manga táo ang manga áni ng taòn-taò y nàsìsírà nang luktòn o nang -túyot? When will the people at last regret the harvests that are -every year destroyed by locusts or by drought? Pinanghinayángan nilà -ang nálubog na bangkà`. They were sorry about the canoe that had -sunk. Pinanghìhinayángan námin ang marámi ng búhay na ginúgol nang -báyan sa pagtatanggòl sa katwíran. We regret the many lives lost by -the country in the defense of its rights. (sáyang); similarly from -gantì: panghigantihàn. - - - -(10) Special static words. - -377. With S -an special static words are formed from oxytone roots, -without the irregularities described in § 334. In meaning they fall -into two types, which, however, are not always clearly distinct. - -(a) They express an action by two or more actors, a kind of plural of -root words of the type described at § 341,3,a. Ang àlísan nang manga -aluwáge ay sa lúnes nang hápon. The leaving of the carpenters is -fixed for Monday afternoon. ang ìnúman a drinking party. Ang ìyákan -nang manga báta` ay nárinig ko sa kalsáda. I heard on the street -the crying of the children. Ang kàlabúgan nang manga nalaglàg na -nyòg dahilàn sa malakàs na hángin ay nárinig hanggàng sa maláyo ng -lugàr. The thud of the cocoanuts that were thrown down by the strong -wind was audible for some distance away. Ang kàlasíngan nang manga -kwaltà ng laglàg sa bulsà ni Hwàn ay sya ng nakàgísing kay Pédro. The -rattling of the coins falling from Juan's purse was what woke Pedro -up. Ang kantáhan nang manga íbon ay ginágawà nila kung umága. The -birds sing together in the morning. Ang kùrútan nilà sa nilúto ko ng -isdà` ay lubhà ng madalàs. They often pinched pieces out of the fish -I had cooked. Ang litsúnan nila Hwàn ay hindí nátulòy. The barbecue -of Juan and his friends did not come off. Ang luksúhan nang manga -luktòn ay totoò ng maiiklè`. The leaps of the small grasshoppers are -very short. Ang pàgakpákan nang manga táo pagkaraàn nang talumpáte` -ay lubhà ng mahába`. The applause of the people after the speech -was very long. Ang pintásan ni Hwána at ni Maryà ay parého ng hindí -totoò. The criticisms of Juana and Maria make of each other are -equally untrue. Ang kanyà ng manga lalagyàn nang tuba` ay pùnúa ng -lahàt. His containers for the sap are all full. Ang kanila ng sàkáyan -sa trèn ay sa linggò nang umága. They are all to take the train Sunday -morning. Naparoòn akò kagabè sa isa ng sàyáwan. I went to a dance last -night. Ang sìgáwan nang manga báta` sa kalsáda ay nakabíbingì. The -shouting of the children on the street is deafening. ang tàhúlan -nang manga áso the baying together of the dogs. ang tàyáan a staking, -a putting up of stakes (ang tayà` a stake in a bet or game). Nárinig -sa isa ng ùpúan nang manga Intsèk ang kwènto ng itò. This story was -heard in a gathering of Chinamen. - -Similarly, from: kaluskòs, patày, pustà, putàk, salità`, sugàl, takbò, -tipàn, tugtòg, umpòk. - -From derived word: Ang hìmagsíkan sa Filipínas ay natápus nà. The -fighting in the Philippines is over. (as though from a form -himagsìk, -see § 518). - -This formation underlies further derivatives, see §§ 352,d. 357,a. - -(b) The other meaning of the formation S -an is that of an object -viewed, rather explicitly (cf. § 380), as the scene of plural action -or the place of things. So: ang bìgásan the place where hulled rice -is made, threshing floor for rice, rice-mill. Si Hwàn ang bìgáyan -nilà nang kanilà ng manga ninákaw na aláhas. Juan is the one to whom -they give the jewelry they have stolen. ang bìlangúan a prison (ang -bilanggò` a prisoner). Ang kanila ng bìlíhan nang pálay ay sa kamálig -ni Hwàn. The place where they buy rice is in Juan's storehouse. Ang -dàánan nang manga sundálo ay ang landàs na itò. The usual route of -the soldiers is this path. ang hampásan the whipping-bench. Ang manga -magkakápit-báhay na si Andrès, Kulàs, at Pédro ay nagtàtálo tungkùl -sa kaní-kanilà ng hanggáhan nang bakúran. The neighbors Andrés, -Nicolás, and Pedro are disputing about the boundaries of their -grounds. Sa pagítan nang báya-ng-Balíwag at báya-ng-San-Migèl ay -máy-roo ng isa lámang na hintúan ang manga naglálakad. Pedestrians -have only one stopping-place between the towns of Baliuag and San -Miguel. Si Pédro ay sya ng hìráman nang salapì` nang manga táo sa -báyan. Pedro is the one from whom the people in the town borrow -money. ang hungkúyan a machine for fanning the pounded rice. Ang isa -ng taburéte lámang ang ginawá nila ng làgáyan nang kanila ng manga -sombréro, sapagkàt ang sabitàn ay punú nà. A chair was all they had -to lay their hats on, for the hat-rack was already full. Ang làngúyan -sa ílog ay bumábaw. The swimming-place in the river grew shallow. ang -làrúan the playground. Ang lìbángan sa manga báta` sa manga bapòr na -naglálayag sa dágat nang Pasífiko ay lubhà ng malilínis na lugàr. The -play-rooms for children on the steamers that ply on the Pacific Ocean -are very neat places. ang nyúgan a cocoanut grove. Ang pàtáyan nang -bábuy ay nasúnog. The pork slaughter-house burned down. ang pàtísan -a factory for shrimp-sauce (patìs, made of the small shrimp called -hípon). Ang báro ng punìt-punìt ay sya nyà ng ginawà ng tagpían nang -manga retáso. She sewed the patches all on to the ragged blouse. Ang -kanila ng tagpúan ay ang daà-ng-Balíwag. Their meeting-place is the -Baliuag road. ang tanyágan an exhibition, exposition. ang timbángan -a pair of scales. ang tindáhan a shop, store (ang tindà the goods -for sale in a store). - -Similarly, from: aklàt, bantày, bigtì, biniyàg, bukàs, buntòt, dasàl, -gawà`, hagdàn, higà`, hukòm, kabiyàw, kublì, kulòng, libìng, luksò, -manggà, pintà, pintò, pitàg, punlà`, sampày, sanglà`, simbà, sahàn, -tanggàp, tarangkà, tirà, upò`. - -A very few show irregularities: eskwèl-han, paá-nan, tòto-hánan the -truth (totoò); the secondary accent is lacking in damú-han, tubú-han; -irregular in kumpìsál-an. - -From a compound word: úbus-làkásan (úbos-lakàs). - -From a phrase: sà-lawáhan changeable, fickle, as though from sa lawà; -for the latter see § 345. - -From derived words: ang ìnumínan place for drinking-water, water-shelf -(inum-ìn, § 367,a); ang sìlangán-an the east (silang-àn, § 379. - -378. The formation (1) S -an is made from barytone roots and -corresponds in meaning to (a) in the preceding type; the suffix is -added as a rule without irregularity. - -Ang ìbígan ni Maryà at ni Hwàn ay natápus sa pagtatampúhan. The -love-affair of Maria and Juan ended through their contrariness. Ang -làyásan nang manga sundálo ay hindí maampàt nang kanila ng manga -pinúno`. The deserting of the soldiers could not be stopped by their -officers. Sa miyèrkules ang lùlánan nilà sa trèn. On Wednesday they -are to embark on the train. Ang pùlútan nilà nang kwaltà ay náhintò` -nang márinig nilà ang putòk. Their scrambling for money ceased when -they heard the crash. ang tìpúnan a meeting. - -So: háyag, húni, káin, kílos, sáma, túloy. - -Irregular in form is: Ang tàwánan nila Hwàn ay náhinto dahilàn sa -kanila ng pagkàgúlat. The laughter of Juan's crowd stopped on account -of their surprise (táwa). - -Irregular in meaning, as though local instead of plural, is: Ang -gulòd na itò ay sya ng sìlángan nang áraw. This hill is the place -where the sun rises (sílang). - -379. The form from barytone roots corresponding to the type in § -377,b and often also to type a, is: (2) -an, without irregularities: -Ang agawàn nang manga unggò` ay magulò. The grabbing by the monkeys -was confused. ang basahàn a reading-room, library. Bulakàn Bulacán -(name of a province, if from búlak a cluster of capoc cotton). Ang -maliìt na úna ng itò ay sya kò ng duruàn nang manga aspilè. This little -cushion is where I stick my needles. ang haluàn a mixing-vessel. ang -hugasàn a place for washing dishes. ang hulihàn nang isdà` a -fishing-expedition. Si Hwána ay isa ng babáye ng kutuhàn. Juana is a -lousy woman. Ang labanàn nang manga Tùrkos at Inggléses ay kasulukúyan -pa lámang. The warfare between the Turks and the English is only now -taking place. Ang kanila ng lakaràn ay lubhà ng masayà. Their walking -party is very merry. Ang kanila ng lusungàn ay hindí natápus na mabúte, -sapagkàt marámi sa manga táo ay matamàd. Their cooperative scheme did -not turn out well, because most of the people were lazy. Ang murahàn -ni Hwána at ni Maryà ay nárinig nang boò ng báyan. The revilings of -Juana and Maria were heard by the whole town. Sa báya-ng-San-Migèl -ay nangyáre ang isa ng nakawàn. In the town of San Miguel a robbery -took place. Ang tablà ng itò ay ginawà ng pakuàn nang manga báta` -sa manga páku ng aspilè na kinúha nilà. The children used this board -for hammering in the tacks they had taken. Ang bútas nang bangka` -ay sya ng ginawà ng pasakàn ni Pédro nang pagkìt. The leak in the -canoe was where Pedro calked in the wax. ang putikàn a clay-pit; a -person or thing covered with mud. Ang isà ng labangàn ay syà ng nagìng -silangàn kay Hesùs. Jesus was born in a manger; ang kátri ng silangàn -ni Hwána the bed in which Juana's children were born. Sya y sugatàn -He is wounded; ang sugatàn the wounded (as, after a battle). ang -sulatàn a writing-desk. Ang sílong nang báhay ay sya nyà ng taguàn -nang manga kasangkápan sa pagaalwáge. The ground-floor of his house -is where he keeps his carpentry tools. Ang kuwàrto ng itò ay sya kò -ng tulugàn. This room is my sleeping-place. Ang tulugàn nang báhay -ni Hwàn ay nása bubungàn. The sleeping-quarters in Juan's house are -on the roof. ang utusàn a servant, a waiter, an orderly. - -Similarly: áral, búkol, dáhil, hárang, hása`, íhaw, ílaw, káin, lúto`, -sábit, sábong, tápon, túlis, úlo, úpa, óras. - -With irregularities: hàlamanàn garden, flower-pot (haláman) has -secondary accent on the first of three syllables; angkàn the members of -a given person's immediate family, not including himself: ang angkàn -ni Hwàn Krùs Juan Cruz' wife and children (from -ának, cf. mag-ának, -§ 358,a); kwayanàn, beside kawayanàn (kawáyan). - -With irregularity and reduplication: ka-kan-àn (-káin). - -380. (1) -an with irregularities forms static words denoting objects by -the action for which they are locally used or by the things they are -the place of; the local meaning is less explicit, and the object has -more fixed identity apart from its local relation than is the case in -the preceding forms. This distinction is very clear where both forms -occur from the same root (cf. kulòng, lagày); it may disappear where -only one form is made (sagíngan, atísan have the same value as nyúgan). - -ang atísan a grove of atis trees. Ang asuhàn nang báhay ni Pédro ay -nasúnog. The chimney in Pedro's house burned out. Bigasàn ang kanya ng -sináing. Her boiled rice has raw rice in it, is not done. Ang kanya ng -damìt ay pulahàn. Her clothes are all red. Sya y isà ng pulahàn. He -is a Red, a member of the Red party. ang silángan the east, also -Silángan Silangan (name of a town). ang taanàn a fugitive. ang manòk -na talúnan the defeated game-cock; lúto ng talúnan a dish in which the -defeated game-cock is cooked with ginger. Similarly: bákod, bubòng, -dúlo, gawà`, hanggà, haràp, kulòng, labàng, larò`, likòd, lulòd, paà, -ságing, tintéro. - -(a) Some roots which begin with l and most of those whose irregularity -involves contraction, have reduplication in this form: Ang lalagyàn -ko nang librò ay ang mésa ng itò. This table is my bookstand. Ang -uupà ng itò ay gàgamítin nang manga panaúhin. The guests will sit -on these seats. Ang uupà ng itò ay sa háre`. This seat is for the -king. luluràn shin. Similarly: hihigàn (higà`), lalamúnan (lámon), -lalawígan (láwig), sasakyàn (sakày), titirhàn (tirà). - -(b) From derived words: Napútol nilà ang púno-ng-káhoy sa -kalahatían. They cut the tree at the middle. Nalagòt ang lúbid sa -kalahatían. The rope broke at the middle. (kalaháti`, § 519). Ang -bútas nang bangkà` ay nása tagilíran. The leak in the canoe is in -the side. Nilagyàn ni Hwàn nang tagilíran ang kanya ng báhay. Juan -put side-walls on his house. (tagílid, § 523). - -381. D -an, with accent shift if the root is barytone, forms words -denoting an object which is an imitation or miniature of such and -such: ang dagat-dagátan a lake; ang kabá-kabayúhan a play-horse; ang -tao-taúhan a manikin, doll; the pupil of the eye; ang baril-barílan -a toy-gun. Further derivatives from this formation, see § 352,d. - -382. Many roots here treated, because felt, as simple, end in -an: -bangàn, batalàn, dalandàn, hagdàn, haláman, kánan, kápitan, kapitàn, -kawáyan, laráwan, pagítan, pakuwàn, pangnàn a hand-basket, pasígan -(Pásig is the name of a river), pinggàn, saguwàn a paddle, sangkálan, -tampalásan, tahílan. - -383. Similar formations with pang- prefixed add the element of -meaning present in the transient formations with mang- and pang-; -they have secondary accent on the prefix, as though it formed part -of the underlying word: - -(a) pàng- -an (cf. § 377): Ang kahò ng itò ay sya ng pàngitlúgan nang -manòk. This box is the place where the hen lays its eggs. - -(b) pàng- (1) -an (cf. § 378): Si Hwàn ay sya ng paráti ng pàmunúan -nang básag-úlo. Juan is the one who always starts the fighting. - -(c) pàng- (2) -an (cf. § 379): pàngaserahàn boarding-place. - - - -II. Secondary groups. - -1. Prefix si-. - -384. The prefix si- is used only in active transient forms, and -is always preceded by mag- or nag-: mag-si-pútol, mag-sì-si-pútol, -nag-si-pútol, nag-sì-si-pútol. In meaning these forms are explicit -plurals of the primary active forms. Occasionally the plural value -is emphasized by infixation of -ang- into the mag- or nag-. - -385. From the simple root the explicit plural with si- corresponds to -the primary actives with -um- or, in many cases, with mag-. Nagsiílag -sila sa báyan nang itò y pasúkin nang manga kaáway. They all fled from -the town when the enemy entered it. Ang manga áso ay nagsìsilámon. The -dogs are eating. Magsiligáya kayò. Rejoice, Be glad. Ang manga langgàm -ay nagsìsilipumpòn (or: nagsìsilípon) sa nápatay nila ng gagambà. The -ants are crowding all over the spider they have killed. Nagsìsipútol -sila ng lahàt nang tubò nang kamì ay dumatìng. They were cutting -sugar-cane when we arrived. Magsipútol kayò nang tubò. Do you all -cut sugar-cane. - -So from: akiyàt, alìs, dálaw, dalò, datìng, húli, húsay, iyàk, kantà, -kápit, lakì, lípat, lúlan, pígil, puntà, pustà, sáyad, tindìg, tugtòg, -túlong, túngo, uwì`. - -(a) Plurality emphasized: Nangagsiúrong ang manga sundálo. The soldiers -retreated. So also from alìs. - -386. This formation is made from the root with pag- prefixed when -it corresponds to primary actives with mag- in contrast with -um- -(§ 351). Nagsìsipagáral silà. They are studying. Magsipagáral -kayò. Study. Ang manga báta` ay áyaw magsipagbíhis. The children don't -want to change their clothes, get dressed up. Ang manga langgàm ay -nagsìsipagípon (or: nagsìsipaglípon) nang pagkáin kung tagáraw. The -ants store up food in the hot season. Magsipagpútol kayò, Pédro, nang -káhoy na gàgamítin sa paglilitsòn. Pedro, do you folks cut some wood -to be used in the barbecue. "Magsìsipagpútol dàw sila nang dikóla," -ang sábi ni Hwána. "They say they are going to cut off the trains -of their skirts," said Juana. Napsipagpútol nang buhòk ang manga -Intsèk. The Chinamen cut off their queues. Nagsìsipagpútol nang buhòk -ang manga Intsèk na si Yèng at Tsàng, nang sila y datnàn ko sa kanila -ng tindáhan. The Chinamen Yeng and Chang were cutting their queues -when I came upon them in their shop. Nagsipagtipìd ang sundálo. The -soldiers economized. - -So from: basà`, dasàl, hintò`, larò`, pasiyàl, sísi, sugàl, takbò, -tindìg, yukayòk. - -(a) Plurality emphasized: nangagsipagtakbò. - -(b) The pag- is used when the underlying word is a derived word: Ang -manga sundálo ng Tagálog ay nagsipaghimagsìk. The Tagalog soldiers -revolted (-himagsìk, § 518). Nagsipaghìmagsíkan silà. They fought each -other (hìmagsíkan, § 377,a). So from: agawàn (§ 379), -bugtúngan (§ -377,a), labanàn (§ 379), takbúhan (§ 377,a). Cf. § 406. - -(c) The same formation with accent shift of the root corresponds -to primary actives with mag- (1), § 353. It occurs from: bálot, -lákad, líbot. - -387. With pang- prefixed to the root, this formation corresponds to -the primary active with mang- (§ 357). Magsipamangká táyo. Let's all -go canoeing. Magsìsipamiyábas kamì sa manga gúbat na malápit. We are -going guava-picking in the jungles near here. Si Pédro at si Hwàn ay -umáhon sa bundòk úpang magsipamútol nang káhoy na asanà`. Pedro and -Juan went up into the mountains to cut asana. Àáhon kamì sa bundòk at -magsìsipamútol kamì nang muláwin. We are going up into the mountains -to cut molave. - -So from: barìl, hína`, hingì`, noòd, tahímik, tálo. - -(a) With pang-hin-, cf. § 357,b: Silà y nagsipanghimagsìk. They made -a revolution. - - - -2. The prefix paki-. - -388. The prefix paki-, which forms simple static forms, transients, -and abstracts, expresses that the subject of the sentence performs -or undergoes the action along with others that were involved in it -before,--this either through interference or by favor of someone else. - -389. Simple static form: ang pakikinábang the obtaining of profit -(kinábang) in trade with others; also: holy communion. So pakipútol, -in command (cf. § 341,3,c), cut as a favor. - -390. The active transient and the abstract have the forms: maki-pútol, -makì-ki-pútol, naki-pútol, nakì-ki-pútol, paki-ki-pútol, i. e. the -reduplication affects the syllable -ki-. - -Ang kapitàn ay nagpadalà nang isa ng sekréta sa lúpà nang kaáway -úpang makiramdàm nang kanila ng kìlúsan. The captain sent a spy to -the enemy's country to spy out (literally: perceive along) their -movements. Makìkikáin akò kina Lílay. I am going to Lilay's for a -meal. Si Pédro ay nakikáin kina Hwàn. Pedro took a meal at Juan's -house. Nakipútol akò nang damò sa lúpà ni Mariyáno. I obtained -permission to cut grass from Mariano's land. Sila y nàròroòn sa búkid -ni Pédro at nakìkipútol nang damò. They have gone to Pedro's field -and are cutting grass there by his permission. Pumaroòn ka t makipútol -nang damò. Go and ask them to let you cut some grass. Pakikipútol díto -ni Hwàn nang damò ay singilìn mo ang útang nya. When Juan asks to be -allowed to cut grass here, dun him for his debt. Sila y nakisúno kay -Mariyà. They had Maria let them live in her house with her. - -So: sakày, sáma, túloy, túlog. - -(a) With accent shift of the root (§ 337): makialàm look after someone, -nose into others' affairs (álam). - -391. The root has pag- when the formation corresponds to a primary -active with mag- in contrast with -um- (§ 351): Nakìkipagáway ang -báta ng itò, kanyà` hindí dápat pahintulúta ng madalàs na manáog -nang báhay. As this boy gets into fights, he should not often be -allowed to leave the house. Nakipagáway si Pédro. Pedro got into the -fight. Nasaktàn si Hwàn sa kanya ng pakikipaglarò`. Juan got hurt -when he joined into the game. So from: bunò`, dalamháti`, lában, -tagpò`, úsap. - -(a) From derived words: Hwag kà ng makipaglàngúyan, Hwàn, at baká -ka malúnod. Don't go swimming with the crowd, Juan, I am afraid -you might get drowned. Makìkipaglàngúyan ka bà, Pédro? Are you -going along swimming, Pedro? Nakipagluksúhan si Hwàn nang idáos ang -manga larò`. Juan entered in the jumping-contest when the games were -held. Similarly, from: pustá-han, siksík-an, takbú-han. All these -belong under § 377,a. See also § 427,b. - -(b) Corresponding to primary active with mag- (1) § 353: Nakipagbabàg -si Pédro. Pedro got into a free fight (bábag). - -392. The root has pang-, corresponding to a primary active with mang-: -Sya y hindí pinahintulútan sa kanya ng pakikipamútol nang tubò. His -request to be allowed to cut cane was not granted. - -393. In the passive the paki- expresses that the subject undergoes the -action along with others, often as a favor on the part of the actor. So -direct passive: paki-putúl-in be cut, as a favor on the part of the -one who does the cutting; the recipient of the favor is the speaker. - -394. In the instrumental passive the meaning is similar; sometimes, -however, the instrumental passive is used with the person asking the -favor as agent. - -Maárì mo ngà ng ipakihúlog sa kuréyo ang súlat? Will you please -mail my letter for me? (literally: Can my letter please be -thrown-along-with-yours or thrown-as-a-favor into the mail by -you?). Ipinakihúlog ni Pédro ang áki ng súlat. Pedro mailed my letter -(along with his or as a favor) for me. Ipinakìkihúlog ko lámang kay -Pédro ang áki ng manga súlat. I am asking Pedro to mail my letters -for me; here ipinakìkihúlog is not that thrown as a favor, but that -asked to be thrown as a favor. Ipakìkipútol daw ni Hwàn ang buhòk -nang alílà nya ng Intsèk. Juan says he will ask someone to cut his -Chinese servant's hair; ipakìkipútol is here that asked to be cut as -a favor, and the relation of asking is the only thing expressed by -the instrumental (rather than the direct) passive. - -395. The root has pag-, corresponding to § 351: Ipakipagpútol mo ngà` -nang buhòk ang guntìng na itò, úpang áti ng masubúkan ang húsay nang -talìm. Please use this shears in cutting hair, so that we may test the -quality of the edge (genuine instrumental passive). Ipakìkipagpútol -daw nya akò nang búhò` pagáhon nya sa bundòk. He says he will cut -some bamboo for me when he goes up into the mountains. (genuine -instrumental passive). Ipinakipagpútol akò ni Hwàn nang tubò. Juan had -someone cut me some sugar-cane (literally: I was asked to be cut for -as a favor). Ipinakìkipagpútol daw ni Hwàn si Pédro nang labòng. Juan -says he is having someone cut bamboo-shoots for Pedro. - -396. Local passive with paki-: pinakibalitáan was ascertained by the -actor getting people to tell him as a favor. - -(a) From shifted root: pinakialamàn. - -(b) With pag- (cf. § 352): pinakìkipagtakbuhàn. - - - -3. The prefix ka-. - -397. Secondary forms with the prefix ka- are of most varied meaning; -the principal types express association of two individuals or groups -and involuntary action. In accented form the prefix kà- expresses -chiefly accidental occurrence. In certain passives associated with -this group the prefix itself does not appear. - - - -(1) Simple static forms. - -398. Words with prefix ka- denote objects (or groups) standing in -such and such a relation to another object (or group). Sya y áki -ng nagìng kabaláe. He (she) has become my fellow-parent-in-law, -i. e. Our children have intermarried; the form ka-baláe merely -makes explicit the element of relation present in the simple word: -Si Bantùg ay áki ng baláe. Bantug's son (daughter) has married my -daughter (son). Ang manga áso ay nása kabilá nang bákod. The dogs -are on the other side of the fence (the simple -bilà` does not occur; -the idea of other side is always envisaged as relative). Ang búkid ni -Hwàn ay karátig nang kay Pédro. Juan's field borders on Pedro's. Ang -mésa ng itò y kakúlay nang kahòn. This table is of the same color -as the chest. Si Hwàn ang kalában ny Andrès sa larò ng dáma. Juan is -Andres' opponent at checkers. Kamatà si Hwàn ni Pédro. Juan and Pedro -took to each other from first sight. Ang tagpí nang báro ni Pédro ay -hindí kamukhá nang báro`. The patch on Juan's blouse does not match -the blouse. ang áki ng kapatìd na si Hwàn my brother Juan. ang áki -ng kapútol na si Hwàn my brother Juan; ang kapútol nang tubò a piece -(broken off) of the sugar-cane. Ang kasánib nang áki ng banìg ay ang -banìg ni Manuwèl. Manuel's sleeping-mat and mine overlap (kasánib -one of two things of which one overlaps the other). walà ng kasangkàp -without accompaniments, trimmings, affixes. Si Mariyáno ang kasunod kò -ng lumàlákad sa kalsáda. Mariano was the one who was walking behind -me on the street; ang kasunod kò ng naparoòn sa simbáhan the one who -followed me in going to church (kasunòd one of two persons one of whom -is following the other). ang katúngo the person one is dealing with, -the other party. Si Pédro ang kaugáli nang kanya ng kaybíga ng si -Hwàn. Pedro has the same habits as his friend Juan. - -Similarly from: áway, báyan, biyàk, bunò`, ribàl, haràp, kilála, kláse, -lákip, larò`, pantày, partè, sabuwàt, sáli, sálo, sáma, súno`, tapàt, -timbà`, untì`, úsap, walà`. - -Divergent in meaning are katáo (§ 255), kagabì, kahápon (§ -259). Cf. also § 520. - -(a) From derived words: Syà y isa kò ng kamagának. He is a relative -of mine (mag-ának, § 358,a), and kamakalawà (§ 259, from maka-lawà, -§ 453). - -(b) From a phrase: ang kasa-ng-báhay a person dwelling in the same -house with another, a housemate (isà ng báhay). - -(c) From shifted root (§ 337): Si Hwàn ay kagalìt ni Pédro at ni -Kulàs. Juan is at odds with Pedro and Nicolás. ang kanyà ng kagalìt -the person or persons with whom he is at odds. Si Pédro ang nagìng -kasirá ni Hwàn. It is Pedro with whom Juan is angry. Hindí ko katalò -si Párì Hwàn. I don't play winning-and-losing games with Father -Juan. Similarly from álam, sáma. - -(d) The root is reduplicated in a few cases: Si Pédro ang áki ng -kababáyan. Pedro is my fellow-townsman (beside kabáyan); katutúbo` -native, ingrown, inborn, inherited. - -399. kà-ka-. With accented reduplication of the prefix these forms -emphasize the incompleteness of the correlative object: Kàkapútol -lámang na tubò ang áki ng nàkúha. I got only a little piece of the -sugar-cane. So also kákauntè`. - -400. ka- R. With accented reduplication of the underlying word ka- -forms words expressing the recent completion of an act; they are -used impersonally (§ 77) or as conjunctive attributes. Kaàáway pa -lámang ni Hwàn sa kanya ng kalarò`. Juan has only just now quarreled -with his playmate. Kabàbángon ko. I have just got up. Kagàgáling sa -báyan nang kapatìd ko ng babáye. My sister has just come back from -town. Kahíhiga ko pa lámang. I had just then lain down. Kalàlarú ku pa -lámang sa báta`. I have just finished playing with the child. Kapùpútol -ko pa lámang nang yantòk. I have only just now cut some rattan. So -gísing, káin. - -(a) ka-pag- R, with the usual value of pag- (§ 369, etc.): Kapagpùpútol -lámang ni Hwàn nang kawáyan. Juan has just come from cutting bamboo. - -(b) ka-pang- R, corresponding to active with mang- (§ 357): kapamùmútol -(pútol). - -401. ka- D. With doubling of the root ka- has causative value: it -expresses that which causes such and such an involuntary action, -specifically, such and such an emotion: Ang dumatìng na bálang -ay katákot-tákot ang dámi. The locusts that came were frightful in -quantity. So from hiyà`, takà. Vowel-contraction in kàwáwa` pitiable, -piteous (for ka-áwa-áwa`). Slightly divergent in meaning is karáka-ráka -(§ 265,5). - -402. In a different use ka- has the form kay- in some words; these -formations express a remarkable degree of a quality; they are used -impersonally (§ 76), as predicate (§ 247), occasionally as conjunctive -attributes: kaálat kayálat what saltiness! (of water); kay-asùl what -blueness! Katáyog nang púno-ng-niyòg na iyòn! How tall that cocoanut -tree is! Kayuntì` nang ibinigày nya ng laruwàn sa ákin! How few toys -he gave me! So: kay-dámot, ka-rámot, ka-rúnong, ka-itìm, kakínis, -ka-láyo`, ka-muntì`, ka-pulà, ka-tabà`, kay-tipìd. - -(a) With reduplication of the root, this form refers to the quality -in an explicit plurality of objects: kaiitèm what blackness! (of -several things); Kalalamìg nang paà nang manga báta`! How cold the -children's feet are! - -(b) With doubled root these forms intensify the quality: Kaydámot-dámot -nang báta ng itò! What a terribly stingy child! (kaydámot, karámot -what stinginess! ang dámot stinginess). - -403. A few forms with accented ka- prefixed to the root envisage the -accidental nature of the reciprocal relation: Ang manga damìt na -itò ay kásiya sa baòl. These clothes will fit into the trunk. Akò -ang kásundo` ni Pépe sa pagpapalarò` nang bèsbol sa manga báta`. I -am at one with Pepe as to letting the children play baseball. Hábang -akò y nagdádaàn, kátaon namà ng isinábuy nya ang túbig. He threw out -the water at the very time, it happened, that I was passing by. ang -kàtiwála` a confidential agent, manager, overseer. - -The words káluluwà and kápuwà`, which resemble this formation, seem -to be felt as simple roots and have been so treated here. - - - -(2) Normal transients, abstracts, and special static forms. - -404. k-um-a-. An active with -um- is made from ka-úsap as underlying -word: Si Hwàn ay kumàkaúsap sa ákin. Juan was talking at me, -haranguing me. - -405. mag-ka- pag-ka-ka-. Actives with mag- and abstracts with pag- -r from underlying words with ka- express a partial affection of the -actor or of a group of actors; ka- here has its involuntary force: -the actor is not a rational and voluntary agent. Nagkaroòn ako nang -trabáho kanína ng umága, sapagkàt nagpasakày akò sa trèn nang manga -kamátis nang tátay ko. I was kept busy this morning, for I attended -to the shipping by train of my father's tomatoes. Nagkaroòn sya -nang gálit. He harbored ill-feeling. Nagkagulò ang manga Amerikáno -sa pagdatìng nang Dòytsland. The Americans were surprised at the -coming of the "Deutschland". Nagkagustò sya ng kumáin nang súha`. He -conceived a desire of eating grape-fruit. Nagkàkalípon ang manga -langgàm sa púto. The ants are getting all over the cake. Akò y -nagkamálay pagkaraàn nang ilà ng sandalì ng paghihimatày. I returned -to consciousness after a few moments' fainting-spell. Nagkapálad si -Hwàn na makaratìng díto ng maluwalháti`. Juan was fortunate enough to -get back here safe and sound. Ang pakwàn ay nagkasíra`. The watermelon -got partly spoiled. Ang manga ságing ay nagkasíra` sa kalaúnan nang -pagkàtágo` sa lalagyàn. Some of the bananas got spoiled on account -of the long time they were kept stored. Nása simbáhan. silà nang -magkasúnog. They were at church when a fire occurred. Twi ng papasúkin -ko sa kuràl ang manga kalabàw ay nagkákawalá silà. Every time I put -the carabao into the corral, they get away. - -So: búkol, hinòg. - -406. mag-ka- (1) pag-ka-ka- (1). Accent shift in this formation serves -various uses: - -(a) It may be due to the root: Si Hwàn ay nagkasakìt noo ng bwà ng -nagdaàn. Juan had a sickness last month. Si Hwàn ay hindí makapútol -nang káhoy, sapagkàt mahínà pa sya dahilàn sa pagkakasakìt. Juan cannot -cut wood, because he is still weak on account of his recent illness. - -(b) It expresses plurality: Magkákaputòl ang manga tubò. The sugar-cane -will get broken in numbers. Nagkaputòl ang manga tubò sa lakàs nang -hángin. The sugar-cane broke in quantity under the violence of the -wind. Nagkákaputòl ang manga tubò sa kalakasàn nang hángin. Much -sugar-cane is breaking under the force of the wind. - -So also from lúnod. - -(c) The form is really a simple active with mag- from an underlying -word of the form ka- (1), § 398,c; three words of this kind occur: -Sila y nagkagalìt. They quarreled. ang pagkakagalìt the quarrel. Ang -Hapòn at ang Tsína ay nagkasirà`. Japan and China had a break. Silà -y nagkatalò. They played a winning-and-losing game. Nagkatalu nà ang -manga nagsúsugàl. The gamblers have lost and won, have finished their -winning-and-losing game. - -In accordance with § 356, the underlying word is doubled with -distributive plural meaning: Sila ng ápat ay nagkagá-kagalìt. The -four of them all got angry at one another. - -Similarly, an explicit plural with mag-si-pag- is formed (cf. § -386,b): Nagsipagkasirá silà. They had a falling out. - -407. (a) mag-ka- r pag-ka-ka- r. The reduplication of the root -expresses repeated action in a form with retraction of accent and -irregular insertion of ng after the prefix: Sya y nagkàkangdadápa`. He -kept falling on his face. - -(b) mag-ka- D pag-ka-ka- D. Doubling of the root seems a more regular -expression of the same value: nagkàkaumpòg-umpòg. - -408. Special static words with mag-ka- are simply dual collectives with -mag- (§ 358,a) from underlying words with ka- (§ 398): Ang banìg ni -Hwàn at ni Pédro ay magkaánib (or: magkasánib) sa pagkàlátag. Juan's -and Pedro's sleeping-mats overlap each other as they are spread. ang -magkabaláe a pair of persons related by intermarriage of their -children (more insistent on the relational element, but practically -equal to magbaláe, § 358,a). Ang dalawa ng manòk ay magkabukòd nang -kulungàn. The two chickens were in separate crates. Ang búkid ni Hwàn -at ni Pédro ay magkarátig. Juan's field and Pedro's border on each -other. Si Pédro at si Hwàn ay magkapantày. Pedro and Juan are of the -same height. ang magkapatìd two brothers or sisters, a brother and -a sister. ang magkapútol na si Andrès at si Rafayèl the brothers -Andrés and Rafael. Magkapútol kamì ni Hwàn nang báro`. Juan and I -have blouses made of the same cloth. dalawà ng bágay na gàgawi ng -magkasunòd two things that are to be done one after the other. - -(a) From kababáyan (§ 398,d): dalawà ng estudyànte ng magkababáyan -two students from the same town. - -409. mag-ka-ka. As the explicit plural corresponding to these duals -reduplicates the underlying word (§ 358,b), the syllable ka- is -repeated in this meaning: ang magkakapatìd a group of three or more -brothers and (or) sisters; in the same meaning ang magkakapútol. So -also from: bukòd, sáma, súno`. - -(a) The form magkababáyan (§ 408,a) rejects the extra reduplication, -and is therefore plural as well as dual: tatlo ng estudyànte ng -magkababáyan three students from the same town. - -410. mag-kà- pag-ka-kà-. The transient with mag- and abstract with -pag- r from underlying words with kà- have the accidental value of -the latter prefix, usually with a dual reciprocal meaning. Sa kabilà -ng bandà mo ibwàl ang púno ng iyàn, sapagkàt kung irè ay ibuwal kò y -baká magkádagan ang dalawa ng púno`. Fell your tree in the direction -away from me, so that if I fell this one, the two trees won't fall one -on top of the other. Magkàkàdagàn ang dalawa ng púno ng itò, kapag -hindí mo ibinwàl sa kabilà ng bandà iya ng pinùpútol mo. These two -trees will fall one on top of the other, if you don't make the one you -are cutting down fall the other way. Nagkádagan ang dalawa ng báta` -nang mahúlog sila sa hagdàn. The two children landed one on top of -the other when they fell from the ladder. Ilabas mò sa búkid, Kulàs, -ang dalawa ng sáko ng pálay na nagkàkàdagàn na nása bangàn. Nicolás, -take out to the field the two bags of rice that are lying one on top -of the other in the granary. Ang pagkakáiba nang ugáli ni Pédro at ni -Hwàn ay gáya nang pagkakáiba nang túbig at nang apòy. The difference -in character between Pedro and Juan is like the difference between -water and fire. magkáhiwalày part from each other (by force of -circumstances, of two people). Ang ikinahátì nang palayòk ay ang -masamà ng pagkakálagay nitò. What caused the rice-pot to break was -the bad way it was placed. magkàmáyaw harmonize. ang pagkakásabày the -happening at the same time of two events. Sya y nagkàsála. He sinned -(against the moral order, God, etc.) Ang pagkakàsála kay Bathála` -ay pinarùrusáhan sa infiyèrno. Sinning against God is punished in -hell. Bìbilhin kò ang kabáyo ng iyòn, kung magkàkàsya ang áki ng -kwaltà. I shall buy this horse, if my money is sufficient. Walá sila -ng pagkakásundò`. The two don't agree on anything. ang pagkakátaòn -the coincidence in time of one event with another, of two events. ang -pagkakátayò` the standing up together (even of more than two people). - -(a) Somewhat different are kung magkàbihíra` at odd times; kung -magkágayòn when things turn out thus, when this is the state of -affairs. So also, with static value: Ang magkábila ng dúlo nang lápis -ay matúlis. Both ends of the pencil are sharpened. - -411. mag-kà- D pag-ka-kà- D. With doubled root plurality is expressed: -Nagkàhiwá-hiwalày ang manga dáhun nang librò. The leaves of the book -came apart. Ang manga ginágawá nya ng pangísip nang manga makabuluhà -ng fétsa nang istòriya ay ang pagkakàsunòd-sunòd at pagítan nilà. He -remembers the important dates of history by their sequence and their -intervals. - -(a) With accent shift, from a barytone root: Nagkàputol-putòl ang -katawàn nang táo ng nàsagasáan nang trèn. The body of the man who -was run over by the train got all mangled. Nagkàkàputol-putòl ang -katawàn nang bála ng táo ng màsagasáan nang trèn. The body of a person -run over by a train is cut to pieces. Magkàkàputol-putòl ang túbo ng -kristàl na iyàn kapag iyo ng ibinagsàk. If you drop that glass tube, -it will break into a thousand pieces. - -412. ka- (1) -in, k-in-a-. The simple direct passive is formed from -an underlying derived word with ka- with normal meaning. So from -ka-lában, ka-úsap. - -(a) A special static word corresponding to those in § 366 is ang -kinákapatìd the child of one's godparents (from ka-patìd). - -From it are derived the dual collective (§ 358,a) magkinákapatìd a -pair of such, and the plural (§ 358,b) magkikinákapatìd three or more, -as a group. - -413. i-ka- i-k-in-a-. The instrumental passive with prefix ka- -has a specialized meaning: it expresses transiently, an inanimate, -or at least irrational and involuntary, object or circumstance which -causes such and such an action: and this latter action is in turn -also involuntary or out of control of the actor (as, for instance, -the ability to do a thing), see § 432 ff. - -Ang kawalàn ni Andrès nang hánap-búhay sa báya ng itò ay sya nyà ng -ikinaalìs. Andrés' inability to make a living in this town is what -forced him to leave. Ang malì ng anyò nang pulúbe ay siyà ng ikinaáwa` -sa kanya ni Hwàn. The bad condition of the beggar was what made Juan -pity him. Ang pagsasakày nang kutséro nang manga táo ng may sakìt -na nakàhàháwa ay sya ng ikinabáwì nang kanya ng pahintúlot. The -driver's taking people with contagious diseases into his carriage -was what caused his license to be withdrawn. Ang ikinahárang nang -mangà naglálakàd ay ang pagkáalam nang manga tulisàn na silà y may -dalà ng kwaltà. What caused the wayfarers to be held up was the -robbers' happening to know that they had money with them. Ikinaháte -ni Hwàn sa búnga ang kanya ng laséta. Juan's knife enabled him to -cut the betel fruit. Ang pagkasála nya sa singsìng ay ang hindí niya -ikinakúha nang ganti ng pála`. His missing the ring is what kept him -from winning the prize. Yòn ay áki ng ikinalúlungkòt. I am sorry, -I am sorry to hear that. Ang pangungublì nang manga sundálo ay sya -nilà ng hindí ikinamatày. The soldiers' keeping in hiding is what -saved their lives. Ikinapútol nang yantòk na pamálo` ang pagkàpálu -kay Hwàn. The caning Juan got broke the rattan that was used on -him. Ikinapùpútol nang marámi ng tubò ang malakàs na hángin. The -strong wind is making much sugar-cane break. Ikapùpútol nang manga -sangà nang káhoy ang malakàs na hángi ng itò. This strong wind will -cause many branches of trees to break off. Ikapùpútol nya sa manga -kawáyan ang paggúlang nitò. The aging of the bamboo plants will force -him to cut them down. Ang pagkalúnod nang Kastíla` ay ikinatákot nang -tatlò ng magkakaybígan. The drowning of the Spaniard frightened the -three friends. Ang kanyà ng pagmamasìd sa manga tála` sa gabì ay sya -nyà ng malakì ng ikinatútuwà`. His observation of the stars at night -is his great source of pleasure. - -Similarly, from: bingì, búhay, búti, gálit, hángo`, húlog, káya, -lípat, lúgi, túlong, walà`. - -414. i-pag-ka- i-p-in-ag-ka. With pag- this instrumental passive -corresponds to the active with magka- (§ 405). The reduplication of -the durative forms affects the ka-. - -Ang ipinagkagusto nyà ng kumáin nang sorbétes ay ang kainítan. It -is the heat which makes him want to eat ices. Ipagkákamatày nang -manga manòk ang masamà ng túbig. The bad water will make the chickens -die. Ang kalamigàn sa tagulàn ay sya ng ipinagkàkamuò nang túbig sa -ílog. The cold weather in winter is what makes the water in the river -congeal. Baká ipagkawalá nang manga manòk sa kulungàn ang pagpapapások -mo doòn niyà ng áso. See that your putting that dog into the enclosure -doesn't make the chickens try to get away. Ipagkákawalà nang bíhag -ang pagkàbalíta` sa kanyà nang parúsa ng kàkamtan nyà. The captive's -being told of the punishment he will get, will make him try to -escape. Ipinagkawalá nya sa kùlúngan ang pagpapahírap sa kanyà. Their -torturing him made him escape from his confinement. Ipinagkákawalà -nya sa bìlanggúan ang masamà ng pagpapakáin sa kanya díto. The bad -food they gave him in the jail made him try to escape. - -415. Similarly, with accent shift this passive corresponds to the -active with mag-ka- (1), § 406,b. Ipinagkàkabalè` (or: ipinagkàkaputòl) -nang manga sangà nang káhoy ang bagyò ng itò. This hurricane is -breaking off many branches of trees. Nang ipagkaputòl nang áki ng -manga tubò ang hángin ay nalungkùt akò. When the wind broke down my -sugar-cane I was dismayed. Ipinagkaputòl nang manga tubò ang malakàs -na hángi ng nagdaàn. The recent strong wind broke down much sugar-cane. - -Similarly: ipinagkasakìt (sákit). - -416. Special static forms with i-ka- are made from the numerals, -with occasional contraction, forming ordinals and fractions: ikaánim -ikánim the sixth; ikaápat ikápat the fourth, a fourth, a quarter; -ikalawà the second; ikalimà the fifth; ikapitò the seventh; ikatlò -the third. Cf. § 347,a. - -(a) The ordinal corresponding to isà one is however the independent -root úna first; half is kalaháte`, § 519. - -(b) From phrases, of course, the higher numbers: ikaisa-ng-daàn -hundredth; ikaisa-ng-laksà` millionth; ikaisa-ng-líbo thousandth; -ikasa-m-pù` tenth; ikalabi-ng-isà eleventh; ikadalawa-ng-pù` twentieth; -ikadalawa-ng-pù-t-isà twenty-first. - -417. i-kà- i-k-in-à-. The instrumental passive from the root with -accented kà- differs from that with unaccented ka- (§ 413) in that -the action or occurrence caused is not only involuntary but accidental -and entirely out of the control of the actor (see § 458 ff.). - -Ang ikinàgùgusto kò sa kayibígan ko ng si Hwàn ay ang kanya ng mabaìt -na ugáli`. What makes me have a liking for my friend Juan is his -lovable character. Ang ginawá nya ng paggugupìt sa manga retáso ng -itinàtágo nang kanya ng nánay ay sya nyà ng ikinàpálo`. His cutting up -the patches his mother was saving is what made it necessary to thrash -him. Ang ikinásakay nyà sa kabáyo ng bara-barà ay ang kawalàn nya -nang iba ng kabáyo. What made him get on the wild horse was his lack -of other horses. Ikinátahol nang áso ang pagkádapá ni Hwan. Juan's -falling down made the dog bark. - -So also from: iyàk, pátag. - -(a) Accent shift is due to the root: Ang pagkátahol nang áso ay sya ng -ikinágising nang natùtúlug na báta`. The barking of the dog was what -made the sleeping child wake up. Ikàtàtawa nyà ang iyo ng sàsabíhin. He -won't be able to keep from laughing when you say that. Ikinàtàtawà ni -Hwàn ang sinábi ni Pédro. What Pedro said makes Juan laugh in spite -of himself. - -418. Corresponding to primary actives with mag- contrasted with -um-, -and with mang-, we should expect pag- and pang- to be retained before -the root in these formations; the only example is: ikinápagtirà, -corresponding to magtirà, in contrast with tumirà (§§ 348. 351). - -419. ka- (1) -an, k-in-a- (1) -an. The local passive with ka- is -used when the action is an involuntary one, especially an emotion, -of a rational actor, or when the actor is inanimate or irrational. - -Ang hulihàn nang manga kinagalítan ni Patúpat ay idináos nang manga -gwàrdiya-sibìl kagabè. The arrest of the people who have incurred -Patupat's anger was carried out by the gendarmes last night. Kahiyaàn -mò ang táo ng matandà`. Reverence the aged. ang kinahulúgan nang báta` -the place from which the child fell. Ang bintána ng iyàn ang syà ng -kahùhulúgan nang báta`, pag hindí mo isinarà. The child will fall -out of that window, if you don't shut it. Baká ninyo kalunúran ang -ílog, manga báta`. See that you don't get drowned in that river, -children. Ang kanya ng kalùlunúran ay ang ílog na itò. He will -get drowned in this river some day. ang báhay na kinamatayàn the -house where someone died, ang báhay nang kinamatayàn the house in -which someone died, the house of the bereaved family. Kinapatiràn -nang lúbid ang lugàr na malápit sa dúlo-ng-bandà-ng-kaliwà`. The -rope broke at a point near the left-hand end. Ang kapàpatiràn nang -sinúlid ay malápit sa buhòl. The place where the thread will break -is near the knot there. Kinatakútan nya ang báhay na pinagpatayàn sa -kúra`. He was afraid of the house where the priest was killed. Ang -kinatàtakútan nang manga báta` ay ang núno`. The children are afraid -of the ghost. Katakútan ninyò ang núno`. You had better be afraid -of ghosts. Kinatamaràn ni Hwàn ang kanyà ng pagaáral. Juan became -neglectful about his studying. Nang katamaràn ni Hwàn ang kanya -ng pagaáral ay malápit na syà ng makatápos nang karéra. When Juan -became lazy about his studies, he was already near the end of his -course. Katàtamaran nyà ang kanyà ng pagaáral, pag binigyàn mo syà -nang marámi ng salapè`. He will be lazy about his studies, if you -give him too much money. - -Similarly from: buwísit, íwan, kíta, walà`. - -(a) With shifted root: Isa ng pulúbe ang kinaàawaàn ni Hwàn. It was -a beggar who aroused Juan's pity. - -420. pag-ka- (1) -an, p-in-ag-ka- (1) -an; pag-ka- (2) -an, p-in-ag-ka- -(2) -an. Local passives with pag- before the ka- involve a plurality -of actors. The durative reduplication affects the ka-; barytone roots -have an extra accent-shift. - -Ang kináin nang usà ay malakì ng pinagkàkagustuhàn nang -manga Ilóko. The Iloco are very fond of the contents of deers' -stomachs. Pinagkàkalipumpunàn nang manga langgàm ang púto. The ants -are swarming all over the cake. Ang pinagkamatayàn nang manga kambèng -ay ang lugàr na itò. This is the place where the goats perished. Hwag -mò ng dalhìn sa bundòk ang manga manòk, sapagkàt iyò y kanilà ng -pagkàkamatayàn. Don't take the chickens into the hills, for they -would die there. - -Barytone roots: Pinagkatakutàn nilà ang báhay na pinagpatayàn -sa kúra`. They were afraid of the house where the priest was -killed. Pinagkàkatakutàn nilà ang manga mababagsìk na háyop. They -are afraid of wild animals. Hwag mò ng ipamalíta` ang nàkíta nátin -díto, sapagkàt baká ang lugàr na itò y pagkatakutàn. Don't tell what -we have seen here, for this place would be feared. Pagkàkatakutàn -nilà ang lugàr na itò, pag nàláman nilà ang nangyári ng paghaharangàn -díto. They will be afraid of this place when they know of the hold-ups -that occurred here. ang pinagkatalunàn that which was the occasion -of winning by many (tálo). - -421. ka- S -an. Special static words, corresponding to those with S --an (§ 377) are formed with prefix ka- from oxytone roots; in meaning -they are collectives and abstracts of quality: ang kasàyáhan gladness; -Ang katàmáran ni Patrísiyo ay katutúbo` sa kanya ng láhi`. Patricio's -laziness is inborn in his family. So from the roots: baìt, banàl, -damdàm, dangàl, duwàg, lagày, lungkòt, luwàng, mahàl, malì`, matày, -pintàs, sangkàp, tungkòl, tuwà`, tuwìd. - -Divergent in meaning is ang Kapampángan a Pampanga, if from pangpàng. - -The secondary accent is lacking, irregularly, in kalayáan (layà`); with -contraction in kayilángan, kaylángan (beside kailángan, from ilàng). - -(a) This latter word underlies an active with mang-, an abstract with -pang- r, and a simple direct passive: nangàngayilángan requires; ang -pangangayilángan need, necessity; Kàkayilangáni ng magdaàn si Pédro -ríto bágu sya umalìs. Pedro will have to come here before he leaves. - -(b) From a derived word, with the secondary accent irregularly -placed: Boo ng báyan ay nagdíwang sa kapangànákan ni Risàl. The whole -country celebrated Rizal's birthday; also: ang áraw nang kapangànákan -birthday,--from panganàk (§ 347). - -422. ka- (2) -an. Barytone roots have, in the same sense, an accent -shift of two syllables, corresponding to § 379. Boò ng kabahayàn ang -nàkíta námin sa gitnà nang daàn. We saw a whole set of household goods -in the middle of the road; also: ang kabahayàn a house containing -several dwellings. Marámi sa manga táo ang nakàkìkilála nang kanila -ng karapatàn, dátapuwat nakalìlímot nang kanila ng katungkúlan. Many -are the people who know their rights but forget their duties. Ang -karamútan nang páre` ay nagìng kasabihàn. The stinginess of the priest -is proverbial. Ang katakutàn sa Dyòs ay isa ng kabàítan. Fear of -the Lord is a virtue. Ang pagbibigày nang sigarìlyo ay isa sa manga -matatandà ng kaugaliàn sa Filipínas. Giving cigarettes is one of the -old customs in the Philippines. ang kawikaàn a proverb. - -So from abála, áraw, búlo, gámit, húlog, íbig, lángit, payápa`, síra`, -tápos, útos. - -With contraction: kahariyàn, kaharyàn (hári`), and, if from táo, -katawàn body. - -(a) From the latter word there is an abstract of action, with pang- -r: ang pangangatawàn physique (cf. pananamìt, etc., § 357). - -423. ka- (1) -an. Corresponding to the formation (1) -an (§ 378), the -collective-abstracts of this type with ka- have formal irregularities -and, where there is any contrast (e. g. mahàl), less explicit and -more specialized meaning than the preceding two groups. - -ang kaalátan saltiness (of water). Sa gabì ng itò ang kabilúgan nang -buwàn. The fullness of the moon is tonight. Ang kadalamhatían ay -isa ng damdámi ng hindí nàràrápat sa táo. Grief is an emotion not -becoming to a man or woman. ang karunúngan wisdom. ang kahangalàn -foolishness (ang hangàl a fool). ang kaibhàn the difference. ang -kalinísan cleanness, cleanliness. ang kamatsingàn monkey-tricks, -naughtiness. ang kamuráhan cheapness. Sawì` ang kanya ng kapaláran. His -luck is bad. Sa kapanayàn nang ulàn kung tagulàn ay hindí masiglà ang -báyan. The town is not cheerful during the unabated rains of the rainy -season. Ang manga táo y marámi ng kasalánan. People have many sins. ang -kasamaàn badness. kasawiàn poor position, awkwardness. kasinungalíngan -falsehood, a lie. kasipágan diligence. Ang desgrásya ng nangyári -kay Hwàn ay isa ng hampàs nang katalagahàn. The misfortune which -has come to Juan is a blow of fate. Ang kanila ng pagílag ay hindí -katapángan. Their fleeing was not a brave act. ang boò ng kataúhan -all mankind. ang katipúnan a meeting, Katipúnan a secret society -organized against the Spaniards; a member of this. kayabángan pride. - -So from: bába`, bábaw, bigàt, buhángin, búhay, búti, dalàs, dámi, -dámot, dániw (if karaniyúwan is so to be analyzed), dilìm, ginháwa, -gúbat, hába`, hína`, hírap, iklì`, ínit, lakàs, lakì, lamìg, lápad, -láon, liìt, lóko, lúnod, lupìt, mahàl, mangmàng, párang, fiyèsta, -pulò`, sakìm, salàt, salbáhi, salúkoy, taàs, Tagálog, tahímik, tákaw, -tákot, talíno, tampalásan, tangháli`, túlin, túnay, totoò, ulòl, -walà`, yáman. - -(a) From a phrase: Iyò y kawala-ng-hyaàn ni Pédro. That was a shameless -action of Pedro's (walà ng hiyà`). - -(b) From derived words: ang Kakapampangánan the Pampanga country -(Kapampángan, § 421). - -ang boò ng kamaganákan nina Krùs, Bantòg, at iba pà the whole -relationship of the Cruz's, Bantogs, and so on; ang boò ng kamaganákan -ni Pédro Vyóla the whole family of Pedro Viola (magának, § 358,a). - -ang kapangyaríhan power (-pangyári, as though by § 347). - -424. ka- r (1) -an, ka- r (2) -an. With reduplication of the root and -accent shift of one syllable for an oxytone root, of two in barytone -roots, ka- and -an form special static words denoting something -surprising or provocative of such and such an emotion. - -Itù y kagagawàn ni Hwàn! This is some of Juan's work! cf. Itù y gawá -ni Hwàn. Juan did this, made this. Ang pagkáupo ni Pédro sa sùgálan ay -kagagawàn nang isa nyà ng kaybígan. Pedro's sitting at the gaming-table -was the work of one of his fine friends. Ang pàtáya ng nangyári kagabì -ay kagagawàn ni Pédro. The killing which occurred last night was some -of Pedro's doing. So: katuturàn a correct outcome (tuwìd). - -Barytone roots: Ang katatakutàn nang báta` ay ang núno`. The thing -that arouses the child's fear is a ghost. Ang kanya ng katatawanàn -ay ang unggò`. His source of laughter is the monkey. ang salità ng -katatawanàn a jest-word, a funny expression. - -425. With secondary accent on the first syllable of the underlying -word, ka- and -an form also words denoting one of two reciprocal -actors. This is the form for oxytone roots, ang kabìgáyan a person -with whom one exchanges gifts. Si Hwána ay siya ng kabùlúngan ni -Maryà. Juana is the one Maria whispers with. ang kahampásan one of -two who perform mutual flagellation, kahìráman one of two who borrow -from each other. kaìnúman person one drinks with. kakàlabítan one of -two who touch each other. Ang kapàtáyan ni Hwàn ay si Pédro. Juan is -engaged in a mortal conflict with Pedro. Ang kapàtíran ni Hwána nang -sinúlid ay ang kanya ng kaybíga ng si Maryà. Juana cuts thread with -her friend Maria. ang kasàlitáan the person with whom one converses. Si -Hwàn ay kaùlúlan ni Pédro. Juan and Pedro fool each other. ang kaùpúan -one of two who sit together. - -426. Barytone roots add accent shift of one syllable. Ang kahùlúgan nya -nang súha` ay ang kanyà ng kapatìd. The one with whom he takes turns at -dropping down grape-fruit from the tree is his brother. ang kahùníhan -one of two birds that chirp at each other. ang kaìbígan one of two -who love each other. ang kakàínan one of two who eat together. Si -Hwána ay siya ng kapùtúlan ni Maryà nang kukò. Juana and Maria cut -each other's fingernails. ang kasùlátan one's correspondent. ang -katàlúnan one's opponent in a dispute. - -(a) The shift is due to the root in: Si Maryà ay syà ng kaàbútan ni -Hwána nang manga mabangù ng bulaklàk. Maria and Juana hand each other -fragrant flowers (as in some ceremony or game). - -(b) With contraction and lack of secondary accent: ang kayibígan, -kaybígan a friend (contrast kaìbígan above). - -(c) In a few instances barytone roots have accent shift of two -syllables without secondary accent. Si Maryáno ay kahatakàn ni Kulàs -nang lúbid. Mariano is pulling at the rope against Nicolás. ang -kamurahàn one of two who curse at each other (with meaning ordinarily -peculiar to the shifted root, § 337). Sumúlong at Kasamahàn Sumulong -and Company. kasulatàn one's correspondent (equal to kasùlátan, -above). Ang katuruàn ni Pédro ay ang báta ng si Hwàn. Pedro and little -Juan are pointing at each other. - -427. These formations serve as underlying words of a few derivatives: - -(a) Active with mag- and abstract with pag- r (§ 352): ang -pagkakayibígan the joining in friendship of two people. - -(b) Secondary active with maki- from the preceding: makipagkayibígan -win one's way into someone's friendship, become friends with someone. - -(c) Dual collective with mag- (§ 358,a): Si Pédro at si Hwàn ay -magkahìráman nang sambalílo at sandàlyas. Pedro and Juan lend each -other hats and sandals. magkaìbígan a pair of lovers. magkaybígan a -pair of friends. - -(d) Where the dual value of the underlying form is weak, explicit -plurals of the preceding with mag- r (§ 358,b) occur: ang magkakaybígan -a group of three or more friends. ang magkakasamahà ng si Pédro, si -Hwàn, at si Andrès the party consisting of Pedro, Juan, and Andrés. ang -magkakasamahà ng sina Pédro the party of Pedro and his followers. Ang -magkakasamahà ng nagsipagpasyàl ay sina Maryà, Hwána, Pédro, -at Kulàs. The party that went for a walk consisted of Maria, Juana, -Pedro, and Nicolás. Ang magkakasamahà ng napasa húlo` at napaluwásan -ay sinà Mariyáno, Pépe, at Kulàs at sina Pédro, Húlyo, at Andrès. The -groups that went upstream and downstream were, respectively, Mariano, -Pepe, and Nicolás and Pedro, Julio, and Andrès. Ang tatlo ng manòk na -ytò y magkakasamahà ng inihatid díto, ang ibà y magkakabukòd. These -three chickens were brought here together, the others each by itself. - -428. kà- (1) -an, k-in-à- (1) -an. Local passives with kà- denote the -place where someone or something happens to be. Hwag kà ng kumibò` -sa iyò ng kinàdòroonàn. Don't stir from the spot (where you happen -to be). Sa alì ng bandà ang kinàdòroonàn nang báya-ng-Kamálig?--Sa -bandà ng kaliwà`. In which direction is the town of Camalig?--Toward -the left. Ang báya-ng-Balíwag ay ang kinàmahalà ng úna ng úna nang -pálay. The town of Baliuag was the first place where rice got dear. Ang -kàpàpatayàn sa táo ng iyàn ay ang bigtíhan. This man will end on the -gallows. Ang báya-ng-Balíwag ang iyu ng kàtùtungúhan pag tinuntùn mo -ang landàs na iyàn. You will get to the town of Baliuag if you follow -that path. - -Similarly from: bíngit, búrol, kulòng, lagày, tágo`, tayò`, tirà, upò`. - -Divergent in meaning are kinàbukásan (§ 260) and, from a phrase, -kinàháti-ng-gabihàn (§ 260, háti ng gabì). - -429. pag-kà- (1) -an, p-in-ag-kà- (1) -an. Local passives of this -type with pag- reduplicate the kà-; they refer to other local passive -relations than place in which; so: pagkàkilanlàn be the occasion of -showing something; pagkàsyahàn be the container of something that -fits in; pagkàsunduwàn, pagkàsunduàn be agreed upon. - -430. Special static words with kà- and -an are few and differ in -meaning. - -(a) Ang kàgalítan nila Andrès, Hwàn, at Mariyáno ay napáwì na. The -quarrel between Andrés, Juan, and Mariano has been appeased; this -is no doubt merely a plural with S -an (§ 377,a) from the underlying -word kagalìt (§ 398,c). - -It forms the underlying word of a simple active with mag- and abstract -with pag- r: ang pagkakàgalítan a quarrel (of two or more people). - -(b) Si Pédro ay kàibígan ni Maryà. Pedro is liked by Maria. Sina -Pédro, Kulàs, at Hwàn ay sya ng manga kàibígan ni Mariyáno. Pedro, -Nicolàs, and Juan are the ones whom Mariano likes. This is probably -a real special static word corresponding to the transient with kà- -(1) -an (§ 428). - -Derived active with mag-: Nagkàkàibígan si Pédro at si Hwána. Pedro -and Juana are in love with each other, have come to like each other. - -(c) Ang kàtwáan ay náhintò` sa pagdatìng nang isa ng magnanákaw. The -rejoicing was stopped by the coming of a robber. This is, in form -at least, a plural with S -an from an underlying -katuwà`, which is -not known. - -Derived active with mag-: magkàtwáan rejoice together, be merry -together. - -The same form is seen in kàlingkíngan; little finger, fifth finger; -if this is from a root -lingkìng. - -431. ka- (1) D -an. With doubling of the root and radical accent shift: -Kàunà-unáha ng dumatìng si Hwàn. Juan got there the very first. So: -kàhulì-hulíhan the very last. - - - -(3) Additional transients, abstracts, and special static forms. - -432. The prefix ka- in its involuntary meaning and the prefix kà- in -its accidental meaning appear in an additional set of transients and -abstracts with maka-, makà- prefixed for the active, ma-, mà- for the -passives, and pagka-, pagkà- for the abstract. The meanings of these -forms are most varied; especially in the direct passive, where the -involuntary or accidental character of the actor sometimes reaches -the point where an actor is entirely left out of view or lacking, -and the passive borders closely on active meaning. For this reason -it will be convenient to divide the uses into a number of somewhat -arbitrarily defined groups. The forms are as follows: - -433. The active forms with ka- are: maka-, maka- R, naka-, naka- R; -abstract pagka-. - -The active expresses an inanimate object or circumstance causing an -emotion or feeling; the meaning, then, is the same as in the forms -with i-ka- (§ 413), except that here the thing causing the emotion is -viewed as an actor. Nakabùbúlag ang ílaw. The light is blinding. Ang -gamòt na itò ang nakaginháwa sa máy sakìt. This medicine is what -relieved the patient. Itò y makapàpáwì nang gútom (úhaw, ginàw, -ínit, págod). This will relieve the hunger (thirst, cold feeling, -hot feeling, fatigue). Ang áwit nang manga íbon ay nakatútuwà`. The -song of the birds is gladdening. Similarly from: bigàt, bingì, búti, -lasìng, ligáya, síra`, tákot. - -434. The active expresses, further, an inanimate object which has got -(in the past) into such and such a condition or position. - -Ang bangkà` ay nakaáyon sa ágos. The canoe is righted with the -stream. Ang pagkáin ay nakahandá nà. Dinner is served. Nakasábit sa -páko` ang áki ng amerikána. My coat is hanging on the nail. Nakasigàng -ang palayùk nang sináing. The rice-pot is on the fire. Hindí -ko bìbilhìn ang kabáyo ng iyòn, káhit na makasísiya ang áki ng -kwaltà. I would not buy this horse, even if my money should be -sufficient. Similarly: daàn, lawìt, táli`, túlong. - -435. Very similar is the use of the active to describe an animate -actor in such and such a position (into which he has got): Nakadapà` -ang manga táo sa kanila ng báhay hábang lumílindòl. The people lay -prone in their houses during the earthquake. Si Pédro ay nakaháwak -sa taburéte nang sya y retratúhan. Pedro had hold of a chair when -he was photographed. Nakasakày ang báta ng si Hwàn sa áso nang -sya y màkíta ko sa bakúran. Little Juan was mounted (i. e. riding) -on the dog when I saw him in the yard. Nakatayó si Pédro nang ákin -sya ng màkíta. Pedro was standing up when I saw him. Nakaupó sya sa -bangkò`. He was seated on the bench. So from: abàng, hiléra, íkid, -kápit, luhòd, pangàw, talungkò`, tindìg. - -436. The active may denote an animate actor who is able, succeeds -in doing so and so; the involuntary element inheres in the matter of -ability, which is not dependent on the actor's will: Sa gana ng ákin -sya y makaáalìs. So far as I am concerned, he may go. Sa tigàs nang -kanya ng loòb ay walà ng makabále`. There is no one (or, under the type -in § 433, nothing) can break the firmness of his will. Nakagágawà` ang -alílà nang páyong. The servant is able to make umbrellas. Nakagupìt -sya nang makapàl na damìt. He succeeded in cutting thick cloth. Si -Pédro ay hindí makaháwak nang palakòl, sapagkàt masakìt ang kanya ng -kamày. Pedro cannot hold an ax, because his hand is sore. Naàári ng -sya y makahigà`. He may lie down. Hindí ako makahingí nang kwaltà kay -Hwàn. I cannot (bring myself to) ask Juan for money. Nakahúlog sya nang -isa ng nyòg sa kanya ng pagpukòl sa kumpòl. He succeeded in bringing -down a cocoanut, in his throwing at the cluster. Ang báta` ay hindí -makakáin, sapagkàt kumáin sya nang marámi ng kakanìn. The child can't -eat because he has eaten so many sweets. Si Pédro ay hindí nakapùpútol -nang káhoy, sapagkàt bágu ng gáling sya sa sakìt. Pedro cannot cut any -wood, for he has just recovered from sickness. Sa tantyà raw nyà ay -makapùpútol na sya nang káhoy, sapagkàt sya y malakas nà. He reckons -he will be able to cut wood, for he is strong again. Nakasásakay -syà sa kabáyo. He is able to mount the horse. Ang báta y nakasùsúlat -nà. The child is already able to write. Hindí ako makasúlat. I can't -write. Ang máy sakit ay nakatátayú nà. The patient is already able -to stand up. Hindí ako nakatípon nang manga dáhon, sapagkàt walá ako -ng kalaykày. I was not able to pile up the leaves, because I had no -rake. Ang húle ng isdá ni Hwàn ay nakawalà`. The fish Juan caught got -away. Similarly from: akiyàt, balìk, báyad, dalà, datìng, kílos, kúha, -lákad, pások, sagòt, sigàw, suwày, tahòl, takbò, tirà, úbos, úsap. - -Abstracts: Ang mákina ay syà ng dahilàn nang pagkagawá ni Pédro -nang páyong. The machine is the cause of Pedro's ability to make -umbrellas. Ang pagkasakáy nyà sa kabáyo ng bara-barà ay hindí dahilàn -sa kanya ng tápang, dátapuwat dahilàn sa marámi ng iba ng táo ng -nagsipígil sa kabáyo. His ability to get on the wild horse was not -due to his courage, but to the many other people who controlled the -horse. Ang kanya ng pagkatípon sa manga kalabàw ay nanyári dáhil sa -marámi ng túlong. His success in rounding up the carabao was due to -much aid. - -437. Closely bordering on the preceding type is the active, -mostly with the particle nà, expressing the actor of a completed -action. Nakaalìs na siyà. He has already (succeeded in going, -i. e.) gone away. Nakapútul nà si Pédro nang káhoy. Pedro has now -finished cutting wood. Si Pédro ay nakapútul nà nang káhoy, bágo ko -ng inutúsa ng mangigìb. Pedro had already cut the wood, before I asked -him to fetch water. Similarly from: bútas, datìng, kúha, límot, tápos. - -The abstract lends itself especially to the use as absolute attribute -(§ 274): Pagkagawá nya nang bákod ay naglasìng siyà. When he had -finished making the fence, he got drunk. Pagkahárang nang manga -tulisàn sa koréyo ay nagsitúngo silà sa bundòk. When the bandits -had robbed the mail, they took to the hills. Pagkaháte ni Hwàn nang -manga mansánas ay umalìs sya. When Juan had distributed the apples, -he went away. Pagkahúli nang pulìs sa magnanákaw ay dinala nyà itò sa -bìlanggúan. When the policeman had caught the thief, he took him to the -jail. Pagkapatày nya sa táo ng kanyà ng hinárang ay tumakbo syà. When -he had killed the man he had held up, he ran away. Pagkapútol ni Hwàn -nang tahìd nang kátyaw ay nagdudugò` ang paà nitò. When Juan had cut -the spur of the rooster, its foot kept bleeding. Pagkasakày sa kabáyo -ay naparoòn akò sa hàlamanàn at pumitàs ako nang isa ng pakwàn úpang -áki ng kánin. When I had had my horseback ride, I went to the garden -and picked a melon to eat. Pagkasakày ni Hwàn sa trèn ay lumákad ito -ng agàd. When Juan had got on the train, it soon started to move. Ang -pagkasúnog nang báyan ay ikinalungkòt nang marámi. The people grieved -at their town having burned down. Pagkatanàw nang unggò` sa pagòng -ay nagbalik syà sa púno-ng-ságing. When the monkey had looked at the -turtle, he went back to the banana tree. Pagkatáwag nang pagòng sa -unggò` ay sumunòd itò agàd. When the turtle had called the monkey, -the latter came at once. Pagkatayó nya sa kanya ng ùpúan ay minulàn -nya agàd ang pagtatalumpáte`. When he had stood up from his seat he -at once began making his speech. Pagkatípon mo nang manga bayábas ay -umuwí ka. When you have piled up the guavas, go home. Pagkaúna nya -sa takbúhan ay naghintú sya. When he had got ahead in the running, -he stopped. Similarly from: alìs, bendisiyòn, gupìt, hápon, ísip, -káin, kúha, lagòk, lúto`, mísa, sábi, sánay, tápos, típon, tupàd. - -438. The forms of the direct passive are: ma-, ma- R; na-; na- R. - -The direct passive may correspond regularly to the active in § 436, -and denote the object directly affected by an action which an actor -is able to perform. - -Hindí nya mabásag ang bóte. He did not succeed in breaking the -bottle. Sa kalakasàn ni Páblo ay nadala nyà ang kabà ng bákal. Pablo, -with his strength, managed to lift the iron chest. Nadalà nang báta` -ang káhoy. The boy managed to carry the wood. Hindí madalà ni Pédro ang -kahòn sa kabigatàn. Pedro cannot lift the box; it is too heavy. Hindí -ku magámit ang páyong na itò. I can't use this umbrella. Hindí nakáin -nang báta` ang matigàs na tinápay na iyàn. The child was not able -to eat that hard bread of yours. Nakáya ko ng buhátin ang isà ng -maliìt na púno-ng-káhoy. I managed to lift one small tree. Nakàkáya -ko ang pagaáral nang Ingglès. I manage to get along with the study of -English. Nakáyas ni Pédro ang báo. Pedro managed to smooth the cocoanut -shell. Nalákad námin ang lahàt nang daàn. We managed to walk the whole -way. Nalìlípon nang manga langgàm ang kanila ng pagkáin. The ants -succeed in amassing their food. Hindí ko mapatày ang báta ng itò. I -cannot (get myself to) kill this child. Hindí ko mapútol nang kamày ang -bákal na itò. I can't break this iron with my hand. Mapùpútol daw nyà -ng wala ng túlong ang lahàt nang kawáya ng magúlang. He says he will -be able to cut all the old bamboo without any help. Hindí nya masíra` -ang kandáro nang pintò`, káhit na iniyúbus nya ang kanya ng lakàs. He -did not succeed in breaking the lock of the door, although he used up -all his strength. Natátalastàs mo bà ang sinàsábi ko sa iyò? Do you -understand what I am saying to you? Similarly: ágaw, akiyàt, alaála, -ampàt, gawà`, hángo`, híla. - -439. Similarly, the direct passive may correspond regularly to the -active of the type in § 437 and denote an object directly affected -by an action which has been (successfully) completed by an actor. - -Naáso ko nà sa boo ng báyan ang báta`. I have hunted and called the -child all over town. Nabálot ko nà ang manga librò. I have already -wrapped up the books. Nabása ku nà ang diyáriyo. I have finished -reading the paper. Nahampàs ko nà ang báta`. I have already whipped -the child. Nahánap na nyà ang librò. He has already looked for the -book. Napatày ku nà ang manòk. I have already killed the chicken. Kapag -napùpútol na nyà ang púno-ng-káhoy ay saká mo hatákin ang lúbid na -nakatáli sa sangà nitò. When he is getting the tree cut, then do you -pull at the rope that is tied to the branch. Natipìd nya ang pagkáin -nang kánin. He has been saving of the rice. Natípon ko nà ang manga -dáhon. I have already heaped up the leaves. Natísod ku nà ang bakyà`. I -have kicked off the sandal. Naúnat ku nà ang baluktòt na káwad na -ibinigày mu sa ákin. I have straightened the bent wire you gave -me. Nausísà ku nà si Hwàn. I have already questioned Juan. Similarly -from: ágaw, gawà`, ípon, íwan, líbot, sákop, siyásat. - -440. We come now to direct passives which do not correspond regularly -to any active; these have their own abstracts with pagka-. - -The commonest type expresses an object which undergoes or has -undergone a process due to an inanimate actor or to no actor -in particular; it differs from the simple direct passive in the -involuntary and often perfectic nature of the action. Nabále` ang -sangà nang káhoy. The branch of the tree is broken. Ang túlis nang -lápis ay nabále`. The point of the pencil is broken. Hwag mò ng -ilagay dyàn ang palatòn, sapagkàt baká mabásag. Don't put the plate -there, for it might get broken. Ang kanila ng kàínan ay nagambála -sa pagdatìng nang manga pulìs. Their dinner-party broke up when the -police arrived. Ang boo ng báyan ay nagulò. The whole town became -riotous. Naháte` ang mansánas. The apple is in halves. Nalagòt ang -lúbid. The rope broke. Ang kanya ng dalíri` ay napáso`. His finger -is blistered. Napatìd ang lúbid. The rope broke. Ang batò ng hasaàn -ay napiráso. The whetstone went to pieces. Napitas nà ang manga -bulaklàk. The flowers have been picked. Napùpútol ang manga sangà -nang káhoy sa lakàs nang hángin. The branches of the trees are being -broken off by the force of the wind. Napútol nà ang káhoy. The tree -has been cut down. Napútol ang dúlo nang káhoy. The end of the log is -cut off. Napútol ang sangà nang káhoy. The branch of the tree broke -off. Nasáyang ang trabáho ni Hwàn. Juan's work went for naught. Ang -búkid ay nasíra`. The field is waste. Similarly, from: ári`, bágo, -buwàl, dílat, gúmon, hinòg, laglàg, lamòg, láon, páwi`, punò`, puròl, -súnog, tápos, úbos, utàs, walà`, yári`. - -The abstract is regular: daàn, hinòg, lagòt, pások, súnog, walà`. - -441. The passive is used, further, to denote the animate performer -of an involuntary act, which, then, is looked upon rather as an -undergoing than as a performing. - -This is the clearest where the subject is undergoing an emotion or -sensation: Naáwà si Hwàn sa pulúbe. Juan pitied the beggar. Ang báta -ng si Hwàn ay nadúdungò. Little Juan is bashful. Naginàw sya sa kanya -ng pagpalígo`. He got cold while taking his bath. Akú y nagùgútom. I am -hungry; isa ng táo ng nagùgútom a hungry person. Nahàhápis siyà. He is -sad. Nahíhiyá ka bà? Are you ashamed? Nahíhiyá sya. He is ashamed. Akù -y nailàng. I was nonplussed, I didn't know what to do. Akò y naíinip nà -nang paghihintày kay Hwàn. I am impatient with waiting for Juan. Sya y -nalímang sa kanya ng pagbílang. He got confused in his reckoning. Sya -nalúlungkòt. He is sorry. Akò y naùúhaw. I am thirsty. So: bagábag, -gálit, libàng, tákot, tuwà`. - -This form is used also of processes of life, especially physiological -and morbid: Nalumpò syà. He got lame. Napípe sya. He got dumb. So: -naári` got the ability, nabáo got widowed, nabúhay lived, naíngay was -noisy, nakinìg heard, nalúnod got drowned, namatày died, natúlog slept. - -It is used, finally, in nahúlog fell (from a place to the ground), -and, strangely enough, for two voluntary actions which consist of a -relaxing of the muscles: Sya y nahigà` He lay down. Sya y nahíhigà`. He -was in the act of lying down. Naupó sya sa bangkò`. He sat down on -the bench. Naúupó sya sa taburéte. He was in the act of sitting down -on the stool. - -Further, irregularly, in: Sya y nalígo`. He took a bath. Sya y -nanáog. He came down from the house. See § 488,c. - -Abstracts: Ang pagkaáwà ni Hwàn sa pulúbe Juan's pity for the -beggar. ang pagkabáta` one's childhood. ang pagkabúhay ni Hesùs -the resurrection of Jesus. Ang pagkagúlat ni Hwána ay sya nyà ng -ipinagkasakìt. Juana's scare was what made her sick. Pagkalúnod -nang Kastíla` ay lumáyas ang manga estudyànte. When the Spaniard -had got drowned, the students hurried away. ang kanya ng pagkamatày -his death. ang kanya ng pagkasála sa singsìng. his missing the -ring. Pagkaupú nya sa bangkò` ay minulàn nya ang pagkukwènto sa manga -báta`. When she had sat down on the bench, she began her story-telling -to the children. So: ári`, hápis, húlog, litò, lóko, pípi, tákot, -tálo, ulòl. - -442. An explicit plural of both active and direct passive is formed -by the infixation of -ang- into the prefix. - -In the active the syllable after this infix often receives a secondary -accent: Nangàkaupú na silà sa pagkáin, nang kamì ay dumatìng. They -had already sat down to their meal when we arrived. So also from: -bitàw, biyábit. - -With reduplication of the ka- instead of root initial: Nangàkàkaupó -silà sa pagkáin. They are able to sit up for their meals. - -Direct passive: Ang dinala nyà ng manga manòk ay nangamatày. The -chickens he brought all died. Nangapútol ang tubò sa lakàs -nang bagyò. The sugar-cane broke under the strength of the -typhoon. Nangapùpútol ang karamíhan nang tubò nang kasalukúyan ang -bagyò. During the typhoon most of the sugar-cane got broken. So from: -bulòk, íwan, lúnod, lungkòt, tákot, tuwà`. - -443. From a compound word, passive: nasawi-ng-pálad (sawì ng pálad). - -From a derived word, active: makataanàn (taanàn, § 378). - -444. Accent shift is due to the root. Si Pédro ay nakaayàw nà. Pedro -has left the table. So from ábot, sákit. - -Passive: Naabut nyà ang ilawàn. He managed to reach the lamp. Hindí -nya maabùt ang itlòg. He can't reach the egg. Ang báta ng si Hwàn ay -nabábahày. Little Juan is shy. - -Abstract: Pagkaabòt nang bátà nang kanyà ng laruwàn ay tumakbò sya -ng agàd. After reaching for his toys, the boy at once ran. - -445. With pag- before the root, this active is made from roots whose -primary active has mag-. The reduplication affects either the ka-, -or the pag-, or the root initial: makà-ka-pag- or maka-pà-pag- or -maka-pag- R. - -Ang báta` ay nakapagdalà nang káhoy. The boy managed to bring the -wood. Ang báta` ay nakapagdádalà (or: nakàkapagdalà, or: nakapàpagdalà) -nang káhoy. The boy is able to bring the wood. Nakàkapaglasìng -si Ánong, káhit na sya y hindí binàbayáan nang kanya ng asáwa na -makapagpabilè nang álak. Anong manages to get drunk, even though his -wife does not allow him to have liquor purchased for him. Nakapagpútol -na si Hwàn nang káhoy. Juan has finished cutting wood. Nakapagpùpútol -nà si Hwàn nang káhoy. Juan is already able to cut wood. Hindí -makapagpútol nang káhoy si Hwàn, dahilàn sa súgat nya sa kamày. Juan -cannot cut wood, on account of the wound on his hand. - -Similarly: antòk, áral, bíhis, ligtàs, mísa, nákaw, pasiyàl, sábi, -salità`, tágo`, takà. - -446. Direct passive: ma-pag-; ma-pag- R or ma-pà-pag-. Hindí ko -mapagáyos ang manga damìt na itò. I can't straighten out these -clothes. Mapàpagáyos nya ang manga lipàs sa úso ng damìt na itò. She -will be able to fix these out-of-date clothes. Hindí ko mapagkúro` -kung anò ang íbig nya ng sabíhin. I couldn't make out what he wanted -to say. Nang mapagkúrò ni Hwàn kung anò ang mangyàyári, ay hindí nya -itinúloy ang kanya ng bálak. When Juan saw what was going to happen, -he did not carry out his plan. Hindí ko mapagkúro ang kahulugàn nang -súlat na itò. I can't get at the meaning of this letter. Napagtalastàs -ko ang manga sinàsábi mo sa iyo ng súlat. I understand all you say -in your letter. Napagtátalastàs (or: napàpagtalastàs) kò ang íbig mo -ng sabíhin. I understand what you mean. - -447. maka-pag- (1), cf. § 353. Nang nakapaghanap syà ay umuwé sya sa -kanya ng báhay. When he had finished searching, he went home. Kung -makapaghanap syà ay úuwé sya. When he has finished searching, he will -go home. - -448. maka-pang-, corresponding to mang-, § 357. Nakàkapanghiràm -kamì nang kwaltà kay Áli ng Kulása. We can borrow money from -Aunt Nicolasa. Makàkapanghiràm ka ng wala ng sála kay Hwàn nang -isa ng sombréro. You will surely be able to borrow a hat from -Juan. Nakapangàngabáyo sya ng patayò`, sapagkàt hindí gulatìn ang -kanya ng kabáyo. He is able to ride standing up, because his horse -is not given to shying. - -Abstract: pagkapangáko` (áko`). - -(a) The root is reduplicated for plurality: Ang pagkapanghahárang -nila Hwán ay hindí nila sána magawà`, kung hindí sa karamíhan nang -táo nila na máy barìl. The highway robberies by Juan and his gang -could not have been perpetrated by them, if it had not been for the -number of them that had guns. - -(b) From a derived word: makapangináin (kináin, §§ 365, 357,a). - -449. ma- D; expressive of slow activity: Hindí sya mamatày-matày. He -is lingering on the death-bed. Ang pàgakpákan nang manga táo ay hindí -matápus-tápus. The applause of the people could find no end. - -450. In the instrumental passive, which seems to occur only with pag- -and pang-, the i- follows the ma-: Ang pagkàtáwag nang kúra sa manga -pulìs ay hindí nya ikinabúte, sapagkàt silà y kàkauntí lámang úpang -maipagtanggòl sya sa manga magnanákaw. The priest's having called in -the police did him no good, for they were too few to defend him from -the thieves. - -With pang-: naipangánganàk (anàk, cf. § 357). - -451. The local passive has the prefix ma- and the suffix (1) -an. - -Namatayàn sina Hwàn. Someone has died in Juan's family. Namatayàn -sa báhay ni Hwàn. There has been a death in Juan's house. Naputúlan -si Hwàn nang dalíre` sa pagpapalákad nang mákina. Juan got a finger -cut off in running the machine. Napùputúlan nang médiko ang manga táo -nang kanila ng kamày o paà kung kayilángan. When necessary, people get -their hands or feet cut off by a doctor. Mapùputúlan ka nang dalírì`, -pag hindí ka nagíngat sa iyo ng pagtatrabáho sa mákina ng iyàn. You -will get your finger cut off, if you aren't careful about the way you -work that machine. Nasakyàn ko nà ang kabáyo ng bara-barà. I have -succeeded in mounting the wild horse. Naskyàn ko nà ang bangka ng -itò. I have already been in this canoe. Nawalàn nang málay ang babáye -sa kanyà ng paghihimatày. The woman lost consciousness in her swoon. - -Similarly: báli`, bukàs, halìk, hírap, láon, límot, luwàt, patìd, -pílit, sákit, síra`, siyà, súbok, súgat, sunggàb, tagàl, tandà`, úbos. - -(a) bitìw lacks accent shift: mabitíwan, cf. § 374,b. - -452. Local passive with explicative pag-: Hindí námin mapaglagarían -nang káhoy ang kabáyo ng káhoy na ginawá mo. We cannot saw wood on the -saw-buck you have made. Napagputúlan námin nang kawáyan ang bágo ng -gawá mo ng kabáyo ng káhoy. We were able to cut bamboo on the sawbuck -you have just made. - -453. Special static words resembling the active; the following occur: -Si Bantùg ay isa ng táo ng makabáyan. Bantog is a patriotic man. damò -ng makahyà` the sensitive plant, Mimosa pudica. - -Of irregular use are makalawà (§ 262,8), and makatuwìd (tuwìd). - -(a) From a word of this kind an active with mag- is derived in: -nagmàmakaáwa` provoking pity (as though from makaáwa`). - -(b) The abstract is like a special static word in: Ang bigàs ay sya ng -pinakamahalagà ng pagkabúhay nang táo sa Filipínas. Rice is the most -important staple food in the Philippines. Cf. also pagkaráka, § 265,9. - -454. ma- forms special static words denoting that which by nature or -circumstance possesses such and such, usually a quality. Maalikabok -nà ang mésa. The table is dusty already. Maásim ang súka ng itò. This -wine is sour. ang púno-ng-káhoy na mabába` a low tree; isa ng mabába ng -táo a humble person. Ang labàng ay mabábaw. The trough of the manger is -shallow. Madálang ang manga lindòl díto. Earthquakes are rare here. Sya -y isa ng ginoò ng magálang. He is a polite gentleman. Maginháwa ang -umupó sa sìlya ng itò. This chair is comfortable to sit in. Si Maryà -ay isa ng babáye ng mapúri. Maria is a decent woman. Maluwàng ang -báro ng itò. This blouse is too loose. matamìs sweet, ang matamìs -sugar. Matipìd na báta` si Hwàn. Juan is a saving child. - -The plural is made with ma- r: Ang manga táo sa báyan ay mahuhúsay -sumunòd sa kautusàn. The people of the town are all good law-abiders. - -These forms are made from so many roots that the Index will be as -convenient as a list. - -Derivatives: §§ 352,c. 353,a.b. 370. 499,a. 500,b. - -(a) Note masiyádo excessive, extreme, as though from a root -siyádo -(and so listed), still felt by Mr. Santiago to be from Spanish -demasiado. - -(b) Accent shift due to the root in masakìt. - -(c) From derived words: Ang pagtayú sa bubungàn ay mapangánib. It is -dangerous to stand on the roof. So from kasalánan (§ 423), kabuluhàn -(§ 422). - -455. ma-pag- someone given to doing so and so: Ang inà ni Pédro ay -mapagbigày sa kanya ng manga kaululàn. Pedro's mother always gives in -to his foolishness. Sya y mapagtipìd. He is very economical. So from: -gawà`, kumpisàl, simbà, siyásat, usísa`. - -(a) From a phrase, probably: Ang táo ng si Hwàn ay -mapagpáku-m-babà`. That man Juan is overmodest (páko ng babà` -low peg?). - -(b) With accent shift: Mapaghunì ang manga kabáyo ng itò, kanya -hindí dápat dalhìn sa labanàn. These horses are given to neighing -and therefore should not be taken to war. So also: mapagawày. - -456. In the same sense, but transitive in value, ma-pang-: mapanggúlat -given to surprising or frightening people, mapanghágis given to -flinging things; Ang táo ng si Hwàn ay mapanghiràm. The fellow Juan is -a great borrower. mapanghiyà` given to embarrassing people. mapamukòl -given to throwing things. So from: hilìng, matà. - -457. In similar meanings, with suffix -in: - -(a) ma- S -in: So magustúhin, masùnúrin. - -(b) ma- (2) -in: Ang manga táo y hindí maibigìn sa pagkakàsála. People -are not fond of sinning. - -(c) ma- r (2) -in: matatawanìn easily made to laugh; Sya y -matutulugìn. He is a sleepy-head. So also: magugulatìn. - -458. The transients with kà- refer to accidental actions. The active -has the forms: makà-, makà- R, nakà-, nakà- R, but the reduplication -sometimes affects the kà- instead of the root initial. The abstract -has pagkà-. The meanings are various, much like those of maka-. - -459. The active sometimes expresses an inanimate object as the agent -of an accidental action: Ang guntìng nang manggagamòt ay nakágupit -nang isa ng ugàt na malakè, kanyà` namatày ang kanya ng ginágamòt. The -physician's scissors accidentally cut a large artery, in consequence -of which his patient died. Similarly, from gísing, háwa. - -460. More frequent is a rational actor of an accidental action; as such -is viewed any action the exact form of which is out of the actor's -control. Si Pédro ay nakàháwak nang káwad na mày elektrisidàd. Pedro -got hold of a charged wire. Hindí nya kilalà ang manga kwayanà ng -iyòn, kaniyà nakàpútol sya nang sa iba ng táwo ng kawáyan. As he -did not know those bamboo-groves, he inadvertently cut some bamboo -that belonged to other people. Sundan mò silà sa kawayanàn, sapagkàt -baká sila nakàpùpútol nang kawáya ng hindí nasàsákop nang áti ng -lúpa`. Follow them to the bamboo-grove, for they may be cutting some -bamboo that is not included in our land. Hwàn, usisáin mo ng mabúti -ang hanggáhan nang kawayanàn, bágo ka tumagá nang kawáyan, sapagkàt -baká ka makàpútol nang kawáya ng hindí átin. Juan, find out exactly -the borders of the bamboo-grove before you cut any bamboo, for else -you might cut some bamboo that is not ours. Pího ng makàpùpútol -silà nang kawáya ng hindí sakòp nang lúpa`, kapag hindí mo sila -pinakialamàn, sapagkàt ang hanggáhan nang lúpa ng iyòn ay lubhà ng -balú-baluktòt. They will surely cut some bamboo not included in the -piece of ground, if you don't look after them, for the boundary of -the land is very irregular. Nakàtísod akò nang isa ng áhas. I hit a -snake with my foot. Nakàtúlog si Hwàn sa báhay na gibà-gibà`. Juan -hit upon a broken-down house as a place to sleep in, was constrained -by circumstances to sleep in a broken-down house. Nakàusísà sya nang -nawalà ng kwaltà. It came to her mind to inquire about the lost -money. Nakàusísà sya nang isa ng táo ng nakààalàm nang líhim. He -happened to ask a man who knew the secret. Similarly: bilì, daàn, -inòm, káin, súlat, tagpò`. - -Abstract: In the abstract the element of accident often takes the form -of expressing the way something turned out. Limàng ang pagkàbílang -nya sa manga itlòg na itò. His count of these eggs has turned out -wrong. Ang pagkágawá ni Hwána sa páyong ay masamà`. The umbrella Juana -made turned out poorly. Ang pagkágupìt sa úlo nang báta` ay hindí -pantày-pantày. The boy's hair-cut isn't (hasn't turned out) even. Ang -pagkàháti nang mansánas ay hindí parého. The halving of the apple is -not exact. Ang pagkàísip nya sa bugtòng ay hindi táma`. His guess -at the riddle is not correct. Ang pagkálagok nyà sa itlòg ay kanya -ng pinagsisíhan. He repented his having (in a moment of weakness) -swallowed the egg. Ang pagkàpások ni Hwàn nang tapòn sa bóte ay -malálim. Juan got the cork too deep into the bottle. Ang pagkápatay -sa magnanákaw ay hindí sinadyà`. The killing of the thief was not -done on purpose. Ang pagkápatay sa manòk ay masamà`. This chicken has -not been slaughtered in the proper manner. Ang pagkàpútol nang pálong -nang kátiyaw ay hindí sagàd. The cock's comb is not cut off clean. Ang -pagkátahul nang áso ay sya ng inilalá nang sakìt nya sa lalamúnan. The -dog's barking made the pain in its throat worse. Ang pagkátanaw kò sa -púno-ng-káhoy ay itò y may madidilàw na dáhon. The way I looked at that -tree made it seem as if it had yellow leaves. Ang kanya ng pagkátayò` -(or: pagkátindìg) ay dahilàn sa kanya ng pagkàgúlat. He jumped to his -feet because of his surprise. Ang pagkàtípon nang manga dáho ng itò -ay hindí mabúte. These leaves have not been well heaped up. So from: -bendisiyòn, bitbìt, hampàs, higà`, pálo`, tágo`, tirà, upò`. - -461. The active may denote a rational actor successful, thanks to outer -circumstances, in such and such an action. Nakáhampas ang báta ng si -Hwàn nang isa ng tutubè. Little Juan succeeded in hitting a dragon-fly -with his whip. Nakàháte si Hwàn nang manga mansánas. Juan got a chance -to divide up the apples. Nakàkàkapá sya nang isa ng palakà`. He has -got hold of a frog (as, in grasping for frogs in mud-holes). Nakàpána -akò nang usà. I hit a deer with an arrow. Nakàtípun nà akò nang -manga dáhon, nang pumaròn si Tátay. By the time Father got there, -I had already had time to get some leaves heaped up. So also: ágaw, -hingì`, sáli. - -Abstract: Ang pagkàbúhay nang médiko sa kay Hwàn ay isà ng malakì ng -ikinatwá nang kanya ng kababáyan. The doctor's saving of Juan's life -was a cause of great gladness to his fellow-townsmen. Ang pagkàtáwag -nyà sa médiko ng nagligtàs nang búhay nang kanya ng anàk ay dahilàn -sa pagkàgámit nya nang teléfono. His chance of calling the doctor who -saved his child's life was due to the use he was enabled to make of the -telephone. Ang nagìng pagkágupit nyà sa makapàl na damìt ay nangyáre -dahilàn sa paggámit nya nang guntìng nang láta. The fact that he was -able to cut the thick cloth was due to his using the tin-shears. Ang -pagkáhampas nyà sa manga bátà` ay dahilàn sa kahabáan nang kanya -ng pamálo`. He can hit the children because of the length of his -stick. Ang pagkàhárang kina Hwàn ay sya nilà ng ikinawalá nang kanila -ng salapè`. Juan and his party's having been held up was what deprived -them of their money. Ang pagkàháti nya sa tubù ay hindí mangyàyáre -kung gumámit sya nang mapurùl na gúlok. He would not have been able -to slice the sugar-cane down its length (as a game or trick), if he -had used a dull bolo. Pagkàísip nya kung anò ang dápat nya ng gawìn -sa magnanákaw na nàhúli nya, ay ginawá nya iyòn agàd. When he had at -last hit upon the idea of what to do with the thief he had caught, -he immediately carried it out. Nanghináyang ang boo ng báyan sa -pagkápatay kay Risàl nang manga Kastíla`. The whole country mourned -over the killing of Rizal by the Spaniards. Ang ámi ng pagkásakay sa -bangkà` ay syà ng nagligtàs sa ámi ng búhay. Our having been able -to get into the canoe is what saved our lives. Ang pagkàsúnog nang -manga magnanákaw sa báyan ay pinarusáhan nang gubyèrno. The thieves' -burning the town was punished by the government. Ang pagkátayo nang -isa ng báhay-pàmahaláa ng batò ay dahilàn sa pagpapaalaála ni Hwàn -nang pangánib sa súnog. The fact that a stone government-building -came after all to be built, was due to Juan's calling attention to -the danger from fire. Anu ng pagkátipid ni Hwàn! How saving Juan has -been! So from: sábi, táwag. - -462. The active is used of certain acts of sensation whose -occurrence is out of the control of the subject: ang nakàkìkilála, -ang nakàkàkilála one who has got knowledge of a person or thing, -has come to know his habits, recognizes his nature. Ang pagkàgúlat -ni Hwána ay syà ng ikinátawà nang marámi ng nakàkàkíta. Juana's -astonishment amused many who saw it. With kilála compare nakáramdàm -felt; with kíta, nakàmálay, nakátanàw, and nakárinìg heard. - -Abstract: Malínaw ang pagkàkíta ko sa nangyáre. I had a clear view -of what took place. So: dinìg, masìd, tanàw. - -463. The direct passive has the forms mà-, mà- R, nà-, nà- R. - -It may correspond regularly to the active type in § 460, and denote -an object undergoing an accidental action of a rational actor. - -Nàáso ko sa boo ng báyan ang báta`, káhit na hindí ko gustò. I -was forced to go shouting after the child all over town, though I -didn't like to do it. Hindí mu ba nàbása sa diyáriyo ang tungkùl -sa súnog? Haven't you come across the details of the fire in -the paper? Baká mo màbásag, Hwána, iyà ng pinaglàlaruwan mò ng -kandeléro. See that you don't break that candlestick you're playing -with, Juana. Nádala nyà nang hindí sinásadyà` sa kanya ng pagalìs -ang áki ng páyong. When he went away he inadvertently carried off -my umbrella. Nàgambála ku ang pagaáral ni Hwàn dahilàn sa áki ng -pagdatìng na walá sa óras. I disturbed Juan in his studying by my -untimely arrival. Nàgámit ni Hwàn ang áki ng, sombréro dahilàn sa -kanyà ng pagmamadalí nang pagalìs. Juan used my hat in the haste of -his departure. Nàgísing nya sa kanya ng pagiingày ang manga báta`. What -with his racket he woke up the children. Náhampàs nang hindí sinásadyá -ni Pédro ang bábuy nang kanya ng kápit-báhay. Pedro inadvertently hit -his neighbor's hog with his whip. Nàíwan din nyà sa ákin ang kanyà -ng anàk, káhit na itò y áyaw nya ng gawìn. She was also forced to -leave her child with me, although she disliked to do this. Nápatày -ko nang barìl-barílan ang manòk. I accidentally killed the chicken -with my toy-gun. Kánin mo ang milòn, kung iyu ng gustò, o kayà` ang -ságing, kung sya mo itò ng nàpìpíle`.--Nàpìpíli ko ang milòn. Eat the -banana, if you like, or the melon, if you prefer it.--I prefer the -melon. Nápitas nyà ang bulaklàk nang hindí sinásadyà`. She picked the -flower without intending to. Nàpútol ko nang hindí sinásadyà` ang lúbid -na itò. I chanced, without intending it, to cut this string. Baká mo -màsíra`, Hwàn, ang patágo sa iyù ng kwàlta nang iyu ng kapatìd. See -to it, Juan, that you don't do away with your brother's money that -is entrusted to you. Nàusísà ni Hwána ang inumìt na singsìng nang -kanyà ng kapatìd. Juana happened to inquire for the ring her sister -had filched. So from: angkìn, búlag, bútas, hábol, patày, púlot. - -464. The direct passive may correspond regularly to the active -described in § 461, and denote an object undergoing an action which a -rational actor was enabled to perform by virtue of outer circumstances. - -Ang úlo ni Hwàn ay nàbìbílog nang kanya ng kalarò`. Juan's playmates -are succeeding in making a fool of him (literally: in rounding his -head). Nágupit nyà ang makapàl na damìt. It turned out that he was -able to cut the thick cloth. Hindí ku màípon ang manga karáyum na -nangàsábug sa lúpa`. I did not succeed in gathering up all the needles -that were scattered over the floor. Hindí ko mápatay ang púsa ng -itò. I cannot kill this cat (i.e. its life is tough, it gets away, -etc.) Kapag nàpútol mo ang bákal na iyàn, ikàw ay makawáwalà`. If -you can get a chance to cut through that iron, you can make your -escape. Nàpútol nya ang káhoy. He got the wood cut all right. Hindí nya -màpútol ang leèg nang manòk. He couldn't get the chicken's neck cut -through. Màpùpútol na raw nyà ang púno nang káhoy na nabwàl. He says -he will be in a position to cut through the tree that has fallen. ang -kanyà ng násingìl the money he was able to collect. Similarly, from: -bálot, gawà`, húli, kúha, kúlam, nákaw, pitàs, sábi, taàs, táwag. - -465. Similarly, the direct passive is regularly used to correspond -to the active in § 462, of objects of sensation. Nàkilála ko si Hwàn -doòn sa sàwáyan. I got acquainted with Juan at that dance. So from: -alaála, dinìg, inò, kíta, málas, pansìn. - -466. Other uses of the direct passive do not regularly correspond to -any active, cf. § 440 f.; these have their own abstract with pagkà-. - -The direct passive is used to denote an object which has accidentally -got into such and such a condition; the actor is either indifferent -or entirely lacking. There seems to be no abstract principle clearly -separating this form from the passive with na- described in § 440; -where position of the object is involved, the accidental form is -preferred. - -Nàbúte ang kanyà ng pagkatákot. His fear reached a high point. Ang -kanya ng bangkà y patúngo sa bandà ng kalunúran, dátapuwat pagkaraàn -nang ilà ng sandalì` ay náiba ang kanya ng bandáhin. His canoe was -headed toward the west, but after a while his direction changed. Ang -ìnumínan nang báhay ay dápat málagay sa lugàr na malílim. The shelf -for drinking-water of a house should be in a shady place. Násakay -sa trèn ang ipinahatìd mo ng manga dalanghíta`. The tangerines you -sent have been shipped. Nàtúlin ang pagpapadulàs nang báta ng si Hwàn -sa pútek. Juan's sliding on the mud got faster and faster (in spite -of him). - -Similarly from: bágay, balíta`, baòn, dápat, doòn, hintò`, húsay, -kápit, lapàg, látag, ligtàs, liguwàk, lípat, lubòg, lúlan, mána, -nákaw, pagítan, páko`, patày, pátung, sábog, taàn, tábon, tágo`, -talà`, tanìm, taòn, tayò`, tirà, túlos, únat. - -Abstract: Pagkásakay nang manga sáko nang kamóte sa trèn ay lumákad -itò agàd. As soon as the bags of sweet-potatoes had been put on board -the train, the latter started to move. So from: balíta`, gámit, ibà, -látag, libìng, sarà. - -466a. This irregular passive is used also of animate, rational -subjects, whose actions, then, are viewed rather as an accidental -undergoing; this type is not clearly definable from that with ma- -in § 441, except where both forms are used in contrast (-higà`); -the habit with regard to each root is, however, entirely fixed. - -In some cases the accidental actor is imaginable: Náakyàt si Pédro -sa itaàs nang lángit dahilàn sa ginawá nya ng pagkápit sa pinalipàd -na lóbo. Pedro got carried up into the air owing to his grip on the -loosed balloon. Nàhárang sina Hwàn sa daà-ng-Balíwag. Juan and his -company chanced to get held up on the Baliuag road. Hwag kà, Hwàn, -pumásuk sa sekréta, sapagkàt baká ka máhigà` sa ihawàn, kung ikàw -ay màhúle. Don't go as a spy, Juan, for you might get laid on the -gridiron, if you got caught. Similarly: banggìt, barìl, bilanggò`, -distíno, húli, ligtàs, píli`, tanggàp, táwag. - -Processes of life: Sya y nábingì. He got deaf. Nàbúte si Hwàn sa kanya -ng pagkatákot. Juan was bettered by his fright. Si Pédro at si Maryà -ay màkàkasàl. Pedro and Maria will get married some day. So: himbìng, -lóko, tahímik, tinìk, túto, wíli. - -Abstract: Ang pagkàgúlat ni Hwána sa maíngay na putòk nang kanyòn ay -sya nyà ng ikinabingì. Juana's shock at the loud report of the cannon -was what made her deaf. Malakì ang kanila ng nagìng pagkàgúlat. Their -astonishment was great. Ang pagkàsúnog sa manga sundálo sa loòb -nang báhay ay nangyári dáhil sa pagkásara nang manga bintána`. The -fact that the soldiers were burned in the house was due to the -circumstance that the windows had been closed. Ang pagkátinìk sa -lalamúnan nang báta` ay sya nyà ng ikinamatày. The boy's getting a -fishbone into his throat was what killed him. Pagkátinik nang unggò` -ay sya y nagálit. When the monkey had got a spine into his foot he -got angry. Ang pagkàwíle ni Hwàn sa báhay ny Andrès ay dahilàn sa -anàk na dalága nitò. Juan's being spell-bound in Andres' house was -due to the latter's daughter. So: gustò, kasàl, manghà`. - -Movements, especially the resultant position: Sya y nárapà`. He fell on -his face. Náriyan kamì sa iyo ng báhay kahápon nang umága, dátapuwat -hindí ka námin dinatnàn. We were at your house yesterday morning, but -we did not find you there. Náluhod sya sa kanyà ng harapàn. He knelt -down in front of her. Nàpàpagítan si Hwàn sa dalawà ng dalága. Juan -chanced to get placed between two young ladies. Sila y nàùupò`. They -are seated. Similarly from: ákap, alìs, bálot, díne, díto, dulàs, -doòn, haràp, kublì, kulòng, lákad, lugmòk, padpàd, panhìk, sakày, -sísid, tabì, tágo`, tayò`, tirà, tungtòng. - -Abstract: Ang ikinátahol nang manga áso ay ang pagkádapá ni Hwàn. What -made the dogs bark was Juan's falling on his face. Pagkásakay ni Hwàn -sa trèn ay lumákad ito ng agàd. When Juan was on board the train, -it soon started to move. So also: dulàs, kublì, lagày, panhìk, silìd, -tabì, tayò`. - -467. The passive forms an explicit plural in which -ang- is infixed -into the nà-: Tibáyan mo ang manga itátayú mo ng kúbo sa búkid, -sapagkàt baká iyo y mangágibà` kung lumakàs ang hángin. Prop up the -huts you are going to build in the fields, for otherwise they might -break down when the wind gets stronger. Mangàgìgibà` ang manga báhay na -itò, sapagkàt hindí táma` ang pagkátayò`. These houses will break down, -because they are not built right. So from: pangàw, sábog, talungkò`. - -468. An irregular form is nàndon beside ná-roòn. - -469. Accent shift is due to the root: Ang pagpapatahòl ni Hwàn sa -kanya ng áso ay nakàtàtawà. Juan's making his dog bark is a funny -sight. So álam, túloy. - -Passive: Náabut nyà sa kanyà ng paglulundàg na may tánga ng pamálo` -ang ilawàn, kanyà` itò y nabásag. In his climbing with the stick in -hand, he accidentally reached the lamp, and so it got broken. Sya y -nábulàg. He went blind. So: gísing, háyag, húli, lápit, láyo`, túloy. - -Abstract: Ang pagkáhuli nang susò` ay malakè. The snail was left way -behind. Ang pagkáabot nyà sa bóte ay hindi magálang. The way he reached -for the bottle was not polite. So: álam, áyaw, gísing, lápit, úna. - -470. From phrases: Ang paánan nang hìgáan ay nàbàbandà-ng-kataasàn, -dátapwat dápat màbanda-ng-ibabà`. The foot of the bed is turned toward -the north, but should be turned to the south (bandà ng ibabà`, bandà -ng kataasàn). - -From derived words: Passive: Nàtàtagílid ang bangkà`. The boat has -a list to one side (ta-gílid, § 523). - -(a) Passives from words with prefix ka- (§ 398) are frequent. Ang -búkid ni Hwàn ay nàkàkarátig nang kay Pédro. Juan's field borders -on Pedro's. Nàkasále nya sa kanya ng paglalarò` ang kanya ng -pínsan. He took his cousin for playmate. Si Maryáno ay nàkatálo ni -Hwàn. Mariano was Juan's opponent. Si Narsíso ang lági ng nàkàkatálo -ni Pédro sa manga pagtatálo ng idinàdáos linggo-linggò sa kanila ng -sàmáhan. Narcisso is always Pedro's opponent in the debates which they -hold every Sunday at their club. Si Lúkas ang màkàkatálo ko. Lucas -will be my opponent. nàkàkatúngo the person one happens to be dealing -with. nàkaúsap be by chance able to be conversed with. - -Underlying word non-existent: Nàkatúlog si Hwàn sa panunoòd nang -teátro. Juan fell asleep while watching the play. Umulàn kagabì at -lumamìg, kaniyà` ako nàkatúlog nang mahimbìng. Last night it rained and -got cool; in consequence I fell sound asleep, got a sound sleep. Hindí -ako màkatúlog. I couldn't get any sleep. Abstract: ang pagkàkatúlog. - -(b) Explicit plural of the preceding: Nangàkàkatúlog sila ng lahàt, -nang pumások sa báhay ang magnanákaw. They had all fallen asleep, -when the thief came into the house. Pagpilítan ninyò ng hwag kayò -ng mangàkatúlog sa inyo ng pagbabantày sa manga háyop at iba pà ng -árì nang pàmahalaàn. See to it that you don't fall asleep when on -guard over the animals and other property of the government. Ngayòn -ay mangàkàkatúlog silà, dahilàn sa maláon nila ng pagpupuyàt -gabi-gabì. Now they will be able to sleep, owing to their staying up -late night after night. - -471. Passive with pag- (cf. § 445): the reduplication affects the -pag-. Hindí ko màpagáway ang tamìs at ang ásim nang limonáda ng itò. I -cannot produce a balance of sweet and sour in this lemonade. Sa -kalaúnan ay nàpagkilála ni Hwàn ang kanya ng kamàlían. Finally -Juan saw where he was wrong. Hindí nya nàpagkúro` agàd kung anò ang -gàgawin nyà. He was not able to decide at once what he was going to -do. Nàpàpagkúrù mo bà ang lahàt nang sinábi ko sa iyò kahápon? Are -you able to figure out all I said to you yesterday? Hindí ko màpagkúro -kung anò ang íbig nya ng sabíhin. I simply couldn't make out what he -was trying to say. - -(a) Accent shift is due to the root: Áyon sa sábi nang marámi ay -màpàpaghuli na ràw ang manga magnanákaw. According to what people say, -the thieves will soon be caught. - -472. Passive with pang-: Nàpanagínip niya ng nàkíta nya ang kanya ng -amà. He dreamt he saw his father. - -473. makà- D is used in prohibitions: Hwag kà ng makàláyas-láyas! Don't -ever run away! So from tungtóng. - -(a) with paki-: Hwag kà ng makàpakikáin-káin kung hindí ka -inàanyáhan. Don't ever take a meal with people unless they invite you. - -474. The instrumental passive is rare: badiyà, màilabàs, màipások, -màitúro`. - -475. Local passive with mà-. - -Nàmàmasdan kò mulá sa banda ng itò nang bintána` ang báhay ni Áli -ng Maryà. I get a view of Mistress Maria's house from this side of -the window. Pagingátan mo ang iyo ng kwaltà sa bulsà pagluwàs mo sa -Mayníla`, at nang hwag kà ng mànakáwan. Look carefully to the money in -your purse when you go to Manila, so as not to get robbed. Nàpasúkan -nya sa kwàrto ang magnanákaw. In entering the room he came upon the -thief. Nàputúlan ku nang tahìd ang kátyaw. I managed to cut the -game-cock's spur. Nàpùputúlan ko nà nang pálong ang kátyaw. I am -succeeding in cutting off the game-cock's comb. Màpùputúlan daw nyà -nang manga pálong ang manga kátyaw nya ng pangsábong. He will manage -to cut off the combs of his pit game-cocks, he says. Nàsagasáan nang -trèn ang isa ng táo. A man got run over by the train. Nàsakyan námin -ang bangká ni Hwàn. We happened to get into Juan's canoe. Ang kamàtáya -ng màtagpuàn nang isa ng magnanákaw ay lági ng hindí mabúte. The death -a robber meets is usually not good. Baká mu màtamáan ang úlu nang -báta`. See that you don't hit the child's head (and disfigure him). - -Similarly: balíta`, bukàs, damdàm, datìng, gustò, intindì, kamìt, -kulápol, ligtàs, málay, pígil, tanìm, túlog, tumpàk, túto, wisìk. - -(a) With contraction of prefix and initial: màláman (álam). - -(b) Accent shift lacking: nàmatáan (matà). - -(c) Extra accent shift is due to the root: Kamuntí nang màtamaàn nang -kanya ng pukòl ang báta`. He nearly hit the child with his throw. Baká -mu màtamaàn ang báta`. See that you don't hit the child. So also: -nàalamàn (álam). - -476. Local passive with mà-pag-: Nàpaghìhinaláan nang kápitan -ang mabaìt na si Hwàn. Even honest Juan falls under the mayor's -suspicion. Nàpàpaghinaláan nilà si Kulàs sa pagkawalá nang aláhas. They -are capable of suspecting Nicolás in connection with the disappearance -of the jewelry. Màpàpaghinaláan ka ng kasabuwàt nang manga sundálo sa -bundòk, kapag hindí ka tumahímik sa báhay. You will risk suspicion -as having connection with the soldiers in the mountains, if you do -not stay quietly in your house. Similarly: álam, bintàng. - -(a) Extra accent shift (plural): mà-pag-alam-àn. - -477. Local passive with mà-pang-; the only example lacks accent shift: -nà-pang-aginàldo-han. - -478. Local passive with mà- from underlying word with ka- (cf. § -398): nàkagalítan, màkatuwaàn. - -(a) with pagka-, corresponding to an active with magka- (§ 405): -màpagkalipumpunàn (lipumpòn). - -479. Special static words with makà- are formed from numerals in the -sense of so many times: makàánim six times; makálawà twice; makálimà -five times; makásiyàm nine times. So: makáilàn several times. - -From phrases, the higher numbers: makása-m-pù` ten times. - -With irregularities: makáitlò, makáyitlò three times; makàápat, -makàípat four times. - -Reduplicated: makàlìlíbo a thousand times. - - - -4. The prefix pa-. - -480. The general sense of the prefix pa- is to denote something -caused or ordered to undergo such and such an action. With accent pà- -an increase of the action is expressed. - - - -(1) Simple static forms. - -481. The root with prefix pa- denotes an object or person ordered, -caused, or allowed to undergo such and such an action. The person -caused to undergo may be the same as the person ordering or allowing. - -Ang paakyàt ni Hwána na púno nang kakàw ay ang nása súlok nang -bakúran. The cocoa-tree Juana ordered climbed is the one in the corner -of the yard. Ang panyo ng itò ay paalaála sa ákin niy Áli ng Maryà sa -anàk nya ng dalága. This handkerchief is a souvenir to me from Aunt -Maria which she sent by her daughter. Inihandá nang ámi ng kaséra -ang atsára ng papáya úpang siya námi ng magìng paáyap. Our landlady -served some pickled papaws for us to use as condiment. Pabalìk ni -Hwàn ang lìbru ng itò. Juan sends this book back. Itò ang paháti` sa -ákin ni Pédro. This is what Pedro ordered me to deal out. Ang manga -tubò ng itò ay papútol sa ákin ni Pédro. Pedro ordered me to cut this -sugar-cane. Ang táo ng itò ang pasakày ni Hwàn sa karumáta ko. This -is the man whom Juan asked me to take into my carriage. Ang binása -ni Hwà ng kautusàn ay patáwag nang kúra. The ordinance Juan read was -given out for proclamation by the priest. Ang báhay na ytò y patayó -ni Hwàn. Juan had this house built. Patípon ni Hwàn sa ákin ang manga -nyòg na itò. Juan ordered me to gather up these cocoanuts. Ang pauwé -ni Hwàn sa kanya ng inà ay isa ng maínam na singsìng. What Juan sent -home to his mother was a beautiful ring. - -As conjunctive attribute the word with pa- may express manner: ang -daà ng pabalìk sa Balíwag the road back to Baliuag. Papások sya ng -lumàlákad sa gitná nang báhay. He was going farther in toward the -inside of the house. Pasakày sya ng lumuksò sa kabáyo. He jumped on -the horse as if mounting to ride. Nang mahúlug ang báta` sa káhoy, -ay paupó sya ng lumagpàk sa lúpa`. When the boy fell from the tree, he -landed on the ground in a sitting position. Pauròng sya ng lumákad. He -went backwards. - -With movements pa-, reflexive, is often weakened to a mere indication -of direction: Paakyàt sa púnù nang káhoy ang unggò` nang sya y abútan -nang lóbo. The monkey was just climbing the tree, when he was overtaken -by the wolf. Pabalìk si Hwàn. Juan is going back. Patúngo si Hwàn sa -báya-ng-Balíwag. Juan was headed for the town of Baliuag. - -Similarly: álam, biglà`, bulòng, gawà`, hárang, kálat, lági`, lalà`, -puntà, sigàw, tágo`, takbò, talungkò`, tayò`, túloy. - -(a) From a derived word: paitaàs (itaàs, § 373). - -(b) The peculiar meaning is weakened in some words: ang paága a kind -of rice which matures early, ang pakinábang profit, advantage, ang -palabàs a theatrical performance, ang palígo` a bath, ang pamagàt an -appellation, a nickname. So from: bangò`, bása, bayò, bigàt, daàn, -dúsa, háyag, hintúlot, lákad, lígid, lúgit, sákit, talìm. - -(c) With retraction of accent and contraction: páno (anò). - -(d) Irregular: Ang pagkáparoon kò sa bèsbol ay paubáya` nang áki ng -gurò`. My going to the baseball game was by permission of my teacher -(báya`). - -482. pa- (1) is made from barytone roots when they express manner, or, -more especially, direction: Ang bangkà` ay hindí paayòn sa ílog. The -boat is not headed with the stream. Pahagìs nya ng iniyabòt sa ákin ang -aklàt. He handed me the book by tossing it. Iníwan nya ng paharàng sa -daàn ang karitòn. He left the wagon blocking the road. Paharàng nya ng -inihágis sa ílog ang púno-ng-ságing. He threw the banana tree crosswise -into the river. Ang paglakè nang lámat nang pinggàn ay pahatè`. The -increase in the crack of the dish is going towards halving it. Ang -búnga ng itò y pahatè` kung mapiráso pagkahinòg. This fruit goes into -halves when it breaks on ripening. Similarly: líhim, pútol. - -(a) The accent shift is due to the root and the value of the -formation is as in § 481, in: Ang paabòt mo ng súlat ay tinanggàp -ko. I have received the letter you sent to me. Si Hwàn ay isa ng báta -ng pabayà`. Juan is a neglectful boy. - -(b) The accent shift is like that of a root word in: Paligú na ang -manga báta`. The children are bathed now (pa-lígo`). - -483. pa- r, as explicit plural: see ábot. - -484. pa- D. The action is repeated at short intervals; the reflexive -value is frequent. Sya y lumàlákad na pahintò-hintò`. He goes on, -stopping every little while. Pamalí-malì` ang kanya ng pagbílang. His -count contains repeated errors. Alam nyà ang manga pasíkot-síkot sa -báya-ng-Balíwag. He knows all the ins and outs of the district of -Baliuag. So from: iyàk, lígid, mínsan, pasiyàl, túlog. - -(a) Accent shift is due to the root: Patúlog-túlog at pagisìng-gisìng -siyà. He sleeps and wakes by fits and starts. Patawà-tawà at -paiyàk-iyàk siyà. She giggles at one moment and weeps the next. - -485. pa-pa- has durative-iterative meaning: Papaalìs sya nang akò -y dumatìng. He was just going away when I arrived. Papauròng sya ng -lumàlákad. He was going backwards. So from labàs. - -(a) papáno (anò) seems equivalent to páno (§ 481,c). - -486. As appears in the example of paligò` above (§ 482,b), the forms -with pa- are apparently capable of all the modifications that are -found in simple roots: Thus: - -(a) with prefix pang- (§ 347): Pangpakáin sa báta` ang gátas na -itò. This milk is for the children's food. Pangpakáin sa panaúhin ang -pinatay kò ng túpa. The sheep I have slaughtered is for serving to the -guests. Pangpatukà sa manòk ang pálay na itò. These rice-grains are to -be given to the chickens to pick (tukà` the beak of a fowl). So from: -dikìt, lígo`. - -(b) with ka- R (§ 400): Kapàpapútol ko pa lámang nang manga káhoy na -itò. I have just had this firewood cut. - -(c) with ka-pag- R (§ 400,a): Kapagpàpapútol ko lámang nang siìt kay -Hwàn. I have just ordered Juan to cut up the bamboo spines. - - - -(2) Normal transients, abstracts, and special static words. - -487. The root with pa- is sometimes used as a transient contingent -punctual, with the value of a reflexive passive; more commonly the -form with ma-pa- (§ 506) fulfils this function. There are three types: - -(a) Genuine reflexive passive: Paábut ka sa mangà nagsìsihábul sa -iyò. Let yourself be overtaken by your pursuers. Paakyat kà kay Hwàn -sa itaàs nang káhoy. Ask Juan to take you up into the tree. Twì ng -papásuk akò sa síne sa áki ng kúyang, ay nasìsiráan ang mákina. Every -time I ask my oldest brother to take me to the moving-picture show, -something goes wrong with the machine. So: kasàl, ligàw. - -(b) Reflexive of interest: one who orders that something undergo -such and such an action for him: Paakyàt ka kay Hwàn nang isa ng -búnga-ng-nyòg. Ask Juan to climb for a cocoanut for you. - -(c) Reflexive of motion; the pa- has faded value; thus are used -the local equivalents of the demonstrative pronouns and a few other -words. Paríni ka. Come here. Tuwì ng aku y paroòn sa kanya ng báhay -ay hindí ku sya inàabútan. Every time I go to his house, I fail to -find him in. - -(d) If the pa- is accented, the action is more intense: Pàága ka nang -pagparíto. Be very early in your coming here. - -(e) A contingent durative is formed with pa- R. (a) Paáakyat akò kay -Hwàn sa itaàs nang káhoy. I shall ask Juan to take me up into the -tree with him. Papàpások akò sa síne sa áki ng kúyang. I shall ask -my brother to take me to the moving-picture show. (b) Paáakyat akò -kay Hwàn nang isa ng búnga-ng-nyòg. I shall ask Juan to climb for a -cocoanut for me. Papùpútol akò nang buhòk kay Hwàn. I shall ask Juan -to cut my hair. - -488. For the reflexive of motion (§ 487,c) a set of transients and -an abstract are formed with -um- and pag-. These also are equivalent -to the forms with ma-pa- (§ 506). - -(a) Regularly from the four roots serving as locals of the -demonstrative pronouns. Pumaríni ka! Come here! Pumaríne ka sa áki -ng tabì. Come close here to my side. - -Madálang ang pagparíto nang manga bálang. Locusts come here but -rarely. Pího ako ng pàparíto sa alasìngko. I will surely come here -at five o'clock. - -Pápariyàn sána kamì, dátapuwat nagkaroòn kamì nang malakì ng -kaabalahàn, kanyà hindí kami nátuloy. We were coming to you, but we -had so much trouble that we did not carry out our intention. - -Pagparoòn ko ay sàsabíhin ko sa kanyà ang ibinalítà mo. When I get -there I shall tell him what you have told me. Kità ng dalawà ay -páparon sa teyátro. We two are going to the theatre. - -(b) Occasionally from loòb: pumaloòb. - -(c) Also the abstracts pagpalígo`, pagpanáog; these form the transient -with ma- from the root (§ 441); and pagpatúngo, which forms its -transient with -um- from the root. - -(d) Plurals: magsipalígo`, nagsìsipanáog. - -489. mag-pa-, pag-pa-pa-. Active with mag- from the root with pa- -denotes one who causes, orders, or allows such and such an action to -be performed on something else or (reflexively) on himself. - -Nagpaáyap ang ámi ng kaséra. Our landlady served a relish. Si -Hwàn ay nagpabáya` sa kanya ng tungkúlin. Juan grew lax about his -duties. Nagpabyày si Hwàn nang isdà` sa kanya ng palàisdáan. Juan -had some fish put into his fishpond. Ang médiko ang nagpaginháwa sa -máy sakìt. The doctor made the patient feel comfortable. Nagpagupìt -akò sa barbéro. I had the barber cut my hair. Ang pagpapagupìt ko sa -barbéro ng si Hwàn ay hindí ko lubhà ng gustò. I don't like very much -to have my hair cut by barber Juan. Paráti ang manga pagpapahárang -ni Andrès sa manga táo ng naglálakàd. Andrés often orders travellers -to be held up. Si Pédro ay nagpaháte sa ákin nang pálay. Pedro had -rice dealt out to me. Ang kàtiwála y syà ng nagpahátì nang pálay sa -manga kasamà. It was the agent who ordered rice distributed to the -field-workers. Ang pagpapaháte nang kàtiwála sa manga lariyò sa manga -magkakápit-báhay ay hindí iniyútos nang panginoòn nya ng si Hwàn. The -agent's having bricks distributed among the neighbors was not in -accordance with the orders of his master Juan. Sya y nagpahíkaw sa -kanya ng alíla`. She had her maid put her earrings on her. (híkaw an -earring). Si Pédro ay nagpápahingà. Pedro is taking a rest (literally: -allowing himself to breathe). Ang inà y nagpahubàd (or: nagpahubàd -nang damìt) sa kanya ng anàk. The mother ordered her daughter to -undress her. Sya y nagpakáin nang gúlay sa manga panaúhin. She -served vegetables to the guests. Sya y nagpàpakaséra. She keeps a -boarding-house. Sya y nagpàpalabàs nang lamòk. He is driving out -the gnats. Nagpápalabàs nang teyátro ang sàmáha-ng-ópera. The opera -company is producing a play. Nagpalígo si Hwàn nang kabáyo. Juan -bathed some of the horses. ang pagpapalígo` the bathing something or -someone. Nagpapútol si Hwàn nang labòng. Juan had some bamboo shoots -cut. Nagpàpapútol kamì nang káhoy. We are having some wood cut. Ang -pagpapapútol nya sa Intsèk nang buhòk ay hindí sinunòd nitò. When he -ordered the Chinaman to cut his queue, the latter did not obey. Ang -pagpapasakày sa trèn ni Hwàn nang manga kamátis ay hindí nautàs bágo -lumákad ang trèn. Juan had not finished having his tomatoes loaded -on the train, when the train started. Si Hwána ay nagpasákit nang -marámi ng manglilígaw sa kanyà. Juana caused grief to many who wooed -her. Si Hwána ay nagpasuklày sa kanya ng alíla`. Juana ordered her maid -to comb her hair for her. Ang pagpapasundú nya sa ákin sa alíla` ay -ikinagálit ko. His ordering me to fetch the servant made me angry. Sya -y nagpàpatalìm nang isa ng gúlok. He is sharpening a bolo. Nagpatáwag -akò nang isà ng kasamà. I had a workman called. Ang pagpapatáwag ko -sa manga alíla ay hindí sinunòd nang báta ng si Hwàn. Little Juan -did not obey my order to him to call some servants. Ang pagpapatáwag -nang kúra sa léyi ay hindi nátuluy, sapagkàt binatò nang manga táo -ang magtatawàg. The priest's order that the law be proclaimed was not -carried out, for the crier was stoned by the people. Nagpatayó sya nang -isa ng kúbo. He had a hut built. Ang pagpapatayó ni Hwàn nang isa ng -kúbo ay hindí natápus bágo sya nàtáwag sa pagsusundálo. The hut Juan -was having built was not finished before he was called to military -service. Nagpatipìd sya sa manga kasamà nang kanila ng pagkáin. He -had his workers be sparing with their food. Nagpatípon si Hwàn nang -káhoy sa kanya ng manga kasamà. Juan ordered his workmen to gather -wood. Ang pagpapatípon ni Hwàn sa manga kalabàw ay hindí sinunòd -nang kanya ng kàtiwála`. Juan's order that the carabao be gathered -together was not obeyed by his overseer. Sya y nagpatotoò sa úsap ni -Maryà at ni Hwána. She gave testimony in the lawsuit between Maria -and Juana. Si Hwána ay naparoòn sa ákin at siyà ng nagpatotoò na ikàw -ay dumalò sa isa ng sabungàn. Juana came to me and assured me that you -had attended a cock-fight. Ang pagpapatotoò nyà ay hindí tinanggàp nang -hukòm. The judge did not accept his testimony. Sya y nagpaupò` nang ilà -ng eskwéla. He had a few of the pupils sit down. Ang pagpapaupò nang -maèstro sa manga eskwéla ay hindí nila sinunòd agàd. The teacher's -order to the pupils to sit down was not promptly obeyed. Magpaútang -ka nang kwaltà sa manga mahihírap. Lend money to the poor. Nagpauwí -ba si Hwàn nang sìlya sa kanya ng inà?--Hindì`. Ang kanya ipinauwè` -ay isa ng singsìng. Did Juan send a chair home to his mother?--No, -he sent home a ring. - -Similarly: ábot, alaála, balìk, baòn, dalà, dulàs, dúnong, dúsa, -galìng, gálit, gandà, gawà`, háyag, hírap, húli, ísip, iyàk, kilála, -kinábang, kintàb, kíta, kulò`, kumpisàl, lagày, lákad, larò`, láyas, -láyaw, limòs, lípas, lúto`, magàt, mísa, pások, siglà, singkàw, sísid, -tahòl, tugtòg, túlog, túlos, ulàn. - -(a) Plural with magsi- (§ 386); nagsìsipagpalimòs. - -(b) From a derived word: Huwag kayò ng magpaumága sa inyo ng -pagsasàlitáan. Don't let yourselves be overtaken by the morning in -your conversation (umága, § 358). - -(c) Root with accent shift: Sya y nagpaabòt nang súlat sa ákin. He -had a letter handed to me. - -(d) The pa- is accented, expressing extreme degree of action; from -shifted root: Nagpáuna si Hwàn sa lakaràn. Juan managed to get himself -into the very first place in the walking-party. So from: íwan. - -(e) Doubled root, shifted: Nagpáuna-unà si Hwàn sa lakaràn nang manga -magkakasáma. Juan got himself too far ahead in the boys' walking-party. - -(f) Special static word (of the kind in § 358,d): ang magpapatawàg -a town-crier. - -490. pa- (1) -in, p-in-a. The direct passive from words with pa- -denotes the person ordered to do so and so, the thing caused to be -so and so. - -Padalángin mo ang iyo ng pagparíto. Make your coming here -infrequent. Pagka pinapútol ka nyà nang káhoy ay sumunòd -ka ng agàd. When he orders you to cut wood, do you obey at -once. Pinapùpútol námin nang tubò si Pédro. We are having Pedro cut -some sugar-cane. Paputúlin mo si Hwàn nang kúgon. Have Juan cut the -cugon-weeds. Papùputúlin námin kayò nang yantòk. We shall ask you to -cut some rattan. Pinatahòl ni Hwàn ang kanya ng áso. Juan made his dog -bark. Pinatalìm nya itò. He made this sharp. Pinatayó ni Hwàn sa kanya -ng pálad ang kapatìd nya ng maliìt na si Maryáno. Juan stood his little -brother Mariano up on his open hand. Hindí ako pinatúlog nang pagtahòl -nang áso. The barking of the dog kept me from sleeping. Patulúgin mo -ang báta`. Put the child to sleep. Pinaupú nya ang manga eskwéla. He -had the pupils sit down. Pinaupú ko ang áki ng bisíta. I asked my -visitors to be seated. - -Similarly: alìs, balìk, bilì, bútas, díto, hintò`, inòm, káin, -kápit, lákad, láyas, lípad, pások, tahàn, takbò, táwad, túlin, túloy, -untì`, yáman. - -(a) With accented pà-: Pàbusugin mò ang manga háyop. Feed the animals -till they have had enough. Pàhampasìn mo siyà. Whip him harder. Hwag -mò ng pàputiìn ang pintà nang báhay. Don't paint the house too white. - -(b) pà- with accent shift: Pàdalangin mò ang iyo ng pagparíto. Come -here very rarely. - -491. pa-pag- (1) -in, p-in-a-pag-. The direct passive has pag- before -the root when it corresponds to simple actives with characteristic -mag- (§ 351). Màpàpahámak lámang ang báta ng ito, kapag hindí nátin -pinapagáral nang sapàt. This boy will turn out a mere good-for-nothing, -if we do not make him study enough. Pinapaghubàd nang inà ang kanya ng -manga anàk. The mother ordered her children to undress. Pinapagpútol -námin nang ságing sina Hwàn. We asked Juan and his people to cut -bananas. Papagputúlin mo si Hwàn nang buhòk. Tell Juan to get a -hair-cut. Papagpùputúlin nila kamì nang kanila ng manga kawáyan. They -will order us to cut all their bamboo. Pinapagsuklày ni Hwána ang -kanya ng alíla`. Juana told her maid to comb her (the maid's) hair. - -Similarly, from: bíhis, hintò`, trabáho. - -(a) From a derived word: Sya y pinapagkalatimbà`. He was forced to -do the well-bucket exercise (kalatimbà`, § 519). - -(b) With extra accent shift: papagtùtuluyìn (túloy). - -492. With pang-: Paráti ng pinapanghàhárang ni Andrès ang kanya ng -manga kampòn. Andrés often orders his companions to commit highway -robberies. Papanghiramìn mo si Pédro nang lúbid. Have Pedro go and -borrow some rope. Papamutúlin mo nang damò si Pédro. Have Pedro cut -grass. Papamùmutúlin silà ni Hwàn nang damò. Juan will order them to -cut grass. - -493. pa-pag-pa- (1) -in, p-in-a-pag-pa-. With both pag- and pa- -preceding the root the direct passive with pa- denotes someone caused -to cause something: Pinapagpatotoò nang tagapagtanggòl ni Andrès ang -táo ng si Mariyáno na syà ng nakàkíta sa nangyáre. Andrés' lawyer -called as a witness the man Mariano, who had seen the occurrence -(cf. magpatotoò, § 489). - -494. i-pa-, i-p-in-a-. The instrumental passive with pa- denotes the -object ordered, caused, or allowed to undergo such and such an action. - -Ipinaálam ko sa kanyà ang manga báta`. I made known to him the -departure of the children with me. Ipinaalìs nila ang hárang nang -daàn. They ordered the obstruction of the road to be removed. Ang -ipinadala mò ng súlat ay tinanggàp ku nà. I have received the letter -you sent me. Ang sapátos na may lapàd na suwélas na yitò ay syà ng -ipinagàgámit na pangtayò` sa báta`. This flat-soled shoe is given -children to be used in learning to stand up. Ang mayáma ng taga iba -ng báyan na pàparíto ay ipinahárang nang púno nang tulisàn. The rich -stranger who was going to come here was held up by order of the chief -of the bandits. Ipinahátì sa ákin ni Pédro ang mansánas. Pedro ordered -me to divide the apples. Itò y ipinaháte ni Pédro parà sa ákin. This -was ordered by Pedro to be dealt out to me as my share. Isinakày -sa trèn ang ipinahatìd mo ng manga dalanghíta`. The tangerines you -shipped were put on board the train. Ipinaísip nya sa manga eskwéla -ang fétsa nang pagaáway nang manga Rúso at Hapunès sa Port-Àrtur. He -asked his pupils to think of the date of the fighting between the -Russians and the Japanese at Port Arthur. Ipakíta mo ang díla` sa -manggagamòt. Show the doctor your tongue. Ipinapùpútol ni Hwàn ang -manga káhoy sa kanya ng bakúran. Juan is having the trees in his yard -cut down. Ipapùpútol ko ang manggàs nang áki ng báro`. I am going -to have the sleeves of my blouse cut off. Ipapútol mo, Hwàn, ang iyo -ng kukò. Have your fingernails cut, Juan. Ang ipinasakày ni Tátay na -manga súha` sa trèn ay nangabúlok sa daàn. The grape-fruit Father sent -by train got spoiled on the way. Ipinasundú ko kay Hwàn ang médiko. I -told Juan to fetch the doctor. Ipinatáwag ko sa alíla` si Hwàn. I had -Juan called by a servant. Ipinatayó ni Hwàn ang báhay na itò. Juan had -this house built. Ipinatipìd nya sa bátà ang pagkáin nang lansónes. He -made the child eat sparingly of the lansones. Ipinatípon ni Hwàn sa -kanya ng kàtiwála` ang manga kalabàw. Juan had his agent gather the -carabao. Ipinatúluy nya ang pagkantà, káhit na maíngay ang mangà -nakíkinìg. He went on with his singing although the audience was noisy. - -So: áhon, balìk, baòn, bilanggò`, bítay, dápit, dúsa, gamòt, gawà`, -gupìt, hábol, háyag, hintò`, hintúlot, kasàl, kilála, lákad, libàng, -mána, patày, sákit, tápon, uwì`. - -(a) Different in meaning is the corresponding form from díto; it is the -primary instrumental passive corresponding to pumaríto, etc. (§ 488): -Ang pagsákop niyà nang táu ng makasalánan ay sya nyà ng ipinaríto. His -saving of sinful man is what he came here for. - -(b) Accent shift is due to the root: Ipaalàm ka sa kanyà ang áki ng -patùtungúhan. Let him know where I am going. Ipinaalam nyà sa ákin -ang kanya ng nilóloòb. He made his intentions known to me. Ipinatulòy -ni Pédro ang pagpapatayò nang báhay. Pedro had them go on with the -construction of the house. Similarly: ábot. - -(c) With pag- (cf. § 491): ipapagáral. - -(d) With pa- prefixed to the root, the instrumental passive with pa- -denotes that ordered to be caused. The only example has radical accent -shift: Ipinapatulòy ni Hwàn sa kanya ng kàtiwála` ang pagtatanìm -nang manga kasamà. Juan had his agent order the field-workers to go -on with the planting. - -495. i-pag-pa-, i-p-in-ag-pa-. When the relation of the object ordered -to undergo an action is explicitly that of a thing given forth (§ -368), a kind of double instrumental passive is made by prefixing -pag- to the pa- (cf. the explicit use of pag- in primary passives, -§§ 369. 375): Ipinagpaháte` sa ákin ni Pédro ang pálay. The rice was -ordered by Pedro to be dealt out to me. Ang kwàlta ng nàpangaginàldohan -ni Hwàn ay sya nyà ng ipinagpasakày sa tiyobíbo sa kanya ng kapatìd -na maliìt. Juan used his Christmas money to treat his little brother -to a ride on the merry-go-round. Ang kautusàn ay ipinagpàpatáwag nang -kúra. The law is being called out by order of the priest. - -(a) With additional pa- (as in § 494,d): ipinagpapadalà. - -496. i-paki-pa-, i-p-in-aki-pa-. Before a word with pa- the -instrumental passive with paki- denotes the thing asked (as a favor) to -be caused to undergo such and such an action. Hwag mò ng ipakipapútol -ang púno-ng-káhoy, dátapuwat pakiputúlin mo na mìsmo. Don't ask -someone else to cut down the tree for me, but cut it down for me -yourself. Ipakìkipapútol ni Hwàn sa inyò ang manga tinibàn sa kanya -ng bakúran. Juan will ask you to have the banana-stumps in his yard -cut down. Ipinakipapútol nya kay Hwàn ang manga damò sa bakúran. He -asked Juan to have the grass cut in his yard. - -(a) The thing asked (as a favor) to be caused to do so and -so: Ipinakipakáin lámang niya ang kanya ng anàk hábang sya y -walà`. She asked someone else to feed her child while she was -away. Ipinakìkipasúso lámang nya kay Maryà ang kanya ng anàk, sapagkàt -walá sya ng gátas. She is asking Maria to nurse her child for her, -because she has no milk. - -497. pa- (1) -an, p-in-a- (1) -an. The local passive with pa- denotes -that caused to undergo an action as local object. - -Paaláman mo sa kanyà kung saàn ka páparon. Let him know where you -are going. Pinaasuhàn ni Pédro ang manga púno-ng-manggà. Pedro smoked -(i.e. warmed, so as to speed flowering) the mango trees. Pinabayáan ni -Hwàn ang kanya ng manga tungkúlin. Juan neglected his duties. Pabayáan -mo syà. Leave him alone. Ang pagpatày sa manga magnanákaw ay hindí -pinarùrusáhan nang hukòm. The judge does not punish one for killing -robbers. Pinahatían akò ni Pédro nang pálay sa kàtiwála`. Pedro had -the agent give me my share of rice. Pinahubaràn nang inà ang manga -báta`. The mother had her children undressed. Pakinggàn nawá ninyò -ang áki ng pagtáwag. Pray give hearing to my call. Pinalìligúan -nang pagòng ang ílog. The turtle bathed in the river. Pinalìligúan -nang babáye ang báta`. The woman was bathing the child. Hwag mò ng -pamaláyan sa marámi na ikàw ay marámi ng kayamánan sa báhay, úpang -hwag kà ng nakáwan. Don't let people know that you have many valuables -in your house, lest you be robbed. Pinanaúgan nya ang báhay. He went -down from the house. Pinaputúlan ni Hwàn nang taínga ang kanya ng -manga biìk, úpang hwag máangkin nang iba ng táo. Juan had the ears -of his little pigs cut, so that they might not be inadvertently -taken by anyone else. Pinapùputúlan ni Hwàn nang buntòt ang lahàt -nang kanya ng manga manòk. Juan has all his chickens' tails clipped -(for identification). Paputúlan mo nang kaunti` ang mahábà mo ng -buhòk. Have your long hair cut a little. Papùputúlan ko nang buntòt -ang manga manòk na bágo ng bilè. I shall have the tails clipped of the -chickens I have just bought. Ang bangka ng itò ay pinasakyàn ko kay -Hwàn. I allowed Juan to ride in this canoe. Pinatunáyan sa ákin ni Hwàn -na ikàw ay nagsúsugàl. Juan proved to me that you are gambling. Ano ng -bandà ang kanilà ng pinatùtungúhan? What direction are they headed for? - -So also: bendisiyòn, dalà, hintúlot, hírap, doòn, kinábang, magàt, -mána, panhìk, sákit, tábon, tigàs, walà`. - -(a) Accent shift, due to the root: pabayaàn, equivalent, however, -to pabayáan. - -(b) pà-: Pàagáhan mo ang pagsúlong. Get away very early. Pàináman mo -ang súlat. Write very neatly. Pàitiman mò ang kúlay nang túbig. Make -the color of the water very black. Hwag mò ng pàputian ang pintà nang -báhay. Don't put too much white into the paint for the house. - -(c) pa- also prefixed to the root: Pinapahatían akò ni Pédro nang -pálay sa kàtiwála`. Pedro told the agent to have me given my share -of rice. Pinapahatían ni Pédro nang pálay ang manga kasamà. Pedro -ordered that the laborers be given their share of rice. - -498. Special static words are formed with pà- and -an to denote place -or plurality of habitual causative action; barytone roots have accent -shift of two syllables, sometimes optionally of one syllable: - -Ang maliìt na sápa ng itò ay sya ng pàbiyáyan ni Alfònso nang maliliìt -na isdà ng nàhùhúli nya sa ílog. This little pool is where Andrés -turns loose the little fish he catches in the river. Ang pàlangúyan -nang manga páto ni Hwàn ay malálim. Juan's duck-pond is deep. Ang -kanila ng pàtagálan nang pagsísid ay ginawá nila sa Sibùl. Their -diving-contest took place at Sibol. - -ang pàrusahàn penitentiary; hell. ang pàliguàn bathroom, bathtub. - -So also: pàkumpisálan, pàaralàn, pàhayagàn pàhayágan, pàmahalaàn -pàmahaláan. - -(a) Derived from these a transient and abstract in mag-: ang -pagpapàtagálan a contesting for endurance. - - - -(3) Transients and abstracts with pa- and ka-. - -499. mag-pa-ka-, pag-pa-pa-ka-. The active with mag-pa- (§ 489) from -words with ka- expresses a reflexive actor: Ang pagpapakahírap sa -pagaáral ay máy ganti ng pála`. Exerting oneself at studies has its -reward. Nagpakamatày si Lúkas. Lucas committed suicide. Magpápakamatày -si Lúkas. Lucas will commit suicide. ang pagpapakamatày the act of -suicide. So also from: walà`. - -(a) From forms with ma-, in more intensive sense than mag- alone (§ -352,c): Ang pagpapakamarúnong serious effort at learning things. - -With irregularities of accent, as in § 353,a.b.: Sya y -nagpakamápuri. He praised himself very much. Sya y nagpakamayabàng. He -boasted much. - -500. pa-ka- (1) -in, p-in-a-ka-. The direct passive with pa-ka- denotes -something caused to be too much so and so: Hwag mò ng pakalalímin ang -gawi ng húkay. Don't make the hole you are to dig too deep. Hwag mò -ng pakalàlalímin ang hùhukáin mo ng balòn. Don't make the well you -are going to dig too deep. Pinakalálim ni Hwàn ang húkay. Juan made -the ditch too deep. - -(a) The form with p-in-a-ka- occurs as special static word: pinakamahàl -most expensive, dearest; pinakamúra cheapest. - -(b) More commonly from words with ma- (§ 454): Si Risàl ay syà ng -naging pinakamarúnong na táo sa kapulua-ng-Filipínas. Rizal was -the most learned man in the Philippines. pinakamalakàs strongest; -pinakamalínis cleanest. So from: búti, hába`, halagà, húsay, kínis. - -501. i-kà-pa-, i-k-in-à-pa-. The instrumental passive with i-kà- (§ -417) from words with pa- expresses the thing or circumstance causing -someone to be made to do so and so. Ikinàpaalìs sa kanyà sa báhay -ni Hwàn ang kanya ng pangungumìt. His petty thievery caused him -to be ordered to leave Juan's house, to be dismissed from Juan's -house. Ikinàpàpaalìs nila sa kanyà ang kanya ng pinaggagawà ng -katampalasánan sa manga háyop. His constant cruelty to the animals is -forcing them to dismiss him. Ang kaibigàn nya ng màtúto ay sya nyà -ng ikináparoon sa Espánya. His desire to get an education is what -made him go to Spain. Baká mo ikàpahámak ang iyo ng pagparoòn. I am -afraid your going there may cause you to be unfortunate. Ikàpàpahámak -nya ang kanya ng pagsusundálo. His military service will cause him -to fall into bad ways. - -(a) With pag- either before or after the kà- a voluntary actor is -implied who is caused to make someone or something do or be so and -so. Ang ipinagkàpasakày ni Hwàn sa kanya ng máy sakit na kapatìd sa -trèn sa lugàr nang sa karumáta ay ang katulínan nang trèn. What made -Juan have his brother ride on the train rather than in a carriage was -the speed of the train. Nagpaísip sya sa kanya ng manga eskwéla nang -manga paraà ng ikàpagpàpalakè nilà sa kanila ng aklátan. He had his -students think of means that would help them to make their library -(get) larger. - -502. pa-ka- (1) -an. Local passive with pa- (§ 497) from a word with -ka- (§ 398): pinakawalàn was allowed to go free. - -503. ka-pa- (1) -an. Local passive with ka- (§ 419) from a word with -pa- (§ 481): kapàpatungúhan the place one will be headed for. - -(a) Static words with ka-pa- -an are forms with ka- -an from words -with pa-: - -With S (§ 421): Si Hwàn ang kapàtagálan ni Maryáno sa pagsísid sa -túbig. Juan contends with Mariano in staying under water as long -as possible. - -With S (1), (§ 423); accent irregularly placed: Ang báta ng si Pédro -ang sya ng kàpakitáan ni Maryà nang kanyà ng larwàn. Little Pedro is -the child to whom Maria showed her toys and who showed her his. - -With (2), (§ 422): Ang kapabayaàn nya sa manga tungkúlin ay syà ng -malakì nya ng kapintásan. His neglectfulness of his duties is his -great fault. - -504. maka-pa-. With maka- in the usual meanings (§ 433 ff.) a few -transients are made from words pa-. Nakapahingà sa lílim ang manga -kalabàw. The carabao rested in the shade (irrational actor). Bayáan -mo ng makapahingà ang manga dalà mo ng kalabàw bágu ka bumalìk sa -búkid. Let the carabao that brought you rest before you go back to -the country. Makapàpahinga nà ang manga háyop bágo sya dumatìng. The -carabao will have rested before he arrives. So from: doòn, lígo`. - -505. Commoner is maka-pag-pa- (corresponding to mag-pa-); the abstract -has pagkapa-. Nakapagpapútol na akò nang káhoy na gàgamítin ko sa boò -ng tagulàn. I have already had wood cut for the entire rainy season. Si -Lílay ay nakàkapagpapútol nang káhoy sa alílà ni Kíka`. Lilay -has permission to order Kika's servant to cut the wood. Hindí ako -makapagpapútol nang tubò kay Hwàn, sapagkàt marámi sya ng trabáho sa -ibà. I cannot have Juan cut sugar-cane, because he has already too -much work to do for other people. Makàkapagpapútol akò nang labòng, -kung iyò ng gustò. I can have some bamboo-shoots cut, if you wish. - -So from: bilì, kínis, tápon. - -506. The passive with ma- from words with pa- varies in meaning, -owing chiefly to the various values of words with pa-. - -(a) Genuine passive: Hindí nya napahinòg ang manga ságing. He did -not succeed in getting the bananas to ripen. Mapahíhiram mo ba -akò nang lima ng píso ng gintò? Can you let me borrow five dollars -gold? Napapások ko sa kuràl ang manga kalabàw. I succeeded in bringing -the carabao into the corral. Napatátalim ni Pédro ang mapuròl na -gúlok. Pedro is able to sharpen dull bolos. So from: alìs, puntà, -sáboy, túlog. - -(b) Reflexive passive: Ang máy sakit ay napadapà` sa manga nagàalágà -sa kanyà, sapagkàt sya hindí makakílos. The sick man had the people -who were caring for him lay him on his face, because he could not -move. Napagísing si Hwàn sa kanya ng kapatìd sa óras nang alaskwátro -nang umága. Juan had his brother wake him up at four o'clock in the -morning. Napapások akò sa síne sa áki ng kúyang. I asked my oldest -brother to take me to the moving-picture show. Mapapàpások.... I shall -ask to be taken in. Silà y napatùtúlong. They are asking for help. So: -álam, hatìd, tawìd. - -(c) Reflexive of interest: Napaakiyàt akò kay Hwàn nang isa -ng búnga-ng-nyòg. I asked Juan to climb for a cocoanut for -me. Napapútol silà nang káhoy. They asked to have wood cut for -them. Napapùpútol ang manga anàk nang kanila ng kukò kay Nánay. The -children ask Mother to cut their fingernails. Napapùpútol akò nang -gàgawi ng pípa kay Hwàn. I am asking Juan to cut me some wood for -a cigarette-mouthpiece. Napatilàd akò nang tubò kay Nánay. I asked -Mother to slice me some sugar-cane. - -(d) Movement: Napabíngit sya sa malaki ng pangánib. He got into a -very dangerous situation. Naparíne sa tabi kò ang báta`. The child -came up close to me. Ang magkaybíga ng si Pédro at si Maryáno ay -naparoòn sa Mayníla`. The two friends, Pedro and Mariano, have gone -to Manila. Sya y napaóo. He assented. So from: díto, loòb, salámat, -túngo. Also from the derived word luwásan: napaluwásan. - -507. Instrumental passive only in: maipabarìl. - -508. Passive with mà- (§ 463 ff.) from words with pa-. Bumitìw ang -bátà sa lúbid, kanyá nàparapà` ang kanyà ng kahatakàn. As the child -let go of the rope, the one who was pulling against him fell on his -face. Nàparíto si Hwàn sa kanyà ng pagtatagò` sa manga tiktèk. Juan -happened to come here in his hiding from the spies. Nàpàparíto sya -ng madalàs. He often gets round here. Màpàparíto raw syà sa báya -ng itò. He will get round to our town, he says. Nàpahámak sya sa -ginawá nya ng pagsusugàl at pagsasábong. He became good-for-nothing -through his gambling and cock-fighting. Nàpàpahámak ang báta ng -si Hwàn, dahilàn sa lubòs na pagpapaláyaw sa kanyà nang kanya ng -manga magúlang. Little Juan is getting spoiled through his parents' -complete indulgence. Hwag kà ng duwàg, Hwàn, at nang hwàg ka ng -màpahámak lámang sa iyo ng pagsusundálo. Don't be a coward, Juan, -so that you may not merely come to misfortune through your military -service. Màpàpahámak lámang ang báta ng itò, kapag hindí nátin -pinapagáral nang sapàt. This boy will turn out a good-for-nothing, -if we don't make him study enough. Hindí nàpahinòg na maága ni Hwàn -ang manga ságing. Juan didn't get his bananas ripe early enough. Hindí -nya nàpahinòg ang manga ságing, sapagkàt naúbus agàd. He did not get -his bananas ripe, because they were all eaten up too soon. Si Pédro ay -nàpàpahingà. Pedro is resting. Nàpatayó si Pédro dahilàn sa kanya ng -pagkàgúlat. Pedro leaped to his feet in his surprise. Dahilàn sa kanya -ng pagkàgúlat ay nàpaupú siya. In his surprise he fell into his chair. - -So from: gúlat, halakhàk, hitsà, iyàk, kasàl, lagày, lagpàk, luksò, -sigàw, tindìg. - -(a) Plural with -ang-: Ang manga kalabàw ay nangàpàpahingà. The -carabao are resting. So: nangápamanghà`. - -(b) Accent shift: Nàpagisìng si Hwàn sa kalakasàn nang putòk nang -barìl. The report of the gun was so loud that Juan woke up. So: táwa. - -(c) Abstract, of movements, pagkàpa-. Ang dáhil nang kanya ng -pagkàparíto ay ang paniningìl. What brought him here was the collecting -of debts. Ang pagkàpalígo nang kabáyo ay marumè. The horse has not -been bathed clean. So from: alíla`, doòn. - -(d) With makà- D (§ 473) from -paríto: Hwag kà ng -makàparí-paríto. Don't you ever come round here! - -509. Instrumental passive, mà-i-pa-, from: dalà, kilála, kíta, túlos. - -510. Local passive, mà-pa- (1) -an. Màpàparusáhan kità. I shall have -to punish you. So: kinìg. - -511. Special static words with nà-pa-ka- denote something having a high -degree of such and such a quality. Ang sákit na iyo ng ipinarùrúsa sa -ákin ay nápakabigàt. The grief you cause me is very severe. Nàpakabúte -ang kanya ng pagkatákot. Her fear reached a high degree. Ang sakày -na táo nang kutséro sa karumáta ay nàpakatabà`. The man the driver -has taken into his carriage is very stout. So also: iklì`. - -(a) From a phrase: nàpakawala-ng-hiyà`. - - - -5. The prefix pati-. - -512. pati- before a root expresses that such and such a movement -(of one's own person) is suddenly performed. - -513. With mag- it denotes the voluntary performer. Barytone roots seem -to have accent shift. Ang báta y nagpatihigà` sa sahìg. The child -suddenly lay down on the floor. Nagpatihulòg si Pédro sa bintána` -sa isa ng pagsumpòng nang kanya ng pagkalóko. Pedro suddenly threw -himself from the window in an attack of his madness. Nagpàpatihulòg si -Hwàn sa hagdánan kung sinúsumpòng nang kalokóhan, kaniyà` sya y itináli -nilà sa isa ng halígi nang báhay. They tied Juan to one of the posts of -the house, because when he is assailed by a fit of insanity he throws -himself down the stairs. Magpàpatihulòg daw sya mulá sa ituktòk nang -kanya ng bìlanggúan úpang sya y makataanàn. He says he will throw -himself from the roof of his prison so as to make an escape. Sya y -nagpatiluhòd. He suddenly knelt down. Ang pagpapatiluhòd nang báta` -ay sya ng nakasakìt sa kanya ng túhod. The boy's throwing himself on -his knees is what injured his knee. - -514. The passive with mà- denotes the involuntary -performer. Nàpàpatihigà` ang báwat mádulàs sa lugàr na itò. Every one -who slips at this place falls on his back. Hwag kà ng magpadulàs, -sapagkàt baká ka màpatihigà`. Don't slide, for you might fall -on your back. Sya y nàpatiluhòd. He fell, landing in a kneeling -position. Nàpatiupú sya sa kanya ng pagkádulàs. He fell into a sitting -position when he slipped. Nàpàpatiupò` ang báwat táo ng magdaàn sa -lugàr na itò, dahilàn sa madulàs na lúmot nang lúpa`. Everyone who -comes through this place falls and lands in a sitting position, -owing to the slippery moss on the ground. - - - -III. Irregular Derivatives. - -(1) Transients and abstracts of the particles sa and -ging. - -515. The particle sa has transient forms as follows: - -(a) A normal transient: with pà-sa, pá-pà-sa, ná-sa, ná-sà-sa. Nása -simbáhan silà. They are (were) at church. Násàsa simbáhan silà nang -mangyáre ang súnog. They were at church when the fire occurred. Nang -pása simbáhan silà.... When they went to church.... Pápàsa simbáhan -silà. They will go to church. - -Plural: Nangása simbáhan silà. They are (were) at church. - -(b) An accidental passive (of movement): má-pa-sa, má-pà-pa-sa, -ná-pa-sa-, ná-pà-pa-sa-; abstract: pagká-pa-sa. Nang mápasa simbáhan -silà ay malálim nà ang gabì. When they got to the church, it was -already late at night. Mápàpasa simbáhan silà sa gabì. They will strike -the church at nightfall. ang pagkápasa simbáhan a chance coming upon -the church. - -516. The (transient) forms of -ging are ma-gìng, ma-gí-ging, na-gìng, -na-gí-ging; abstract: pa-gi-gìng. Magpùpútol daw nang buhòk ang Intsèk -na si Yèng pagigìng binyágan nya. The Chinaman Yeng says he will have -his queue cut when he gets baptized. - - - -(2) Odd affixes. - -517. ba- seems to appear in ba-lasìng. - -518. hin-, with irregular nasalization of initials, in one simple -derivative: Ang kanya ng himatày ay hindí nalaúnan. Her fainting-fit -did not last long (matày). -himagsìk (bagsìk) does not occur, but -underlies many derivatives, especially maghimagsìk (§ 352,c) and -hìmagsíkan (§ 377,a). Many such underlying forms can be postulated -from the various transients with manghin- (§ 357,b). - -(a) With r: ang hintutúro` the forefinger (túro`). - -519. kala- in ang kalaháte` a half; ang kalatimbà` dipping on the -heels and rising, hands holding opposite ears (as trick or imposed -as a punishment), from háti` and timbà` a well-bucket; these have -various further derivatives, see Index. - -520. kasing- having such and such a quality in common with something -else; hence partly equivalent with ka-: Kasingkúlay nang áki ng -báro` ang kanya ng salawàl. His trousers are of the same color as my -blouse. Ang bóla ng itò ay kasinglakì nang itlòg. This ball is the -same size as an egg. Si Hwàn ay kasingpantày ni Pédro. Juan is of -the same height as Pedro. - -521. mala- (Spanish ?) derogatory: ang malasutsòt a young lout, -a half-grown boy (literally: a bad whistler). - -522. pala- expresses extreme tendency to such and such an action: - -(a) pala- S -in, from oxytone roots: Sya y isa ng palabintángin. He -is very distrustful. Ang manga isdà y palabùlúkin sa tagáraw. Fish -easily spoil in the hot season. ang palalungkútin a melancholy person, -palapùtákin a fowl given to cackling, palasumbúngin tattle-tale, -palasutsútin one who is always whistling, palatuntúnin one who is -always trying to follow up his stolen property, palatuwáin palatwáin -one who is easily amused. - -From root with shifted accent: palasàkítin person who is always -getting sick. Irregularly: palahùníhin an animal given to neighing, -chirping, etc. - -Lack of secondary accent: palaiyákin a cry-baby. - -(b) pala- (2) -in, from barytone roots: palagalitìn a hot-head, -palagisingìn a poor sleeper, palagutumìn one who is always getting -hungry, palagulatìn nervous person, palahilawìn a kind of rice that -is hard to cook through; Palaputulìn ang manga tingtìng nang walìs -na ytò. The fibres of this broom are very brittle. palatakutìn a -timorous person. - -(c) palà- -an the place for such and such a thing: ang palàisdáan -a fish-pond, palàsingsíngan the ring-finger, the fourth finger, -palàtuntúnan a set of rules, rules of order. - -523. ta- in ta-gílid the side; with retraction of accent: -talíkod. - -524. tag- in names of seasons: tagáraw, tagulàn, the two Philippine -seasons; ang taglamìg cold weather, the (American) winter. With -accent-shift: taginìt the hot season. - -525. taga- person whose duty it is to do so and so, especially upon -some particular occasion: ang tagaalìs nang gwarnisyòn nang kabáyo -the one detailed to unharness the horses, tagabílang accountant, -counter, tagaíkid sa gawaàn nang lúbid the one who rolls up a rope -in the rope-factory; Ikàw ay tagainùm lámang. Your job here is only -to drink; so: tagakáin one whose only duty is to eat. Tagapútol nang -káhoy ang katungkúlan niyà. He is delegated to cut wood. tagasúlat the -one who does the writing; tagatahè` one who does the sewing. So from: -húli, sulsì. - -(a) With pag-: tagapagbigày, tagapagtanggòl. - -(b) With pag-pa- one whose duty it is to oversee the doing of so and -so: ang tagapagpaalìs nang tapòn nang manga bóte head bottle-opener; -tagapagpainùm sa fiyèsta bartender at a fiesta; Isa ng tagapagpainùm ay -isa ng tagapagbigày nang inumìn sa manga háyop o manga báta`. So: ang -tagapagpakáin who gives food to animals or children, tagapagpalígo` who -bathes children or horses, tagapagpasúlat head writer, tagapagpatotoò -witness. - -526. tara-, tra- is felt to be a prefix in: ang táo ng tarabúko, -trabúko a bald-headed person, felt as derivative from búko smooth, -unripe cocoanut. - -527. -éro (Spanish) as suffix of agent; final vowel (or vowel plus -n or glottal stop) is lost: bangkéro, sabungéro, sipéro (sipéros, -plural); from derived word: Katipunéros (ka-tipún-an, § 423); from -compound word: básag-uléro a brawler, ruffian (básag-úlo). - - - -(3) Pronoun forms. - -528. The various forms of the pronouns and objectivizing particles -show some regular derivation. - -(a) n- with irregularities, for disjunctive forms: n-ang, n-i (si), -n-inà n-ilà (sinà silà), n-íno (síno), n-irè, n-itò, n-iyàn, n-oòn -(iyòn, yaòn); n-ità (kità), n-iyà (siyà), n-ilà (silà). From the -prepositive form: n-átin, n-ámin, n-iniyò. - -Similarly, the particle nawà`, root áwa` pity. - -(b) ka- for local and prepositive forms: ka-y (si), k-inà (sinà); -from the disjunctive form: ka-níno, ka-nità, ka-niyà. ka-nilà. - -(c) With si compare sí-no, with ang, a-nò. - -(d) Local equivalents of the demonstrative pronouns (treated as -separate roots): d-íne (irè), d-íto (itò), d-iyàn, d-oòn. - -(e) Words of manner with ga-: ga-áno, gá-no (anò), ga-yòn (iyòn). From -disjunctive forms: ga-nitò, ga-niyàn, ga-noòn. Cf. also gáya like. - -Of similar formation: Ang butò nang haláma ng itò y gabútil nang -pálay. The seed of this plant is as large as a grain of rice (bútil -a kernel of grain). - -(f) saàn (for sa anò?) is felt as a simple word. - - - - - - - - - -III. LIST OF FORMATIONS. - - -The formations with irregular affixes (515 ff.) have been omitted -from this list. - -The following regular features have been ignored: - -(1) Prefixes beginning with n-; these are the actual-mode forms of -prefixes beginning with m-, and are treated in the same paragraphs -as the latter. - -(2) Forms with doubling or reduplication of the root; also those with -accented reduplication (of root or prefix) expressing durative aspect; -these are treated in the same paragraphs as the corresponding forms -without reduplication. - -(3) Secondary accent, when not peculiar to prefixes. - -(4) Variations in position of accent. - -The numbers refer to paragraphs. - - - - - -A. FORMS WITHOUT PREFIX. - -(1) No affix: 332. 336. 338. 341-346. 348. 358. - -(2) Suffix only: - -an 31. 334,c. 374. 377-381. - -anan 377,b. - -han, -hanan see -an. - -hanin, -hin see -in. - -in 334,c. 359. 367. - -inan 377,b. - -nan see -an. - -nin see -in. - -(3) Infix only: - -in- 334,b,1. 359. 365. 366. - -in- -um- 359,a. - -um- 348. 349. 358. - -(4) Infix and suffix: - -in- -an 374. - -um- -in 359,a. - - - - - -B. FORMS WITH PREFIX. - -i- 31. 334,a,2.b,2. 368. 373. - i- -in- 368. - ika- 413. 416. - ikà- 417. - ikàpa- 501. - ikàpag- 418. - ikàpagpa- 501,a. - ikin ... see ik ...; the -in- expresses actual mode. - ini- see i- -in-. - ipa- 494. - ipag- 369-371. - ipag- -an- 369,a. - ipagka- 414. 415. - ipagkàpa- 501,a. - ipagma- 370. - ipagpa- 495. - ipaki- 394. - ipakipa- 496. - ipakipag- 395. - ipang- 372. - ipapang- 394,c. - ipin ... see ip ...; the -in- expresses actual mode. - - ka- 31. 76. 77. 179. 183. 334,a,2. 398. 400-402. - kà- 403. - ka- -an 419. 421-426. - kà- -an 428. 430. 431. - ka- -anan 423,b. - ka- -anin 421,a. - ka- -in- 412. - kàka- 399. 404. - kamag- 398,a. - kamag- -an 423,b. - kamaka- 398,a. - kapa- -an 503. - kàpa- -an 503,a. - kapag- 400,a. 486,c. - kapang- 400,b. - kapang- -an 421,b. 423,b. - kapàpa- 486,b. - kay- see ka-. - kina- 412. - kina- -an 419. - kinà- -an 260. 503. - kinà- -anin 421,a. - kinapa- -an 503. - kuma- 404. - ma- 438 ff. 444. 449. 454. - mà- 463 ff. 469. - ma- -an 451. - mà- -an 475. - ma- -in 457. - mag- 34. 334,a,1. 350. 353-356. 358. - mag- -um- 352,c. - mag- -an 352,d. - mag- -in 352,d. 358,a. - magka- 405. 408. 409,a. - magkà- 410. 411. - magka- -an 427,a,c. - magkà- -an 430. - magkaka- 409. - magkaka- -an 427,d. - magkinàka- 412,a. - magma- 352,c. 353,a. - magmà- 353,b. - magmaka- 453,a. - magpa- 489. - magpà- 489,d,e. - magpa- -um- 489,b. - magpà- -an 498,a. - magpaka- 499. - magpakama- 499,a. - magpakamà- 499,a. - magpapa- 489 f. - magpati- 513. - magsi- 385. - magsipa- 488,d. - magsipag- 386. - magsipag- -an 386,b. - magsipagka- 406. - magsipagpa- 489,a. - magsipang- 387. - mài- 474. - maipa- 507. - màipa- 509. - maipag- 450. - maipang- 450. - maka- 433 ff. 444. 453. - makà- 458 ff. 469. 473. 479. - màka- 470,a. - maka- -an 443. 454,c. - màka- -an 488. - makapa- 504. - makapag- 445. 447. - makapagpa- 505. - makàpaki- 473,a. - makapang- 448. - makapang- -in 448,b. - maki- 390. - makipag- 391. - makipag- -an 391,a. - makipagka- -an 427,b. - makipang- 392. - mang- 334,a,4. 357. 358. - màng- 358,e. f. - mang- -in 357,a. - manga- 442. - mangà- 467. - manga- -an 421,a. - mangagsi- 385,a. - mangagsipag- 386,a. - mangaka- 442. - mangàka- 442. 470,b. - mangàpa- 508,a. - mapa- 506. - màpa- 508. - màpa- -an 510. - mapag- 446. 455. - màpag- 471. - mapag- -an 452. - màpag- -an 476. - màpagka- -an 488,a. - nàpaka- 511. - mapang- 454,c. 456. - màpang- 472. - màpang- -an 477. - màpati- 514. - pa- 207. 481-484. 487. - pà- 487,d. 515,a. - pa- -an 497. - pà- -an 497,b. 498. - pa- -in 490. - pà- -in 490,a,b. - pag- 34. 274. 334,a,1. 348-356. - pag- -an 352,d. 375. - pag- -anan 375,b. - pag- -in 352,c. 360-363. - pag- -um- 352,c. - pagka- 274. 404. 433, ff. 444. 453,b. - pagkà- 274. 458 ff. 469. - pagka- -an 420. - pagkà- -an 429. - pagkaka- 405. 406. 407,a,b. - pagkakà- 410. 411. - pagkàka- 470,a. - pagkaka- -an 427,a. - pagkakà- -an 430,a,b. - pagkàpa- 508,c. - pagkapag- 445. 447. - pagkàpag- 471. - pagkapang- 448. - pagkapang- -in- 448,b. - pagmama- 352,c. 353,a. - pagmamà- 353,b. - pagpa- 488. - pagpapa- 489. - pagpapà- -an 498,a. - pagpapa- -um- 498,b. - pagpapaka- 499. - pagpapakama- 499,a. - pagpapakamà- 499,a. - pai- 481,a. - paka- -an 502. - paka- -in 500. - paki- 389. - paki- -an 396. - paki- -in 393. - pakiki- 390. - pakikipag- 391. - pakikipag- -an 391,a. - pakikipagka- -an 427,b. - pakikipang- 392. - pakipag- -an 396,b. - panu- see pang-. - pang- 334,a,4. 347. 357. - pang- -an 376. - pàng- -an 383. - pang- -in 357,a. 364. 367,b. - pàng- -in 367,c. - panganga- -an 421,a. 422,a. - pangpa- 486,a. - papa- 485. - pàpa- 488. - papa- -an 497,c. - papag- -in 491. 491,b. - papagpa- -in 493. - papang- 492. - pau- see pa-. - pin... see p...; the -in- expresses actual mode. - puma- 488. - - - - - - - - - -INDEX OF WORDS. - - -The words are arranged by roots, in accordance with the speech-feeling, -so far as ascertainable. The forms díne, díto, diyàn, doòn have, -however, been given separate places. - -In using the index the sound-variations described in § 334 should -be kept in view. The forms are given with fullest accentuation and -vocalism (iy for y, uw for w after consonant), regardless of actual -occurrence. For e see i, for o see u. Foreign r is under d, f under p, -v under b. - -The brief indication of meaning after each form ignores shades of -meaning that would require long definitions; so especially factors -of involuntary or completed action and of ability (ka-, maka-, ma-) -and of accident or ability due to external causes (kà-, makà-, mà-). - -The references to occurrence have been limited by considerations -of space; the numbers refer to page and line; when in heavy type, -to paragraphs of the Grammatical Analysis. - -The following abbreviations are used: arch.: felt as archaic. C.: -Chinese. disj.: disjunctive form. E.: English. excl.: exclusive. id.: -the same meaning. incl.: inclusive. intr.: English definition to be -taken in intransitive sense. loc.: local. n.: name. pl.: the Tagalog -form is an explicit plural. prep.: prepositive. S.: Spanish [11]. tr.: -English definition to be taken in transitive sense. - - - - - -A - -a- see anò, ang. - -abà ah 151(14). - -abakà S. hemp 237(37). - --abála: pagabála a bothering; see Corrigenda. - nangabála made trouble 239(29). - kaabalahàn trouble 302(14). - --abàng: umabàng watch for 226(23). - umáabàng is lying in wait 64(41). - nakaabàng is on guard 48(12). - -ábito S. vestment 98(20). - -abéynte-kuwátro S. twenty-fourth 110(11). - -abúbot belongings 118(23). - --ábot (a) overtake: abútan be reached 92(19). 299(38). - inabútan was overtaken 52(42). 84(34). 250(30). - inàabútan is being reached 301(34). - paábot let oneself be overtaken 301(21). - paaábot pl. 46(11). - nagpaábot let himself be overtaken 52(28). - --(b) with accent-shift; reach for, take: umabòt reach for - 231(5). 237(20). reached for 231(6). - umáabòt reaches for 62(14). - pagabòt a reaching for 231(7). - nagáabòt is handing 237(17). - pagaabòt a handing 237(19). - inabòt was taken 30(10). - ináabot is being reached for 246(3). - iyabòt be handed 249(13). - iniyabòt was handed 30(13). 106(21). - iniyáabòt is being handed 249(12). - kaàbútan one of two who hand to each other 278(4). - maabòt he reached 286(28). - maáabòt will be reached 20(27). - naabòt was reached 286(27). - pagkaabòt a reaching for see Corrigenda. - náabòt was reached 296(13). - pagkáabòt a reaching for see Corrigenda. - paabòt caused to be handed 300(23). - nagpaabòt caused to be handed 304(21). - ipinaabòt was caused to be handed 52(11). - --ága: umága morning -50(40). 62(36). 66(25). 120(19). 163(23). 190(24). 241(39). 262(5). - inùumága is being overtaken by morning 245(42). - magpaumága let oneself be overtaken by morning 304(18). - agáhan be done early 250(30). - maága early 312(27). - paága early rice 300(3). - pàága be very early 301(36). - pàagáhan be done very early 308(36). - -agàd soon 32(22). 42(31). 48(26). 265(1). - agàd-agàd immediately 36(5). 48(37.40). 265(1). - -ágaw that snatched 220(17). - agàw snatched 222(16). - umágaw snatched 226(24). - inágaw was snatched 250(11). - agawàn a grabbing together 260(3). - pagaagawàn a scrambling 108(25). - nagsìsipagagawàn are scrambling 108(24). - naàágaw can be seized 40(8). - makàágaw seize 108(31). - -aginàldo S. Christmas present; as n. 118(6). - nàpangaginàlduhan was given as a Christmas present 298(26). 307(21). - -ágos stream 16(3). - umàágos is streaming 44(42). - -àguwa-bindíta S. holy-water 96(28). - -áhas snake 120(21). - --áhit: pangáhit razor 232(17). - nangáhit did shaving 167(2). - inahítan was shaved 250(32). - --áhon: umáhon go up 116(18). went up 226(25). - umàáhon is going up 110(20). - àáhon will go up 263(26). - pagáhon a going up 226(27). - nagsiáhon went up, pl. 118(13). - ipinaáhon was caused to go up 120(16). - -akála` opinion 20(8). 98(15). 271. - pangakála panukála` thought 16(9). 224(40). 226(1). - nagakála` thought, planned 24(17). 50(13). - inakála` was thought 18(17.24). - inàakála` is being thought 11(86). --ákap: nààákap is embracing 66(40). - --ákay (a) lead: umàákay is leading 22(31). - inákay was led 26(36). - (b) with accent-shift inakày young of animal 102(20). 247(13). - -ákin prep. and loc. of akò: my, me, by me 165. 169. 182. - --akiyàt: umakiyàt climb 22(39). climbed 16(15). - áakiyàt will climb 22(36). - pagakiyàt a climbing 24(6). - nagsísiakiyàt are climbing 108(31). - àakiyatìn will be climbed 16(15). - makaakiyàt be able to climb 108(28). - makaákiyàt will be able to climb 22(37). - maakiyàt be able to be climbed 16(13). - náakiyàt got carried up 295(3). - paakiyàt ask to be climbed with or for; caused to be climbed or - climbed for; climbing up 106(14). 299(6.37). 301(22.29). - paáakiyàt will ask to be climbed with or for 301(38). 302(1). - napaakiyàt asked to be climbed for 311(37). - -aklàt book 154(28). - aklátan library 210(12). See báhay. - --akmà`: inakmaàn was prepared for 70(29). - -akò I 16(17). 152(14). 63. Cf. ákin, ko. - -áko` person relieved 220(19). - pangáko` 233(35). - mangáko` promise 44(13). - ináko` was pledged for 220(19). 243(31). - ipinangáko` was promised 34(10). - pagkapangáko` a having promised 44(22). 287(29). - -alaála souvenir, present 72(37). 221(3). - pangalaála memory 116(24). - alalahánin be minded 104(33). - àalalahánin will be minded 243(34). - inàalaála is being remembered 243(32). - naalaála was remembered 202(36). - nàalaála was recalled 30(16). 72(23). 100(13). - nààalaála is remembered. màalaála be recalled 86(3). - paalaála caused to be given as a souvenir 299(8). - pagpapaalaála a causing to be remembered 292(22). - --alága`: nagàalága` is attending to 311(28). - -alagàd assistant 114(12). - -aláhas (S.) jewelry 102(24). - -álak wine, liquor 221(6). - --alala see alaála. - --álam (a) know: màláman be known 22(35). 298(9). - màlàláman will be known 42(37). - nàláman was known 26(32). - nàlàláman is known 24(32). - màpagaláman be generally known 60(35). - paálam causing himself to be known (as leaving) 183(17). - ipinaálam was caused to be known (as leaving) 32(9). 306(4). - paaláman be made known 308(3). - paàaláman will be made known 42(35). - napaálam caused himself to be known (as leaving) 54(12) - --(b) with accent-shift: alàm known 300(32). - makialàm interfere 58(42). 264(18). - pinakialamàn was looked after 265(32). 290(32). - kaalàm accomplice 267(1) and Corrigenda. - nakààalàm knows 42(14). - pagkáalàm a knowing 82(9). 272(6). - nàalamàn got known 118(1). 298(14). - màpagalamàn get generally known 118(42). 298(24). - ipaalàm be given out to be known 307(3). - ipinaalàm was given out to be known 307(4). - -alasìngko S. five o'clock 180(7). - -alasès S. six o'clock 122(6). - -alaskuwátro S. four o'clock 172 (42). - magàalaskuwátro will be four o'clock 66(34). - -alastrès S. three o'clock 66(32). - -álat salty 218(37). - kaálat kayálat what saltiness 267(34). - kaalátan saltiness 267(27). - --álay: iniyálay was offered 16(5). - -áli aunt, madam 118(14). 151(36). 59. 256. - magáli aunt and niece or nephew 242(1). - -alikabòk dust 245(26). - maalikabòk dusty 289(1). - -alíla` servant, domesticated 54(7). 62(32). - aliláin be domesticated 106(40). - pagkàpaalíla` a making a servant of oneself 104(2). - -alìn which? 22(37). 48(18.25.36). 97. - alìn-alìn pl. 97. - -alintána in spite 277. - inalintána was paid attention to 88(29). - -alípin slave 90(36). - --alipustà`: alipustaìn be mistreated 72(39). - -alìs go away 192(36). - umalìs go away 52(22). went away 20(36). - áalìs will go away 192(2). - pagalìs a going away 108(22). - nagsísialìs are going away 114(27). - nangagsialìs went away, pl. 120(39). - inalìs was removed 30(10). - iniyalìs was removed 248(6). - alisàn be removed from 250(33). - àlísan a going away together 257(23). - nagàlísan went away together 236(14). - nagààlísan are going away together 96(15). - ikinaalìs was the cause of going away 271(41). - makaalìs be able to go away 78(11). - makaáalìs will be able to go away 42(38). 281(25). - nakaalìs has gone away 282(21). - pagkaalìs a having gone away 80(3). - mààalìs will be removed 96(34). - papaalìs going away 300(39). - pinaalìs was caused to go away 32(34). - pinaáalìs is being caused to go away 64(23). - ipinaalìs was caused to be removed 70(4). 306(5). - mapaalìs be able to be caused to go away 122(21). - ikinápaalìs was the cause of ordering to go away 310(5). - ikinàpàpaalìs is the cause of ordering to go away 310(8). - tagaalìs remover 315(33). - tagapagpaalìs head remover 316(1). - -alitaptap firefly 40(15). - -Alfònso S. n. 309(6). - --alsà S.: pagaalsà a raising 70(2). - -altàr S. altar 96(17). - -aluwági (S.) carpenter 56(35). - pagaaluwági carpentry 58(2). - -amà father 30(26). 59. - magamà father and child 242(2). - magaamà father and children 242(27). - amaìn uncle 247(26). - magamaìn uncle and nephew or niece 242(25). - ináamà godfather 247(17). - -ámin prep. and loc. of kamì: our, us, by us excl. 165. 169. - námin disj. of us, by us 163. - umámin confessed 226(28). - àamínin will be owned up to 243(36). - inàámin is being owned up to 243(35). - -Amérika S. America 189(29). - -amerikána S. European coat 281(5). - -Amerikáno S. American 56(30). - --ampàt: maampàt be able to be stopped 46(8). 259(30). - --ámo` (S. ?): inámo` was caressed 84(32). - inamù-amò` was repeatedly caressed 86(4). - -ámong (S.) sir, Father 20(37). 50(40). - --ámot sell, of other than professional merchant: umámot sold 226(30). - inamútan was sold to 246(41). - -an see anò. - --ának: magának family 165(17). 242(17). - kamagának relative 54(22). 266(34). - kamaganákan clan 112(26). 277(14). - angkàn one's family 112(19). 260(39). - -anàk son, daughter 30(25). - panganàk infant 54(6). - kapangànákan birth, birthday 275(43). - panganganàk a giving birth 220(24). - naipangánganàk has just been born 36(16). 288(4). - -Andrès S. n. 26(30). - -Andòy S. short-n. 208(1). - -áni harvest 191(32). - --ánib: pangánib danger 46(15). - mapangánib dangerous 289(21). - umánib make one's sleeping-mat overlap 226(30). - iyánib be made to overlap 248(7). - magkaánib overlapping each other 269(38). - -ánim six 52(44). 67. - pangánim number six 225(38). - ikaánim ikánim sixth 273(17). - makàánim six times 298(32). - --anínaw: inanínaw was scrutinized 66(19). - -aniyáya invitation 219(28). - inaniyáhan was invited 250(34). - inàaniyáhan is being invited 203(26). - -aniyò` aspect 20(12). - nagáaniyò` is behaving 40(40). - pagaaniyò` behavior 108(33). - -antimáno S. beforehand 20(39). 262(1). - -antòk sleepiness 84(14). - nagáantòk is sleepy 231(42). - nakapagáantòk causes to get sleepy 108(8). - -anò, an what? what kind of? 18(6). 22(21). 97. 179. 190. 264. - anò-anò pl. 114(16). 97. - nanganò did what? 239(29). - páno how? 155(21). 300(8). - papáno how? 18(11). 301(1). - gaáno gáno how great? 28(2). 316(28). 190. 247. See also saàn. - -anúnas S. custard-apple, Anona reticulata L. 76(19). - -Ánong S. short-n. 286(38). - -ang the, a 45. 61-71. 75. 78. 108. 109. 115. 116. 119. 126. 130-133. -161. 168. 196. 246. 248. 253. - nang disj. the, a, of the, by the; when - 45. 119. 116-194. 253. 317(2). 340. 341 (3,d). - --angk see -ának. - -angkìn appropriated 60(20). - umangkìn appropriate 226(32). - angkinìn be appropriated 62(6). 243(39). - inangkìn was appropriated 16(8). - ináangkìn is being appropriated 243(37). - máangkìn get appropriated 308(20). - -ápat four 24(37). 67. - àápat only four 116(16). - ápat-ápat four at a time 223(41). - pangápat number four 225(36). - ikaápat ikápat fourth 82(16). - makàápat makàípat four times 298(36). - -Áfrika S. Africa 189(4). - --apt see atìp. - -apòy fire 22(6). - inapuyàn was inflamed 94(29) and Corrigenda. - -áral doctrine 140(31). 223(23). - umáral arch. teach morals 233(22). - magáral study 18(7). 209(13). - magàáral will study 217(28). - nagáral studied 30(5). - nagàáral is studying 90(31). 233(22). - pagaáral a studying 28(3). - magsipagáral study pl. 262(34). - nagsìsipagáral are studying 38(5). - arálan be taught morals 250(36). - aralàn study-room 238(6). - pagarálan be learned 168(1). - pinagarálan was studied 18(14). - pinagàarálan is being studied 255(4). - makapagáral be able to study 34(33). - pinapagáral was caused to study 305(19). - ipapagáral be used for causing to study 88(11). - pàaralàn school 26(32). - -aráro S. plow 232(2). - pagaaráro a plowing 232(1). - magaaráro plowman 242(38). - ararúhin be plowed 243(40). - -áraw sun, day 16(11). 66(1). See also madalì`, kalaháti`. - áraw-gabì day and night 94(31). 257. 331. - áraw-áraw every day 58(7). 331. - kaarawàn holiday 110(17). - tagáraw sunny season 34(27). 315(29). - -arày ouch 151(15). - -ári` that owned 42(2). 220(22). See also máy. - nagàári` owns 40(17). - pagaári` possession 62(24). 102(31). - maári` be possible 168(18). - maàári` will be possible 16(27). 46(12). - naári` was owned, became possible 104(12). 285(29). - naàári` is possible 152(18). - pagkaári` possibility 80(30). - -aritmétika S. arithmetic 82(1). - -àrmas armàs S. arms 106(26). 235(4). - -arsubìspo S. archbishop 96(10). - -artísta S. artist 90(10). - -ása expectation 72(7). 209(24). - pagása hope 56(19). 76(13). - --ásal: inásal conduct 34(24). - -asanà` (S. ?) a tree, Pterocarpus Indicus Willd. 263(25). - -asáwa husband, wife 30(39). 34(5). - magasáwa take a wife 78(38). married couple 30(25). 242(4). - magàasáwa will take a wife 232(2). - nagasáwa took a wife 80(6). - pagaasáwa the taking a husband or wife 80(27). 92(9). - -ásim sourness 297(10). - maásim sour 289(1). - -asìn salt 30(11). - asnàn be salted 250(37). - -aspilè S. pin 260(7.21). - -áso dog 18(8). - inàáso is being chased 243(41). - naáso has been chased 284(9). - nàáso got chased 292(42). - -asò smoke 64(33). - asuhàn chimney 261(10) and Corrigenda. - pinaasuhàn was smoked 308(4). - -asúkal S. sugar 198(31). - -asùl S. blue 122(2). - kayasùl what blueness 267(35). - -asuwàng vampire 34(30). - magasuwàng-asuwángan play vampire 237(9). - magàasuwàng-asuwángan will play vampire 237(7). - nagasuwàng-asuwángan played vampire 34(26). - -at t and; for, that, though -15. 20. 37. 45. 49. 213. 289. 306. 312. 317. - -átas that prompted 98(33). - iniyátas was enjoined 54(42). - -ataòl S. coffin 116(1). - -atè (C.) oldest sister 59. 256. - magatè oldest sister with brother or sister 242(5). - -átin prep. and loc. of táyo: our, us, by us, incl. 165. 169. - nátin disj., of us, by us 163. - -atìp roofing 118(27). - pangatìp shingle 224(40). - aptàn be roofed 250(38). - -átis custard-apple, Anona squamosa L. 76(20). - atísan grove of átis trees 261(10). - -atsára sour preserves 163(17). 299(11). - -áwa` (a) pity 46(22). - kàwáwa` piteous 80(12). 267(29). - ikinaáwa` was the cause of pitying 272(1). - naáwa` pitied 285(16). - pagkaáwa` a pitying 285(40). - nagmàmakaáwa` is calling forth pity 44(11). 288(36). - (b) accent shifted: awà` overcome by pity 222(17). - kaawaàn be the object of pity 182(39). - kinaàawaàn is the object of pity 275(1). - nawà` pray 47. 225. - --áway: nagàáway is fighting 232(4). - pagaáway a fighting 306(18). - nakipagáway fought along 264(24). - nakìkipagáway fights along 264(21). - kaáway enemy 18(11). - kaàáway there has just been quarreling 267(12). - mapagawày quarrelsome 186(33). - màpagáway be matched 297(10). - -áwit song 280(39). - awítan be sung to 250(38). - magàwítan sing together 183(11). - nagààwítan are singing together 236(27). - -ay y is; then 15. 20. 37. 45. 49. 89. 119. - -áyap condiment 244(2) and Corrigenda. - nangáyap ate relishes 239(31). - ináyap was used as a condiment 244(1). - paáyap given to be used as a condiment 299(12). - nagpaáyap served a relish 302(28). - -áyaw (a) not desired 30(5.37). 40(30). 239. 267. - pagáyaw unwillingness 226(32). - (b) accent shifted: umayàw refused, left the table 231(12). - pagayàw refusal 94(17). 231(9). - nakaayàw has left the table 286(25). - pagkáayàw dislike 70(13). - -áyon according to 40(3). 278. - umáyon agreed 30(4). - nakaáyon has come to be in accordance 281(3). - paayòn conforming 300(13). - -áyos formation 48(4.15) 90(11). - mapagáyos be able to be straightened 287(6). - mapàpagáyos will be able to be put into shape 287(7). - - - - - -B(V) - -bà interrogative particle 47. 215. 223. 229. 299. - --bába` (a) bumába` became low 226(35). - kababáan lowness, south 62(15). 163(26). 241(19). - mabába` low, humble 104(27). 289(2). - (b) Accent shifted: babà` low; come down 223(16) and see páko`. - bumabà` descended 36(35). - ibabà` south 56(24). 163(26). See also bandà. - --bábag: bàbábag will fight 226(37). - nagbábabàg are fighting each other 237(25). - pagbababàg a fighting together 252(14). - nakipagbabàg fought along 264(37). - --bábaw: bumábaw became shallow 258(40). - ibábaw top surface 66(28). - kababáwan shallowness 88(30). - mabábaw 88(26). 220(8). - -babáyi babái female, woman 30(32). 163(13). nagbabá-babayíhan played -woman 237(14). - -báboy pig 36(13). - --badiyà: náibadiyà got spread abroad 24(33). - -bagà really? 22(21). 47. 216. 290. 219. 317(3). - --bagábag: nabagábag grew uneasy 120(37). - --bágal: mabágal slow 18(4). - -bágay thing, circumstance 28(1). 36(22). - bágay-bágay various things 116(33). - ibinàbágay is being adapted 248(9). - nàbàbágay is suitable 78(34). - -bagiyò hurricane 273(8). - --bagsàk: ibinagsàk was dropped 271(24). - --bagsìk: mabagsìk violent 42(3). 44(30). - mababagsìk pl. 102(19). - maghimagsìk come to violence 314(27). - naghimagsìk came to violence 236(5). - nagsipaghimagsìk revolted, pl. 263(12). - nanghimagsìk resorted to violence 241(18). - nagsipanghimagsìk pl. 263(30). - hìmagsíkan internal warfare 258(13). 314(28). - naghìmagsíkan fought each other 236(23). - nagsipaghìmagsíkan pl. 263(13). - paghihìmagsíkan internal warfare 52(42). 116(12). - panghihìmagsíkan id. 241(11). - -bágo new; before 18(37). 36(32). 291. - kabàbágo newly 54(6). - nabàbágo has been changed 64(35). - -bahà` flood 98(17). 110(23). - bumábahà` there is a flood 110(19). - pagbahà` a flooding 110(21). - -bahági part 82(17). - -bahagiyà slight 201(21). - -báhay (a) house 34(21). See also kápit, tánod. - báhay-aklátan library-building 210(11). - báhay-báta` womb 210(23). - báhay-gúya` womb of animal 210(24). - báhay-pàhayagàn newspaper-office 210(25). - báhay-pàmahaláan government building 292(21). - Báhay-paníki place-n. 210(25). - báhay-pintáhan paint-house 210(26). - báhay-sangláan pawnshop 252(22). - báhay-tùlúyan inn 112(38). - bahày-bahày various houses 52(15). 110(36). - magbáhay build a house 232(5). - pamamáhay household 70(26). - kabahayàn house containing several dwellings 120(3). furnishings - of a house 276(5). - --(b) Accent shifted: bahày tame, shy 222(19). - nabábahày is shy 286(29). - -baìt good conduct 165(1). - kabàítan kindness, virtue 74(41). - mabaìt well-behaved 84(11). - mababaìt pl. 34(35). - -báka S. cow 112(40). - -bákal iron 201(30). 220(5). - -bakàs mark, in: bakàs-súgat mark of a wound 46(6). - -bakasiyòn S. vacation 26(35). - --bakìl: bakìl-bakìl uneven 220(2). - -bákit why? 18(7). 236. - -bakiyà` sandal 245(20). - -bákod fence 266(6). - pangbákod used in making a fence 225(2). - bakúran be fenced in 250(40). yard, grounds 34(38). - -bákol open bamboo basket without handle 74(5). - -bála any 186(18). 271(22). 66. 132. - -bála S. bullet 52(36). - -balahíbo fur 212(18). - -baláe person whose son or daughter one's daughter or son has married; -old friend 207(35). 266(5). - magbaláe two people whose children have intermarried 242(8). 269(42). - magbabaláe pl. 240(28). - kabaláe one's baláe 266(2). - magkabaláe two fellow baláe 269(40). - -bálak plan 287(11). - binálak was planned 18(34). - -bálang locust 267(27). - -balàt skin, shell 16(18). 30(10). - -báli S. matter, harm 52(6). 42(5). - balatàn be peeled 200(24). - -báli` break 219(29). - ipinagkákabalè` is the cause of breaking in numbers 273(7). - makabále` be able to break 281(26). - nabále` was broken 284(32). - nabàbále` is interrupted 104(4). - mabalían be broken in 70(18). - nabalían was broken in 62(27). - --balìk: bumalìk come back 66(17). 233(17). came back 20(40). - bábalìk will come back 32(27). - bumábalìk is coming back 66(24). - magbalìk come back to 233(18). - nagbalìk came back to 72(11). 283(4). - pagbalikàn be come back to 255(5). - pagbàbalikàn will be come back to 32(28). 255(5). - makabábalìk will be able to go back 56(31). - pabalìk going back 299(13.27.39). - pagpapabalìk a causing to go back 48(20). - pinabalìk was caused to go back 68(41). - ipinabábalìk is being sent back 48(7). - -balíkat shoulder 48(19). - -balíta` that reported; famed 34(29). 36(2). - magbalíta` relate 42(24). - nagbalíta` related 118(35). - pamamalíta` a relating of stories 102(12). - ibalíta` be reported 88(39). - ibinalíta` was reported 32(8). - ipamalíta` be related 275(18). - ipinamalíta` was related 22(27). - binalitáan was narrated to 250(42). - pagbabàlitaàn a reporting by many 102(13). - pinakibalitáan was ascertained by report 102(42). 265(30). - nàbalíta` got related 46(18). - nàbàbalíta` gets related 48(26). - pagkàbalíta` a getting narrated 272(42). - màbalitáan be learned by report 56(18). - nàbalitáan was learned by report 38(12). - -Balíwag place-n. 173(9). See báyan, daàn. - -balúbad casoy, Anacardium occidentale L. 76(20). - -baluktòt crooked 218(38). - balú-baluktòt variously bent 290(33). - bumaluktòt bend; bent 226(39). 233(25). - magbaluktòt bend in quantity 233(24). - pagbabaluktòt a bending 48(15). - -balòn a well 24(37). - --bálot: bumálot roll up 226(40). 233(27). - magbálot roll up in quantity; wrap oneself up 233(26). - magbalòt roll up variously 52(21). - nagbalòt rolled up variously 52(35). - nagsipagbalòt pl. 118(13). - nabálot has been wrapped up 284(10). - nabàbálot is wrapped up 36(39). - nàbálot got wrapped up 198(8). 255(40). - -bambò club 70(17). - pangbambò club for beating 225(2). - nangbábambò is beating 239(32). - bambuhìn be beaten 70(29). - binambò was beaten 72(10). - --banàl: kabànálan act of piety 78(33). - -banáyad gentle 48(17). - -bànda S. band, orchestra 48(31). - bànda-ng-músika band of music 48(30). - -bandà direction 18(22). - bandà ng ibabà` south - mábandà-ng-ibabà` get turned towards the south 296(21). - bandà ng kaliwà`, kánan see dúlo. - bandà ng kataasàn north - nàbàbandà-ng-kataasàn is turned toward the north 296(20). - bandáhin direction headed for 294(24). - -bandíla` S. flag 234(14). - -banìg sleeping-mat 62(35). - -bantày watcher 80(18). - bantày-pálay rice-guard 228(17). - bantày-pintò` door-keeper 78(31). - magbantày stand guard 38(14). - pagbabantày a guarding 36(18). - bantayàn be guarded 251(2). - bantáyan sentry-box 248(16). - -Bantòg family-n. 165(17). - -bangàn granary 270(33). - --banggìt: binanggìt was mentioned 90(23). - nábanggìt got mentioned 50(11). - -bangkà` canoe 20(3). - mamangkà` go boating 28(12). - magsipamangkà` pl. 263(21). - namámangkà` is boating 20(2). - nagsísipamangkà` pl. 98(17). - pamamangkà` a boating 239(32). - pagbabangkáan boating-party 112(13). - bangkéro boatman 80(34). 316(11). - -bangkày corpse 46(30). - -bàngko S. banking-house 227(18). - -bangkò` S. bench 30(29). - --bangò`: mabangò` fragrant 278(15). - pabangò` perfume 222(38). - --bángon: nagbàbángon is getting up 70(36). - kabàbángon there has been getting up 267(13). - -bapòr S. steamship 56(24). - --barà: barà-barà unruly 273(37). - -baráha S. cards 173(3). - -baráso S. arm 138(31). - -barbéro S. barber 24(35). - -barìl gun 36(20). - nagsipamarìl went shooting, pl. 28(25). - pamamarìl a shooting 230(9). - pinagbábarìl is being shot 56(26). - barìl-barílan toy-gun 261(35). 293(18). - maipabarìl be caused to be shot 52(23). 312(9). - nábarìl got shot 56(29). - -báriyo S. district of a town 70(11). - -báro` blouse 205(20). - magbarò` put on one's clothes 237(26). - pamamáro` clothing 110(33). - --bása: pagbása reading 227(3). - binása was read 299(18). - binàbása is being read 172(6). - basáhan be read to 251(2). - basahàn reading-room 137(16). - mabása be able to be read 186(2). - nabása has been read 244(3). 284(11). - màbása get read 52(12). - nàbása got read 86(19). 293(2). - pabása gospel-reading ordered by a communicant 251(13). - --basà`: nagsísipagbasà` are getting themselves wet 110(23). - nakabasà` caused to be wet 201(22). - -básag a breaking, in: - básag-úlo a head-smashing, free-for-all fight 262(7). - básag-uléro ruffian 316(13). - basàg broken 30(10). - mabásag be broken 30(8). 283(21). 284(35). - nabásag has been broken 296(14). - màbásag get broken 293(4). - --bastà`: nagbastà` packed up 232(5). - pagbabastáan a packing up together 118(17). - -báso S. drinking-glass 137(39). - -báta` boy, girl 30(33). See also báhay. - bináta` young man 90(28). - pagkabáta` childhood 86(22). 285(41). - -batalàn platform of house 72(14). - -Bathála` God 54(42). 59. - --bátis: nagbàbátis is fording 104(42). - binátis was forded 244(4). - -batò stone 30(7). 220(4). - binatò was stoned 303(30). - -báo cocoanut-shell 108(32). 163(13). - -báo widower, widow 163(29). 256. - nabáo was widowed 80(29). 285(29). - -baòl S. box, trunk 268(8). - -báon provisions 28(27). - --baòn: pagbabaòn a burying 54(29). - mábaòn get buried 54(17). - magpabaòn cause to be buried 54(24). - ipinabaòn was caused to be buried 54(30). - -báwal forbidden 218(39). - -báwang garlic 36(22). - -báwat every 24(40). 48. 66. 132. 246. - --báwi`: bàbawíin will be taken back 244(4) and Corrigenda. - ikinabáwi` was the cause of being taken back 272(3). - --báya` (a) bayáan be permitted 46(37). 48(13). - binayáan was permitted 78(31). - binàbayáan is being permitted 286(38). - paubáya` permitted 300(9). - magpàpabáya` will be neglectful 106(32). - nagpabáya` was neglectful 302(29). - pabayáan be left alone 308(7). - pinabayáan was left alone, not interfered with - 168(23). 169(42). 308(6). - (b) Accent shifted: pabayà` neglectful 300(25). - kapabayaàn neglectfulness 310(39). - pabayaàn be permitted 52(8). 237(29). 308(34). - -bayábas see biyábas. - -báyad payment 54(9). - báyad-útang debt-payment 178(29). - bayàd paid 222(22). - magbáyad pay 54(23). - nagbáyad paid 232(6). - bàbayáran will be paid to 54(29). - binayáran was paid 54(11). - binàbayáran is being paid for 74(3). - pagbayáran be settled with 54(32). - pagbàbayáran will be settled for 58(27). - pinagbayáran was settled for 255(6). - pinagbàbayáran is being atoned for 74(21). - makabàbáyad will be able to pay 114(41). - -báyan town, district 22(27). See also kápit, táo. - báya-ng-Balíwag the town of Baliuag 20(3). - báya-ng-Kamálig 92(15). - báya-ng-Malólos 38(5). - báya-ng-Marikína 96(38). - báya-ng-Mayníla` 256(30). - báya-ng-San-Migèl 50(14). - bayàn-bayàn various towns 50(8). - namàmáyan is dwelling in a town 50(34). - kababáyan fellow-townsman 60(12). 267(3). 291(37). - magkababáyan two or more fellow-townsmen 26(31). 270(10.17). - makabáyan patriotic 288(30). - -bayàw wife's brother, sister's husband 54(8). - magbayàw two men, one of whom has married the other's sister 242(9). - --báyo: ibáyo far side 80(36). - --bayò: pangbayò pestle 225(3). - magbayò pound rice 232(7). - magbabáyo rice-pounder 242(40). - -bayúgin a tree, Pterospermum 237(39). - -bayòng palm-leaf sack 74(5). - -bíbas jester 98(30). - -bibìg mouth 30(20). - -Bigaà place-n. 116(25). - -bigàs hulled rice 104(15). - magbigàs hull rice 232(8). - magbibígas rice-dealer 242(41). - bigasàn be supplemented with rice 251(3). containing uncooked - rice 261(10). - bìgásan rice-mill 203(3). - Bìgása-ng-Sumúlong-at-Kasamahàn Rice-Mill of Sumulong and Company - 210(34). - -bigàt weight 226(36). - kabigatàn heaviness 158(12). - nakabíbigàt is making heavy 32(10). - mabigàt heavy, grave 58(34). - mabibigàt pl. 118(22). - pabigàt weighting 110(7). - nápakabigàt too severe 313(10). - -bigày that given 220(24). - bigày-loòb favor 210(27). - pagbibigày-loòb a doing favors 60(23). 235(26). - nagbigày gave 76(35). - nagbíbigày is giving 60(38). - pagbibigày a giving 50(30). - ibigày be given 42(43). - ibíbigày will be given 16(28). - ibinigày was given 20(14). - ibiníbigày is being given 40(11). - bigyàn be given to 26(2). - bìbigyàn will be given to 74(42). - binigyàn was given to 32(15). - bìgáyan receiver 258(22). - kabìgáyan one of two who give to each other 277(36). - mapagbigày over-indulgent 289(25). - tagapagbigày hander-out 315(41). - --bigkàs: nagbíbigkàs is pronouncing 231(24). - biníbigkàs is being pronounced 98(38). - -biglà` suddenly 82(40). - pabiglà` in sudden manner 68(10). - -bigtì strangled 223(24). - bumigtì strangled 227(3). - pagbigtì a strangling 227(4). - nagbigtì strangled himself 233(29). - pagbibigtì a strangling oneself 233(29). - bigtihìn be strangled 22(22). - bigtíhan gallows 279(19). - -béha cigarette-stub 205(21). - -bíhag captive 233(1). - -bihása` skilled 46(12). - -bihíra` seldom, rare 40(26). 42(21). 72(29). 106(39). 110(29). 112(13). - magkàbihíra` occur at odd times 114(27). 271(9). - -bíhis that donned 220(26). - bihìs dressed up 222(23). - nagbíhis dressed himself up 232(10). - nagbìbíhis is dressing himself up 32(37). 96(21). - magsipagbíhis dress up, pl. 262(35). - makapagbíhis have dressed oneself 96(24). - pinapagbíhis was ordered to dress himself 32(14). - -biìk young pig 72(36). - --bilà`: kabilà` other side 16(23). 266(6). - magkábilà` be on both sides 16(7). 271(11). - -bílang number 24(5). - bilàng counted 222(24). - pagbílang a counting 285(24). - bìbilángin will be counted 24(4). - mabílang having a number 114(1). - pagkàbílang count 291(2). - tagabílang counter 315(34). - -bilanggò` prisoner 258(24). - ibíbilanggò` will be put into prison 100(28). - ibinilanggò` was put into prison 248(12). - bìlanggúan prison 201(31). - nábilanggò` got jailed 38(2). 198(1). - ipabíbilanggò` will be caused to be put in prison 100(15). - -bilàs wife's sister's husband 242(11). - magbilàs two men whose wives are sisters 242(10). - -biláo large flat basket 74(5). 108(17). - -bilì that bought 308(26). - bilì nang bilì keeps buying 177(8). - pangbilì used for buying 255(34). - bumilì buy 120(19). - pagbilì a buying 223(21). - magbilì sell 249(22). - nagbilì sold 233(30). - nagbíbilì is selling 233(31). - pagbibilì a selling 252(19). - namilì bought in quantity 239(33). - namímilì is shopping 249(9). - bìbilhìn will be bought 203(18). - binilì was bought 163(40). - pinamilì was bought in quantity 246(41). - ipagbilì be sold 98(36). - ipinabilì was sold 249(21). - ipinagbíbilì is being sold 74(8). - binilhàn was bought from 251(5). - pinagbilhàn was sold to 255(8). - bìlíhan market 258(24). - ikabilì be the cause of buying 186(10). - nakábilì happened to buy 56(38). - màbìbilì will get bought 203(37). - pabilhìn be caused to buy 34(5). - makapagpabilì be able to cause to be bought 286(39). - -bílin commission, errand 221(27). - --bilmìt: pamilmìt used as fish-pole 249(28). - -bílog circle 112(2). - bilòg rounded, round 222(25). - bumílog turned on a lathe 227(6). - namílog turned 188(26). - binílog was turned 244(5). - binìbílog is being turned 244(6). - kabilúgan roundness 38(17). 152(17). 276(27). - nàbìbílog gets turned 293(36). - pabilòg in a circle, spherically 46(40). 48(4). 110(41). - --bendisiyòn S.: magbendisiyòn give blessing 96(26). - nagbébendisiyòn is blessing 98(3). - pagbebendisiyòn a blessing 54(32). - binèbendisyunàn is being blessed 114(19). - pagkabendisiyòn a having blessed 64(29). - pagkábendisiyòn a having chanced to bless 56(8). - pabendisyunàn be caused to be blessed 54(17). - -bendíta S.: holy 96(25). - --biniyàg: nagbíbiniyàg is baptizing 98(2). - binyágan person baptized 314(20). - -bintána` S. window 70(30). - -bintàng suspicion 36(29). - nagbintàng suspected 38(24). - pagbintangàn be suspected 20(9). - pinagbintangàn was suspected 16(21). - nàpàpagbintangàn gets suspected 20(35). - palabintángin given to suspicion 315(7). - -bingì deaf 86(23). 167(8). - ikinabingì was the cause of being deaf 295(17). - nakabíbingì causes deafness 219(42). - nábingì got deaf 295(12). - -bíngit edge, brink 180(34). - bumíngit went to the brink 227(7). - ibiníngit was put on the edge 248(13). - biningítan was approached up to the brink 251(7). - kinàbìbingítan is been on the brink of 52(31). - napabíngit go to the brink 312(2). - -birtùd S. occult quality 60(10). - -bíro` joke 220(27). - pangbibíro` a joking 40(39). - -biróke S. blow-gun bullet 212(31). - -bèsbol E. baseball 48(2). - nagbèbèsbol is playing baseball 135(28). - -bisìg arm, stick 70(28). 84(10). - -bisíta S. visitor, visitors 305(5). chapel 251(13). - -bísiyo S. vice 163(21). 221(14). - -bistày sieve 74(5). - magbibistày screener 242(38). - -bitàk crack 32(5). - --bitàw: binitàwan was let go of 66(34). 254(24). - mangákabitàw relax their hold 78(15). - --bítay: ipabítay be caused to be hanged 52(6). - -bitbìt that carried by a part of it 122(2). - binitbìt was carried 52(37). - pagkábitbìt the way of holding 253(24). - --bitìw: bumitìw let go 174(22). - bitíwan be let go of 76(10). 254(25). - binitíwan was let go of 44(22). - pinagbitiwàn was variously let go of 256(16). - mabitíwan be let go of 44(21). 288(23). - -bitúka intestine 38(30). - -bitóke (S.) blow-gun bullet 212(31). - -biyábas bayábas S. guava, Pisidium guayava -L. 236(17). 256(38). 283(11). - magsìsipamiyábas will go guava-picking, pl. 263(22). - --biyábit: nangakabiyábit were hanging 34(28). - --biyábo: pagbibiyábo swinging the feet 232(11). - pinagbìbiyabúhan is being swung on 255(10). - --biyàk: biniyàk was split 244(7) Corrigenda. - kabiyàk half, side 112(40). - -Biyàrnes-Sànto Biyernesànto S. Good Friday 20(1). - -biyátiko S.: viaticum 98(3). - -biyày that given liberty in a closed space 220(27). - nagbiyày set loose 232(13). - nagpabiyày caused to be set loose 302(20). - pàbiyáyan place for giving temporary liberty 88(26). 309(6). - -Viyóla S. family-n. 277(16). - -bóbo clown 241(34). - --bubòng: bubungàn roof 38(22). - -bubuwìt a kind of mouse 224(27). - --budbòd: ibinudbòd was strewn 32(18). - -bugtòng riddle 222(3). - nagsìsipagbugtúngan tell each other riddles 114(32). - -bugòk rotten, crazy 218(40). - -buhángin sand 68(4). - kabuhangínan beach 68(4). - --búhat: bumúhat lifted 189(34). - buhátin be lifted 283(29). - -búhay life 18(10). See also hánap. - buhày alive 92(19). - namùmúhay is leading a life 104(27). - pamumúhay way of living 30(30). - ikabùbúhay will be the means of living 34(25). - kabuháyan livelihood 32(12). - mabùbúhay will live 58(30). - nabúhay lived 285(29). - nabùbúhay is living 72(17). - pagkabúhay a coming to life; staple food 285(41). 288(38). - pagkàbúhay a lucky bringing to life 291(36). - -búho` slender bamboo, Dendrocalamus 18(3). - -buhòk hair 24(31). - -buhòl knot 274(29). - magbuhòl tie a knot 232(14). - --búhos: ibinúhos was poured 30(20). - -búkas tomorrow 88(13). 262(2). - kinàbukásan when the next day came 48(41). 190(27). 279(24). - -bukàs opened 223(26). - bumúbukàs is opening, intr. 227(10). - magbukàs open, tr. 228(35). - pagbubukàs an opening, tr. 26(31). - buksàn be opened 78(30). - binuksàn was opened 78(31). - bùkásan aperture 84(43). - mabuksàn be opened 86(1). 120(21). - nàbuksàn came open 22(2). 188(9). - -búkid field, estate, country 38(8). 74(1). 90(7). - bukirìn estate, fields 92(35). - -búko unripe cocoanut 316(8). - tarabúko trabúko bald-headed 316(7). - -bukòd beside, in addition to 54(5). 279. - magkabukòd two separately 269(43). - magkakabukòd pl. 279(9). - --búkol: bukulàn covered with bumps 62(26). - nagkàkabúkol is getting bumps 62(16). - -bóla S. ball 46(38). - --búlag (a) nakabùbúlag is causing blindness 280(35). - màbúlag get blinded 255(38). - (b) Accent shifted: bulàg blinded, blind 22(29). - nábulàg went blind 296(16). - -búlak cluster of capoc cotton 247(2). - Bulakàn place-n. 110(13). 260(5). - -bulaklàk flower 189(2). - --bulìd: ibinulìd was pushed off 26(7). - -bulsà S. purse 112(21). - --búlo: kabuluhàn importance 42(15). - makabuluhàn important 271(16). 289(23). - -bulòk rotten 218(40). - nangabulòk became rotten, pl. 306(27). - palabùlúkin easily decaying 315(8). - --bulòng: kabùlúngan one of two who whisper together 277(38). - pabulòng in whispers 114(5). - -bundòk mountain 116(18). See also paà. - namundòk took to the mountains 52(38). - pamumundòk a living in the mountains 52(42). - -buntìs pregnant 36(17). - -buntòn heap 116(34). - -buntòt tail, train 240(41). 244(40). 253(8). - buntútan tail-end 72(3). - --bunò`: nagbunò` wrestled 66(32). - nagbúbunò` is wrestling 86(40). - pagbubunò` a wrestling 252(25). - nakipagbunò` engaged in wrestling 66(27). - kabunò` person with whom one wrestles 66(34). - --búnot: bunòt plucked up 225(26). cocoanut-fibre 221(11). - bumúnot plucked up 227(11). - nagbunòt plucked up in quantity 237(27). - -búnga fruit; betel-fruit 16(15). 247(3). - búnga-ng-káhoy fruit of a tree 36(1). - magbúnga bear fruit 16(12). - -bungánga` maw 212(35). - -bungbòng piece of unsplit bamboo 110(31). - --búrol: ibinùbúrol is being laid in state 112(30). - kinàbùburúlan is being lain in state in 114(4). - -busábos slave 90(36). - -bóses S. voice 74(19). - -Bùstos S. place-n. 100(12). See also lúpa`. - -busòg satiated 223(27). - pàbusugìn be well fed up 305(10). - -bútas hole, hollow space 86(11). 104(10). - bútas-karáyom needle's-eye 22(27). - bumútas make a hole 86(5). - binútas was pierced 106(20). - makabútas have made a hole 86(8). - nabútas has been perforated 86(8). - nàbùbútas gets perforated 106(37). - pinabútas was caused to make a hole 86(9). - -bóte S. bottle 120(22). - -búti goodness 218(23). - butíhan be done well 220(10). - ikinabúti was the cause of improvement 287(43). - kabutíhan excellence, advantage 58(2). 62(3). - makabùbúti will cause to improve 28(35). - nakabùbúti causes to be well 226(33). - mabúti good, well 16(9). - mabubúti pl. 102(5). - nàbúti got better, reached a high point 294(22). 295(12). - pinakamabúti best 230(10). - nàpakabúti extreme 313(11). - -botikáriyo S. apothecary 54(2). - -bútil kernel of grain 316(33). - gabútil as large as a grain 316(31). - --bóto S.: bumóto voted 227(13). - -butò bone, seed 42(5). 108(7). - -boò` buò` whole, entire 34(29). 66. 98. 261. - --buwàl: nagbuwàl felled 199(25). 232(14). - ibuwàl be felled 178(33). - ibinuwàl was felled 270(27) - nabuwàl has been felled 253(4). 294(5). - -buwàn moon, month 38(18). 110(13). - -buwìs interest on money 227(18). - -buwísit repulsive 98(16). 219(1). - binuwísit was annoyed 58(26). - kinàbùbuwisítan is being abhorred 94(27). - - - - - -D(R) - -daàn raàn hundred 52(43). 17. 134. - -daàn way, road 32(3). - daà-ng-Balíwag road to Baliuag 220(3). - magdaàn pass by 68(7). - nagdaàn passed by, past 24(40). 76(36). - nagdádaàn is passing by 26(11). - pagdadaàn a passing by 254(20). - idaàn be left on the way 248(15). - dinaanàn was run over, was called for on the way 251(9). 254(29). - dinaánan was assailed 254(25). - dinàdaánan is being assailed 254(27). - pinagdàdaanàn is being gone through 30(30). 82(7). - pinagdaánan was traversed 32(24). 256(10). - dàánan usual route 258(26). - nagdàdàánan are passing on the way 234(31). - makaraàn have passed 16(11). - nakaraàn has passed 18(38). - pagkaraàn a having passed 24(11). - nakáraàn nakádaàn came upon 18(32). - paraàn manner, means 42(12). - -dagà` rat 84(20). - --dagàn: dinaganàn was lain upon 44(38). - magkádagàn be one on top of the other 270(24). - magkàkàdagàn will be one on top of the other 270(26). - nagkádagàn were one on top of the other 270(30). - nagkàkàdagàn are one on top of the other 270(33). - nagkàkàdagàn-dagàn pl. 108(24). - -dágat sea 110(19). - dagàt-dagátan lake 261(34). - -dágok blow with the fist 256(23) - pinagdadagukàn was variously struck at 84(21) and Corrigenda. - pinagdàdadagukàn is being variously struck at 256(22). - -dáhil cause 16(4). 78(33). 143(15). 206(10). 280. - dahilàn cause 22(6). 280. - nagdàdahilàn is alleging as cause 187(10). - -dáhon leaf 16(9). - nagdàdáhon is putting out leaves 232(16). - -dáing that laid open 250(37). - daìng laid open 222(29). - dináing was laid open 244(7). - --daìng: dumádaìng is complaining 40(41). - --dáka: pagdáka immediately 18(42). - karáka-ráka at once 207(20). 267(30). - pagkaráka at once 288(40). 265(5.9). - -dála fishnet 240(7). - dinála was caught with the net 244(8). - -dalà that borne 34(22) 38(27.34). - dumalà bear up 233(16). - dumádalà is bearing up 227(14). - magdalà bring, carry 106(32). 233(17). - nagdalà brought 28(27). - nagdádalà is bringing 48(33). 72(35). 233(32). - pagdadalà a bringing 251(12). - dalhìn be carried 32(2). - dàdalhìn will be carried 34(4). - dinalà was carried 56(24). - dinádalà is being carried 40(19). - dalhàn be carried to 251(11). - makadádalà will be able to carry 178(39). - nakapagdalà was able to bring 286(35). - nakapagdádalà nakapápagdalà nakákapagdalà is able to bring 286(36). - madalà be able to be carried 16(4). 283(25). - madádalà will be able to be carried 34(31). - nadalà was able to be carried 283(22). - nádalà got carried off 293(6). - nagpadalà caused to be carried, sent 264(3). - pagpapadalà a sending 48(17). - ipadalà be sent 22(19). - ipinadalà was sent 90(32). 306(7). - ipinadádalà is being sent 74(6). - ipinagpapadalà were repeatedly sent 58(25). 307(26). - pinadalhàn was sent to 58(6). - máipadalà get sent 58(19). - -dalága young woman 36(26). - -dalamháti` grief 219(31). - pagdadalamháti` a grieving 74(13). - pakikipagdalamháti` a grieving along 112(26). - kadalamhatían grief 276(28). - -dalandàn orange 76(20). - --dálang: dumálang became infrequent 26(10). - madálang infrequent 289(4). - padalángin be made infrequent 304(35). - pàdalangìn be made very infrequent 305(14). - -dalanghíta` tangerine 294(28). - --dalángin: panalángin prayer 94(33). - --dalàs: dumádalàs is growing frequent 68(16). - kadalasàn frequency, frequently 40(40). 186(22). 262(4). - madalàs frequent 46(24). 269(1). - -dálaw visitor 112(29). - dumálaw paid a visit 64(9). - dumàdálaw pays a visit 112(36). - nagsìsidálaw pl. 112(25). - pagdálaw a visiting 86(28). - -dalawà see -lawà. - -dalì` hasten 221(41). - dálì-dáli` very quickly 34(1). 224(13). - daliàn be done quickly 251(12). - madalì` quick, soon 94(28). 102(11). 166(16). - madalì ng áraw: nagmàmadalì-ng-áraw it is dawning 235(21). - --magmadalì` be quick 34(9). - magmámadalì` will hurry 235(38). - pagmamadalì` a hurrying 293(11). - -dalíri` finger 185(21). - --dalò: dumalò come for a purpose, to aid 34(1). 38(11). 304(1). - nagsísidalò are coming 114(36). - daluhàn be succored 58(39). - dinaluhàn was attended 100(18). 251(14). - -dáma S. checkers 266(12). - --damàg: magdamàg the whole night 190(35). - -damdàm feeling 102(16). 219(32). - dumamdàm felt 227(15). 233(37). - magdamdàm feel oneself hurt 233(34). - dináramdàm is being regretted 82(9). 244(10). - damdámin feeling, emotion 276(29). - makiramdàm spy out 264(4). - karamdáman illness 207(31). - nakáramdàm felt 68(3). 292(32). - nakàràramdàm is feeling 42(43). - nàramdamàn was felt 201(26). - nàràramdamàn is being felt 70(6). - -dámi multitude 112(21). 267(27). - dumámi grew in number 60(32). - dinamíhan was made numerous 251(15). - karamíhan numerousness, majority 34(33). 198(9). 66. 132. - marámi many 20(13). 28(27). 69. 71. 99. 110. 138. - -damìt garment, cloth 52(22). 169(2). - pananamìt clothing 32(33). 219(14). - -damò ramò grass 76(28). See also kalabàw, púno`. - dinamuhàn was cut grass from 251(16). - damúhan grass-field 18(33). 259(17). - -dámot stinginess 268(5). - kaydámot karámot what stinginess 268(5). - kaydámot-dámot what great stinginess 268(4). - karamútan stinginess 34(18). - marámot stingy 60(22). - mararámot pl. 112(8). - --dániw?: karaniyúwan karaniyúan usual, usually 36(15). 40(9). 262(6). - -dangàl honesty, honor 218(26). - karàngálan honoring 90(13). - --dapà`: dumapà` lay down on his face 227(17). - nagdàdapá-dapáan pretends to fall on his face 108(18). - nagkangdadápa` sustained repeated falls on his face 70(35). 269(29). - nagkàkangdadápa` is falling repeatedly on his face 269(31). - nakadapà` is prone 281(12). - nárapà` fell on his face 295(30). Corrigenda. - pagkárapà` a falling on one's face 295(39). - napadapà` had himself laid on his face 311(27). - náparapà` fell on his face 312(11). - -dápat necessary, fitting 22(1). 36(9.20). 268. - karapatàn due, right 276(8). - marápat deserving 80(20). - nàràrápat is appropriate 80(13). 276(29). - -Rafayèl S. n. 270(5). - --dápit: pagdápit a calling for 114(39). - ipinadàdápit is being caused to be called for 114(18). - --dápo`: dumápo` struck, landed 16(31). - pagdápo` a hitting, landing 64(31). 68(16). - dinapúan was landed on, was hit 96(28). 251(18). - -daràs adze 58(14). - pagdaràs a chopping with the adze 60(3). - darasìn be trimmed with the adze 58(17). - dinaràs was trimmed with the adze 58(32). - pinagdarasàn was variously hewn off 58(17). - -Daruwìn E. family-n. 245(9). - --dasàl (S.): magdasàl say prayers 78(37). - nagdádasàl is saying prayers 64(36). - nagsísipagdasàl pl. 114(30). - pagdadasàl a praying 104(4). - pinagdàdasalàn is being prayed in 104(17). - dàsálan rosary 76(43). - -dátapuwat but 16(4). 318. 322. - -dáti formerly; since long ago 44(23). 64(18). 262(3). - paráti often 18(8). 30(28). 262(12). - --dátig: kadátig karátig bordering on, next to 256(32). 266(9). - magkarátig bordering on each other 270(2). - nàkàkarátig borders on 296(27). - --datìng: dumatìng arrive 18(37). arrived 20(14). - nagsidatìng pl. 118(34). 232(1). - dumáratìng is arriving 18(35). - dáratìng will arrive 52(2). - pagdatìn an arriving 48(12). 56(25). - datnàn be reached 56(32). - dinatnàn was reached 46(3). - dinàratnàn is being reached 64(7). - karáratìng there has been arriving 151(31). - makaratìng have arrived 82(38). 100(1). - nakaratìng has arrived 34(21). - màdatnàn be come upon 88(36). - --dáos: pagdadáos a performing 20(5). - idáos be performed 264(32). - idináos was performed 274(15). - idinàdáos is being performed 92(24). 114(29). - -dàw ràw he says, they say 17. 47. 217. - --dáya`: magdàdáya` will cheat 18(24). - -dáyap the lime 76(20). - -dì` not 38(17). 237. 239. 301. - --ribàl S.: karibàl rival 46(21). - -dibdìb the chest 212(9). - --dikdìk: dikdikìn be crushed 16(25). - -dikìn mat on which dishes are set 221(32). - -dikìt blaze 220(30). - pangparikìt kindlings 158(10). - --dikìt: idinikì was pasted 52(10). - -dikóla S. (de cola) train 262(41). - -díla` tongue 251(21). 306(21). - diláan be licked 251(22). - diniláan was shown the tongue (as insult) 251(20). - --dílat: nadílat came open 24(24). - --dilàw: madidilàw yellow, pl. 291(19). - --dilìg: pangdilìg implements for sprinkling 225(4). - nangdídilìg is sprinkling 239(34). - pangdidilìg a sprinkling 239(35). - diligìn be sprinkled 244(11). - -dilìm darkness 36(5). - dumilìm it grew dark 52(29). - pagdilìm a growing dark 36(32). - kadilimàn darkness 72(1). - madilìm dark 40(15). - -Del-Pilàr S. family-n. 241(25). - -relòs S. watch 137(41). - -dimóniyo S. demon 40(5). - -dìn rìn also, again 18(16). 17. 47. 218. 221. 227. 238. 239. 262(11). - -dindìng, see dingdìng. - -díne ríne loc. of irè: here 316 (27). 17. 47. 263. - nàrìrinè is here 74(21). - paríne come here 301(33). - pumaríne come here 302(8). - naparíne came here 312(3). - --dinìg: makárinìg hear 24(18). - nakárinìg heard 20(19). 292(33). - márinìg be heard 28(19). - nárinìg was heard 20(41). - nàrìrinìg is being heard 114(12). - pagkárinìg a hearing 18(13). 176(41). - -dingdìng dindìng wall 62(20). - -Risàl S. family-n., Rizal 275(43). - -desgrásiya S. misfortune 276(39). - --distíno S.: idinistíno was assigned to the parish 96(2). - nàdistíno got assigned 50(9). - -retáso S. patch 239(10). - --retráto S.: retratúhan be photographed 281(14). - -díto ríto loc. of itò: here, hither; to him -16(4). 18(22). 316(27). 17. 47. 263. 280. - nàrìritò is here 70(26). 184(36). 203(6). - pumàparíto comes here 204(18). - pàparíto will come here 302(11). 306(11). - pagparíto a coming here 203(5). - pinàparíto is being sent here 104(20). - ipinaríto was come here for 307(1). - naparíto came here 44(9). - napàparíto comes here 191(16). - màparíto get here 184(35). - màpàparíto will get here 312(15). - nàparíto got here 312(13). - nàpàparíto gets here 312(15). - pagkàparíto a getting here 313(1). - makàparí-paríto never come here 313(3) Corrigenda. - --díwang: nagdíwang celebrated 275(43). - pagdiríwang a celebrating 90(13). - ipinagdìdíwang is being celebrated 110(12). 249(23). - -diyàn riyàn loc. of iyàn: there, thither, from there -182(27). 316(27). 17. 47. 263. - náriyàn went there, was there 191(14). - pápariyàn will go there 302(13). - -diyáriyo S. newspaper 284(11). - -Diyégo S. n. 100(40). - -Diyòs S. God 64(4). 182(40). 59. - --dugtòng: idinugtòng was said in continuation 80(28). 102(19). - -dugò` blood 22(8). - nagdudugò` bled profusely 88(28). 282(38). - pagdudugò` a bleeding 46(8). - --dúkit: dumúkit carved 88(8). - pangdudúkit sculpture 90(3). - mangdudúkit mandurúkit carver, sculptor 86(18). 104(8). - dukítin be carved 90(11). - dinúkit was carved 90(9). - --duklày: nagdùduklày-duklày keeps blurting out 114(15). - -doktò S. learned man 168(9). - --dúkot: idinùdúkot is being scooped out 110(2). - -dúlang low table 252(1). - --dulàs: madulàs slippery 313(41). - mádulàs slip 313(35). - pagkádulàs a slipping 313(39). - magpadulàs let oneself slide 313(36). - pagpapadulàs a letting oneself slide 294(29). - -dúlo end 16(7). - dúlo-ng-bandà-ng-kaliwà` left-hand end 274(28). - dúlo-ng-bandà-ng-kánan right-hand end 211(1). - dulúhan end part, back yard 34(38). - -Romanìsmo S. Romanism 56(14). - --dumì: pagdumì defecation 42(4). - marumì dirty 94(7). 219 (36). - -Don-Nasáriyo S. n. 116(26). - -dúnong knowledge 28(15). - karúnong what wisdom 173(42). - karunúngan wisdom 276(30). - marúnong wise, knowing, knowing how to 16(1). 26(1). 269(8). - pagmamarúnong a pretending to be wise 167(29). - pagpapakamarúnong a making oneself wise 309(24). - pinakamarúnong wisest 309(40). - marurúnong pl. 48(10). - nagparúnong caused to be educated 90(40). - --dungò: nagdúdungò is shy 285(17). - -dúro` stitch 224(1). - durúin be pricked 244(1). - durúan be stuck into 251(22). a spit 221(8). - duruàn place for sticking 260(6). - --dúrog: dinúrog was crumbled 32(18). - -dúsa suffering 245(18). - pagdudúsa a suffering 76(24). - parúsa punishment 16(28). - nagpàparúsa is causing to suffer 42(9). - pagpaparúsa a causing to suffer 42(16). - ipinarùrúsa is being caused to be suffered 313(10). - parusáhan be punished 16(22). - parùrusáhan will be punished 16(24). - pinarusáhan was punished 292(19). - pinarùrusáhan is being punished 222(18). 233(1). 308(8). - pàrusahàn place of punishment 74(21). 309(12). - màpàparusáhan will get punished 22(5). 313(6). - -rosáriyo S. rosary 104(4). - magrosáriyo pray a rosary 104(17). - -Rúso S. Russian 306(19). - -doòn roòn ron loc. of iyòn: there; to him, to it -18(40). 38(17). 316(27). 17. 47. 263. - dumoòn go there 20(26). - magkaroòn get, have 96(3). - nagkaroòn got, had 24(35). 52(30). 268(25). - kinàdòroonàn is been in 74(33). 90(18). 279(13). - nároòn nàndon got there, is there 36(33). 193(15). 39. 468. - nàròroòn is there 42(36). 74(12). 264(10). - paroòn go there 301(33). - pumaroòn go there 20(15). went there 76(27). - páparoòn will go there 88(13). 207(30). 302(18). - pagparoòn a going there 72(40). 302(16). - parunàn be gone to 70(34). - pinaroonàn pinaronàn pinarunàn was gone to 46(4). 138(37). - ikináparoòn was the cause of going there 310(11). - makaparòn be able to go there 100(16). - naparoòn went there 20(23). 312(5). - pagkáparoòn a getting there 300(9). - --doòp: pinagdódoòp were brought together (hands) 96(8). - -duwàg coward 312(22). - kaduwágan cowardice 116(14). - -duwènde S. dwarf, elf 30(24). - -Dòytsland E. n. of a ship 268(29). - - - - - -G. - --gaàn: magaàn light, easy 48(2). 255(2). - -gaáno, see anò. - -gabì night, evening 36(2). See also áraw. - gabì-gabì every night 62(38). 331. - ginágabì is being overtaken by night 244(12). - kagabì last night 190(15). 259. - -gága madwoman 44(25). - -gagambà spider 262(23). - --gálang: magálang polite 237(19). 289(5). - --gálaw: paggálaw a moving 192(20). - -gáling coming from 40(5). 193(18). - nanggáling came from 193(22). - nanggàgáling is coming from 193(22). - pinanggalíngan was come from 256(30). - pinanggàgalíngan is being come from 32(30). - kagàgáling there has just been coming from 267(14). - -galìng skill 58(6). - gumalìng got well 54(10). - magalìng skilful; well 46(29). 269(2). - magagalìng pl. 94(32). - pagpapagalìng a causing to get well 42(22). - -gálit (a) anger 22(15). - ikagálit be the cause of anger 195(39). - ikinagálit was the cause of anger 303(24). - kinagalítan was the object of anger 274(15). - kinagàgalítan is the object of anger 40(36). - nagálit got angry 16(20). - nagàgálit gets angry 106(28). - pagkagálit a getting angry 176(39). - nàkagalítan happened to be the object of anger 52(40). 298(28). - magpagálit cause to get angry 98(32). - palagalitìn hot-head 315(18). - --(b) Accent shifted: galìt angry 177(39). - kagalìt at odds 266(39). - nagkagalìt had a falling out 269(19). - pagkakagalìt a falling out 155(27). 269(19). - nagkagá-kagalìt got angry at each other, pl. 269(25). - kàgalítan quarrel 236(36). 279(34). - pagkakàgalítan a quarreling together 222(42). 279(39). - --gambála`: nagambála` was disturbed 284(36). - nàgambála` was unintentionally disturbed 293(8). - -gámit that used 46(39). - gamìt used, second-hand 183(15). - gumámit use 58(14). used 94(4). - gumàgámit is using 202(17). - paggámit a using 56(37). - gamítin be used 161(20). - gàgamítin will be used 234(22). - ginámit was used 60(26). - ginàgámit is being used 40(35). - gamítan be used on 58(16). - kagamitàn use, employment 36(23). 120(15). - magámit be able to be used 20(5). 74(7). 283(26). - nagámit was able to be used 230(14). - nàgámit was accidentally used 293(10). - pagkàgámit the way of using, chance ability to use 240(3). 291(40). - ipinagàgámit is being caused to be used 306(9). - -gamòt medicine 54(9). - panggamòt means of curing 46(14). - gumamòt cure 46(13). - gumágamòt is curing 46(16). - paggamòt a curing 42(15). - manggagamòt manggagámot physician 28(24). 44(28.30). 243(10). - panggagamòt curing 42(25). - gamutìn be treated 46(23). - ginamòt was treated 46(4). - ginágamòt is being treated 290(13). - ipinagamòt was caused to be treated 54(8). - --gána S.: gumàgána is earning 227(18). - -ganà concern 98(6). 281(25). 198. - -gandà beauty 70(11). - magandà beautiful 48(15). 152(3). - magagandà pl. 72(19). - nagpápagandà is causing to be beautiful 48(18). - -ganitò, see itò. - -ganiyàn, see iyàn. - -gantì that given in return 90(12). 200(33). 272(11). - gantì ng pála`: gumantì-ng-pála` return favors 231(14). - gumantì act in retaliation 227(19). - manghigantì take vengeance 24(25). 241(19). - manghíhigantì will take vengeance 241(21). - gantihìn be given return for 58(9). - panghigantihàn be the object of vengeance 40(38). - -gáno, see anò. - -ganoòn, see iyòn. - --gápang: gumàgápang is crawling 18(3). - paggápang a crawling 18(4). - --gápas: panggápas kind of knife 225(5). - gumápas cut, slice 227(20). - pinanggàgapásan is being cut from 256(32). - --gápos: iginápos was tied down 58(31). - --gastà S.: paggastà a spending 248(11). - -gàstos S. expense 54(27). - -gátas milk 175(1). - -gawà` that done 54(20). 74(8). 240(34). 277(24). - gumawà` do, make 244(35). - paggawà` a making, doing 86(10). 202(36). - gawìn be done, made 24(17). - gàgawìn will be made, done 32(6). 104(1). - ginawà` was done, made 20(36). - ginágawà` is being done, made 44(3.9). - pinaggagawà` was variously done 310(8). - ginawaàn was done to 74(40). 76(3.6). - gàwáan workshop 58(41). - gawaàn factory 315(35). - kagagawàn surprisingly, illicitly done 277(23). - nakagawà` succeeded in making 86(7). - nakagágawà` is able to make 281(28). - magawà` be able to be done 30(6). 56(2). - magágawà` will be able to be done 18(20). 74(27). - nagawà` has been done 54(40). - nagágawà` can be done 102(30). - pagkagawà` a having made, ability to make 282(10.28). - mapaggawà` given to doing 98(31). - mágawà` chance to be done 238(36). - pagkágawà` the way making turned out 291(3). - pagawà` ordered to be made 104(11). - nagpagawà` caused to be made 104(8). - ipinagawà` was caused to be made 104(15). - -gawì` direction 163(28). 193(28). - -gáya like 18(8). 316(30). 272. - -gayòn, see iyòn. - -gibà` broken-down 225(9). - gibá-gibà` tumble-down 290(36). - mangágibà` collapse, pl. 296(3). - mangàgìgibà` will collapse 296(5). - -gílas energy, enterprise 48(32). - --gílid: tagílid side 315(27). - tumagílid turned the side to 231(17). - pagtagílid a moving side-ways 192(20). 231(17). - tinagilíran was hurt in the side 254(18). - tinaligdàn was turned the side to 254(19). - tagilíran side wall, side part 261(29). - nàtàtagílid is inclined to one side 296(24). - -gíliw respected 219(3). - -ginàw cold feeling 280(38). - naginàw got cold 285(17). - --ginháwa: guminháwa became comfortable 227(20). - gumìginháwa is getting comfortable 227(21). - kaginhawáhan comfort, bliss 72(20). - nakaginháwa caused to be comfortable 280(36). - maginháwa comfortable 289(6). - nagpaginháwa caused to be comfortable 302(32). - -gíning Miss, Mrs. 256. - -gintò gold 311(20). - -ginoò Mr., gentleman 54(37). 100(30). 219(3). 289(5). 256. - --gìng 48. 250. 516.: magìng become 18(26). 314(18). - magíging will become, take place 18(28). 94(23). - nagìng became, occurred 18(31). 36(38). 144(23). - nagíging is becoming, arising 42(5). 62(14). - pagigìng a becoming 314(19). - --gísing (a) awaken, tr.: - kagìgísing there has been awakening 184(12). - makàgísing accidentally awaken 62(11). - nakàgísing awakened 257(32). - nàgísing was accidentally awakened 293(12). - napagísing caused himself to be awakened 311(30). - --(b) With accent shifted: wake up, intr.: - ikinágisìng was the cause of waking up 158(9). - mágisìng wake up 18(39). - màgìgisìng will wake up 18(37). - nágisìng woke up 38(21). - pagkágisìng a waking up 62(18). - pagisìn-gisìng waking up now and then 300(36). - nápagisìng woke up 312(39). - palagisingìn fitful sleeper 315(19). - -gitnà` middle 16(7). 24(38). - -grúpo S. group 90(25). - -gúbat jungle 18(2). - kagubátan jungle country 118(40). - -gubiyèrno S. government 92(32). 200(18). - --gúgol: ginúgol was spent 257(14). - ginùgúgol is being spent 112(22). - -gúlang age 38(6). 56(33). - paggúlang a growing ripe 272(22). - magúlang old, mature; parent 32(6). 283(39). - --gúlat: gulatìn scary 247(32). - pagkagúlat a getting scared 285(42). - pagkàgúlat astonishment 36(38). - mapanggúlat given to scaring 289(36). - magugulatìn jumpy 62(7). 290(4). - nàpagúlat was astonished 30(22). 58(8). - palagulatìn nervous person 315(20). - -gúlay vegetable 72(36). - --gulò: nagkagulò was surprised 268(29). - magulò confused 237(2). - nagulò became confused 284(38). - nagúgulò is confused 52(29). - -gulòd hill 226(25). - -gúlok bolo 38(27). - --gúmon: nàgùgúmon is trailing 98(20). - -guntìng shears 26(2). - -gupìt a cutting with scissors, hair-cut 219(13). - panggupìt used for cutting, scissors 225(5). - gumupìt cut 26(15). - naggugupìt cut to bits 238(33). - naggúgugupìt is cutting to bits 238(34). - paggugupìt a cutting to bits 273(33). - manggupìt cut hair 26(1). - nanggupìt did hair-cutting 167(2). - manggugupìt manggugúpit hair-cutter 24(34). 243(11). - panggugupìt hair-cutting 26(19). - ginupìt was cut 60(6). - gupitàn be sheared 26(3). - nakagupìt was able to cut 281(29). - pagkagupìt a having cut 250(32). - nakágupìt accidentally cut 290(12). - nágupìt chanced to be cut 293(38). - pagkágupìt a chance cutting 291(4.42). - nagpagupìt allowed himself to be sheared 302(33). - pagpapagupìt an allowing oneself to be sheared 302(34). - ipinagupìt was caused to be cut 180(11). - -góra S. cap 246(4). - -gurò` teacher 80(40). - -gustò S.: desired, liked 16(29). 52(22). 267. - paggustò a desiring 18(21). - gustuhìn be desired 114(41). - nagkagustò conceived a desire 268(31). - ipinagkagustò was the cause of desiring 272(33). - ikinàgùgustò is the cause of liking 273(31). - pinagkàkagustuhàn is being liked by many 275(7). - magustúhin fond 110(1). 289(42). - pagkágustò a coming to desire 24(1). 92(36). - màgustuhàn happen to be liked 74(2). - nàgùgustuhàn is liked 209(25). - -gútom hunger 28(32). - gutòm hungry 76(8). - gutúmin be assailed by hunger 28(28). - nagùgútom is hungry 285(19). - palagutumìn one who easily gets hungry 315(19). - -guwàrdiya-sibìl guwàrdiya-sivìl S. gendarme, gendarmerie 20(20). - -guwarnisiyòn S. harness 315(33). - -gúya` young of animal, calf 210(24). See báhay. - - - - - -H. - -hába` length 56(39). - humába` grew long 38(30). - kahabáan length 192(22). - mahába` long 120(2). - pinakamahába` longest 58(11). - mahahába` pl. 18(15). - -habágat spring wind 227(40). - -hábang while, during 16(2). 292. - --hábol: nagsìsihábol are pursuing 301(21). - paghábol a pursuing 84(27). - panghahábol a chasing 116(7). - habúlin be pursued 18(10). - hinábol was pursued 88(24). - hinàhábol is being pursued 68(19). - nàhàhábol gets pursued 18(8). - ipinahábol was caused to be pursued 76(10). - ipinahàhábol is being caused to be pursued 72(32). - -hagdàn ladder 270(31). - hagdánan stairway 106(11). - --hágis: naghágis tossed 48(8). - inihágis was tossed 16(30). 248(17). - mapanghágis given to flinging 289(36). - pahagìs with a toss 300(14) and Corrigenda. - --hagk, see halìk. - --hágod: humàhágod is stroking 98(21). - hinágod was stroked 84(10). - -Hagúnoy place-n. 110(24). - --hakbàng: háhakbàng will take a step 70(1). - paghakbàng a stepping 68(29). - --hákot: paghahàkútan a carting together 118(17). - -halagà price 54(23). - mahalagà dear 36(14). 234(41). - pinakamahalagà most valued 42(1). 288(38). - mahahalagà pl. 116(2). - --halakhàk: nápahalakhàk burst into laughter 68(26). - -haláman garden-plant 72(36). - hàlamanàn garden, flower-pot 74(14). 260(38). - -halayà S. jelly 253(38). - -halíge post 64(23). - -halìk kiss 94(12). - humalìk kissed 227(22). - hagkàn be kissed 251(24). - hinagkàn was kissed 94(10). - mahagkàn be able to be kissed 92(26). - -halimbáwa` example 48(23). 62(10). 265(2). - --halimhìm: hinàhalimhimàn is being brooded on 102(18). - -hálo` that admixed 220(35). - hálù-hálo` confused 50(15). - hinalúan was mixed with 251(24). - hinàhalúan is being given an admixture 108(6). - haluàn mixing-vessel 260(8). - pinahàhalúan is being caused to be given an admixture 108(7). - -hálos almost 110(25). 265(3). - -hámak unfortunate, no-account 219(3). - ikàpahámak be the cause of coming to grief 310(12). - ikàpàpahámak will be the cause of coming to grief 310(14). - màpahámak come to grief 312(22). - màpàpahámak will become good-for-nothing 312(24). - nàpahámak came to grief 312(17). - nàpàpahámak is getting spoiled 312(19). - -hampàs whipping, whip 220(37). 221(42). - hampàs-lúpa` vagabond 211(4). - maghampàs-lúpa` be a vagabond 235(27). - panghampàs used as a whip 225(8). - humampàs hit with a whip 227(24). - naghampàs whipped himself 233(38). - nagháhahampàs is whipping about 238(36). - manghampàs whip people 239(38). - hampasìn be whipped 184(8). - hinampasàn was struck with a whip 251(25). - hampásan whipping-bench 258(27). - kahampásan one of two who perform mutual flagellation 277(39). - nahampàs has been whipped 284(12). - nakáhampàs happened to hit 291(27). - náhampàs was accidentally hit with a whip 293(14). - pagkáhampàs a chance hitting 62(17). 292(3). - páhampasìn be whipped harder 305(11). - -hámon a challenge 52(25). - manghàhámon will challenge 48(24). - manghahámon challenger 48(29). - hinámon was challenged 48(32). - hinàhámon is being challenged 18(21). - -hánap that sought 76(23). - hánap-búhay livelihood 271(40). - maghàhánap-búhay will work for a livelihood 193(32). 235(30). - humánap seek 74(23). - paghánap a seeking 227(25). - maghánap earn 32(11). 233(39). - paghahánap the earning one's living 60(16). 102(7). - maghanàp seek in quantity; search 237(28). - paghahanàp a searching 52(29). - hanápin be sought 92(12). 244(13). - hinánap was sought out 16(22). - hinàhánap is being sought 76(18). - ihánap be looked for 30(32). - paghahanapàn a searching through a place 52(34). - nahánap has been sought 143(36). - makapaghanàp have searched 287(20). - nakapaghanàp has searched 287(18). - pinahanápan was ordered to be sought in 52(15). - -handà` a serving food 114(34). - maghandà` serve 112(29). - nagháhandà` is serving 114(9). - iháhandà` will be served 237(36). - inihandà` was served 299(11). - iniháhandà` is being served out 62(36). - nakahandà` is served 183(22). 281(4). - --hantày: hantayìn be awaited 32(26). - hinantày was awaited 50(37). - -hangàd aim, goal 46(36). - -hangàl fool 276(31). - kahangalàn foolishness 276(31). - --hanggà: hanggáhan boundary 258(29). - hanggàn limit 22(6). - -hanggàng until, up to 16(12). 68. 293. - -hángin wind 118(31). - --hángo`: paghángo` a rescuing 78(10). - hinángo` was rescued 88(36). - ikahàhángo` will be the means of rescuing 74(42). - mahángo` be able to be rescued 74(23). - mahàhángo` will be able to be rescued 78(2). - nahàhángo` is being rescued 78(12). - -hápis grief 38(11). - hinápis was grieved 244(14). - nahàhápis is sad 285(20). - pagkahápis a grieving 74(25). - -hápon afternoon 18(39). 190(23.31). - maghápon whole day 112(9). 262(8). - kahápon yesterday 152(13). 172(6). 259. - pagkahápon a having supped 104(16). - -Hapòn S. Japan 269(20). - -Hapunès S. Japanese 306(19). - -hárang obstruction 220(39). - panghárang used as an obstruction 225(8). - humárang held up 227(26). - paghárang a holding up 198(21). - naghárang made an obstruction 233(41). - paghahárang an obstructing 233(42). - nanghárang held people up 239(38). - panghahárang highway robbery 239(40). - hinárang was held up 282(36). - ipinanghárang was used in holding up 250(10). - hinarángan was obstructed 251(27). - pinangharángan was the place of holding up 255(11). - harangàn hold-up 197(9). - paghaharangàn a holding up together 275(22). - ikinahárang was the cause of being held up 272(6). - pagkahárang a having held up 282(29). - pagkapanghahárang a having practised highway robbery 287(30). - nàhárang got held up 295(6). - pagkàhárang a chance holding up 292(5). - pahárang caused to be held up 197(10). - paharàng crosswise 300(15). - pagpapahárang a causing to be held up 302(36). - pinapanghàhárang is being caused to practise highway robbery 305(22). - ipinahárang was caused to be held up 306(11). - -haràp front 228(25). - humáharàp is facing 96(7). - háharàp will be present 96(18). - hinaràp was faced 20(37). - harapàn place in front of 24(37). - kaharàp facing 98(21). - náharàp came to face 72(2). - -hardìn S. garden 72(19). - -hári` king 24(29). - naghàhári` is ruling 24(30). - pagharían be ruled 255(14). - pinaghàharían is being ruled 24(32). - kahariyàn kingdom 24(36). 276(18). - --hása`: hasà` sharpened 202(30). - paghahása` a sharpening 232(16). - ihása` be sharpened 248(19). - hasáan be given a sharp edge 251(28). - paghasáan be sharpened on 255(15). - hasaàn whetstone 255(15). - --hátak: paghátak a tugging 78(8). - hatákin be pulled at 284(16). - kahatakàn one of two who tug against each other 186(38). - -háti` divide; that divided; mid- 222(1). - háti ng gabì: naghàháti-ng-gabì it is midnight 84(19). 235(24). - kinàháti-ng-gabihàn was at midnight 38(21). 279(25). - hatì` divided 222(31). - pangháti` used for dividing 225(11). - humáti` divided, halved 227(29). - nagháti` distributed 234(1). - paghaháti` a distributing 234(3). - naghatì` divided up, divided in quantity 237(30). - paghahatì` a dividing in quantity 237(32). - nangháti` shared orders 239(41). - panghaháti` a sharing orders 239(42). - hináti` was divided 16(7). 244(4). - pinaghatì` was divided in quantity 246(20). - paghatían be shared 28(34). - ikinaháti` was the cause of breaking in two 270(39). of being able - to divide 272(9). - naháti` has been divided 284(39). - pagkaháti` a having divided 282(31). - nakàháti` chanced to divide 291(29). - pagkàháti` a chance dividing 291(6). 292(8). - paháti` ordered to be divided 299(14). - pahatì` tending to halve 300(18). - nagpaháti` caused to be divided 302(38). - pagpapaháti` a causing to be divided 302(41). - ipinháti` was caused to be divided 306(13). - ipinagpaháti` was caused to be divided up 307(19). - pinahatían was caused to be given his share 308(9). - pinapahatían was caused to be caused to to be given his share - 308(41). - kalaháti` half 80(24). 273(21). 314(32). - kalaháti-ng-áraw half-day 118(26). - kalaháti-ng-óras half-hour 66(36). - magkákalahatì` will be half through 104(17). 238(22). - pangangalaháti` a being halfway 24(6). 241(13). - kalahatían middle 261(27). - --hatìd: naghatìd conveyed 56(26). - nagháhatìd is conveying 98(3). - paghahatìd an escorting 114(39). - ihatìd be conveyed 34(6). - iháhatìd will be conveyed 104(28). - inihatìd was conveyed 20(26). - iniháhatìd is being conveyed 20(4). - hàhatdàn will be conveyed to 175(1). - hinàhatdàn is being conveyed to 190(10). - paghàhatdàn will be delivered to 20(9). - pinaghatdàn was delivered to 255(16). - pinaghàhatdàn is being delivered to 179(8). - ipinahatìd was caused to be conveyed 294(28). - napahatìd had himself conveyed 52(37). - -hátol advice 30(4). - naghàhátol advises 74(30). - --háwa: nakàhàháwa is contagious 272(3). - -háwak that grasped 66(35). - humáwak took hold 78(7). - pagháwak a taking hold 227(31). - hinawákan was taken hold of 66(26). - makaháwak be able to take hold 22(22). - nakaháwak has taken hold 281(14). - nakàháwak got hold of 290(18). - --háyag (a): paháyag that published 48(37). - nagpàpaháyag causes to become public, announces 48(35). - pagpapaháyag an announcing 90(22). - ipinaháyag was caused to become public, was announced 56(6). - pàhayágan páhayagàn newspaper 48(27). 236(41). See báhay. - --(b) with accent shift: hàyágan public affair, public 236(37). - náhayàg got widely known 60(11). - -háyop animal; carabao 28(26). - --higà`: paghigà` a going to bed 64(6). - hinìhigàn is being slept on 102(26). - hìgáan bed 244(22). - hihigàn couch 62(12). - kahíhigà` there has just been lying down 267(15). - makahigà` be able to lie down 281(33). - nakahigà` has lain down 86(39). - nahigà` lay down 38(17). 285(34). - nahíhigà` is in the act of lying down 285(35). - máhigà` get laid 295(8). - nagpatihigà` suddenly lay down 313(20). - mápatihigà` fall on one's back 313(37). - nàpàpatihigà` falls on his back 313(35). - -higànte S. giant 32(31). - --higìt: mahigìt with an excess 118(16). - --higpìt: mahigpìt firm, strict 42(40). - mahihigpìt pl. 122(5). - -híkaw ear-ring 303(3). - nagpahíkaw caused himself to be adorned with ear-rings 303(2). - --híla: humìhíla is dragging 118(20). - paghíla a dragging 118(22). - hiníla was dragged 16(3). - hinìhíla is being dragged 100(23). - mahìhíla will be able to be dragged 80(27). - --hilámos: panghilámos water for washing hands 62(36). - -hilàw raw 28(31). - palahilawìn kind of rice 315(20). - -hilìng request 219(34). - humilìng requested 186(18). - hinilìng was asked for 16(27). - hiníhilìng is being asked for 52(8). - mapanghilìng given to demanding 42(7). - -hìléra S. row 34(20). - makahiléra be in single file 110(41). - nakahiléra is in single file 122(2). - --himbìng: mahimbìng sound, deep 296(39). - náhimbìng fell sound asleep 84(19). - -hína` weakness 18(7). - humína` became weak, slow 227(34). - naghína` made gentle 234(5). - nanghína` slackened up 240(2). - nagsìsipanghína` are getting weak 108(28). - kahináan weakness, slowness 22(39). - mahína` weak, slow 22(33). - mahihína` pl. 149(20). - -hinála` suspicion 40(23). - paghihinála` a suspecting 84(39). - hininála` was suspected 30(23). - hinìhinála` is being suspected 18(20). - pinaghìhinaláan is the object of suspicion 40(21). - màpaghìhinaláan màpàpaghinaláan will get suspected 38(19). 298(19). - nàpaghìhinaláan napàpaghinaláan gets suspected 298(15). - -hindì` not, no 16(4). 152(7). 228. 237. 239. 301. 319. 340. - --hinhìn: mahihinhìn respectable, decent, pl. 94(11). - -hintày wait 206(1). - maghintày wait 153(4). - naghintày awaited 26(13). 30(14). - naghíhintày is awaiting 48(12). - paghihintày a waiting 285(23). - hinintày was awaited 120(37). - -hintò` a stopping; stop 22(26). 222(2). stopped 223(28). - maghintò` stop 170(3). - magsihintò` pl. 184(22). - naghintò` stopped, ceased 18(3). 283(13). - naghíhintò` stops 110(36). - nagsísipaghintò` pl. 112(5). - ihintò` be stopped 104(19). - hintuàn be ceased from 251(28). - hinintuàn was ceased from 122(22). - hintúan stopping-place 258(32). - máhintò` come to an end 60(37). - náhintò` got stopped 259(34). - pahintò-hintò` stopping at intervals 300(30). - pinahintò` was caused to stop 26(2). - pinapaghintò` was caused to cease 84(31). - ipinahintò` was caused to be stopped 241(1). - --hintúlot: pahintúlot a permit 116(2). 272(4). - ipinahìhintúlot is being permitted 54(18). - pahintulútan be given permission 264(22). - pinahintulútan was given permission 264(39). - pinahìhintulútan is being given permission 122(6). - -hinòg ripe 34(28). - nagkákahinòg are in part getting ripe 36(1). - nahinòg got ripe 16(13). - pagkahinòg a getting ripe 300(19). - napahinòg was able to be caused to ripen 311(20). - nápahinòg came to be caused to ripen 312(27). - --hingà: humíhingà is breathing 20(8). - hiningà breath 40(28). 228(29). - makapaghingà be able to breathe 68(20). - magpahingà rest 54(11). - nagpápahingà is resting 303(3). - makapahingà be able to rest 311(2). - makapápahingà will have rested 311(4). - nakapahingà has rested 310(43). - nakapápahingà has just rested, is rested 206(1). - nàpàpahingà is resting, of animals 312(31). - nangàpàpahingà pl. 312(37). - -hingì`: paghingì` a requesting 227(35). - manghingì` beg 34(18). - nanghingì` begged 32(20). - nagsísipanghingì` are begging 112(5). - manghihingì` begger, beggar 112(16). - makahingì` be able to ask for 281(33) - makáhingì` get by asking 32(22). - -hip, see -íhip. - -hípag husband's sister, (woman's) brother's wife 242(13). - maghípag two women, one of whom is married to the other's brother - 242(12). - -hípon kind of shrimp 259(6). - --hiràm: híhiràm will borrow 227(36). - manghiràm borrow 240(5). - panghihiràm a borrowing 221(5). - hiniràm was borrowed 174(22). - hìráman person borrowed from 258(34). - kahìráman one of two who borrow from each other 277(39). - magkahìráman two who borrow from each other 278(35). - makákapanghiràm will be able to borrow 287(24). - nakákapanghiràm is able to borrow 287(22). - mapanghiràm given to borrowing 289(37). - papanghiramìn be caused to go and borrow 305(34). - mapahíhiràm will be able to be caused to borrow, will be able to - be lent to 311(21). - -hírap misery 22(5). 50(29). - hiràp wearied 62(25). - maghìhírap will suffer 46(18). - paghihírap suffering 44(24). - kahirápan hardship 62(4). - mahírap difficult, poor 22(32). 36(19). 269(3). - mahihírap pl. 54(22). - nahirápan was pained, wearied 118(22). - nahìhirápan is being pained 44(12). - nagpàpahírap is causing to suffer 22(10). - pagpapahírap a causing to suffer 46(14). 273(1). - pagpapakahírap a taking pains 309(20). - pahìhirápan will be caused to suffer 44(10). 100(15). - -Hesùs S. Jesus 285(42). - --hitìt: hititìn be puffed at 66(13). - --hitsà (S. ?): ihiníhitsà is being tossed up 48(5). - hinitsahàn was tossed to 48(7). - nápahitsà got thrown upward 84(3). - -hitsúra S. appearance 40(13). 106(11). 116(33). - --híwa`: hiníwa` was slashed 20(33). 203(37). - --hiwalày: maghiwá-hiwalày part, separate, pl. 183(11). - naghiwalày parted (two persons) 88(17). - naghiwá-hiwalày pl. 26(34). 102(40). - naghíhiwalày are parting 40(18). - magkáhiwalày go apart (two involuntary actors) 270(38). - magkàkàhiwá-hiwalày will part, pl. 26(32). - nagkàhiwá-hiwalày went apart, pl. 271(14). - -hiyà` shame 72(12). 90(39). - kahiyá-hiyà` arousing shame 58(13). - kahiyaàn be revered 274(18). - makahiyà` given to embarrassment 288(31). - nahíhiyà` is ashamed 285(20). - mapanghìyà` given to embarrassing 289(38). - -heyugrafíya hewgrafíya S. geography 82(1). - -hubàd naked 223(29). - maghubàd undress oneself 232(19). - pinaghùhubaràn is being undressed in 255(18). - nagpahubàd had himself undressed 303(5). - pinapaghubàd was caused to undress himself 305(21). - pinahubaràn was caused to be undressed 308(11). - -húgas dish-washing 219(36). - naghùhúgas is washing 114(7). - maghuhugàs dish-washer 242(42). - manghuhugàs id. 243(14). - hinùhugásan is being washed 251(30). - hugasàn place for dish-washing 260(8). - -húkay hole, ditch 24(38). - hukày hollowed 104(9). - humúkay dig 24(37). 152(32). dug 179(26). - hùhukáyin hùhukáin will be dug 309(34). - ihinúkay was dug for 248(19). - hinukáyan was dug up 179(27). - -hukòm judge 18(26). - hùkúman court of justice 54(31). - paghuhùkúman session of court 54(34). - --húla`: humúla` predicted 277(37). - manghúla` tell fortunes 240(6). - manghuhúla` fortune-teller 206(16). - -húli (a) that caught 220(41). 282(6). - panghúli means of catching 52(27). - humúli catch 108(5). 165(34). - paghúli a catching 108(3). - nagsìsihúli are catching 102(1). - nanghùhúli goes catching 106(39). 240(6). - panghuhúli a catching in quantity 106(24). - manghuhúli catcher 56(20). 110(6). - hulíhin be caught 52(16). 68(9). - hinúli was caught 20(20). 84(31). - hulíhan be caught from 251(32). - hulihàn a catching by many 260(9). - pagkahúli a having caught 282(33). - màhúli get caught 52(22). 70(19). 102(3). - nàhúli got caught 16(22). 44(16). - nàhùhúli is getting caught, is caught 28(29). 309(7). - nagpahúli allowed himself to be left behind 68(36). - tagahúli catcher 165(34). - --(b) Accent shifted: hulì late; last 20(30). 28(18). 222(31). - panghulì last 226(10). - kàhulì-hulíhan very last 40(27). 280(17). - máhulì be late 235(39). - màhùhulì will be left behind 18(18). - náhulì was last 118(34). - pagkáhulì a being left behind 18(31). 296(18). - màpàpaghulì will all be caught 198(12). 297(20). - -Húliyo S. n. 279(5). - -Holò S. Sulu 120(18). - -húlo` source, upstream 279(4). - --húlog: ihúlog be dropped 168(19). - ihùhúlog will be dropped 64(43). - hulúgan be dropped to 16(17). - hùhulúgan will be dropped to 16(19). - ipakihúlog be dropped along 265(6). - ipinakihúlog was dropped along 265(9). - ipinakìkihúlog is being asked to be dropped along 265(10). - ikinahúlog was the cause of falling 74(38). - kahùhulúgan will be fallen from 158(30). - kinahulúgan was fallen from 274(19). - kahùlúgan one of two who drop to each other 278(6). - kahulugàn meaning 30(18). 120(24). - nakahúlog caused to drop 281(34). - mahúlog fall down 299(32). - mahùhúlog will fall down 22(12). - nahúlog fell down 24(7). - pagkahúlog a falling down 24(18). - magpatihulòg throw oneself down 206(23). - magpápatihulòg will throw himself down 313(28). - nagpatihulòg threw himself down 313(21). - nagpápatihulòg throws himself down 313(24). - -húni chirp 197(21). - humúni purred 84(1). - hùníhan chirping together 202(21). - kahùníhan one of two that chirp at each other 278(8). - mapaghunì given to neighing 289(31). - palahùníhin given to neighing, chirping 315(15). - -Húniyo S. June 110(11). - -hungkòy winnowed 223(30) - naghungkòy winnowed 232(21). - hungkúyan winnowing-machine 258(36). - -Hòrdan S. Jordan 106(6). - -hurnò S. oven 212(36). - -húsay excellence 58(1). - nagsìsihúsay are getting well 108(36). - mahúsay in good shape, excellent 46(5). 108(12). 269(4). - pinakamahúsay most excellent 28(38). - mahuhúsay pl. 196(22). - nàhúsay got well 44(24). - -hustò S. just suited 108(40). - -hóta S. iota 30(16). - -huwàg not, do not 20(13). 234. 239. 240. - -Huwàn S. n. 20(2). - -Huwána S. n. 173(25). - -huwátaw (C?) Chinese bowl 255(30). - -huwès S. judge 54(37). - -huwéting (C?) lottery 229(26). - - - - - -I(E). - -ibà other 22(10). 66. 98. 132. 251. 314. - ibà t ibà: nakapagìibà-t-ibà is able to alter 36(10). - pinagibhàn was differed in 255(19). - pagkakáibà a being different 46(39). 276(31). - náibà got different 294(24) - nàìibà changes 50(17). - pagkáibà a being different 110(17). - -íbig liked, desired 20(18). 267. - pagíbig a desiring, loving 60(25). 64(4). - iníbig was desired, loved 18(15). 40(16). - inìíbig is being desired, loved 92(20). - ìbígan mutual love 259(28). - magìbígan loved each other 236(29). - nagììbígan are loving each other 236(29). - pagiìbígan a loving each other 90(6). - kaibigàn desire, affection 140(2). 168(38). - kaìbígan one of two who love each other 94(18). 140(2). 278(9). - magkaìbígan two who love each other 42(30). 278(36). - kayibígan friend 16(5). 139(41). 278(17). - magkayibígan pair of friends 22(30). 278(37). - magkakayibígan pl. 26(30). 278(40). - pagkakayibígan a being friends 24(28). 278(30). - makipagkayibígan make friends with 40(6). 278(31). - nakipagkayibígan made friends with 86(30). - kàibígan person loved 279(41). - nagkàkàibígan are loving each other 90(32). 280(4). - maibigìn fond of 96(39). 110(15). - -íbon bird 197(21). - --ígi`: maígi` accurate 28(5). - -igìb that dipped 220(42). - umigìb dip out 227(38). - mangigìb fetch water 282(24). - -Igoróte S. Igorote 110(33). - --íhaw: ihàw roasted 222(32). - magíhaw roast, tr. 232(21). - iníhaw was roasted 244(16). - ihawàn gridiron 295(9). - --íhip: umìíhip is blowing 227(39). - hinípan was blown on 251(33). - -ikàw thou 18(10). 47. 63. 182. - See iyò, kà, mò. - --íkid: nakaíkid is coiled up 120(21). - tagaíkid roller 315(35). - --iklì`: kaikliàn shortness 192(21). - maiiklì` short, pl. 24(31). - nápakaiklì` very short 221(17). - -ílag go away 151(39). - umílag get out of the way 56(20). - nagsiílag got out of the way, pl. 118(34). - umìílag is running away 116(7). - pagiílag a getting away 116(27). - pangingílag an avoiding 102(2). 118(43). 240(8). - ilágan inlagàn be avoided 238(42). - inilágan was avoided 251(37). - inìilágan is being avoided 36(22). - -ilàn a few; how many? 16(11). 66. 98. - íilàn only a few 38(9). 48(28). - makáilàn several times 44(39). 298(33). - -ilàng uncanny 40(9). - pagilàng a tricking 227(41). - kailángan kayilángan necessity 58(16). 275(35). 288(12). - nangàngailángan requires 108(2). 275(38). - pangangailángan a needing 236(32). 275(39). - kàkailangánin will be necessitated 275(39). - kinàkailángan is being necessitated 46(11). 82(38). - nailàng was nonplussed 285(21). - --ílap: maiílap wild, pl. 28(25). - -ílaw light, lamp 122(5). - ilawàn lamp 286(27). - maílaw illuminated 72(6). - -elektrisidàd S. electricity 290(19). - --ílin: pangingílin performing of ceremonies 112(18). - -ílog river 16(2). - Ílog-Pásig Pasig river 244(9). - -Ilóko S. Iloko 275(8). - -impiyèrno, see infiyèrno. - -empléyo S. employment 92(32). - -impò grandmother 59. 256. - magimpò grandmother and grandchild 242(13). - -inà mother 30(27). 151(22). 59. - maginà mother and child 242(14). - magiinà pl. 242(30). - inahìn female 238(40). - iníinà godmother 247(17). - --ínam: maínam handsome, pleasant 18(14). 269(5). - pàináman be made very pretty 308(37). - -indà` grandmother 59. 256. - --inìp: naíinìp is impatient 285(22). - -ínit heat 134(19). - inìt heated, angry 167(9). 222(33). - umínit became hot 227(42). - nagínit heated; grew angry 24(22). - nagìínit is heating 234(6). - kainítan heat 118(20). - maínit hot 50(9). - maiínit pl. 96(29). and Corrigenda. - taginìt hot season 152(20). 315(11). and Corrigenda. - -iniyò prep. and loc. of kayò: your, you, by you, pl. 165. 169. - niniyò disj., by you, of you, 163. - --inlag, see ílag. - -infiyèrno impiyèrno S. hell 22(6). - -entabládo S. platform 98(40). - --intindè S.: nàintindihàn was understood 50(6). - -Intsèk Chinese 56(34). - --inò: ininò was paid attention to 68(6). - náinò got noticed 100(3). - --inòm: uminòm drank 228(2). - paginòm a drinking 163(21). - magiinòm drink much 206(26). - màngingínom mangiínom boozer 243(11). - ininòm was drunk 230(11). - inumìn drinking water 247(27). - ìnumínan water-shelf 259(22). - ìnúman drinking-party 257(25). - kaìnúman one of two who drink together 277(40). - makáinòm accidentally drink 88(34). - pinaíinòm is being caused to drink 200(18). - tagainòm one whose only duty it is to drink 315(36). - tagapagpainòm one whose duty it is to give drink 316(2). - -inúyat molasses 253(40). - --íngat: nagíngat was careful 288(13). - nagìíngat is being careful 48(13). - pagiíngat a being careful 62(14). - ingátan be done carefully 227(31). - pagingátan be given due care 255(20). - maíngat careful 40(22). - -íngay noise 32(30). - pagiingày a making much noise 293(13). - naíngay made a sound 285(30). - maíngay make a sound 106(5). noisy 295(16). - -Ingglès Inggléses S. English 155(24). 260(11). - -ingkantádo S. enchanted 84(16). - -engkantadòr S. enchanter 84(38). - -ingkòng grandfather 59. 256. - -ipà rice-hulls 120(22). - --ípat, see ápat. - --ípon: nagsìsipagípon are gathering up 262(37). - maípon have been gathered 34(12). - naípon has been gathered 60(32). - màípon get gathered 293(39). - -irè this 163(36). 64. - nirì disj., of this, by this 316(18). 166. - See also díne. - -isà sà one, a 16(3). 67. 248. 261. 314. - isà ng báhay: kasà-ng-báhay housemate 68(22). 266(37). - isà ng daàn: ikaisà-ng-daàn hundredth 273(22). - isà ng laksà: ikaisà-ng-laksà` millionth 273(23). - isà ng líbo: ikaisà-ng-líbo thousandth 273(23). - isà ng pù`: pangsà-m-pù` number ten 225(40). - ikasà-m-pù` tenth 212(38). 273(24). - makásà-m-pù` ten times 64(19). - íisà only one 36(20). - isà-isà one by one 32(23). 76(19). 265(4). - nagisà-isà acted one by one 239(16). - inisà-isà were taken one by one 76(15). - -isdà` fish 88(26). - mángingisdà` fisherman 243(6). - palàisdáan fishpond 315(24). - -ísip thought, intelligence; think 88(15). 159(29). 184(15). 222(2). - pangísip means of thinking 271(15). - umísip think 228(3). thought out 96(19). 100(15). - pagísip a thinking out 228(4). - magísip take thought 200(23). 234(7). - nagísip took thought, planned 207(20). 233(8). - pagiísip a planning; thinking-power, reason - 44(25). 98(34). 234(9). 252(31). 254(27). - magisìp think of various things 237(33). - nagisìp thought about, ransacked his mind 102(43). - nagíisìp is variously thinking of 202(42). - pagiisìp a searching through one's mind 30(16). - isípin be thought of 166(11). - inísip was thought of 170(4). - pinagísip was planned 246(14). - pinagisìp was variously thought out 246(21). - pagkaísip a having thought out 193(31). - pagkàísip a chance thinking out 291(7). 292(11). - nagpaísip caused to be thought out 310(21). - ipinaísip was caused to be thought of 306(18). - -eskuwéla S. pupil 304(5). - eskuwèlhan school 90(3). - -Espániya S. Spain 80(40). - -ispírito S. spirit 66(23). - -Estádos-Unídos S. United States 46(33). - -estasiyòn S. station 116(20). - -estudiyànte S. student 26(29). - -estopádo S. stew 182(2). - -istóriya S. history 271(6). - -itìm black 36(40). - itimàn be made black 251(40). - kaitìm what blackness 151(27). - kaiitìm pl. 267(41). - maitìm black 36(12). - pàitimàn be made very black 308(37). - -itlòg egg 28(31). - pinangitlugàn was laid into 256(35). - pàngitlúgan place where eggs are laid 262(4). - -itò yitò this, the latter, he, it 16(32). 64. - nitò disj., of this, by this 20(34). 166. - ganitò in this manner 26(7). 190. - See also díto. - --íwan: íwan (for i-íwan) be left 32(3). 140(3). - ìíwan will be left 248(21). - iníwan was left 32(25). 44(42). - inìíwan is being left 248(22). - kinaiwánan was left in 237(34). - naíwan has been left 32(27). - nangaíwan pl. 120(33). - nàíwan got left 293(16). - nagpáiwàn caused himself to be left 50(38). 304(26). - --iyàk: umiyàk weep, cry 186(35). - umíiyàk is weeping 22(24). - nagsísiiyàk pl. 114(15). - pagiyàk a weeping, crying 100(1). 228(6). - inìiyakàn is being wept for 251(42). - ìyákan a crying by many 100(4). 257(26). - nagìyákan wept together 32(8). - ikináiyàk was the cause of weeping 30(37). - paiyàk-iyàk weeping at intervals 300(38). - pagpapaiyàk a causing to cry 100(7). - nápaiyàk burst into tears 90(20). - palaiyákin cry-baby 315(17). - -iyàn yàn that 20(9). 64. - niyàn disj., of that, by that 157(32). 166. - ganiyàn in that manner 20(12). 102(22). 190. - See also diyàn. - -iyò yò prep. and loc. of ikàw: by thee, thee, thy 16(28). 165. 169. - -iyòn yòn yoòn yaòn that, you, the former 16(9). 64. - niyòn noòn disj., of that, by that, 34(27). 38(8). 50(27). 166. - gayòn ganoòn in that manner 18(19). 190. 238. 239. - magkágayòn happen thus 46(17). 271(10). - See also doòn. - -Eyurúpa Yurúpa S. Europe 82(2). 221(37). - - - - - -K. - -kà thou, enclitic form of ikàw 47. 63. 182. - -kabaliyerésa S. stable 181(39). - -kabàn box; dry measure of 75 litres, equal to 25 salòp; twenty-five -220(38). 228(36). - -kabáyo S. horse 60(30). 288(25). - See kinamatayàn. - nangàngabáyo is riding horseback 240(9). - kabá-kabayúhan hobby-horse 261(34). - nakapangàngabáyo is able to ride horseback 287(26). - -kabiyàw: kumabiyàw press sugar-cane 228(6). - kabyáwan cane-press 255(28). - pagkabyawàn be used to press cane in 255(27). - pagkàkabyawàn will be used to press cane in 255(28). - pinagkabyawàn was the place of pressing cane 255(24). - pinagkàkabyawàn is the place of cane-pressing 255(25). - -kabuluhàn, see -búlo. - -kabutì mushroom 244(19). - --kagàt: pagkagàt a gnawing 36(4). 86(6). - kinagàt was gnawed 76(9). - kinákagàt is being gnawed 106(30). - pinagkakagàt was variously gnawed 84(24). - -káhit although; no matter; any -18(11). 22(3). 28(21). 48. 68. 248. 253. 264. 290. 294. - -kahòn S. box 84(42). 120(20). - -káhoy wood; tree 32(33). 34(28). 58(1). - See búnga, piráso, púno`. - --káin: kumáin eat 24(1). ate 16(16). - kumàkáin is eating 42(8). - kàkáin will eat 28(39). - pagkáin an eating; food 28(33). 241(40). 254(5). - nangàngáin makes his food of 36(13). - kánin be eaten 293(20). boiled rice 72(34). - kináin was eaten 32(16). contents of stomach 275(7). - mangináin graze 18(33). 241(13). - nangìngináin is grazing 18(2). - pangingináin a grazing 18(4). - makapangináin have grazed 18(36). - kinàkáin is being eaten 36(15). - kakanìn sweetmeats 108(6). - nagkàkakanìn makes sweetmeats 236(7). - pagkánan be eaten from 255(30). - kàínan eating-party 284(36). - pagkakàínan an eating together 108(21). - kainàn kakanàn dining-room 114(6). 230(12). - makikáin eat along 192(40). - makìkikáin will eat along 264(6). - nakikáin ate along 264(7). - kakàkáin there has been eating 175(8). - kakàínan one of two who eat together 278(9). - makakáin be able to eat 94(30). 281(37). - nakáin was able to be eaten 283(27). - pagkakáin a having eaten 108(27). - makàkáin happen to eat 108(9). - makàpakikáin-káin ever eat along 297(26). - pangpakáin served as food 112(29). - nagpakáin caused to be eaten 303(6). - pagpapakáin a causing to eat 112(39). - pakánin be caused to eat 72(33). - ipinakipakáin was asked to be caused to eat 307(37). - tagakáin one whose task is merely to eat 315(37). - tagapagpakáin one who is to serve food 316(4). - -kaingìn a clearing 118(40). - -kakàw S. cocoa 299(6). - -káki S. khaki 122(2). - -kalabása S. pumpkin 76(15). - -kalabàw (S.) carabao 70(38). - kalabàw-ramò grass-carabao, wild carabao 230(9). - -kalabìt a touch 201(26). - kakàlabítan one of two who touch each other 277(41). - -kalabòg a thud 24(4). - kumalabòg fell with a thud 24(9). - kàlabúgan thud of many objects 257(27). - -kalákal merchandise 236(31). - -kalámay rice-paste 56(16). - -kalàn stove, brazier 74(5). - -kalasìng clink 247(21). - kàlasíngan clink of many objects 257(31). - --kálat: pakálat caused to be rumored 118(10). - -kálaw owl 18(29). - -kalaykày rake 225(25). - kinalaykày was raked 166(22). - -kàlingkíngan, see -lingkìng. - -kaliwà` left-hand 90(26). - See bandà. - -kalsáda, see karsáda. - -káluluwà soul 72(26). 268(15). - --kaluskòs: kumaluskòs pattered 228(6). - kàluskúsan a pattering by many 84(20). - -kamálig storehouse 253(37). - Also as place-n., see báyan. - -kamátis (S.) tomato 268(26). - -kamatsilè S. a tree, Pithecolobium dulce Benth. 247(1). - -kamày hand 22(9). - nagkàmáyan shook hands with each other 234(10). - -kambèng goat 112(40). - -kamì we, excl. 20(38). 63. - See ámin. - -kamiséta S. shirt 122(2). - --kamìt: nagkamìt gained 232(22). - kàkamtàn will be received 272(42). - màkamtàn get obtained 40(5). - nàkamtàn got obtained 62(3). - -kampána` S. church-bell 80(26). - -kampìt kitchen-knife 174(22). - -kampòn S. comrade 305(33). - --kámot: kinámot was scratched 84(2). - -kamóte S. sweet-potato 253(2). - -kánan right-hand 90(26). - See bandà. - -kandáro S. lock 283(40). - -kandidáto S. candidate 209(24). - -kandíla` S. candle 50(29). - -kandeléro S. candlestick 293(5). - -kanilà, see silà. - -kanína a little while ago 22(17). 50(40). 262(5). - -kaníno, see síno. - --kanità, see kità. - --kaniyà, see siyà. - -kaniyà` therefore 20(13). 241. 295. 297. 324. - -kaniyòn S. cannon 252(9). - -kaniyunéro kaniyunéros S. cannoneer 200(18). See trabáho. - -kànser S. cancer 204(11). - -kantà S. song 208(6). - kumantà sing 110(32). - kumákantà is singing 228(8). - nagsísikantà pl. 110(38). - pagkantà a singing 112(3). - nagkákantà sings 112(2). - kantahìn be sung 110(38). - kinantà was sung 208(7). - kantahàn be sung for 204(29). - kantáhan song in chorus 112(4). - nagkantáhan sang in chorus 200(20). - --kapà`: kumapà` felt out 228(9). - kumákapà` is groping for 228(10). - nangapà` caught with his hand 240(10). - kinapà` was groped out 244(21). - nakàkàkapà` has come to be grasping 291(31). - -kapàg when, if 187(12). 248(31). 48. 296. 300. 304. - --kapàl: makapàl thick 86(7). - -Kapampángan, see pangpàng. - -kápit that held; a hold 66(29). - kápit-báhay neighboring house, neighbor 38(10). 56(35). 211(5). - magkápit-báhay pair of neighbors 242(22). - magkakápit-báhay pl. 38(9). - kápit-báyan neighboring town; person from the next town - 46(7). 60(12). 211(7). - pagkápit a holding on 295(4). - nagsikápit took hold, pl. 78(11). - nakakápit has taken hold 64(22). - nàkàkápit is clinging 78(15). - pakapítin be caused to take hold 78(2). - -kápitan S. mayor 98(38). - -kapitàn S. captain 254(34). - -kapóte S. rain-coat 161(20). - -kápuwà` fellow-; equally 36(39). 249. - kápuwà tào: magkápuwà-táo two fellow-men 242(23). - -karaniyúwan, see -dániw. - -kárang covering of wagon or boat 118(21). - -karáyom needle 224(1). See bútas. - -karéra S. course 167(27). - -karéta S. wagon 100(23). - -karitòn S. cart 38(17). - -karnabàl S. carnival 237(8). - -karnè S. meat, beef 114(11). - -karsáda kalsáda S. street 201(22). 257(26). - -karumáta S. carriage 52(36). - -karósa S. float 234(13). - -kasàl (S.) wedding 219(38). married 54(19). 223(31). - pagkakasàl a uniting in marriage 90(34). - ikinasàl was united in marriage 94(29). - mákasàl get married 92(26). - màkàkasàl will get married 295(14). - pagkákasàl a getting married 94(35). - pakasàl get married 168(16). - ipakasàl be caused to be united in marriage 92(17). - ipinakasàl was caused to be united in marriage 92(24). - mápakasàl get married 90(41). - -kasalukúyan, see -salúkoy. - -kasapuwégo S. match 193(7). - -kaséra S. landlady 302(28). - nangàngaséra eats in a boarding-house 240(11). - pàngaserahàn boarding-place 38(4). 262(9). - nagpàpakaséra keeps a boarding-house 303(8). - -Kastíla` S. Spanish, Spaniard 28(3). - -katàm a plane 56(38). - kumatàm use the plane 58(10). - màngangátam planer 56(34). - pinagkatamàn was variously planed off; shavings 56(40). - -katawàn, see táo. - -kathà` that composed 221(2). - -kátiyaw fighting-cock 238(3). - -kátre S. bedstead 62(38). - -katuturàn, see -tuwìd. - -káwad wire 284(22). - --káwag: ikináwag was shaken 78(14). - -káwal herd, troop 106(26). 116(6). - -kawále` frying-pan 114(10). - -káwáwa`, see áwa`. - -kawáyan bamboo 34(37). See pantày. - kawayanàn kwayanàn bamboo-grove 260(42). 290(20). - -káwit pruning-knife 240(12). - mangáwit prune; get tired of 240(12). - nangàngáwit is getting tired of 104(18). - -kay, see si. - -káy ké than 16(9). 281. - -káya ability, means 56(4). 226(35). 255(3). - nangàngáya has mastery 240(14). - ikakáya be the cause of ability; means 54(22). - makàkáya will come within the ability 16(16). - nakáya came within the ability 283(29). - nakàkáya comes within the ability 283(30). - -kayà` else 40(5). - so that 48(11). 47. 219. 297. 317(4). 321. - --káyas: kayàs smoothed 222(34). - kumáyas smoothed 228(11). - nakáyas was able to be smoothed 283(31). - --kayilà`: ipinagkayilà` was lied about 60(18). - -káylan kélan when? 70(18). 92(2). 39. 262(7). (13). 317(5). - -káyo cloth 249(34). - mangkakayò cloth-dealer 248(9). - -kayò you, pl. 63. See iniyò. - -kibò` least sound or movement 44(42). - kumibò` make the least sound, budge 279(13). made the least sound, - budged 44(5). - pagkibò` a making the least sound or movement 104(25). - -Kíka` (S.) short-n. (Francisca) 311(11). - -Kíko` (S.) short-n. (Francisco) 50(36). - --kilála: kilalà familiar 290(19). - kumilála make acknowledgement 90(40). - kakilála person with whom one is acquainted 60(23). - pagkàkilanlàn be used as an advertisement 58(18). 279(28). - nakàkìkilála nakàkàkilála is acquainted with - 167(30). 276(8). 292(28). - nàkilála was perceived, got known 70(38). 104(2). - màpagkilála be found out 40(20). 66(38). - nàpagkilála was realized 50(32). - nàpagkìkilála is being recognized 44(34). 52(1). - nagpakilála caused to be known 168(34). - nagpàpakilála is causing to be known, showing 44(24). - pagpapakilála a showing 52(25). - ipakilála be caused to be known 58(5). - ipinakilála was caused to be known 64(40). - ipinakìkilála is being shown 88(8). - màipakilála come to be shown 68(32). - --kílos: pagkílos a moving, intr. 44(35). 66(35). - kìlúsan concerted movement 264(4). - makakílos be able to move 311(28). - -kinà, see sinà. - -kinábang profit 263(39). - pakikinábang profit; holy communion 263(38). - pakinábang advantage 300(3). - nagpakinábang caused to profit, gave holy communion 98(4). - pakìkinabángan will be profited from 94(26). - --kinìg: kuminìg trembled 42(41). 64(27). - --kinìg: makinìg hear 20(16). 30(17). - makíkinìg will hear 96(11). - nakinìg heard 285(30). - nakíkinìg is hearing 22(21). 96(5). - pakinggàn be listened to 20(29). 308(12). - pinakinggàn was listened to 50(27). - nàpakinggàn happened to be heard 46(24). - -kínis skill 56(37). 102(22). - kakínis what cleverness, how clever? 102(14). - makínis smooth, skilful 102(9). - pinakamakínis most skilful 102(14). - makikínis pl. 118(29). - nakapagpàpakínis is able to make smooth 58(14). - --kintàb: nagpápakintàb is causing to shine, polishing 114(8). - --kingg, see kinìg. - --kísig: makísig lively 78(23). - --kíta: kumíta find, earn 30(33). - kumìkíta is finding 30(37). - pagkíta an earning 60(37). - magkíta see each other (two actors) 234(10). - magkikíta pl. 28(1). 239(5). - nagkíta saw each other 203(40). - kinakitáan was the place of seeing, was seen in 36(32). - makàkíta happen to see, find 30(26). 66(6). - makàkìkíta will happen to see 30(36). - nakàkíta happened to see 16(2). 40(27). - nakàkàkíta happens to see 292(31). - màkíta get seen 30(25). 32(38). - màkìkíta will be seen 22(37). - nàkíta got seen 20(24). 32(31). - nàkìkíta is getting seen 20(21). 26(4). - pagkàkíta a chance seeing 38(18). 80(12). 292(35). - kàpakitáan one of two who show each other 310(36). - nagpàpakíta causes to be seen, shows 48(14). - ipakíta be shown 48(33). 306(21). - ipinakíta was caused to be seen, was shown 30(38). 34(18). - màipakíta come to be shown 28(15). - -kità thou and I; thou by me 16(19). 18(21). 63. 182. - nità disj., by, of thee and me 163. - kanità prep. and loc., thy and my, thee and me, by thee and me - 227(17). 165. 169. - -kitè` chicken 238(9). - -kláse S. class, school 26(36). - -kristàl S. glass 255(21). - -kristiyáno (Chinese brogue: kilistiyáno) S. Christian 58(39). - -Krísto S. Christ 20(4). - -krùs S. cross; also as family-n. 20(24). 242(20). - nagkurùs crossed himself 64(29). - nagkúkurùs is crossing himself 64(5). - -kò disj. of akò: of me, by me 47. 163. 182. - -kúba` hump; hunchback 22(29). - --kublì: nagkublì concealed himself 94(5). - nagkúkublì is hiding (intr.) 232(23). - pagkukublì a hiding 186(14). - nangúngublì is staying concealed 108(20). 240(16). - pangúngublì a staying concealed 272(14). - pinagkùkublihàn is being hidden in 94(8). - kublíhan hiding-place 36(33). - nàkùkublì is in hiding 108(33). - pagkákublì a being in hiding 108(23). - -kúbo hut 118(27). - -kúgon nipa, Imperata arundinacea 118(27). - --kúha: kumúha took 50(38). - kumùkúha is taking 112(7). - kúnin be taken 202(10). - kinúha was taken 30(7). 84(25). - kinùkúha is being taken 74(26). - pinagkúkuhà is being variously taken 74(7). - pagkúnan be taken from 255(35). - pagkùkúnan will be taken from 222(35). - pinagkúnan was taken from 255(31). - pinagkùkúnan is being taken from 255(33). - ikinakúha was the cause of taking 272(11). - makakùkúha will be able to take 56(40). - nakakúha has taken 90(24). - nakakùkúha succeeds in taking 54(4). - pagkakúha a completed taking 52(36). - màkúha get taken 34(9). - nàkúha chanced to be taken 58(11). 267(7). - -kukò fingernail 234(23). - manghinukò cut the fingernails 241(24). - -kúlam magic principle 40(11). - mangkukúlam sorcerer 40(1). See médiko. - kinúlam was bewitched 42(29). - kinùkúlam is being bewitched 40(41). - nàkùkúlam is bewitched 42(6). - -kúlang lack 201(10). - kulàng made incomplete 222(35). - nagkùkúlang is at fault 96(40). - --kulápol: nàkùkulapúlan is encrusted 110(35). - -Kulàs (S.) n. (for Nicolás) 258(28). - -Kulása (S.) n. 287(23). - -kúlay color 171(21). - kakúlay of the same color 266(10). - kasingkúlay id. 314(37). - -kulilìng small bell 225(22). - -kólera S. cholera 42(3). - --kulò`: kumúkulò` is boiling, intr. 74(24). - nagpakulò` caused to boil 96(20). - -kulòg thunder 254(36). - -kulugò wart 228(30). - --kulòng: kùlúngan place of imprisonment 86(4). - kulungàn cage, crate 238(41). - kinàkùkulungàn is the place of accidental imprisonment 86(5). - nàkùkulòng is imprisoned 84(42). - --kumbidà (S.): kinumbidà was summoned 20(19). - -kompaniyà S. company 221(20). - --kumpisàl (S.) magkumpisàl go to confession 98(22). - pagkukumpisàl a going to confession 98(12). - nangumpisàl practised going to confession 98(28). - nangúngumpisàl goes to confession 56(13). - kinúkumpisàl is being given confession 98(7). - kumpìsálan confession 98(24). - mapagkumpisàl given to going to confession 98(11). - nagpápakumpisàl gives confession 98(3). - pagpapakumpisàl a giving confession 98(5). - pàkumpisálan confessional 96(37). - -kumpòl cluster 281(35). - -kumpusisiyòn S. composition 90(15). - -kumustà S. como está? 230(39). - -kúmot blanket, sheet 36(39). - --kun, see--kúha. - -kung when, if, whether 16(6). 45. 298-301. - -kongkristiyános S., see kapatìd. - -kópiya S. copy 52(10). - -kúra S. priest 50(3). - -kuràl S. corral 268(42). - -korbáta S. necktie 163(36). - -kurípot stingy 112(16). - -koréyo S. mail 168(19). - --kúro`: pinagkùkúro` is being considered 82(24). - mapagkúro` be able to be divined 287(10). - napagkùkúro` is able to be divined 52(19). - màpagkúro` get figured out 20(18). - màpàpagkúro` will get figured out 182(20). - nàpagkúro` got figured out 297(13). - nàpàpagkúro` is divined, is understood 297(15). - -koróna S. crown 26(24). - --kurùs, see krùs - --kuròt: kumuròt pinch 228(13). - manguròt pinch people 240(16). - kurutìn be pinched 244(24). - kurutàn be pinched from 251(43). - kùrútan a pinching by many 257(35). - -kúsa` of its own accord 225(20). - -kusína` S. kitchen 114(9). - -kosinéro S. cook 114(1). - -kutìng kitten 255(37). - -kutsíliyo S. table-knife 114(9). - -kutséro S. driver 272(2). - -kúto head-louse 225(16). See pamatày. - kutuhàn lousy person 260(10). - -kuwáko cigar-holder 220(34). - -kuwaltà kuwàlta kuwàrta (S.) money 30(33). 141(27). - -kuwàrto S. room 84(23). - --kuwayan, see kawáyan. - --kuwènta S.: pagkuwènta a counting 223(6). - -kuwènto S. story 66(3). - pagkukuwènto a story-telling 286(5). - -kúya kúyang (C.) oldest brother 46(22). 118(15). 59. 254. - magkúya oldest brother with brother or sister 242(14). - magkukúya pl. 242(30). - - - - - -L - -laàn that reserved 221(3). - inilálaàn is being reserved 248(22). - --labà S. ipaglálabà will be washed for 174(40). - -lában against 22(15). 282. - lumában complete 60(40). - labánan be opposed 60(36). - labanàn war 251(1). - nagsìsipaglabanàn are fighting each other 122(15). - paglalabanàn a fighting, war, battle 116(27). - makipaglában engage in a contest 48(23). - pakikipaglában an engaging in a contest 116(29). - kalában opponent 266(11). - kinàkalában is being opposed 60(38). - -labanòs (S.) large radish 252(21). - -labàng trough 289(3). - labangàn manger 260(25). - -labàs the outside 52(38). - lumabàs went out 52(34). - lumálabàs is going out 74(1). - paglabàs a going out 245(3). - maglabàs bring out 234(11). - ilabàs be brought out 270(32). - nilàlabasàn is being come out at 42(14). - naglàlàbásan are going out together 236(16). - máilabàs get taken out 110(4). - palabàs theatrical performance 300(4). - papalabàs going out 96(30). - nagpápalabàs is bringing out, presenting 303(9). - -labì added to ten, -teen 58(12). 135. - labi ng isà: panglabì-ng-isà number eleven 225(40). - ika-labì-ng-isà eleventh 273(24). - -lábis excessive 172(40). - -labòng bamboo-sprout 172(25). - --ladlàd: iniladlàd was dropped 104(36). - -lagablàb blaze 231(6). - --lagánap: lumagánap circulated, intr. 34(29). - -lagári` a saw 187(13). - manglalagarì` food-sawer 243(17). - mapaglagarían be able to be sawed on 288(24). - -lagày situation, condition 46(8). 90(35). - ilagày be placed 108(12). - inilagày was placed 220(17). - inilálagày 108(42). - nilagyàn was put onto, was covered 30(11). 261(30). - nilàlagyàn is being put into, is being filled 108(39). - làgáyan place where things are put 193(36). 258(38). - lalagyàn receptacle 96(25). 261(22). - pagkakálagày a placing, position 270(40). - kinàlàlagyàn is the place of putting 38(32). 88(5). - kalàgáyan position, state 34(34). 176(35). - málagày get placed 294(26). - pagkálagày chance placing, position 100(20). - nagpalagày caused to be placed 24(39). - mápalagày chance to stay in a position 22(14). - -lági` frequently 60(27). 62(15). - palági` id. 62(10). - --lagkìt: malagkìt sticky 221(26). - -laglàg that falling 247(3). 257(31). - ilálaglàg will be dropped 24(3). - inilaglàg was dropped 32(24). - nalaglàg fell down 257(28). - -lagnàt fever 94(30). - -lagpàk a falling down 58(35). - lumagpàk come down on, land 46(38). came down 299(32). - lálagpàk will fall down on 244(39). - paglagpàk a falling down onto 48(22). - nàpàpalagpàk is falling down onto 108(19). - --lagò`: malagò` dense 24(31). - --lagòk: pagkalagòk a having swallowed 30(20). - pagkálagòk a chance swallowing 291(9). - --lagòt: malagòt break off, intr. 40(28). - nalagòt broke off 261(27). - pagkalagòt a breaking off 112(31). - -lahàt all 26(12). 66. 132. 145. 174. - lahàt-lahàt all the various things 74(35). - -láhi` family, race 275(29). - -lákad a going, an errand 221(4). - lakàd on foot 223(17). - lumákad go, walk 18(7). went 283(1). - lumàlákad is walking 115(15). - paglákad a going 66(18). - naglákad drew on foot 234(13). - paglalákad a drawing on foot 234(12). - maglakàd walk about 122(7). - naglálakàd is walking about, journeying 22(31). 66(9). - nagsísipaglakàd pl. 58(40). - paglalakàd a walking, journeying 66(15). 84(4). - maglalakàd traveler 242(43). - lakárin be traveled over 118(26). - nilákad was walked over 244(24). - lakáran be gone to, be gone on 70(6). 252(4). - nilakáran was travelled on 32(19). - nilàlakáran is being walked on 22(33). - lakaràn walking-party 260(13). - makalàlákad will be able to walk 104(31). - nakalàlákad is able to walk 34(8). - nalákad was able to be walked over 283(33). - nàlákad chanced to walk 177(17). - palákad course 50(6). - pagpapalákad a causing to go 288(9). - pinalákad was caused to walk 68(41). - ipalákad be caused to go 118(19). - -lakàs force 44(6). See úbos. - lumakàs grew strong 76(39). - inilakàs was made louder 42(41). - lakasàn be done with strength 252(5). - kalakasàn strength, loudness 182(23). - malakàs strong, loud 18(23). 269(6). - pinakamalakàs strongest 309(41). - malalakàs pl. 18(15). - -lakì size 66(12). - lumakì grew larger 56(9). - nagsilakì pl. 90(5). - paglakì a growing larger 300(17). - lakhàn be made big 252(6). - kalakhàn greatness, most 44(29). 60(39). - malakì large 18(18). 69. 99. 110. 138. - malalakì pl. 34(38). - ikàpagpàpalakì will be the means of causing to grow larger 310(22). - kasinglakì of the same size 314(39). - magkakasinglakì several of the same size 120(3). - -lákip: kalákip having the same cover, enclosed with 173(28). - -laksà` million 134. See isà. - --láko`: magláko` peddle 232(23). - maglalakò` peddler 226(23). - --lála: nilála was woven 46(40). - --lalà`: inilalà` was the cause of getting worse 291(17). - palalà` getting worse 92(10). - -laláki man, male 30(31). - -lálim depth 218(27). - ilálim under side 20(28). - nilalíman was done deeply 252(7). - malálim deep 18(39). - pakalalímin be made too deep 309(33). - pakalàlalímin will be made too deep 309(34). - pinakalálim was made too deep 309(35). - -lálo` more 24(27). 147. 242. - nilalúan was exaggerated 98(5). - --lam, see -álam. - -lamàn flesh, muscle, contents 18(15). 48(1). See piráso. - -lámang only 28(33). 47. 220. 227. 243. - -lámat crack 300(17). - --lambòt: malambòt soft 163(14). - -lamìg cold 118(31). - lumamìg became cold 296(39). - lálamìg will become cold 183(16). - kalalamìg what coldness, pl. 268(1). - kalamigàn coldness 272(36). - malalamìg cold, pl. 219(32). - taglamìg cold weather 315(30). - -lamésa S. table 114(9). - --lampàs: lumálampàs is getting excessive 54(27). - -lamòg bruised 62(28). - naglálamòg is getting bruised 62(15). - -lamòk gnat 303(9). - --lámon: lumàlámon is feeding, intr. 228(14). - nagsìsilámon pl. 262(21). - lalumúnan throat 88(28). - -landàs path 252(3). - -lansónes S. fruit of Lansium domesticum Jack. 306(32). - -lantà withered 76(36). - -langgàm ant 202(20). - -langìs oil 74(24). - -lángit sky, heaven 22(2). - kalangitàn heavenly regions 104(24). - --langòy: lumangòy swim 28(21). swam 82(33). - làngúyan swimming-place 258(40). - makipaglàngúyan go along swimming 264(28). - makìkipaglàngúyan will join the swimming party 264(30). - pàlangúyan place where something is allowed to swim 309(8). - --lápad: lapàd widened 306(8). - kalapáran wideness 70(40). - malápad wide 92(35). - --lapàg: inilapàg was placed on the ground 106(16). - inilálapàg is being placed on the ground 36(41). - nàlàlapàg is lying on the ground 114(43). - -lápis S. pencil 223(8). - --lápit (a) lumápit came near 26(19). - lumàlápit is coming near 64(19). - paglápit a coming near 66(25). - nilapítan was approached 24(22). - malápit near 44(27). - malalápit pl. 110(18). - --(b) With accent-shift: málapìt get near 100(27). - màlàlapìt will be near 120(7). - nálapìt got near 98(40). - pagkálapìt a having got near 46(28). - -laráwan image 20(4). - -lariyò (S.) brick 302(41). - -larò` game; play 46(32). 241(34). - maglálarò` will play 232(24). - naglarò` played 232(24). - nagsipaglarò` pl. 86(31). - naglálarò` is playing 46(36). - nagsísipaglarò` pl. 46(35). - paglalarò` a playing 48(5). - laruìn be played with 244(25). - làrúan play-ground 139(41). - laruwàn toy 84(6). - paglaruwàn be used as a plaything 255(37). - pinaglaruàn was played in 48(41). - pinaglàlaruwàn is being used as a plaything 255(40). - makipaglarò` play along 88(20). - pakikipaglarò` a playing along 264(25). - kalarò` playmate 86(33). - kalálarò` there has been playing 267(16). - palarò` public games 204(20). - pagpapalarò` an allowing to be played 268(9). - -lasìng drunken 108(32). - naglasìng got drunk 282(28). - paglalasìng a getting drunk 190(15). - nakalálasìng makes drunk 108(8). - nakákapaglasìng is able to get drunk 286(38). - balasìng an intoxicant plant, Anamirta cocculus 108(7). 314(23). - -laséta (S.) knife 207(6). - -láta tin; can 223(26). 292(2). - --latà`: panglalatà` extreme fatigue 66(33). - --látag: ipinaglàlátag is being spread for 62(35). - nàlàlátag is lying stretched out 92(22). - pagkàlátag a chance spreading 269(39). - -latìn S. Latin 28(23). - --láon: kalaúnan duration, length 32(1). 86(11). - naláon took long 34(20). 70(37). - nalàláon takes long 108(27). - maláon long, taking long 34(25). 108(35). 69. 110. 138. - nalaúnan lasted long 36(33). 38(12). 54(13). - -lawà, see sa. - dalawà two 16(25). 224(22). 67. - dalawà ng pù`: pangdalawà-ng-pù` number twenty 225(41). - ikadalawà-ng-pù` twentieth 273(24). - dalawà ng pù t isà: ikadalawà-ng-pù-t-isà twenty-first 273(25). - dádalawà only two 84(30). 224(32). - dalá-dalawà two by two 224(10). - pangalawà number two 226(7). - dadalawáhin having two 54(5). - ikalawà second 24(15). - makalawà second day, day after tomorrow 180(4). 204(18). 288(33). - kamakalawà day before yesterday 166(42). 266(35). 259. - makálawà twice 98(1). 262(8). - --láwak: maláwak broad 28(26). 72(18). - --láwig: lalawígan province 110(13). - lalawíga-ng-Pampàngga Pampanga province 210(28). - maláwig roundabout 240(32). - --lawìt: naglawìt hung out, tr. 232(26). - ilawìt be hung out, down 78(1). - inilawìt was hung down 78(6). - nakalawìt hung down 38(29). - --layà`: kalayáan liberty 56(31). - -láyag a sail 228(17). - lumáyag sailed, voyaged 228(16). - naglálayàg sails back and forth 258(42). - -láyas get away 222(4). - lumáyas go away 100(8). went away 228(18). - làláyas will go away 181(28). - nilayásan was deserted 252(9). - làyásan a deserting by many 259(30). - makàláyas-láyas ever run away 297(24). - pagpapaláyas a driving away 36(23). - palayásin be driven away 84(22). - pinaláyas was driven away 72(11). - pinalàláyas is being driven away 72(31). - --láyaw: pagpapaláyaw a causing to be fulfilled 312(19). - --láyo` (a): kaláyo` what farness, how far? 70(5). - maláyo` distant, far 28(26). - malaláyo` pl. 82(37). - --(b) With accent-shift: málayò` be far away 32(19). 34(11). - nàlàlayò` is far away 80(37). - -líban except 70(12). 114(23). 283. - --libàng: paglilibàng an amusing 116(37). - lìbángan place for amusing 258(42). - malibàng be diverted 204(30). - nalibàng became engrossed 70(22). - ipinalílibàng is being caused to be amused 116(37). - --libìng: paglilibìng a burying 114(21). - inilílibìng is being buried 112(30). - lìbíngan burial-ground 114(21). - pagkálibìng a chance burying 114(25). - -libreríya S. library 227(36). - -librò S. book 90(29). - -líbo thousand 48(28). 52(43). 134. See isà. - líbo-líbo a thousand at a time 100(18). - makàlìlíbo a thousand times 50(28). 298(38). - --líbot: lumíbot took a walk 228(20). - naglíbot carried about 234(14). - naglibòt went on his errands 70(20). - naglílibòt is going about 34(30). - nagsísipaglibòt pl. 110(27). - paglilibòt a going about 68(2). - nalíbot has been gone round to 76(24). - --lígaw: paglígaw a courting 46(21). - manglilígaw manlilígaw wooer 42(27). 70(10). - nilìligáwan is being courted 70(14). - --ligàw: paligàw allowing himself to be led astray 32(13). - --ligáya: magsiligáya rejoice, pl. 262(21). - nakalìligáya is gladdening 202(21). - --ligd, see -gílid. - --lígid: palígid round about 16(20). 26(8). - palígid-lígid all around 32(33). 38(19). - -ligsì speed 218(30). - ligsihàn be done quickly 252(10). - maligsì quick 44(37). - nagmámaligsì acts quickly 235(41). - --ligtàs: nagligtàs saved 291(39). - naglíligtàs saves 18(9). - pagliligtàs a saving 96(19). - iligtàs be saved 88(30). - niligtasàn was escaped from 22(28). - makapagligtàs be able to save 94(34). - máligtàs get saved 92(8). 96(4). - náligtàs got saved 122(18). - màligtasàn get escaped from 50(30). - -lígo` bathe, intr. 222(4). - malígo` bathe, intr. 28(14). 191(38). - malìlígo` will bathe 191(30). - nalígo` took a bath 76(37). 285(38). - nalìlígo` is bathing 16(2). 32(31). - palígo` bath 300(4). - paligò` bathed 300(26). - pangpalígo` used for bathing 183(23). - pagpalígo` a bathing, intr. 40(18). 76(38). 302(20). - magsipalígo` bathe, intr. pl. 28(12). 302(23). - makapalígo` have bathed 32(37). - pagkàpalígo` a chance bathing 313(2). - pàliguàn bathroom, bathtub 309(12). - nagpalígo` caused to bathe, bathed, tr. 181(36). 303(11). - pagpapalígo` a bathing, tr. 303(12). - pinalìligúan is being caused to bathe, given a bath 308(14). is - being bathed in 308(13). - tagapagpalígo` one whose duty it is to bathe, tr. 316(5). - --liguwàk: máliguwàk get spilled 174(6). - -líham letter 154(4). - -líhim secret 24(32). 40(33). - lihìm kept secret 36(22). - inilíhim was kept secret 118(41). - palihìm secretly 70(14). - -liìg neck 135(17). 201(10). - --liìt: kaliitàn smallness 34(2). 118(1). - maliìt small 40(14). - maliliìt pl. 34(36). - -leksiyòn S. lesson 187(24). - -likòd back 24(26). 68(4). - likuràn rear 48(16). 68(11). - -talíkod 315(27). - tumalíkod turned the back 231(18). - pagtalíkod a turning the back 231(18). - tinalikdàn was turned the back to 254(21). - -Lílay (S.) short-n. 264(6). - -lílim shade 310(43). - malílim shady 294(27). - -limà five 56(33). 67. - panglimà number five 225(37). - lilimáhin having five 86(21). 247(36). - ikalimà fifth 273(18). - makálimà five times 298(33). - --límang: limàng confused 291(1). - nalímang became confused 285(24). - -limonáda S. lemonade 297(10). - -limòs alms; ceremonial gift 112(6). - maglimòs give alms 78(37). - manglilímos alms-seeker 112(10). - limusàn be given alms 112(7). - nilìlimusàn is being given alms 72(31). - nagpápalimòs is asking for alms 72(30). - nagsísipagpalimòs pl. 110(28). 304(17). - --límot: nalimútan was forgotten 208(7). - nalìlimútan is forgotten 92(2). - nakalìlímot has forgotten 276(8). - --linamnàm: malinamnàm tasty 16(18). - --línaw: malínaw clear 38(18). 116(38). - -lindòl earthquake 289(14). - lumílindòl there is an earthquake 281(12). - --línis: lumínis get clear 228(21). - naglínis cleaned 181(38). - naglìlínis is cleaning 182(31). - maglilinìs cleaner 242(43). - linísin be cleaned 238(6). - nilínis was cleaned 56(39). - nilìlínis is being cleaned 244(26). - kalinísan cleanness 276(32). - pinakamalínis cleanest 310(1). - malilínis clean, neat, pl. 259(1). - -lintìk lightning 254(37). - -linggò (S.) Sunday 50(11). - linggò-linggò every Sunday 96(4). - --lingkìng: kàlingkíngan little finger 280(13). - -lípa` a smearing, plastering 196(24). - panglípa` used for plastering 225(12). - maglilipà` plasterer 242 (43). - --lipàd: lumílipàd is flying 88(23). - pinalipàd was caused to fly 295(5). - --lípas: lipàs elapsed, evaporated 222(38). 287(7). - magpalípas allow to elapse 26(39). - nagpalípas allowed to elapse 92(3). - nagpàpalípas allows to elapse 74(12). 90(7). - --lípat: lumípat change one's abode, move 88(43). moved -118(39). 228(23). - nagsìsilípat are changing their abode 122(13). - ikinalípat was the cause of moving 116(26). - màlìlípat will go over 46(2). - --lípol: lipúlin be exterminated 24(36). - --lipumpòn: nagsísilipumpòn are swarming over 262(22). - pinagkàkalipumpunàn is being overrun by many 90(19). 276(9). - màpagkalipumpunàn get overrun by many 106(28). 298(30). - --lípon: nagsìslípon are swarming over 262(22). - nagsìsipaglípon are gathering up 262(37). - nagkàkalípon is getting all over 268(32). - nalìlípon has been, is able to be gathered together 98(38). 283(34). - --litàw: lumitàw bobbed up 78(7). - --litsòn S. paglilitsòn a pig-roasting 262(39). - litsúnan pig-roasting party 257(37). - --litò: pagkalitò a having become confused 72(9). - --liwalìw: magliwalìw be idle, loaf 240(23). - pagliliwalìw an amusing oneself, pleasure 96(39). - -liwánag illumination 66(1). - lumiwánag became light 201(37). - maliwánag bright 66(37). - -liyàb flame 66(16). - -léyi S. law 234(36). - -lubày cessation 100(1). - naglubày ceased 66(35). - naglúlubày ceases 58(21). - -lubhà` very 46(33). 147. - malubhà` intense 46(7). 78(25). - -lúbid rope 186(38). - --lublòb: naglúlublòb is splashing about 110(25). - -lóbo S. wolf 299(38). - -lóbo (S.) balloon 138(31). - -lubòg immersion, dyeing 251(41). - lumubòg went under 78(17). - nálubòg got sunk 257(12). - nàlùlubòg is immersed 78(13). - -lubòs complete 40(2). 312(19). - -lugàr S. place 20(27). - --lúgaw: maglúgaw prepare rice-broth 232(27). - nilúgaw rice-broth 252(32). - --lúgi: ikinalúgi was the cause of losing money 239(43). - --lúgit: palúgit handicap 60(38). - --lugmòk: nàlùlugmòk is sunk (in an emotion) 92(4). 114(14). - --lúha`: lumùlúha` is shedding tears 94(31). - --luhòd: lumuhòd kneel down 228(24). knelt down 228(25). - nakaluhòd has knelt down, is on his knees 112(1). - náluhòd knelt down 295(33). - nàlùluhòd is kneeling 22(24). - nagpatiluhòd suddenly knelt down 313(29). - pagpapatiluhòd a suddenly kneeling down 313(31). - nápatiluhòd fell on his knees 313(38). - -Lúkas S. n. 104(20). - -luksò jump over 222(5). - lumuksò jumped 16(21). - pagluksò a jumping 60(14). - luksuhàn be jumped onto 252(11). - luksúhan jumping by many 257(38). - nakipagluksúhan took part in a jumping-contest 264(31). - nakìkipagluksúhan takes part in a jumping-contest 204(19). - pakikipagluksúhan a jumping with others 62(1). - nàpàpaluksò involuntarily jumps up 62(10). - -luktòn locust 191(32). - -lóko S. crazy 80(31). - panglolóko a fooling 108(3). - nilòlóko is being fooled 50(32). - kalokóhan insanity 313(25). - pagkalóko a fit of insanity 313(22). - nàlòlóko is fooled 106(1). - -lúlan that loaded onto a vehicle; an embarking -100(32). 118(18). 219(40). - nagsilúlan embarked, pl. 118(24). - ilúlan be put on a vehicle 20(38). - inilúlan was put on a vessel 56(24). - lulánan be laden 252(12). - lùlánan an embarking by many 259(32). - màlúlan get put in a vehicle 20(11). - -Lóleng (S.) short-n. 134(31). - -lulòd shin 254(35). - luluràn be hit on the shin 252(13). the shin 261(25) Corrigenda. - -lúma` worn-out, old 171(4). - -lumbò cocoanut-shell drinking-cup 74(5). - -lumpò lame 219(5). - nalumpò became lame 285(28). - -lúmot moss 313(41). - -lundàg a leap 48(16). - lumundàg leaped 70(39). - paglulundàg a leaping about 296(13). - -lúnes S. Monday 180(5). - --lúnod: lunúrin be drowned 16(25). - kalunúran be drowned in 274(22). west 18(22). 163(27). - kalùlunúran will be the place of drowning 274(23). - magkalunòd have drownings 112(13). - malúnod get drowned 264(29). - nalúnod got drowned 28(22). - nangalúnod pl. 88 (31). - pagkalúnod a drowning 88(30). 272(23). - -lunggà` lair, hole 84(29). - --lungkòt: ikinalungkòt was the cause of regret 32(37). 88(17). - ikinalúlungkòt is the cause of regret 80(30). 272(13). - kalungkútan melancholy 92(5). - nalungkòt became sad 90(34). - nangalungkòt pl. 34(23). - nalúlungkòt is sorry 285(25). - palalungkútin given to grief 315(9). - -lúpa` land, ground, earth 16(4). 24(4). 46(38). See hampàs. - lúpa-ng-Bùstos ground of Bustos 100(9). - lúpa-ng-San-Ildepònso ground of San Ildefonso 100(34). - lupaìn land, country 56(17). - --lupìt: kalupitàn cruelty 74(20). - malupìt cruel 44(30). - malulupìt pl. 20(32). - -lúsong aid 231(42). - lusúngin be gone down into 244(27). - nilúsong was gone down into 244(27). - nilusúngan was gone to the aid of 252(15). - lusungàn mutual aid 260(14). - -lusòng mortar 16(25). - -lúto` a cooking; that cooked 182(33). 221(8). - maglúto` cook 114(3). - naglúto` cooked 182(1). - naglùlúto` is cooking 108(6). - maglulutò` cook 243(1). - lutúin be cooked 134(19). - nilúto` was cooked 257(35). - nilùlúto` linùlúto` is being cooked 244(28). - inilùlúto` ilinùlúto` is being cooked 181(18). 248(24). 249(25). - ipinaglùlúto` is being cooked for 249(24). - lutúan be cooked with 252(15). - lutuàn kitchen 114(6). - pagkalúto` a past cooking 108(10). - nagpàpalúto` causes to be cooked 108(6). - -loòb inside; spirit, will, opinion 36(5). 40(25). 90(40). See bigày. - loòb-loòb modest opinion 98(26). - nilóloòb is being intended 307(5). - pumaloòb go into the inside 42(10). 302(19). - napaloòb got into the inside 104(15). - --luwà, see káluluwà. - --luwà`: inilúwà` is being spat out 40(28). - --luwàg: maluwàg loose, not well fixed 92(38). - --luwalháti`: maluwalháti` in good shape 268(36). - --luwàng: kaluwángan looseness, width 253(27). - maluwàng loose, too wide 289(8). - --luwàs: lumuwàs go down-stream 56(21). - pagluwàs a going down-stream 297(34). - napaluwásan went down-stream together 279(4). 312(8). - -luwàt long duration 173(39). - maluwàt long 40(31). 62(22). 269(7). - magmaluwàt take much time 236(2). - nagmaluwàt acted slowly 236(1). - naluwatàn took long 84(8). - - - - - -M. - -(see also B, P). - -m, see na. - -mà` Uncle, Don, Mr. 256. - -mabúlo a tree and its fruit Trichodesma zeylanicum 34(40). - -madlà` populace 24(33). - --magàt: pamagàt title 86(19). 300(5). - pamagatàn be given a name 42(21). - pinamàmagatàn is being given a name 168(8). - -magíging, magìng see -gìng. - -mahàl dear 22(11). - pagmamahàl a holding dear 72(38). - minámahàl is being held dear 62(34). - kamàhálan highness, majesty 26(23). - kamahalàn dearness, high price 186(9). - kinàmahalàn was got dear in 279(17). - pinakamahàl dearest 309(38). - --mahála`: namàmahála` is ruling 122(4). - pàmahalaàn pàmahaláan government 56(15). See báhay. - -maìs S. maize 248(29). - -maèstro mayèstro S. master, teacher 88(12). - -mákina S. machine 203(2). - --málas: nàmálas got perceived 36(38). 38(19). - -málay consciousness 288(18). - nagkamálay became conscious 268(33). - nakàmálay happened to notice 188(10). - nàmaláyan got noticed 42(39). - pamaláyan be caused to be noticed 308(15). - -malì` bad 34(24). 271(42). - kamàlían wrongness 297(12). - pamalímalì` repeatedly wrong 300(31). - -Malólos place-n. 110(24). See báyan. - -máma` uncle, sir 151(35). 59. - -mámayà` mámiyà` soon 262(9). - -màn too, as well -16(18). 47. 221. 227. 248. 262.(7).(10).(13). 219. 317(3).(5). - -mána that inherited 40(5). - nàmàmána is inherited 40(11). - ipamána be bequeathed 40(30). - ipinamàmána is being bequeathed 40(31). - pamanáhan be bequeathed to 40(33). - -manè` peanut 76(16). - -maníka` (S.) doll 40(14). - -Manikìs S. family-n. 209(24). - -mansà S. spot 191(14). - -mansánas S. apple 182(27). - --máno S.: nagmàmáno kisses the hand 56(14). - -manòk hen, cock, chicken 38(30). 72(36). - nagmanòk-manúkan played rooster 237(10). - -Manuwèl S. n. 228(16). - -mangà plural sign 16(8). 143(16). 48. 251. - -manggà S. mango 34(40). See púno`, - manggáhan mango-grove 255(11). - -manggàs S. sleeves 306(24). - --manghà`: pagkámanghà` a getting astonished 60(5). - nangápamanghà` were astonished 52(18). 312(38). - -mangkòk (C.?) bowl 248(35). - -mangmàng ignorant 94(39). - kamangmangàn ignorance 82(24). - -màpápasa, mápasa, see sa. - -Marikína S. place-n. See báyan. - -Mariyà S. n. 70(11). - -Mariyáno S. n. 54(1). - -Màrkes S. family-n. 189(43). - -Markíta S. n. 92(29). - --masìd: nagmámasìd is observing 100(21). - pagmamasìd an observing 272(25). - masdàn be looked at 20(32). - minàmasdàn is being looked at 252(17). - pagmasdàn be observed 255(42). - pinagmasdàn was scrutinized 18(4). - pagkámasìd a chance looking at, a glancing 168(33). - màmasdàn get looked at 88(7). - màmàmasdàn will get looked at 96(16). - nàmàmasdàn is visible 297(32). - -masiyádo, see -siyádo. - -Masòn S. freemason 56(12). - -matà eye 20(27). See pilìk. - matà-matà trellis-work 223(41). - minámatà is being looked down on 30(3). - matáan be looked round for 254(31). - minatáan was looked round for 254(30). - kamatà congenial at sight 266(12). - mapangmatà given to looking down on people 18(19). - nàmatáan got espied 36(3). - --matày: ikamámatày will be the cause of dying 94(28). - ikinamatày was the cause of dying 186(15). - ipagkákamatày will be the cause of a part dying 272(34). - kinamatayàn was died in 38(23). - Kinamatayà-ng-kabáyo place-n. 221(30). - pagkàkamatayàn will be died in by some 275(13). - pinagkamatayàn was died in by some 275(10). - kamàtáyan death 94(34). - mamatày die 40(32). - mamámatày will die 32(1). 62(26). - namatày died 16(11). - nangamatày pl. 286(16). - namámatày is dead 74(11). - pagkamatày a dying 22(3). 40(27). - mamatày-matày be able to die off 287(37). - namatayàn was died from 38(9). - namàmatayàn is died from 112(19). - magpápakamatày will commit suicide 309(23). - nagpakamatày committed suicide 309(22). - pagpapakamatày suicide 309(24). - himatày fainting-fit 314(25). - naghíhimatày is fainting 236(6). - paghihimatày a fainting 159(6). - himatayìn be attacked by a fainting-fit 208(5). - hinimatày was attacked by a fainting-fit 246(1). - ipinaghimatày was the cause of fainting 88(32). 250(3). - -matsìng young monkey 110(9). - kamatsingàn monkey-tricks 276(32). - -máy mé there is; having; about 16(8). 48. 69. 110. 138. 252. 331. - máy ári`: nagmèmé-ári` has ownership 40(13). - máy-roòn same as máy 18(25). 69. 110. 331. - --máyaw: magkàmáyaw harmonize 102(13). 270(41). - -mayèstro, see maèstro. - -Mayníla` place-n. 50(2). See báyan. - -médiko S. physician 30(2). - médiko-ng-mangkukúlam witch-doctor 42(21). - -Migèl S. n. 255(33). - -milágro S. miracle 74(32). - nagmìmilágro is working a miracle 104(23). - -milagróso S. miraculous 74(29). - -míle-nobisiyèntos-dòs S. 1902 34(27). - -milòn S. melon 76(16). - -mínsan once 16(2). 22(34). 39. 42. 262(10). - mínsanin be done all at once 246(5). - pamínsan-mínsan once in a while 68(10). - -mésa S. table 173(26). - -mísa S. mass 50(37). - magmísa say mass 96(26). - nagmìmísa says mass 96(4). - pagmimísa a saying mass 96(18). - pagkamísa a having said mass 98(19). - makapagmísa be able to say mass 96(14). - magpamísa have mass said 72(29). - nagpamísa had mass said 72(25). - pagpapamísa a having mass said 80(25). - -mìsmo S. himself 46(18). 72(29). 265(7). - -míting E. meeting 236(18). - -miyèrkules S. Wednesday 259(32). - -mo disj. of ikàw: by thee; of thee 47. 163. - -mukhà` face 24(23). - kamukhà` of the same appearance 266(14). - -mulà` from 16(7). 284. - magmulà` start from 32(7). 284. - minulàn was begun 283(9). - -muláwin a tree, molave, Vitex littoralis Decne 263(27). - -mulì` again 18(35). 20(17). 148. - -múna previously, first 40(6). 47. 222. - -mundò S. world 50(18). - -Mundò (S.) short-n. 96(38). - -munisiliyò S. sacristan 253(16). - -munisípiyo S. town-hall 36(42). - -muntì` little 174(6). - kumuntì` what almost-ness 174(4). - -múra (a) cheap 219(7). - minúra was scolded 90(38). - muráhan be done cheaply 252(20). - minuráhan was sold too cheaply 252(19). - pagmumùráhan a making things cheap 236(31). - kamuráhan cheapness 276(33). - pinakamúra cheapest 114(41). - --(b) With accent-shift: nagmurà cursed 32(38). - murahàn mutual reviling 260(16). - magmurahàn revile each other 236(34). - magmùmurahàn will curse each other 203(39). - nagmùmurahàn are reviling each other 236(35). - pagmumurahàn a mutual reviling 236(37). - kamurahàn one of two who curse at each other 278(22). - -múra` unripe 22(38). - -músika S. music 48(31). See bandà. - -músiko S. musician 110(31). - --muò`: ipinagkákamuò` is the cause of partial hardening 272(37). - -muwàng information 82(6). - - - - - -N - -(See also D, S, T.) - -na ng m attributive 15. 20. 37. 45. 49. 119. 122-159 and Syntax, -passim. - -nà already -18(39). 47. 223. 224. 226. 227. 229. 242. 244. 341(3,c). 342. 437. - -nagíging, see -gìng. - --nagínip: panagínip dream 225(13). - nanagínip dreamt 240(21). - nanànagínip is dreaming 240(20). - pananagínip a dreaming 240(17). - nàpanagínip was dreamt 297(22). - -nagìng, see -gìng. - -nákaw that stolen 221(9). - numákaw stole 32(39). - pagnákaw a stealing 104(1). - magnákaw commit theft 170(4). 244(17). - nagnákaw did some stealing 155(41). - pagnanákaw thievery 38(2). - magnanákaw thief, robber 36(29). - nakáwin be stolen 102(24). - nànakáwin will be stolen 32(35). - ninákaw was stolen 32(36). - ninànákaw is being stolen 102(24). - pinagnakàw was variously stolen 120(32). - nakáwan be stolen from 234(8). - ninakáwan was stolen from 252(22). - nakawàn robbery 178(37). - nakapagnànákaw is able to commit thefts 102(17). - mànákaw get stolen 102(27). - nànákaw got stolen 102(27). - mànakáwan chance to be stolen from 24(3). - nànànakáwan chances to be stolen from 102(20). - -namàn on the other hand, however 22(32). 47. 224. - -námin, see ámin. - -nánay mother 116(17). 59. - magnánay mother and child 242(15). - magnanánay pl. 242(31). - -nàndon, see doòn. - --nang, see ang. - -Narsíso S. n. 296(30). - -nása, nàsása, see sa. - --nátin, see -átin. - --náog: manáog come down from one's dwelling 264(23). - nanáog came down 38(16). - nanànáog is descending 100(25). - panáog come down 151(40). - pagpanáog a descending 302(20). - magsìsipanáog will descend, pl. 108(13). - nagsìsipanáog are descending 106(29). - pinanaúgan was come down from 308(18). - -nawà`, see áwa`. - --ni, see si. - -nì S. nor; any, and, and not 22(22). 48. 68. 253. 319. - -nilà, see silà and sinà. - --ninà, see sinà. - --niniyò, see iniyò. - --níno, see síno. - -ningnìng glow 40(16). - nagníningnìng glows 40(15). - -nirè, see irè. - --nità, see kità. - --nitò, see itò. - --niyà, see siyà. - --niyàn, see iyàn. - --niyáya`, see yáya`. - -niyòg cocoanut 24(1). - See púno`, - niyúgan cocoanut-grove 259(3). - -niyòn, see iyòn. - -nobéla S. novel 86(19). - -nóbiyo S. fiancé 92(31). - -núno` ghost 34(32). - --noòd: nanúnoòd is looking on 48(36). - nagsísipanoòd pl. 48(29). - panunoòd a looking on 296(37). - panoorìn be looked at 108(29). - pinanónoòd is being looked at 108(32). - -noòn, see iyòn. - - - - - -Ng - -(See also K.) - -ng, see na. - -ngà` indeed, please 40(21). 47. 226. 229. - -ngálan name 156(11). - pangálan id. 26(16). - -ngayòn now, today 28(7). 262(11). 302. - --ngitì`: ngumíngitì` is smiling 228(26). - nàngìngitì` is asmile 92(28). - --ngiyàw: ngumiyàw mewed 84(27). - -ngúnit but 30(6). 320. 322. - - - - - -P (F) - -pà still, yet, more 24(16). 47. 226. 243. 248. 314. - -paà foot, leg 18(15). - Paà-ng-bundòk place-n. 118(25). - pinaahàn was caught by the leg, hurt in the leg 252(25). - paanàn be turned the feet to 252(29). base, foot 98(40). - pinaanàn was turned the feet to 252(27). - paánan base, foot 90(30). - -Páblo S. n. 283(22). - -padèr S. wall 52(11). - --padpàd: nápadpàd was cast by chance 96(2). - -pag when, if 32(13). 45. 300. 303. - -pagakpàk applause 219(41). - pagakpakàn be applauded 197(36). - pàgakpákan applause by many 257(40). - -pagigìng, see -gìng. - -pagítan place between, interval 258(31). 271(17). - pumagítan took position between 228(26). - pamamagítan an acting as means 24(33). 38(34). - ipinagítan was placed between 248(25). - nàpàpagítan is between 171(21). - -pagkà as soon as, after, when 181(27). 48. 296. 300. 304. 306. - -pagkìt wax 221(11). - -págod weariness 76(1). - pagòd tired 66(33). - -pagòng turtle 16(1). - -Páho` place-n. 120(11). - -páin bait 108(14). - pagpapáin a catching with bait 108(39). - -pákay purpose, aim 50(33). - -páko` nail 218(38). - páko ng babà`: mapagpáko-m-babà` over-modest 289(28). - pakuàn nailing-place 260(20). - nàpàpáko` is nailed 20(24). - -pakuwàn watermelon 203(37). - -palà but otherwise 209(25). 47. 228. 301. - -pála` gift, prize, favor 90(12). See gantì. - -pálad palm of hand 106(37). See kasamaàn, kasawiàn, sawì`. - nagkapálad had good fortune 34(3). 78(38). - nagkàkapálad has the good fortune 40(24). - kapaláran fortune 60(17). - -palakà` frog 228(11). - -palakòl hatchet 240(5). - -palànsa plànsa (S.) flat-iron 212(32). 227(42). - pinalànsa was ironed 244(30). - -palásiyo S. palace 26(26). - -palatòn S. dish 193(3). - -pálay rice, standing or in hull 163(19). See bantày, tánod. - -palayòk earthenware pot 74(5). - -palibhása` for the reason, because 54(20). 265(8). - -palìt exchange 148(26). - pinalitàn was supplanted 104(12). - -pálo` hit, strike 183(25). - pamálo` club, cudgel 70(16). - palúin be caned 195(35). - ikinàpálo` was the cause of getting thrashed 273(34). - pagkàpálo` a thrashing that was got 272(16). - -pálong comb of rooster 291(16). - -famíliya S. family 54(4). - -Pampàngga S. place-n. 173(9). See lalawígan, provìnsiya. - -pána` arrow 228(28). - pumána` shot an arrow at 228(28). - pinána` was shot with an arrow 244(31). - nakàpána` chanced to hit with an arrow 291(32). - -panahòn time 34(25). 50(5). 52(32). - --pánaw: pumánaw departed 228(29). - pumàpánaw is departing 92(25). - pagpánaw a departing 114(17). - pinanáwan was parted from 92(27). - -panày constant 72(20). 82(6). - kapanayàn continuance 276(34). - --panhìk: pumanhìk entered (a dwelling), went up into (a house) -38(27). 72(8). - pumápanhìk is entering 106(9). - pinanhikàn was entered 175(41). - mápanhìk get in 106(15). - pagkápanhìk a getting in 72(9). - pinapanhikàn was caused to be entered 52(14). - -paníki bat 210(26). See báhay. - -paniyò S. handkerchief 147(1). - -pansìn noticeable 219(8). - pansinìn be paid attention to 46(1). - pàpansinìn will be minded 96(35). - pinansìn was paid attention to 20(41). 94(2). - pinápansìn is being paid attention to 54(19). - nàpàpansìn gets noticed 100(19). - -pantày leveled 223(32). - pantày-kawáyan height of a bamboo-plant 218(28). - pantày-pantày even, all level 118(30). 291(5). - kapantày of the same height 173(28). - magkapantày both of the same height 270(3). - kasingpantày id. 104(6). 315(1). - -páno, see anò. - --panukála`, see akála`. - -panòt bald-headed 219(10). - --pangàw: nakapangàw is pilloried 110(5). - nangàpàpangàw have got into the pillory 110(9). - -panginoòn master 62(39). 86(31). 226(3). - -pangkàt group, team 46(34). 76(21). 110(31). - pangkàt-pangkàt group by group 110(30). - -pangnàn hand-basket 261(40). - -pangpàng bank of stream 28(13). - Kapampángan Pampanga 189(23). - Kakapampangánan the Pampanga country 277(12). - -papáno, see anò. - --pápasa, see sa. - -papáya S. papaw 163(18). - -papèl S. paper 50(39). - -pára like 36(12). 67. 275. - -parà pára S. for 90(11). 286. 288. - -párang forest 62(29). - kaparángan wooded regions 82(36). - -pári` S. priest, Father 20(4). 256. - -parého S. equal 257(42). - paré-parého all equal 40(13). 224(1). - -Parìs S. Paris 220(31). - -partè S. part 82(21). - kapartè share 16(6). - --parò: parù-parò butterfly 88(24). - -pása, see sa. - -pasà` bruise 62(27). - -pásak that calked with 221(10). - pasakàn calking-place 260(23). - -pasàn that carried on the shoulders 98(36). - pumápasàn carries on the shoulders 22(32). - pàpasanìn will be carried on the shoulder 104(34). - pinasàn was carried on the shoulder 104(38). - -Pasífiko S. Pacific 259(1). - -Pásig the Pasig; see ílog. - -pasígan beach 16(4). - --pasiyàl (S.): magpasiyàl take a walk 32(2). - magsipagpasiyàl pl. 32(13). - magpápasiyàl will take a walk 232(28). - magsísipagpasiyàl pl. 32(15). - nagpasiyàl took a walk 182(7). - nagsipagpasiyàl pl. 279(1). - nakapagpasiyàl was able to take a walk 200(14). - papasí-pasiyàl walking about at intervals 96(6). - --pasiyènsiya S.: magpasiyènsiya rest content 56(8). - --paséyo S.: nagpàpaséyo forms a procession 48(40). - -paskò S. Easter; Christmas 220(24). - -pastòl (S.) herdsman 116(7). - -páso` a burn 220(1). - pasò` burnt; pottery 222(40). - pumáso` burned 228(30). - mamáso` a blister 241(39). 244(12). - namáso` scorched 240(21). - napáso` has been burned 284(41). - --pások: pumások go in, enter 78(30). went in 30(17). 38(31). 50(19). - pumàpások enters 42(13). - pàpások will go in 192(5). - pagpások a going in 42(12). 96(26). - pasúkin be violently entered 262(19). - pinások was illicitly entered 237(41). - pinàpások is being penetrated 118(30). - pinasúkan was entered 36(36). - makapások be able to enter 74(31). - makapàpások will be able to enter 22(4). - nakapások was able to enter 80(2). 116(21). - pagkapások a having gone in 38(32). - pagkàpások the way of getting put in 291(11). - màipások get put in 108(41). - nàpasúkan chanced to be come upon in entering 297(37). - papások going in; asking to be taken in; ask to be taken in - 204(22). 299(29). 301(24). - papàpások will ask to be taken in 301(40). - pagpapapások a causing to enter 272(39). - papasúkin be caused to enter 72(26). 80(30). - mapapàpások will ask to be taken in 311(34). - napapások caused himself to be taken in; was able to be caused to - enter 311(23.32). - --pátag: ikinàpátag chanced to be the cause of staying quiet 116(11). - -patàk a drop 96(29). - -patày dead person 20(8). 38(25). - pamatày used for killing 225(15). - pamatày-kúto louse-killer, thumb 225(15). - pumatày (arch. matày) kill 231(2). - pagpatày a killing 227(4). - patayìn pataìn be killed 84(22). - pàpatayìn pàpataìn will be killed 28(20). 44(16). - pinatày was killed 244(33). - patayàn be killed for 252(32). - pinagpatayàn was killed in 274(31). - pàtáyan mortal combat; slaughter-house 190(15). 259(3). - kapàpatayàn will be the place of killing 279(18). - kapàtáyan one of two who kill each other 277(42). - mapatày be able to be killed 283(35). - napatày has been killed 284(14). - pagkapatày a having killed 282(35). - mápatày get killed 36(19). 293(42). - màpàpatày will get killed 18(12). - nápatày got killed 26(12). 38(3). 84(28). - pagkápatày a chance killing 291(12). 292(15). - ipinapápatày is being caused to be extinguished 122(6). - -patì also, even 110(34). 112(20). 68. 305. - -patìd a breaking, an interruption 42(4). 44(42). 58(1). broken 223(33). - pumatìd break, tr. 228(31). - kapatìd broken from the same piece; brother, sister 32(8). 266(16). - kapatìd-kongkristiyános brother-Christians 50(22). 210(16). - magkapatìd two brothers or sisters, brother and sister 46(20). - magkakapatìd pl. 270(14). - kinákapatìd child of one's godparents 271(30). - magkinákapatìd two people, one of whom is the child of the other's - godparents 271(31). - magkikinákapatìd pl. 271(32). - kapàpatiràn will be the place of breaking 274(29). - kinapatiràn was the place of breaking 274(27). - kapàtíran one of two who break together 277(43). - mapatìd break off, cease 60(9). - napatìd broke off 78(16). - napatiràn was broken in, suffered a fracture 88(28). - -patìs shrimp-sauce 259(5). - patisàn be spiced with shrimp-sauce 252(33). - pàtísan cannery for shrimp-sauce 259(5). - -pátiyo S. court-yard 98(20). - -Patrísiyo S. n. 275(28). - -patrúliya S. patrol 122(20). - -páto S. duck 116(38). - -patumanggà` regard, consideration 22(24). - --pátung: nàpàpátung is placed on 116(1). - -Patúpat derisive n. 50(3). - --páwi`: pawì` allayed 222(42). - nakapàpáwi` will allay 28(35). 280(37). - napáwi` has subsided 279(34). - -páwid nipa fibre 30(37). - --páwis: pumàpáwis is sweating 22(8). - --páyag: pumáyag consent 30(5). consented 18(29). - pumàpáyag consents 228(34). - ipináyag was granted 248(26). - pinayágan was agreed to 252(33). - -payápa` tranquil 219(11). - kapayapaàn tranquility 116(9). - -páyo advice 52(24). - ipináyo was suggested 28(36). - -páyong umbrella 166(27). - -Pédro S. n. 20(2). - -pígil that restrained 134(28). - pigìl under control 223(1). - nagsipígil controlled, pl. 282(14). - pigílin be brought under control 66(23). - nàpigílan got restrained 66(17). 100(36). - --píhit: pumìpíhit turns round 68(10). - -pího surely 18(11). - piního was ascertained 44(33). - -piklàt scar 219(9). - -pìknik E. picnic 235(34). - -píko S. a pick 58(33). - --píli`: pumíli` chose 228(34). - mamíli` choose out 16(24). - namíli` selected 186(20). - piníli` was chosen 244(34). - màpíli` get chosen 241(34). - nàpìpíli` is preferred 293(21). - -pilìk fin, lash 210(30). Corrigenda. - pilìk-matà eyelash 210(30). Corrigenda. - pilikàn have the fins removed 252(34). - -píling side, proximity 90(8). - -Felípe S. n. 208(1). - -Filipínas S. the Philippines 40(2). See kapuluàn. - --pílit: pumílit effected by trying hard 228(37). - pumìpílit is trying hard 228(35). - pagpílit a trying hard 64(1). - nagpílit tried very hard 44(5). 50(14). - nagpìpílit tries very hard 44(20). 234(17). - nagpùpumílit is making an extreme effort 168(14). 235(32). - pilítin be striven for 18(17). 184(35). - pinílit was compelled 244(35). - pagpilítan was striven for 297(2). - napìpilítan is compelled 112(28). - -pelóta S. ball 48(11). - -pínsan cousin 39. 42. - magpipínsan group of cousins 242(32). - -pintà S. paint, painting 219(12). - pintahàn be painted 252(35). - pintáhan place for paint; see báhay. - -pintàs that found fault with 221(13). - pintasàn be found fault with 252(36). - pintásan mutual fault-finding 257(42). - kapintásan reprehensible quality 310(40). - -pintò` door 78(30). See bantày. - pintúan doorway 22(2). - -pinggà carrying-pole 158(12). - -pinggàn dishes 114(7). - -pípa S. cigarette-mouthpiece 249(29). - -Pépe S. short-n. 279(5). - -pípe dumb 86(23). - napípe became dumb 285(28). - pagkapípe dumbness 86(23). - -pipíno S. cucumber 76(16). - -pipìt stone-sparrow 197(21). - -péras S. pears 189(16). - -piráso (S.) piece broken off - piráso-ng-káhoy piece of wood 56(38). - piráso-ng-lamàn piece of meat 108(42) Corrigenda. - pirasúhin be broken off 252(6). - mapiráso go to pieces 300(19). - napiráso went to pieces 284(42). - -pirìnsa (S.) flat-iron 212(32). - pinirìnsa was ironed 223(4). - -Píro (S.) n., for Pédro. 138(28). - -píso S. peso, half-dollar 102(38). - --pitàg: pìtágan respect 118(9). - pinagpìpìtagánan is being respected 256(8). - -pítak section 247(11). - pinítak section of rice-field 247(10). - --pitàs: pumitàs pick, pluck 22(35). picked 282(40). - pitasìn be picked 244(36). - pìpitasìn will be picked 22(37). - pamìmitasìn will be picked selectively, in quantity 247(2). - pinamímitàs is being gathered 246(42). - pitasàn be picked from 252(37). - pamitasàn be gathered from 256(36). - pamìmitasàn will be gathered from 256(38). - nagpìtásan picked together 236(17). - napitàs has been picked 284(43). - nápitàs got picked 293(22). - nàpìpitàs is picked 24(16). - -pitìk fillip 225(14). - pamitìk single rein 72(1). - pumitìk give a fillip 228(37). - -Pétra S. n. 240(29). - -fétsa S. date 271(16). - -pitsòn S. pigeon 252(32). - -píto S. small flute, whistle 227(39). - -pitò seven 20(5). 67. - pitò ng pù`: pamitò-ng-pù` number seventy 225(42). - pamitò number seven 225(38). - ikapitò seventh 32(4). - -piyáno S. piano 167(21). - -fiyèsta piyèsta S. fiesta 98(35). 137(37). - kapiyestáhan holiday 110(11). - -plànsa, see palànsa. - -Pransìsko S. n. 50(20). - -presidènte S. magistrate 38(1). - --prubà S.: prubahàn be proved 52(3). - pùprubahàn will be proved 52(4). - -provìnsiya S. province 50(1). - provìnsiya-ng-Pampàngga Pampanga province 210(29). - -pò` deferential particle 20(37). 47. 229. - -pù` ten 38(6). 134. See isà, dalawà, etc. - -púgad nest 228(9). - --pukpòk: pamukpòk mallet 90(30). - pumúpukpòk is pounding 228(38). - -pukòl a throw 106(36). - pagpukòl a throwing 281(35). - magpupukòl throw repeatedly 238(38). - pinúpukòl is being thrown at 112(8). - mapamukòl given to throwing things 289(39). - -pulà red, redness 147(1). - pulahàn all red 261(12). - kapulà what redness 173(40). - -Polikàrpiyo S. family-n. 189(43). - -polìs S. policeman 34(26). - -pùlpito S. pulpit 20(28). - -pulò` island 255(14). - kapuluàn kapuluwàn archipelago 24(30). - kapuluà-ng-Filipínas the Philippine archipelago 56(24). - -pulúbe beggar 72(30). - -púlong crowd 229(13). - -púlot that picked up 221(15). - namúlot gathered up 32(23). - mámumulòt gleaner 243(17). - pinamúlot was picked up selectively, in quantity 247(3). - pinulútan was picked up in 252(38). - pùlútan a scramble 259(33). - nàpúlot got picked up 62(30). - nàpùpúlot gets picked up 40(8). - -pulòt honey 174(7). - --púnas: nagpùpúnas is scrubbing 232(29). - pinùpunásan is being scrubbed 252(40). - -púnit small hole, tear 169(2). - punìt-punìt full of small holes 259(6). - --punlà`: punláan germinating-plot 243(40). - -punsò ant-hill 66(1). - -puntà S. direction of going 106(2). - nagsipuntà went to, pl. 116(18). - púpuntà will go to 193(24). - nagsísipuntà are going to 108(1). - pagpuntà a going toward 104(35). 106(4). 116(20). - puntahàn be gone to 40(9). - pinuntahàn was gone toward 32(20). - papuntà towards 84(36). - napapúpuntà is able to be directed 48(10). - -púno` head: of wood (i. e. tree) 16(8). - of grass (i. e. blade) 76(31). - of bridge 248(16). - stem end of fruit 203(38). - chief 306(11). - beginning 50(15). - púno-ng-damò blade of grass 76(29). - púno-ng-káhoy tree 34(39). - púno-ng-manggà mango-tree 254(37). - púno-ng-niyòg cocoanut-tree 22(34). - púno-ng-ságing banana-tree 16(3). - púno-ng-súha` grape-fruit-tree 36(34). - pinúno` chief, official 56(27). 116(22). - pàmunúan initiator 262(7). - -punò` filled, full 36(40). 76(30). - punàn be completed, be added to 252(41). - pùnúan all full 118(21). 258(1). - napunò` became full 26(9). - -purgà S. purge 230(11). - -purgatóriyo S. purgatory 50(17). - -púri honor, respectability 94(12). See kasiraàn. - nagpúri an honoring 48(38). 60(9). - nagpurihàn praised one another 236(39). - nagpùpurihàn are praising one another 236(41). - mapúri honorable 289(8). - nagmápurì praised himself 238(25). - nagmàmàpurì is praising himself 238(25). - pagmamápurì praising oneself 238(26). - nagpakamápurì praised himself much 309(28). - -Port-Àrtur S. Port Arthur 306(19). - --puròl: mapuròl dull 225(6). - mapúpuròl will get dull 248(31). - -púsa` cat 84(1). - -pustà S. a bet 60(29). - nagsipustà made a bet, pl. 60(34). - pustáhan a betting together 60(33). 102(40). - nakipagpustáhan entered into a bet with 102(34). - -púso` heart 218(24). - --putàk: nagpúpuputàk is cackling much 238(40). - pùtákan cackling by many 238(10). - palapùtákin given to cackling 315(10). - -fùtbol E. football 46(35). - -putì` white 219(12). - pàputiìn be made too white 305(12). - pàputiàn be made very white 308(39). - -pútik mud, clay 86(37). - putíkan be made muddy 253(1). - putikàn muddy place, person, thing; clay-pit 166(19). 260(24). - mapútik muddy 110(14). - -púto cake, bun 32(15). - -putòk crash, report 259(34). - pumutòk made a crash; there was a crash 64(31). - pinùputukàn is reached by a crash 106(33). - -pútol a cut; that cut 220(2). 221(16). - p. nang p. cuts and cuts 222(10). - putòl cut 223(3). - putòl-putòl all cut up 224(16). - pamútol used for cutting 225(16). - pumútol cut 154(4). 199(27). 226(26). - magsipútol cut, pl. 262(26). - nagsipútol cut, did cut, pl. 190(22). - pumùpútol is cutting 228(39). - nagsìsipútol pl. 262(24). - pùpútol will cut 228(40). - magsìsipútol pl. 191(8). - pagpútol a cutting 196(34). - magpútol cut several things, cut on oneself 228(21). - magsipagpútol pl. 262(38). - magpùpútol will cut 234(21). - magsìsipagpútol pl. 262(41). - nagpútol cut 234(24). - nagsipagpútol pl. 263(2). - nagpùpútol is cutting 202(14). - nagsìsipagpútol pl. 263(3). - pagpupútol a cutting 234(19). - magputòl cut variously or repeatedly, cut up 237(37). - magpúputòl will cut 237(38). - nagputòl cut 237(40). - nagpúputòl is cutting 237(42). - nagpúpuputòl is cutting to bits 239(9). - magpuputòl cutter 243(1). - mamútol cut selectively, in quantity, or as occupation 220(21). - magsipamútol pl. 263(24). - mamùmútol will cut 240(29). - magsìsipamútol pl. 263(26). - namútol cut 240(27). - namùmútol is cutting 240(27). - mámumutòl cutter 243(18). - pamumútol a cutting 240(23). - putúlin be cut 244(42). - pùputúlin will be cut 58(27). 207(5). - pinútol was cut, cut off, stopped 38(34). 44(26). 154(10). - pinùpútol is being cut 58(36). 248(34). - pagputulìn be cut up 246(27). - pinagpúputòl is being cut up 246(25). - ipútol be cut for 248(29). - ipùpútol will be cut for 248(29). - ipinútol was cut for or with 154(15). 175(31). 248(28). - ipinùpútol is being cut for or with 181(15). 202(6). - ipagpútol be cut for 249(26). - ipagpùpútol will be cut for 249(27). - ipinagpútol was cut for or with 249(28). - ipinagpùpútol is being cut for or with 249(29). - ipamútol be used for cutting 250(17). - ipinamútol was used for cutting 250(13). - ipinamùmútol is being cut with or for, in quantity 187(13). 250(14). - putúlan putlàn be cut from 253(5). - pùputúlan pùputlàn will be cut from 253(7). - pinutúlan was cut from 118(28). 154(20). - pinùputlàn is being cut from 60(1). 253(3). - pagputúlan be cut on 256(1). - pagputulàn be cut from variously 256(13). - pinamutúlan was cut from selectively or in quantity 158(10). 256(40). - pinamùmutúlan is being cut from 256(33). - nagputulàn cut together 236(43). - pakipútol that cut with others or as a favor 184(3). 263(40). - makipútol cut by permission 264(12). - makìkipútol will cut along with others 206(11). - nakipútol cut by permission 264(8). - nakìkipútol is cutting by permission 264(10). - pakikipútol a cutting by permission 264(13). - pakikipamútol a cutting, as occupation, by permission 264(39). - pakiputúlin be cut as a favor 264(43). - ipakipútol be cut as a favor 184(1). - ipakìkipútol will be asked to be cut 265(13). - ipakipagpútol be cut with as a favor 265(19). - ipakìkipagpútol will be cut for as a favor 265(23). - ipinakipagpútol was asked to be cut for 265(25). - ipinakìkipagpútol is being asked to be cut for 172(26). 265(28). - kapútol piece; brother, sister 16(5). 266(16). - magkapútol two such 270(5). - magkakapútol pl. 270(16). - kàkapútol only a piece 267(6). - kapùpútol there has just been cutting 267(17). - kapagpùpútol there has just been cutting of several things 267(20). - kapàpamútol there has just been cutting in quantity 267(23). - magkaputòl get broken in numbers 182(22). - magkákaputòl will many of them get broken 269(10). - nagkaputòl got broken in numbers 269(11). - nagkákaputòl is breaking in numbers 269(13). - magkáputòl-putòl break into many pieces 255(21). - magkàkàputòl-putòl will break into many pieces 271(23). - nagkáputòl-putòl broke into many pieces 271(19). - nagkàkàputòl-putòl gets mangled 271(21). - ikapútol be the cause of breaking 158(12). - ikapùpútol will be the cause of breaking or involuntary cutting - 272(19). - ikinapútol was the cause of breaking 272(15). - ikinapùpútol is the cause of breaking 272(17). - ipagkaputòl be the cause of breaking in numbers 273(9). - ipinagkaputòl was the cause of breaking in numbers 273(11). - ipinagkákaputòl is the cause of breaking in numbers 273(7). - kapùtúlan one of two who cut together 278(10). - makapútol be able to cut 269(7). - makapùpútol will be able to cut 281(41). - nakapútol has cut 282(22). - nakapùpútol is able to cut 281(39). - mapútol have been cut, be able to be cut 38(35). 60(4). 283(37). - mapùpútol will be able to be cut 283(38). - napútol has been cut, was cut 261(26). - nangapútol pl. 286(17). - napùpútol has just been cut, is cut 284(15). 285(1). - nangapùpútol pl. 286(19). - pagkapútol a having cut 282(37). - makapagpútol be able to cut several things 286(43). - nakapagpútol has cut 286(41). - nakapagpùpútol is able to cut 286(42). - maputúlan be cut from 185(21). - mapùputúlan will be cut from 288(13). - naputúlan was cut from 288(9). - napùputúlan is cut from 288(10). - napagputúlan was able to be cut on 288(26). - makàpútol chance to cut 290(28). - makàpùpútol will chance to cut 290(30). - nakàpútol chanced to cut 24(34). 290(20). - nakàpùpútol is by chance cutting 290(23). - màpútol get cut 294(3). - màpùpútol will get cut 294(5). - nàpútol got cut 293(24.43). 294(2). - nàpùpútol gets cut, is cut 201(30). - pagkàpútol the way cutting got done 291(15). - màputúlan get cut from 238(2). - màpùputúlan will get cut from 297(41). - nàputúlan got cut from 297(38). - nàpùputúlan gets cut from 297(39). - papútol that caused to be cut 299(15). - paputòl transversely 166(21). - kapàpapútol there has just been causing to cut 301(11). - kapagpàpapútol there has just been causing to cut several things - 301(13). - papùpútol will ask to have cut 302(2). - magpapútol cause to be cut 225(1). - magpàpapútol will cause to be cut 191(6). - nagpapútol caused to be cut 303(13). - nagpàpapútol is causing to be cut 303(14). - pagpapapútol a causing to be cut 303(15). - paputúlin be caused to be cut 304(39). - papùputúlin will be caused to cut 304(40). - pinapútol was caused to cut 153(23). - pinapùpútol is being caused to cut 304(37). - papagputúlin be caused to cut on oneself 305(23). - papagpùputúlin will be caused to cut several things 305(24). - pinapagpútol was caused to cut 181(27). - pinapagpùpútol is being caused to cut 181(16). - papamutúlin be caused to cut selectively, in quantity, or as - occupation 305(35). - papamùmutúlin will be caused to cut 305(36). - ipapútol be caused to be cut 306(25). - ipapùpútol will be caused to be cut 306(23). - ipinapútol was caused to be cut 204(10). - ipinapùpútol is being caused to be cut 306(22). - ipakipapútol be asked to be caused to be cut 307(29). - ipakìkipapútol will be asked to be caused to be cut 307(32). - ipinakipapútol was asked to be caused to be cut 307(34). - paputúlan be caused to be cut from 308(24). - papùputúlan will be caused to be cut from 308(25). - pinaputúlan was caused to be cut from 308(19). - pinapùputúlan is being caused to be cut from 308(22). - makapagpapútol be able to cause to be cut 311(12). - makàkapagpapútol will be able to cause to be cut 311(15). - nakapagpapútol has been caused to be cut 311(8). - nakàkapagpapútol is able to cause to be cut 311(10). - napapútol asked to be cut for 311(38). - napapùpútol asks to be cut for 311(40). - palaputulìn brittle 315(21). - tagapútol person whose duty it is to cut 315(32). - -poòk place, district 40(2). - -poòn lord, saint 104(5). 182(40). - pinópoòn is being worshipped 189(3). - --puwà`, see kápuwà`. - --púyat: nagpúyat staid up, watched 232(30). - nagpuyàt repeatedly staid up 238(1). - pagpupuyàt a repeated staying up 297(7). - namùmúyat keeps from sleeping, keeps up 240(31). - pinúyat was kept up late 245(2). - - - - - -S. - -sa loc. particle 16(2). 45. 49. 195-212. 306. 515. - sa lawà: sà-lawáhan fickle 94(1). 259(20). - sa ulè`: pagsa-ulàn be returned to 62(12). 72(13). - pinagsa-ulàn was returned to 44(25). 256(7). - nása is in 18(22). 314(7). - nangása pl. 118(35). - násàsa is being in 36(16). 44(1). - pása go to 20(18). 314(9). - pápàsa will go to 314(10). - mápasa get to 94(4). - mápàpasa will get to 314(15). - nápasa went by chance 116(30). 279(4). - nápàpasa comes by chance to 106(26). - pagkápasa a chance coming to 60(21). 314(16). - -sà, see isà. - -saàn loc. of anò: where? to what? 42(14). 64(37). 316(34). 264. - --sabàd: isinabàd was said in interruption, was thrust in 102(22). - --sabày: sabày-sabày all at the same time 224(2). - sinabayàn was accompanied 82(32). - pagkakásabày a happening at the same time 270(42). - -sábi that said 24(8). 74(36). 198(12). 276. - sabì-sabì chance talk 116(10). 120(9). - nagsábi said 26(14). 36(29). - nagsipagsábi pl. 26(5). - nagsàsábi is saying 156(40). - pagsasábi a saying 155(24). - sabíhin be said 30(15). 50(24). - sàsabíhin will be said 20(11). 30(14). - sinábi was said 16(17). - sinàsábi is being said 96(9). - pinagsabì was variously said 156(13). - pinagsabì-sabì was repeatedly said 246(34). - ipinagsábi was told about 249(35). - pinagsabíhan was told, was ordered 20(15). 32(26). - kasabihàn proverb 276(11). - pagkasábi a having said 70(28). - makapagsábi be able to tell 52(9). - nakapagsábi was able to tell 76(25). - màsàsábi will get said 92(37). - pagkàsábi a getting said 80(1). 100(36). - --sábit: sabitàn clothes-rack 258(38). - nakasábit is hanging (from a nail, peg, etc.) 281(4). - --sábog: nagsábog strewed 16(20). - nàsàsábog is lying scattered 90(30). 108(19). - nangàsábog got scattered, pl. 293(40). - -sabòn S. soap 184(34). - --sábong: pangsábong used for cock-fighting 297(42). - pagsasábong cock-fighting 312(17). - sabungàn cockpit, cock-fight 304(1). - sabungéro cock-fighter 98(21). 316(11). - --sabuwàt: kasabuwàt accomplice 298(19). - -sáboy a sprinkling 68(3). - sumàsáboy is splashing, intr. 228(41). - pagsáboy sprinkling 68(40). - nagsàsáboy is scattering 68(9). - isináboy was sprinkled 268(11). - sinàsabúyan is being sprinkled at 68(24). - napàpasáboy falls scattering 70(4). - -sadiyà` that come for 38(26). 78(28). 221(18) - magsadiyà` go for one's purpose 74(28). - nagsadiyà` went for his purpose 74(33). - sinadiyà` was done intentionally 233(36). - sinásadiyà` is being done intentionally 62(13). 98(32). - -sagàd close-cropped 219(13). - --sagása`: sumagása` knock, jostle 229(1). - sagasáin be hit upon, be conflicted with 245(3). - sinagasáan was bumped into 22(24). - nagsàgasaán jostled each other 237(1). - pagsasàgasaàn a jostling each other 237(1). - màsagasáan get run into 271(22). - nàsagasáan got run into 297(43). - -ságing banana 16(8). See púno`. - sagíngan banana-grove 250(40). - -sagitsìt sizzling 114(10). - -sagòt that answered 26(23). 44(15). - sumagòt answer 44(10). answered 26(1). - sumásagòt answers 44(2). - sinagòt was given an answer 191(41). - isinagòt was said in reply 16(18). - makasagòt be able to answer 76(4). - nakasagòt was able to answer 68(21). - -saguwàn a paddle 261(41). - sumaguwàn paddled 229(1). - pagsaguwàn a paddling 82(12). - -sahìg flooring, floor 114(43). - isinásahìg is being used as flooring 248(32). - --sáhod: sumáhod hold under 229(1). - isáhod be held under 248(34). - --sáing: magsáing cook rice dry 232(30). - sináing ration of rice, not yet served 229(8). - -sakà` then, afterwards 52(30). 68(21). 243. - --sakàl: pagsakàl choking 227(5). - -sakatéro S. grass-cutter 96(2). - -sakày person carried in a vehicle 80(36). - pangsakày used for riding or driving 225(18). - sumakày mount, ride 72(1). mounted 52(37). - sumásakày is mounting, is getting on or in (a vehicle) 229(2). - pagsakày mounting, riding 70(40). 167(41). - nagsakày took into a vehicle 234(25). - pagsasakày a taking into a vehicle 272(2). - isinakày was put on a vehicle 306(16). - ipinagsakày was taken into a vehicle 249(37). - sakyàn be embarked in 253(10). - sinakyàn was ridden in 253(9). - sinàsakyàn is being ridden in 82(32). - sàkáyan embarkation by many 258(3). - sasakyàn vehicle 219(35). - nakíkisakày embarks along with others 98(18). - ikinásakày was the cause of chance mounting 273(36). - nakasakày has mounted, is mounted 100(23). 281(15). - nakasásakày is able to mount 281(43). - pagkasakày a past mounting, ability to mount 282(12.39). - nasakyàn was able to be mounted 228(16). - násakày got put on a vehicle 294(28). - nàsàsakày is in a vehicle 114(22). - pagkásakày a chance mounting or riding 292(17). 294(36). 295(41). - nàsakyàn got mounted 298(1). - pasakày that caused to be taken into a vehicle 299(17). in riding - position, astride 299(30). - nagpasakày caused to be put on a vehicle 268(25). - pagpapasakày a causing to be put on a vehicle 303(17). - ipinasakày was caused to be put on a vehicle 306(26). - ipinagpasakày was caused to be used for riding 307(21). - pinasakyàn was caused to be mounted 308(28). - ipinagkápasakày was the cause of causing to ride 310(18). - -sakdàl accusation 54(36). - isinakdàl was charged 56(12). - ipinagsakdàl was accused 54(31). - --sakìm: kasakimàn selfishness 28(34). 74(20). - -sákit (a) grief 223(20). - pasákit suffering caused 42(43). - nagpasákit caused suffering to be undergone 303(20). - ipinasákit was caused to be suffered 22(7). - pinasàsakítan is being caused to suffer 40(40). - --(b) Accent shifted: sakìt pain, sickness 30(28). 42(3). 223(18). - sumakìt hurt, injure 188(30). - sinàsaktàn is being hurt 60(1). 70(15). - nagkasakìt got sick 54(7). 78(24). - pagkakasakìt a getting sick 269(8). - ipinagkasakìt was the cause of getting sick 273(14). - nakasakìt cause injury 313(32). - masakìt sore 40(41). 281(31). - masaktàn be hurt 206(24). - masàsaktàn will be hurt 204(2). - nasaktàn got hurt 264(25). - palasàkítin one who easily gets sick 315(14). - -sáko S. sack 104(15). - --sákop: sakòp included 290(31). - pagsákop an including, a saving 306(42). - mànanákop savior 20(33). - nasàsákop is included, is under control 116(31). - -sála failure, offense 38(2). - sumála fail, miss, 64(42). failed 229(4). - saláhan be omitted, skipped 253(11). - sanglàn be missed 253(14). - sinanglàn was missed 253(12). - nagkàsála sinned against 271(1). - pagkakàsála a sinning against 290(1). - kasalánan sin 20(32). 98(7). - makasalánan 22(1). 74(22). 289(22). - pagkasála a having missed 272(10). 286(3). - -salakàb fish-trap 243(7). - mánanalakàb fish-trapper 243(7). - --salákay: pagsalákay an attacking 122(10). - pananalákay a repeated attacking 122(23). - sinalakáyan was attacked 122(9). - -salakòt rain-hat of palm-leaves 212(22). - -salamangkà S. sleight-of-hand trick 202(37). - -salámat thanks 16(32). 152(4). - magpasalámat give thanks, thank 160(15). - napasalámat was thankful 88(16). - -salamìn glass, looking-glass, eye-glass 60(7). 238(39). n. of dog -147(22). - -salapì` money; half-dollar 30(27). 252(41). - -salàt needy 219(14). - kasalatàn lack 239(35). - -salawàl trousers 122(1). - --salaysày: isinalaysày was narrated 38(5). - -salbáhi S. savage, brutal; brute 44(4). 50(17). 70(25). - kasalbahíhan brutality 54(28). - --sáli: isáli be taken along, be included 248(37). - isináli was included 248(36). - kasáli participant 22(18). 48(5). - nàkasáli got taken as companion 296(28). - makàsáli chance to take part 114(28). - -salità` word, speech 18(13). 20(41). - magsalità` speak 28(39). 80(37). - nagsalità` spoke 104(19). - pagsasalità` a speaking 80(40). - pananalità` manner of speaking 44(35). 50(15). - pinagsalitaàn was spoken to 76(3). - sàlitáan conversation 32(7). 44(20). - magsàlitáan converse 114(5). - nagsàsàlitáan are conversing 86(32). - pagsasàlitáan a conversing 28(11). 64(10). 88(3). - kasàlitáan one of two who converse together 278(2). - makapagsalità` be able to speak 50(14). - --sálo: kasálo fellow-partaker 42(8). - --salúbong: sinalúbong was met 18(40). 66(19). - -sálok dipper; basket 229(6). - sumálok dip out water 229(6). - --salúkoy: kasalukúyan present, at the same time 36(40). 260(11). - -salòp a dry measure; see kabàn. - -sáma (a) come along, go along 182(26). 222(5). - sumáma go along 32(13). 66(30). went along 140(19). - sàsáma will go along 84(12). - pagsáma a going along 104(30). - pagsasáma a going together 54(18). - isáma be taken along 84(32). - isináma was taken along 86(28). - samáhan be gone with 253(14). - sinamáhan was gone with 186(20). - sàsamáhan will be gone with 68(34). - sàmáhan society, company 296(32). - sàmáha-ng-Sumúlong the Sumulong Co. 210(30). - sàmáha-ng-ópera opera company 303(10). - makisáma go along with 202(23). - kasáma companion 30(9.22). 50(39). 273. - magkakasáma group of three or more companions 28(25). 48(39). - --(b) With accent-shift: samà act as partners 223(20). - kasamà field-worker, peon 72(32). 86(22). - kasamahàn partner 108(32). 210(35). See Sumúlong. - magkakasamahàn group of three or more 207(41). 278(40). - -samà` badness, injury 218(31). - kasamaàn badness, injuriousness 276 (37). - kasamaà-ng-pálad bad fortune 42(28). - masamà` bad, hurtful, ugly 40(14). 50(7). 58(39). - -sambalílo (S.) hat 137(42). - -sampàl a slap 24(23). - sinampàl was slapped 24(22). - -sampày that hung across 251(33). - nagsampày hung across, tr. 232(31). - isinampày was hung across 248(38). - sampáyan clothes-line 223(33). - -Sam-Pédro S. St. Peter 72(27). - -sána in that case, then 34(17). 74(23). 47. 230. - -San-Antóniyo S. place-n. 34(29). See táo. - -sánay practice 46(16). - sanày practised 46(24). - pasasánay a drilling 116(29). - pagkasánay a past practising 46(23). - -San-Visènte S. place-n. 220(40). - -sandalì` moment, while, short space of time 18(6). 24(11). - -sandáliyas S. sandals 278(35). - -sandòk cooking-dipper of cocoanut-shell 74(5). - sumandòk dipped out 229(8). - -sanhì` cause 190(16). - --sánib: sumánib make one's sleeping-mat overlap 229(8). - isánib be made to overlap 248(7). - kasánib overlapping 266(18). - magkasánib two that overlap 269(38). - -San-Ildepònso S. place-n. 100(10). See lúpa`. - -San-Matéyo S. place-n., see báyan. - -San-Migèl S. place-n. 50(9). 116(6). See báyan. - -sànto S. saint 98(15). 104(15). - -Sàntos S. family-n. 209(26). - -santòl fruit and tree of Sandoricum Indicum L. 34(40). - -sangà bough 34(28). 118(28). - --sanggà: sumásanggà is warding off 106(36). - sinásanggà is being warded off 106(35). - -Sang-Huwàn S. St. John 104(6). 110(10). - -sangkálan chopping-block 256(1). - -sangkàp accompaniment 221(22). - kasangkàp id. 266(20). - kasangkápan utensil, tool, appurtenances 58(2.33). 74(6). - --sangl, see sála. - -sanlà` pledge 252(22). - sangláan place for pledges, see báhay. - -sápa` pond 88(26). - -sapagkàt because 20(17). 201(36). 306. - --sapantáha`: sinapantáha` was conjectured 38(25). - -sapàt sufficient 305(19). - -sapátos S. shoes 32(35). - --sápit: sumápit arrived, came 62(24). - --sarà: pangsarà instrument for closing 225(19). - sumásarà closes, intr. 225(20). - pagsasarà a closing, tr. 26(36). - isinarà was closed 80(1). - pagkásarà a chance closing 80(17). - --saràp: masasaràp tasty, pl. 34 (39). - -sári` sárì-sári` various 48(15). 74(31). - -saríle self; own 48(33). 62(12). 72(13). 137. 169. 175. - -saríwa` moist; fresh 184(9). - nanaríwa` got fresh 76(40). - -satsàt tonsure 106(21). - -sawì` awkward 219(15). 276(33). - sawì-ng-pálad unlucky 211(8). - nasawì-ng-pálad became unlucky 54(3). - kasawiàn awkwardness 276(37). - kasawià-ng-pálad bad fortune 94(37). - -sáya S. dress, skirt 240(41). - --sayà: kasàyáhan gladness 275(27). - masayà gay 80(15). 92(28). - --sáyad: magsisáyad get wearied, pl. 118(20). - -sáyang that regretted 219(16). - nanghináyang grieved 292(14). - nanghìhináyang is mourning 241(24). - panghihináyang a mourning 241(26). - panghinayángan be regretted 257(6). - panghìhinayángan will be regretted 191(31). - pinanghinayángan was regretted 257(12). - pinanghìhinayángan is being regretted 257(13). - nasáyang went for naught 285(5). - --sayàw: sumayàw dance 110(32). danced 186(18). - sumásayàw is dancing 112(2). - pagsayàw a dancing 112(4). - nagsásayàw is performing a dance 110(38). - sayawàn be danced before 253(15). - sinayawàn was danced to 186(21). - sàyáwan dance by many; ball 112(5). 186(19). 258(4). - -si siy particle of names 20(2). 45. 58. 62. 78. 126. 162. 196. - ni disj., of, by 45. 162. - kay loc., to, for 45. 196. - -Sibòl place-n. 118(26). - -sibúyas S. onions 76(17). - -sigà` bonfire 66(16). - --sigàng: isigàng be put on the fire 248(39). - nakasigàng is cooking 281(6). - -sigaríliyo S. cigarette 227(1). - -sigàw that cried 221(23). - sumigàw yelled 24(21). - sísigàw will yell 24(19). - pagsigàw a shouting 42(41). - nagsisigàw kept shouting 16(31). 44(40). - nagsísisigàw screams continually 40(42). - pagsisigàw a continual shouting 16(26). 44(26). - isinigàw was cried out 24(13). 68(39). - sinigawàn was yelled at 253(16). - sìgáwan a shouting by many 258(5). - magsìsìgáwan will yell together 236(18). - pagsisìgáwan a yelling together 48(37). - nakasísigàw is able to cry out 84(25). - pasigàw in a shout 70(24). - nápasigàw involuntarily gave a shout 88(27). - --sigl, see silìd. - --siglà: masiglà cheerful 276(35). - magpasiglà cause to be cheerful 112(11). - -sigúro S. no doubt 18(24). 80(39). - -siìt spines at base of bamboo-cluster 246(27). - --síkad: sumíkad kicked at 229(9). - nagsísikàd kicks repeatedly 238(3). - nagsísisikàd is kicking much and repeatedly 239(11). - sinikáran was kicked at 253(17). - -síkat ray of light 66(22). - sumìsíkat is shining 78(4). - --sikìp: sumikìp became narrow 229(10). - nagsikìp grew crowded 234(27). - masikìp crowded 98(39). - -sekréta S. spy 168(5). - --siksìk: sumiksìk crowded his way 229(13). - nagsísiksìk is stuffing 234(29). - nakìkipagsiksíkan takes part in the crowding 98(41). - -síko elbow 48(19). - -síko, see tsíko. - --síkot: pasíkot-síkot nooks and corners 300(33). - -silà they 18(27). 63. - nilà disj., by them, of them 16(7). 163. - kanilà prep. and loc., their, by them, them 18(26). 165. 169. - kaní-kanilà prep. and loc., their various, their respective - 26(37). 165. 169. - -silà, see sinà. - -silakbò a flare, leap 231(6). 254(26). - sumilakbò flared up 229(14). - sinìsilakbuhàn is being welled up in 22(15). - --sílang: sìlángan place of rising 259(41). - silangàn place of child-birth 260(26). - sìlangánan east 163(27). - silángan east; place-n. 163(27). 261(13). - --silbè (S.): magsilbè serve 40(7). - pinagsìsilbihàn is being waited on 64(12). - -síle S. chile pepper 76(16). - -silìd small room 84(39). 114(13). - sumilìd get into a small space 104(34). - isilìd be put in 248(40). - siglàn be filled 138(5). - siniglàn was filled 20(17.34). - sinìsiglàn is being filled 20(6). - pinagsisiglàn was variously filled 118(7). 256(20). - pagkásilìd a chance putting away 104(37). - --sílip: sinílip was peeped at 106(20). - -síliya S. chair 234(12). - -sílong ground-floor, space under platform of house 260(29). - --simbà: magsimbà go to church 78(37). - nagsimbà went to church 242(18). - nagsísimbà goes to church 56(13). - simbáhan church 20(15). - mapagsimbà devout 98(10). - -sinà silà pl. particle of names 48. 60. 62. 162. 196. - ninà nilà disj., of, by 48. 162. - kinà loc., to, for 48. 196. - -sínag ray 66(36). - -síne S. cinematograph 204(22). - -sinélas S. sandals 70(1). - -séniyas S. signals 246(22). - --sintà: pagsintà a proffering love 229(16). - sinísintà is being loved 245(5). - -sèntimos S. centimos, cents 222(37). - -síno who? 97. 167. - síno-síno pl. 97. 131. - níno disj., of whom? by whom? 167. 168. - kaníno prep. and loc., whose? by whom? 168. 169. - kaní-kaníno pl. 168. 169. - -sinungáling mendacious 219(17). - nagsísinungalìng tells lies 238(5). - kasinungalíngan falsehood 276(38). - --singìl: paniningìl a dunning 313(1). - singilìn be dunned for 264(14). - sinísingìl is being claimed 54(23). - násingìl got collected 294(7). - -singkamàs (S.) Pachyrizus angulatus Rich. 76(16). - --singkàw: nagpasingkàw caused to be hitched up 52(35). - -singsìng ring 102(2). - palàsingsíngan the ring finger 315(25). - -sípa` that kicked away; football 46(32). - pagsípa` a kicking 48(15). - màninípa` football-player 48(24). - sipáin be kicked away 84(9). - sinípa` was kicked away 24(45). 84(3). - pinagsipà` was variously kicked 84(43). - pinagsisipà` was variously and repeatedly kicked 84(21). - sipéro football-player 316(11). - sipéros pl. 48(24). - --sípag: kasipágan diligence 276(38). - masípag diligent 64(14). - masisípag pl. 34(35). - --síra` (a) nagkasíra` got partly spoiled 268(37). - nakasìsíra` causes ruin 235(27). - masíra` be able to be destroyed 283(40). - nasíra` was destroyed; deceased 78(5). 285(7). - nasìsiráan gets damaged 301(24). - màsíra` get destroyed 293(26). - nàsìsíra` gets destroyed 191(32). - --(b) Accent shifted: - sirà` destroyed 223(3). - kasirà` opponent in anger 266(42). - magkasirà` break with each other 24(28). - nagkasirà` had a falling out 269(20). - nagsipagkasirà` pl. 269(28). - kasiraàn ruin 94(12). - kasiraà-ng-púri injury to honor 94(16). - -serbísiyo S. service 62(35). - -sèrmon S. sermon 20(16). - isinèsèrmon is being preached about 50(16). - sinèsèrmunan is being preached to 50(13). - --sísi: magsísi repent 20(31). - magsipagsísi pl. 22(2). - pagsisísi a repenting 22(25). - pinagsisíhan was repented 291(9). - --sísid: sumísid stay under water 168(41). - pagsísid a staying under water 309(10). - nàsìsísid is submerged 88(35). - pagpapasísid a causing to dive 116(38). - -sítaw the cow-pea, Vigna catjang Endl. 76(16). - -siyà he, she; that which 47. 63. 106. - niyà disj., by him, of him, 47. 163. - kaniyà prep. and loc., his, by him, him 165. 169. - kásiyà sufficient 268(8). - magkàkàsiyà will be sufficient 271(4). - pagkàsiyahàn be a sufficient container 52(13). - makasísiyà will be adequate 281(7). - nasiyahàn got what corresponded to it 66(21). - nasìsiyahàn gets what corresponds to it 112(26). - --siyádo (S. demasiado) - :masiyádo excessive 54(19). 289(17). - -siyàm nine 38(6). 67. pangsiyàm number nine 225(38). - makásiyàm nine times 298(33). - -siyásat that inquired into 203(5). - nagsiyásat inquired 28(2). 203(2). - pagsisiyásat an inquiring 66(21). - maniyásat pry into 240(33). - siniyásat was interrogated 64(34). - nasiyásat has been inquiring into 199(32). - mapagsiyásat inquisitive 40(20). - -siyèmpre S. always 262(13). - -siyéte-palábras S. Easter Mass 20(29). - -subálit but 322. - --subò: sumubò boiled over, intr. 52(12). - sinubhàn was boiled over in 54(30). - -súbo` mouthful 221(24). - pagsusúbo` a feeding 219(15). - subúan be fed 253(19). - --súbok: nanùnúbok is spying 40(24). - subúkan be watched for, put to a test 68(8). 102(34). - sinubúkan was put to a test 56(39). - sinùsubúkan is being spied on 40(22). - masubúkan be able to be tested 265(20). - --sugàl (S.): nagsúsugàl is gambling 269(22). - nagsipagsugàl gambled, pl. 190(34). - pagsusugàl a gambling 251(29). - sùgálan gambling-party 174(29). - -súgat a wound 20(8). - sumúgat wounded 20(38). - sinugátan was wounded 253(20). - sugatàn wounded person, the wounded 20(39). 260(28). - nagsugatàn wounded each other 237(3). - masugátan be able to be wounded 36(21). - -súha` grape-fruit 34(40). See púno`. - -súhol a bribe 72(39). - -súka` wine set to sour, vinegar 289(2). - -súkat proper, fitting 58(18). 98(24). 268. - -suklày comb 229(19). - sumuklày combed 229(18). - nagsuklày combed himself 234(30). - sinuklày was combed 245(7). - sinuklayàn id. 253(21). - nagpasuklày caused himself to be combed 303(22). - pinapagsuklày was caused to comb himself 305(26). - -súlat that written, letter 52(10). - sulàt written 199(30). - sumúlat write 140(18). wrote 50(39). - sùsúlat will write 138(11). - sumùsúlat is writing 146(5). - pagsúlat a writing 140(29). - pagsusulàt a writing in quantity 238(5). - panunúlat id. 240(35). - magsusulàt clerk, scribe 243(2). - mánunulàt id. 243(20). - sinúlat was written 154(8). 245(9). - isinúlat was put into writing 94(22). 184(35). - sulátan be written to 154(19). - sulatàn writing-desk 217(13). - kasùlátan kasulatàn correspondent 278(12. 24). - makasúlat be able to write 282(2). - nakasùsúlat is able to write 282(1). - nakàsúlat happened to write 176(38). - tagasúlat writer 315(39). - tagapagpasúlat overseer of writers 316(5). - --súlid: sumúlid spin thread 229(19). - sinúlid thread 184(4). - -sulihiyà the weave 48(1). - -suléras S. joists 234(43). - --sulsè (S.): manulsè darn 169(2). - tagasulsè darning-woman 169(1). - -sulò` torch 90(26). - -súlok corner 52(33). 64(22). - sulòk-sulòk nooks and corners 64(21). - -súlong go ahead 151(39). - sumúlong push ahead 229(19). also as family-n. (Sumúlong at - kasamahàn: see bìgásan). - pagsúlong a pushing on; a going away 88(41). 308(36). - isùsúlong will be pushed forward 58(3). - isinùsúlong is being pushed ahead 230(3). - -súman steamed rice in banana-leaves 227(1). - -sombréro S. hat 137(41). - -sumbòng complaint 96(12). - nagsumbòng brought a charge 100(21). - ipagsumbòng be complained of 96(35). - ipinagsumbòng was complained of 38(1). 96(10). - palasumbúngin tattle-tale 315(10). - --sumpòng: pagsumpòng attack, fit 313(22). - sinumpòng was overcome 18(36). 84(14). - sinúsumpòng is being overcome 108(27). - -sundálo S. soldier 52(23). - nagsundálo became a soldier 183(2). - pagsusundálo military service 303(34). - --sundò`: sumundò` fetch 229(21). - pagsundò` a fetching 229(22). - sinundò` was called for 256(41). - sinúsundò` is being called for 104(23). - kásundò` agreeing 268(9). - nagkásundò` agreed with each other 168(16). - pagkakásundò` an agreeing with each other 271(5). - pagkàsunduàn pagkàsunduwàn be agreed upon 278(30). - pinagkàsunduàn was agreed upon 32(2). - nagpasundò` caused to be fetched 92(23). - pagpapasundò` a causing to be fetched 303(23). - ipinasundò` was caused to be fetched 306(28). - ipinasúsundò` is being caused to be fetched 88(19). 92(16). - -suntòk blow on the head 229(24). - pagsuntòk a striking on the head 229(23). - suntukìn be struck on the head 245(10). - sinuntòk was struck on the head 245(10). - sinúsuntòk is being struck on the head 245(11). - --súno`: nakisúno` dwelt along, dwelt with 264(15). - kasúno` fellow-guest 118(15). - magkakasúno` pl. 118(18). - --sunòd: sunòd-sunòd following on one another 72(25). - sumunòd follow, comply, obey 52(24). 100(27). followed 231(6). - sumúsunòd is following 38(7). 46(19). - pagsunòd a following 38(10). 94(24). - sundìn be complied with 92(8). - sinunòd was complied with 303(16). - sinúsunòd is being complied with 62(37). 66(13). - isinunòd was taken next, was made to follow 76(18). - sundàn be followed 240(23). - sinundàn was followed 22(25). 36(36). - sinùsundàn is being followed 68(23). - kasunòd following another 266(21). - magkasunòd two, one of whom follows the other 42(29). 270(8). - pagkakásunòd-sunòd a following one on the other 271(6). - masùnúrin obedient 94(20). - -súnog a burning up, conflagration 122(18). 156(10). - sunòg burnt 66(41). 223(4). - panunúnog a setting fire to, a burning 122(12). - sunúgin be burned up 122(20). - pinagsunòg was variously burned up 122(10). - magkasúnog have a fire 268(41). - nasúnog has been burned 172(39). 259(4). - pagkasúnog a past burning 197(34). 283(2). - pagkàsúnog a getting burned 292(19). 295(19). - -súnong that carried on the head 108(16). - -sungánga` a blow on the mouth 212(37). - sùsungangáin will be struck on the mouth 174(37). - -súngay horn 24(29). - --sunggàb: sinunggabàn was seized 46(27). 58(22). - sinùsunggabàn is being seized 108(34). - masunggabàn have been taken hold of 110(2). - nasùsunggabàn is able to be seized 110(8). - -súpot bag 34(5). - -sorbétes S. sherbet 272(33). - -súso breast, nipple 212(11). - ipinakìkipasúso is being asked to be caused to take the breast - 307(38). - -susò` snail 18(1). - -sutsòt a whistling 197(22). - sumúsutsòt is whistling 229(24). - malasutsòt a young lout 315(3). - palasutsútin one who always whistles 315(11). - -soòt that worn 70(1). - isoòt be put on 248(41). - sootàn be got into 104(11). - --suwày: pagsuwày a disobeying 54(3). - makasuwày be able to disobey 94(21). - -suwélas S. soles 306(8). - -suwèldo S. pay 26(27). - --súyo`: pagsúyo` a bribing 92(38). - panunúyo` a propitiating by bribes 72(34). - -súyod a harrow 243(3). - magsuyòd harrower. - - - - - -T. - -t, see at. - -taàn that set apart 221(3). - itinátaàn is being reserved 248(24). - taanàn fugitive 261(14). - magtaanàn flee 237(4). - makataanàn be able to flee 286(24). 313(29). - nàtàtaàn is reserved 80(13). - -taàs height 218(13). - itaàs upper part, north 36(27). 163(25). - paitaàs upward 48(6). - itinaàs was raised 88(34). - kataasàn north 163(25). - mataàs high 64(12). - nátaàs got raised up 78(8). - --tabà`: tumabà` grow stout 206(27). - katabà` how fat 42(5). - matabà` fat, stout 244(34). - nápakatabà` very fat 313(12). - -tabakéra S. tabatière 220(25). - -tabáko S. cigar 66(12). - nagtàtabáko is smoking a cigar 66(19). - -tabì side; step aside 32(31). 152(1). - nátabì got to the side of 74(14). - pagkátabì a getting to the side of 94(8). - -tablà S. board 34(37). - -tábo` dipper 222(27). - -tábon dam 245(14). - nagtábon dammed up 232(32). - pagtatábon a damming up 179(39). - tinabúnan was dammed up 253(22). - nàtàtábon is covering, is piled over 120(22). - pinatabúnan was caused to be filled 26(10). - -taburéte S. chair 24(39). - -tadtàd chopped up 20(7). - pagtatadtàd a chopping up 114(10). and Corrigenda. - -tagà tigà coming from 56(23). 48. 254. - --tagà`: tumagà` hew, chop 290(27). - tinagà` was chopped 44(39). - -tagàl length in time, endurance 168(41). - tagalàn be done long 253(23). - matagàl long-enduring, patient 104(26). - natagalàn was able to be endured in 62(6). - pàtagálan contest of endurance 309(10). - pagpapàtagálan a contesting for endurance 48(22). 309(17). - kapàtagálan opponent in a contest for endurance 310(32). - -Tagálog Tagalog 50(15). 58(6). - Katagalúgan the Tagalog country 50(23). - -tagílid, see -gílid. - -tagpì` a patch 266(4). - tagpiàn be mended 253(26). - tagpían place of patching 259(7). - katátagpì` there has just been mending 175(9). - -tagpò` a meeting 220(3). - magtatagpò` meet each other, pl. 102(4). - nagtatagpò` met each other 26(39). - tagpuìn be met by appointment 245(12). - tagpuàn be joined up 253(26). - pagtàtagpuàn will be met in 26(34). - tagpúan meeting-place 106(9). - makíkipagtagpò` will meet another 98(26). - makátagpò` happen to meet 66(5). 92(14). - nakátagpò` happened to meet 18(2). 36(8). - màtagpuàn get met with 106(25). - nàtagpuàn got met with 34(20). 92(15). - -tágo` that put away 221(25). - magtágo` hide oneself 32(35). - magtagò` keep oneself in hiding 56(19). - nagtagò` kept himself in hiding 56(21). - pagtatagò` a staying in hiding 312(13). - itágo` be hidden 40(25). - itinàtágo` is being put away 273(34). - taguàn place for safe-keeping; hiding-place; hiding - 52(35). 120(10). 163(22). - kinàtàtagúan is the place of concealment 118(43). - makapagtágo` be able to hide oneself 52(32). - nàtàtágo` is hidden 24(31). 34(11). - pagkàtágo` the way of storing 268(39). - patágo` given for safe-keeping 293(26). - --tahàn: magtahàn cease 232(33). - nagtahàn ceased 106(7). - tàhánan abode 66(24). - patahanin be caused to cease 100(2). - --tahì`: manahì` sew, patch 169(2). - pananahì` sewing as occupation 240(36). - mànanáhi` seamstress 243(14). - pinanànahiàn is the place where sewing is done 256(42). - tagatahì` person appointed to sew 315(39). - -tahìd spur of rooster 238(3). - -tahílan girder 227(15). - -tahímik quiet 102(4). 114(4). - tumahímik become quiet, quiet down 44(17). became quiet - 44(25). 122(23). - nanahímik quieted down 240(37). - nagsipanahímik pl. 36(5). - katahimíkan quietness 116(9). - matahímik quiet 34(35). 120(38). - màtahímik get quiet 40(42). - -tahòl a bark 62(8). - tumátahòl is barking 229(25). - pagtahòl a barking 305(2). - pagtatahòl a barking at 234(31). - tàhúlan a baying together 258(7). - nagtàhúlan bayed together 190(17). - ikinátahòl was the cause of barking 273(38). - nakatahòl has barked, was able to bark 191(2). 198(18). - pagkátahòl a chance barking 158(8). - pagpapatahòl a causing to bark 296(10). - pinatahòl was caused to bark 304(41). - -taínga ténga ear 110(35). - --takà: pagtatakà a being surprised 64(16). 232(34). - ipinagtátakà is the cause of surprise 66(4). - katakà-takà exciting wonder 36(26). - nakapagtátakà causes wonderment 36(24). - -takbò a run 70(40). - tumakbò run 18(18). ran 18(39). - tumátakbò is running 251(39). - tátakbò will run 18(35). - pagtakbò a running 18(9). - pagtakbò-takbò a running about at intervals 231(22). - nagtátakbò runs (as repeated occurrence) 108(16). - nagsipagtakbò ran, pl. 84(29). - nangagsipagtakbò id. 116(13). - pagtatakbò a running 88(25). - nagtátatakbò is running wild 62(13). 238(42). - takbúhan a running together 60(27). 116(5). - nagtakbúhan ran together 22(26). - nagsipagtakbúhan pl. 96(30). - nagtàtakbúhan are running together 86(40). 106(34). - pagtatakbúhan a running together 18(1). 96(17). - makipagtakbúhan join in a race with 18(21). - nakìkipagtakbúhan joins in a race 60(26). - pinakìkipagtakbuhàn is being run with 60(29). 265(33). - makatakbò be able to run 18(16). - patakbò on the run 68(18). 72(8). - pinatakbò was caused to run 70(39). - -takìp cover 172(15). - pangtakìp used as cover 94(15). - -tákot fear 20(6). - takútin be frightened 50(33). - nagtàtakòt-takútan pretends to be frightened 108(15). - katákot-tákot terrifying 267(27). - ikinatákot was the cause of fearing 272(23). - katakútan be feared 36(9). - kinatakútan was feared 274(30). - kinatàtakútan is being feared 42(18). - pagkatakutàn be feared by many 275(19). - pagkàkatakutàn will be feared by many 275(21). - pinagkatakutàn was feared by many 275(15). - pinagkàkatakutàn is being feared by many 36(30). - katakútan timidity 116(14). - katakutàn reverence 276(11). - katatakutàn terrifying 34(32). 277(30). - nakatàtákot is causing fear 66(12). - matákot be afraid 20(13). - natákot grew afraid 58(23). - nangatákot pl. 36(6). - natàtákot is afraid 36(7). - pagkatákot a being afraid 72(9). - palatakutìn easily frightened. - -tála` star 272(25). - --talà`: nátalà` got fixed 116(24). - -talagà by fate, by nature, once for all 98(33). 116(16). - tinalagà was resolved upon 46(23). - katalagahàn fate 276(40). - --tálas: matálas keen, clever 234(9). - --talastàs: natátalastàs is able to be understood 284(2). - napagtalastàs was entirely understood 287(14). - napagtátalastàs napápagtalastàs is entirely understood 287(15). - --táli`: panáli` used for tethering, tying up 225(21). - nagtáli` tethered 232(35). - itináli` was tethered 313(25). - tinalían was tied up 104(37). - nakatáli` is tied 284(16). - --tálik: tumálik became close 88(2). - matálik intimate 22(30). 52(17). - --talíkod, see likòd. - -talìm cutting-edge 221(36). - patalìm cutting instrument 36(19). - nagpatalìm caused to be sharp, sharpened 44(36). - nagpápatalìm is sharpening 303(25). - pinatalìm was made sharp 304(42). - napatátalìm is able to be made sharp. 311(24). - -talíno (S.?) intelligence 60(16). - katalinúhan id. 50(6). - matalíno intelligent 36(28). - --tálo (a): nagtàtálo is contending 46(34). - pagtatálo a contending 296(31). - manálo be victorious 52(8). - nanálo won 48(36). - nanànálo is victorious 62(2). - nagsìsipanálo pl. 118(5). - pananálo victory 56(30). - mánanalò victorious, victor 48(38). 62(1). - talúnin be defeated 46(37). - tàtalúnin will be defeated 18(24). - talúnan defeated, loser 18(42). 148(22). 163(7). - pinanalúnan was won 60(33). - katàlúnan one of two who are opposing each other 278(12). - pinagkatalunàn was won in by many 60(27). 275(23). - pagkatálo a being defeated 52(7). - màkatálo turn out to be the opponent 168(28). - màkàkatálo will be an opponent 30(2). - nàkatálo was the opponent 296(29). - nàkàkatálo is the opponent 296(31). - --(b) Accent shifted: katalò opponent in winning-and-losing game - 266(43). - nagkatalò played a game 269(21). - pagkakatalò a winning-and-losing 48(21). - -talumpáti` oration 98(38). - nagtàtalumpáti` is making a speech 98(41). - pagtatalumpáti` a speech-making 236(39). - --talòn: tumalòn jumped down 88(29). - nagtalòn jumped down 28(21). 70(30). 72(13). - -talòng egg-plant 76(16). - --talungkò`: nakatalungkò` has squatted down 98(19). 112(1). - nangàtàtalungkò` are in squatting position 108(29). - patalungkò` in squatting position 220(9). - -táma` (a) a hit, correct 152(7). 220(5). - tumáma` hit 24(23). 229(26). - tamáan be hit and destroyed or disfigured 238(39). - màtamáan get hit and disfigured 298(5). - --(b) Accent shifted: tamà` hit 223(5). - tamaàn be hit in some part 106(38). - tinamaàn was hit 24(25). 38(21). - màtamaàn get hit in some part 36(21). 298(11). - --tamàd: katamaràn be neglected 274(36). - katàtamaràn will be neglected 274(39). - kinatamaràn was neglected 274(34). - katàmáran laziness 18(36). - matamàd lazy 260(15). - -tamìs sweetness 297(10). - matamìs sweet, sugar 198(31). 252(6). - --tamn, see tanìm. - --tampalásan: tinampalásan was roughly handled 94(14). - katampalasánan roughness 310(9). - --tampò: pagtatampúhan mutual contrariness 259(28). - --tamò: magtamò partake 78(39). - nagtátamò is partaking 112(20). - --tanàw: tumanàw take into view 90(39). - tanawìn be observed 108(21). - pagkatanàw a having looked 283(4). - nakátanàw chanced to espy 28(13). 72(5). - pagkátanàw a chance espying, the way of seeing - 18(34). 108(16). 291(19). - --tandà`: tumátandà` is getting old 229(27). - matandà` old 38(6). - matatandà` pl. 114(31). - matandaàn be able to be remembered 24(5). - natàtandaàn is able to be remembered 20(25). 28(5). 116(19). - -tanikalà` chain 244(38). - -tanìm that planted 221(26). - pananìm used for planting 86(32). - nagtátanìm is planting 86(38). - pagtatanìm a planting 307(13). - mànanánim planter 243(15). - itátanìm will be planted 16(6). - tamnàn be planted in 253(28). - nàtàtanìm is planted 76(31). - nàtàtamnàn is planted in 34(39). - -taniyàg much regarded 219(18). - pagtataniyàg an exhibiting 90(16). - tanyágan exhibition 259(9). - pagtatanyágan the making an exhibition 90(9). - -tansò` copper 230(14). - -tantiyà S. calculation, guess 281(41). - -tánod watchman - tánod-báhay house-watchman 210(31). - tánod-pálay rice-guard 210(31). - tumánod guarded 229(27). - nagtánod stood guard, formed a guard 207(41). - tinanúran was guarded 253(30). - -tanòng that asked, question 56(5). 68(21). - tumanòng asked (with quotation or thing asked about) - 44(8). 82(13). 106(10). 229(29). - nagtanòng put questions, asked (with indirect quotation) - 82(3). 234(34). - nagtátanòng is putting questions 234(33). - tinanòng was inquired of 26(1). - itinanòng was asked 26(3). 30(30). - ipagtanòng be asked about 74(26). - ipagtatanòng be repeatedly asked about 98(23). - --tánga`: tinangáan was threatened 100(13). - -tángan grasp; that grasped 66(38). 108(41). - tinangnàn was grasped 42(39). - -tangày that carried along 70(3). - nagtátangày is carrying along 68(28). - tinangày was carried along, washed away 82(34). - tinátangày is being borne along 16(3). - -tanggàp that received 221(27). - tumanggàp received 76(25). - tanggapìn be accepted 48(25). 245(16). - tàtanggapìn will be accepted 52(25). - tinanggàp was received, accepted 58(9). 219(29). - tanggapàn be taken from 253(31). - tanggápan receiving-place 252(21). - nátanggàp chanced to be accepted 42(28). - --tanggòl: pagtatanggòl a defending 257(14). - mánananggòl attorney 116(25). - maipagtanggòl be able to be defended 288(1). - tagapagtanggòl attorney 305(40). - --tanghà`: tumanghà` wonder 229(30). - -tangháli` noon 30(29). - manangháli` eat the noon meal 204(26). - katanghalían middle part of day 26(14). 120(38). - --tángi`: itinángi` was refused 60(29). - --tanglàw: pagtanglàw an illuminating 66(36). - --tangò`: tumangò` consented 16(6). - tumátangò` consents 229(31). - -tápang courage 36(31). - katapángan bravery 276(41). - matápang courageous 42(19). 66(2). - -tapàt space in front 189(1). - ipinagtapàt was owned up 90(32). - katapàt facing 48(7). - -tapìk a tap 220(7). - pinagtátapìk is being petted 84(10). - --tápon: itápon be cast away 30(36). 62(23). - itinápon was cast away 62(30). - ipinagtapòn was variously cast away 120(40). - tapunàn place for throwing away 205(21). - nagpatápon caused to be exiled 56(27). - ipatápon be caused to be cast out 56(17). - pagkapatápon a having caused to be banished 120(18). - -tapòn S. stopper, cork 166(17). - tapunàn be corked 253(34). - --tápos: tapòs ended 30(19). - tapúsin be ended 236(18). - tinápos was ended 56(6). - katapusàn end, cessation 24(1). 50(18). 114(33). - makatápos have finished 88(3). 167(26). - matápos come to an end 50(37). 82(3). - natápos ended 236(37). - pagkatápos a having ended 44(37). 52(4). - matápos-tápos be able to come to an end 287(39). - -tarà come along 207(35). - -tarabúko, see búko. - --tarangkà: tàrangkáhan gateway 32(17). - --taráto S.: pagtaráto a treating 44(31). - -tasà (S.) point 254(2). - -tátal splinters 58(17). - -tátay father 120(17). 122(17). 59. - magtátay father and child 242(16). - magtatátay pl. 242(33). - -tatlò, see -tlò. - -táo person, human being 20(7). - táo-ng-báyan townsperson 50(17). - táo-ng-San-Antóniyo person of San Antonio 34(31). - panaúhin guest 247(29). 250(39). - táo-taúhan manikin; pupil of the eye 88(8). 135(22). - katáo persons 42(6). 255. - kataúhan mankind 135(21). - katawàn body 20(33). 276(19). - pangangatawàn physique, body 18(14). 36(11). - --taòb: pagtataòb a tipping over, tr. 82(32). - -taòn year 26(36). - taòn-taòn every year 191(32). - kátaòn at the same time 104(18). - nagkátaòn happened at the same time 84(37). 94(6). - pagkakátaòn a happening at the same time 271(6). - nàtàtaòn comes at the same time 110(22). - -táwa (a) laughter 68(27). - t. nang t. keeps laughing 206(35). - tumáwa laughed 18(23). - tumàtáwa is laughing 229(31). - pagtáwa a laughing 100(37). - tumàtáwa-táwa laughs at intervals 231(23). - tawánan be laughed at 186(34). - tàwánan laughter by many 259(37). - katatawanàn laughable, laughing-stock 24(17). 167(30). - --(b) Accent shifted: tumátawà-tawà snickers, giggles at intervals - 231(28). - nanawà-nawà kept snickering 241(33). - ikátawà be the cause of laughter 185(23). - ikàtàtawà will be the cause of snickering 274(2). - ikinátawà was the cause of laughter 292(31). - ikinàtàtawà is the cause of snickering 274(4). - nakàtàtawà causes irrepressible laughter 108(28). - matatawanìn easily made to laugh 290(3). - patawàtawà snickering at intervals 300(38). - nápatawà burst out laughing 120(28). - --táwad: patàtawárin will be pardoned, excused 184(19). - -táwag a call; name 50(10). 64(18). - pangtáwag panáwag used for calling 225(22). - tumáwag call 18(27). called 32(39). - tumàtáwag is calling 64(5). - pagtáwag a calling 64(42). - nagtáwag announced 234(36). - pagtatáwag an announcing 234(37). - nagtawàg called in numbers 238(7). - nagtátawàg is calling in numbers 238(7). - pagtatawàg a calling in numbers 238(11). - nagtátatawàg is calling much and variously 239(12). - magtatawàg town-crier 303(30). - manáwag summon 240(38). - tawágin be called 78(1). - tináwag was called 16(5). - tinàtáwag is being called 40(32). - itináwag was called out, was called for 42(31). 44(28). 248(42). - ipinagtáwag was called out 249(39). - tawágan be called to 253(36). - pagkatáwag a having called 283(6). - màtáwag get called 46(21). - nàtáwag got called 303(34). - pagkàtáwag a chance calling 291(39). - patáwag caused to be called out 299(19). - nagpatáwag caused to be called 303(26). - pagpapatáwag a causing to be called 303(27). - magpapatawàg town-crier 248(42). - ipinatáwag was caused to be called 52(13). 54(25). - ipinagpàpatáwag is being caused to be called out 307(24). - --tawìd: tumawìd cross 106(4). crossed 68(2). - napatátawìd is causing himself to be taken across 80(35). - -tayà` stakes 258(8). - tàyáan a staking by several 258(8). - -táyo we, incl. 63. Cf. átin and té. - -tayò` stand up 222(7). erected 223(35). - pangtayò` used for setting up, for standing up 225(24). 306(9). - tumayò` stood up 204(27). - pagtayò` a standing up 289(21). - magtayò` set up, erect 203(2). - nagtayò` erected 234(40). - pagtatayò` an erecting 234(22). - itátayò` will be set up 296(2). - itinayò` was erected 248(43). - tinayuàn was built in 253(36). - pagkakátayò` a standing up together 98(39). 271(7). - kinàtàtayuàn is being stood on 98(40). - nakatayò` is upright 110(41). - nakatátayò` is able to stand up 282(3). - pagkatayò` a having stood up 283(8). - nàtàtayò` is standing 34(38). 50(26). - pagkátayò` a chance standing up or erecting 104(19). 291(21). - patayò` caused to be erected 299(20). in standing position 287(26). - nagpatayò` caused to be erected 303(32). - pagpapatayò` a causing to be built 303(33). - pinatayò` was caused to stand up 304(43). - ipinatayò` was caused to be erected 306(30). - nápatayò` jumped to his feet 312(31). - --táyog: katáyog what tallness 267(35). - -té (táyo?) come along 207(35). - -teátro, see teyátro. - --tibà`: tumibà` cut down bananas 229(34). - tinibàn trunk of banana-tree after fruit has been gathered 184(2). - --tíbay: tumíbay grew firm 24(27). - tibáyan be propped 296(2). - matíbay firm 18(20). 64(36). - -tigà, see tagà. - -tigàs hardness, hard 219(20). 281(26). - tigasàn be done with hardening 253(38). - matigàs hard 283(27). - pinatigasàn was made hard 237(31). - --tígil: nagtígil ceased 201(37). - --tiìs: tinítiìs is being endured 223(18). - tìísin hardship 62(21). - -tiktìk spy 312(14). - tumiktìk spied 36(31). - -tikuwàs lowered at one end 223(35). - pagtikuwàs a getting out of balance 192(22). - nagtikuwàs tilted 234(42). - --tilàd: tumilàd split, cut up 229(35). - tinilàd was split 46(40). - napatilàd asked to be sliced for 311(43). - -teléfono S. telephone 291(40). - -timbà` well-bucket 314(34). - tumimbà` drew in a bucket 229(36). - kalatimbà` squatting on heels 314(32). - nagkalatimbà` squatted on heels 196(37). - pinapagkalatimbà` was caused to squat on heels 305(29). - --timbàng: timbángan scales 259(10). - katimbàng equal 42(6) and Corrigenda. - -tinápay bread 32(17). - -tindà (S.) goods for sale 259(11). - tindáhan store, shop 170(4). - --tindìg: nagsitindìg stood on end, pl. 66(16). - nagtindìg stood up 26(25). - nagsipagtindìg pl. 96(29). - nakatindìg is on his feet 38(33). 90(25). - pagkátindìg a chance standing up 291(21). - nápatindìg jumped to his feet 202(1). - -tinidòr S. table-fork 114(8). - -tinìg voice 86(25). 114(11). - -tinìk spine, splinter, fish-bone 16(20). 250(34). - nátinìk got a splinter 16(21). - pagkátinìk the getting a splinter 295(23). - --tintéro: S.: tinterúhan ink-stand 180(33). - -tinóla stew 163(18). - -tingà foreign substance between the teeth 241(29). - manghiningà pick one's teeth 241(29). - --tingìn: tumingìn watch 18(26). - pagtingìn an observing 229(37). - tingnàn be looked at 64(26). - tiningnàn was looked at 18(13). - tinìtingnàn is being looked at 106(34). - --tingkàd: matingkàd intense 147(1). - -tingtìng fibre, bristle, straw 315(21). - --tipàn: pinagtipanàn was appointed as meeting-place 104(39). - tìpánan a meeting by appointment 102(11). - nagtìpánan made an appointment to meet each other 26(34). - --tipìd: pagtipìd a being economical 229(37). - nagtipìd saved 235(2). - nagsipagtipìd pl. 236(6). - pagtitipìd a saving 235(1). - tinipìd was economized in 245(17). - kaytipìd what savingness 174(1). - natipìd has been economized in 284(18). - matipìd economical 298(9). - mapagtipìd given to saving 289(26). - pagkátipìd a chance saving 292(25). - nagpatipìd caused to be economized 303(36). - ipatipìd be caused to be economized in 244(20). - ipinatipìd was caused to be economized 306(31). - --típon: tipòn gathered 223(6). - pangtípon used for gathering 225(26). - pagtípon a gathering 229(39). - magtípon store up 235(5). - nagtípon stored up 235(5). - nagtìtípon stores up 202(19). - pagtitípon a storing up 235(3). - tìpúnan meeting 259(35) Corrigenda. - katipúnan a gathering; n. of a secret society 116(27). - Katipunéros members of the Katipunan 116(32). - nakatípon succeeded in gathering 282(4). - natípon has been gathered 284(19). - pagkatípon ability to gather, a having gathered 282(16). 283(10). - nakàtípon chanced to gather 291(33). - pagkàtípon a chance gathering 291(23). - patípon that caused to be gathered 299(21). - patipòn into a heap 166(23). - nagpatípon caused to be gathered 303(37). - pagpapatípon a causing to be gathered 303(39). - ipinatípon was caused to be gathered 306(32). - -típus S. typhoid 223(19). - --tirà: tumirà dwelt, staid 229(41). - magtirà dwelt 54(12). - nagtirà dwelt 50(4). - nagtítirà is dwelling, stays 38(8). 114(27). - pagtitirà a staying 36(25). 54(13). - nagtútumirà keeps staying 112(27). - itinirà was left 249(1). - tirahàn be dwelt in 253(40). - tinìtirahàn is being dwelt in 253(42). - tirhàn be left for 253(39). - tinirhàn was dwelt in, was left for 118(3). 253(38). - tìráhan dwelling 16(32). 24(38). - titirhàn home, house 118(27). - ikinápagtirà was the cause of dwelling 120(6). - kinàtirhàn was lived in 120(42). - makatirà be able to stay 52(39). - mátirà remain, get left 192(38). - màtìtirà will have to remain 187(26). - nátirà got left, dwelt 28(31). 56(30). - nàtìtirà is left, dwells 26(28). 28(33). - pagkátirà a chance staying 116(25). - --tísod: tinísod was kicked away 245(20). - natísod has been kicked away 284(20). - nakàtísod accidentally hit with the foot 290(35). - --tiwála`: tiwalà` persuaded, convinced 104(40). - paniwála` belief 40(3). - maniwála` believe 68(29). - naniwála` believed 106(19). - nanìniwála` believes 40(7). 52(1). - paniniwála` a believing, faith 34(32). 40(2). - pàniwalaìn credulous 116(9). - paniwaláan be given credence 52(6). - kàtiwála` confidential agent, manager 268(13). - -tiyà S. aunt 59. 256. - -tiyàn womb 36(16). - -tiyának goblin 68(1). - -teyátro teátro S. theatre 148(27). - -tiyobíbo S. merry-go-round 307(21). - --tlò: tatlò three 24(18). 67. - tatlò ng gabì: pagtatatlò-ng-gabì a three-nights' celebration - 114(28). - tatlò ng pù`: pangatlò-ng-pù` number thirty 226(9). - tatlò-tatlò three by three 224(1). - pangatlò number three 226(8). - ikatlò third 273(19). - makáitlò makáyitlò three times 298(36). - -trabahadùr S. laborer 82(25). - -trabáho S. labor 30(26). - trabáho-ng-kaniyunéro artilleryman's work 155(22). - magtàtrabáho will work 138(30). - nagtrabáho worked 90(14). - pagtatrabáho a working 82(7). - pinapagtàtrabáho is being caused to work 72(33). - -trabúko, see búko. - -trèn S. train 116(21). - -Tsàng C. n. 263(4). - -tsíko síko S. custard-apple, Achras sapota L. 34(40). - -Tsína S. China 269(20). - -tubà` sap 258(1). - -túbig water 16(31). - -túbo S. tube 255(20). - -tubò sugar-cane 181(15). - tubúhan cane-field 237(41). 259(18). - -túbo` that grown; profit 189(24). 232(22). - tumúbo` grew 16(12). - tùtúbo` will grow 16(9). - tinubúan was grown up in, was grown on 26(39). 204(10). - katutúbo` inborn 38(13). 267(4). - --tud, see -tuwìd. - -tugtòg that played, piece of music 186(21). - tumugtòg play music 166(3). - tumútugtòg is playing music 110(37). - nagsísitugtòg pl. 110(32). - mánunugtòg musician 112(3). - tugtúgin music 247(22). - tinùtugtugàn is being played for 48(30). - tugtúgan piece of music by several performers 112(4). - pagtutugtúgan a playing together 110(40). - pagpapatugtòg a causing to be played 80(26). - -túhod knee 48(19). - -tukà` beak 230(2). - tumukà` pick with the beak 230(2). - pangpatukà` given to pick 301(8). - -tuksò joke 195(39). - --tuktòk: tumuktòk knocked 78(26). - tumútuktòk is knocking 155(37). - pagtuktòk a knocking 78(27). - itinuktòk was knocked 30(7). - ituktòk top, ceiling 62(15). 118(21). - --túkop: tinúkop was covered with the hand 100(2). - -tulà` connected 186(40). - tulá-tulà` coherent 44(35). - --túlad: tuláran be limited 74(23). - -túlak push 252(5). - tumúlak pushed at; went away 230(3). 235(10). - nagtúlak pushed 235(9). - -tulày bridge 163(12). - --tulè: tutulè ear-wax 224(22). - manghinulè clean the ears 241(30). - --túlin: magtúlin go fast 167(35). - nagtùtúlin is hurrying 68(16). - tinulínan speed 310(19). - matúlin swift 18(8). 60(31). - nàtúlin got faster 294(29). - pinatúlin was caused to hurry 72(4). - -túlis point 284(33). - tulìs pointed 223(7). - tulísan be sharpened 254(1). - tulisàn bandit 120(1). - matúlis pointed 271(12). - -túlog sleep 220(8). - tumúlog slept in 64(38). - tumùtúlog sleeps in 64(37). - pagtúlog a sleeping 230(7). - tinùtulúgan is being slept in 62(39). 190(12). - tulugàn sleeping-place 260(32). - makitúlog sleep along with 122(14). - matúlog go to sleep 64(5). 84(18). - natúlog went to sleep 18(36). 38(20). 84(39). - natùtúlog is asleep 18(38). 38(28). 62(9). - matutulugìn sleepy-head 290(4). - nakàtúlog happened to sleep in 290(36). - màkatúlog chance to fall asleep 296(41). - mangàkatúlog pl. 297(3). - mangàkàkatúlog will fall asleep pl. 192(14). - nàkatúlog fell asleep 296(37). - nangàkàkatúlog are asleep 296(43). - pagkàkatúlog a falling asleep 62(22). - màtulúgan get slept in 84(17). - patúlog-túlog sleeping by fits and starts 300(36). - nagpatúlog caused to sleep 62(8). - patulúgin be caused to sleep 305(3). - pinatúlog was caused to sleep 36(18). 84(38). - mapatúlog be able to be caused to sleep 64(2). - -túlong help 32(39). - tùtúlong will help 32(11). - nagsìsitúlong are helping 114(2). - tulúngan be assisted 234(19). - pinagtùtulùng-tulúngan is being done by haphazard helping 106(29). - pagtutulungàn a mutual assisting 237(4). - ikatúlong be the means of helping 60(23). - nakatúlong contributed 94(37). - nakatùtúlong is contributing 112(11). - napatùtúlong is asking to be helped 311(35). - --túlos: pagtutúlos an offering up 50(29). - nàtùtúlos is set up 66(41). - nagpatúlos caused to be set up 72(29). - nàipatúlos was caused to be set up 80(26). - --túloy (a): itinúloy was gone on with 287(11). - tinulúyan was staid with 116(35). - tùlúyan place of lodging; see báhay. - nakitúloy asked to stay with 148(31). - patúloy caused to go on; going on 60(3). 70(34). - pinatúloy was caused to stay on 84(38). - ipatúloy be caused to go on, be continued 88(43). - ipinatúloy was continued 20(41). 66(18). 84(3). - ipinatùtúloy is being continued 108(20). - --(b) With accent-shift: tulòy further 28(12). 34(8). 47. 231. - nátulòy chanced to continue, got continued 207(31). 237(5). 240(18). - papagtùtuluyìn will be caused to go on 88(14). - ipinatulòy was caused to be gone on with 96(31). 307(6). - ipinapatulòy was caused to be caused to be gone on with 307(12). - -tumpàk correct 219(20). - màtumpakàn get ascertained 70(32). - -túnay true 66(7). 82(31). - katunáyan truth, truly 30(15). 82(5). 265(6). - pinatunáyan was caused to be realized 308(29). - --tuntòn: tùtuntunìn will be followed 34(14). - tinuntòn was followed 34(21). - palatuntúnin querulant 315(11). - palàtuntúnan set of rules 315(26). - -tóno S. tone 207(4). - -tungkòl about, concerning 30(16). 52(25). 287. 288. - tungkúlin concern, duty 96(40). - katungkúlan duty, office 52(41). 110(32). - -tungtòng a stand 221(31). - tútuntóng will set foot on 70(26). 100(29). - tinùtuntungàn is being stood on 100(25). - makátuntòng-tuntòng ever set foot on 100(8). - mátuntòng happen to stand on 68(4). - --túngo: tumúngo went toward 230(8). - nagsitúngo pl. 282(30). - katúngo person dealt with 266(25). - kàtùtungúhan will turn out to be the place gone toward 279(20). - nàkàkatúngo is being dealt with 68(14). - patúngo towards 18(40). 20(3). 48(6). 285. - pagpatúngo a going towards 120(7). 302(21). - patùtungúhan will be headed for 90(43). 307(4). - pinatùtungúhan is being headed for 72(6). 308(30). - kapàpatungúhan will be the place headed for 26(33). 310(28). - napatúngo went toward 102(42). - --tungò: itinungò was bent over 74(16). - -túpa sheep 112(40). - --tupàd: pagtupàd a fulfilling 96(39). - pagkatupàd a having fulfilled 233(35). - -Tùrkos S. Turks 260(10). - -torníliyo S. screw 92(38). - -túro` that pointed out, a teaching 186(32). 221(32). - turò` extended, stiff 223(8). - panúro` pointer 225(27). - magtúro` teach 232(36). - nagtùtúro` is teaching 232(38). - pagtutúro` a teaching 88(14). - nagtúturò` is pointing out variously 238(14). - panunúro` a pointing things out 240(39). - itúro` be pointed out, be shown 182(43). 249(2). - katuruàn one of two who point at each other 278(25). - màitúro` get taught 90(1). - hintutúro` forefinger 42(14). - -turumpò S. spinning-top 227(6). - -túta` puppy 244(40). - -túto perception, care 166(36). - màtúto get educated 168(14). - nàtúto got taught 178(4). - màtutúhan get learned 196(35). - nàtutúhan got learned 28(2). 50(24). - -tutubè dragon-fly 291(28). - -totoò true 104(23). 116(2). - tòtohánan actuality 94(21). 259(16). - katotohánan truth 26(5). 68(32). - nagpatotoò testified, affirmed 303(42). - pagpapatotoò a testifying 304(3). - pinapagpatotoò was caused to testify 305(40). - tagapagpatotoò witness 20(13). - -toòd stump 16(23). - -tuòs care 46(29). - -tuwà` joy, gladness 46(5). 76(41). glad 80(15). - ikinatuwà` was the cause of joy 26(25). - ikinatútuwà` is the cause of being glad 272(26). - kàtwáan a rejoicing together 120(25). - magkàtwáan rejoice together 280(11). - nagkàkàtwáan are rejoicing together 120(26). - nakatútuwà` causes pleasure 280(40). - natuwà` became glad 24(27). - nangatuwà` pl. 34(23). - màkatuwaàn happen to be liked 40(39). 298(28). - palatwáin easily pleased 315(13). - -tuwì` every time, whenever 58(3). 60(40). 244. 300. 307. 317(5). - --tuwìd: pagtutuwìd a reckoning 232(39). - katuwíran the right 56(7). 100(38). 257(14). - katuturàn right outcome 76(21). - makatuwìd have figured out; consequence 56(15). - matuwìd correct 44(26). 50(14). - -túyot drought 191(32). - - - - - -U (O). - -o S? or 16(25). 45. 321. - -ò oh 76(34). 80(12). 151(15). - -ó, see óo. - --ubrà (S.): umbrà took effect, was suitable 230(11). - pagubrà a taking effect 108(35). - magúubrà will suit 235(11). - -úbos exhaustion - úbos-lakàs exhaustion of strength 18(39). 22(16). - úbos-làkásan exhaustion of strength by several 96(29). - ipinagúbos-làkásan was done with exhaustion of strength 250(4). - inùúbos is being used up 112(9). - iniyúbos was expended 283(41). - nakaùúbos is able to use up 112(40). - naúbos was used up 312(29). - naubúsan was exhausted of 32(19). - -ugáli` habit 96(26). - inugáli` was made a habit 36(25). - kaugáli` accordant in habits 266(27). - kaugaliàn custom 38(10). 112(22). - -ugàt root, artery 218(32). 290(12). - -úhaw thirst 280(38). - naùúhaw is thirsty 285(25). - -úkol with regard to, for 42(15). 50(28). 288. - -úlam that eaten along with one's rice 72(34). - -ulàn rain 110(14). - umulàn rained 177(16). - umúulàn is raining 152(16). - úulàn will rain 168(34). - pagulàn a raining 110(21). - maulàn rainy 110(21). - nagpápaulàn causes rain 110(15). - tagulàn rainy season 202(18). - -ulè` again 24(11). 47. 232. See sa. - úulè` will do it again 44(12). - -olíva S. olive 90(28). - -úling charcoal 70(32). - --úlit: paguúlit-úlit a manifold repeating 86(10). - inúlit was repeated 50(28). - maúlit stubborn 24(14). - -úlo head 22(10). 26(4). See básag. - uluhàn head-end 72(3). - -ulòl foolish, crazy 16(1). - kaululàn foolishness 98(23). - kaùlúlan one of two who fool each other 278(3). - pagkaulòl insanity 254(29). - -umága, see -ága. - --umìt: pangungumìt panguumìt petty thievery 156(3). 310(6). - inumìt was filched 293(28). - --umpisà: magumpisà begin 18(31). 32(16). - nagumpisà began 16(26). 20(29). - paguumpisà a beginning 26(35). 96(15). - umpisahàn be begun 48(4). - inumpisahàn was begun 26(19). 50(21). - inùumpisahàn is being begun 48(37). - --umpòg: nagkákaumpòg-umpòg is getting repeated bumps 62(19). - --umpòk: umpúkan assemblage for talking 38(7). - -úna (a) first 24(15). 38(21). 273(21). - pangúna number one 225(39). - mangùngúna will take the lead 240(40). - nangúna took the lead 240(40). - inúna was taken first 42(31). - pagkaúna a having got ahead 283(12). - --(b) With accent-shift: nagunà-unà competed for the first place - 239(19). - kàunà-unáhan very first 280(16). - náunà got ahead 64(8). - nàùunà is ahead 88(24). - pagkáunà a getting ahead 18(34). - nagpáunà got himself into the first place 304(24). - nagpáunà-unà got himself too far ahead 304(27). - -únan pillow 260(6). - --únat: naúnat has been straightened 284(21). - nàúnat got straightened 24(26). - -untì` short 219(21). - untì-untì` little by little 76(12). 78(9). - umuntì` grew less 28(30). - untiàn be lessened 254(2). - kauntì` something small, a bit 48(32). 60(16). - kayuntì` what fewness 267(36). - kákauntì` only few 267(8). - pauntiìn be caused to be few, be reduced 98(7). - -ungàs stupid 22(21). - -unggò` monkey 16(1). - nagùunggù-unggúan is playing monkey 237(11). - -úpa pay 56(3). 72(33). - ùúpa will pay 88(12). - umùúpa hires 48(29). - ùupáhan will be paid 34(6). - upahàn hired 114(1.23). - -úpang in order to, so that 16(22). 18(16). 308. - -ópera S. opera; see sàmáhan. - -úpo a vegetable, Lagenaria vulgaris Seringe 76(16). - -upò` sit; a sitting 220(9). 222(7). - pangupò` used for sitting 225(28). - umupò` sit 184(23). sat 230(15). - pagupò` a sitting 230(16). - nagupò` seated 235(12). - nagúuupò` sits variously 239(2). - paguupò` a sitting variously 181(30). - nangupò` mischievously sat down on 240(41). - panguupò` a mischievous sitting on 240(42). - ùupàn will be sat on 254(4). - inùupàn is being sat on 32(5). - ùpúan a sitting together 258(9). seat 24(39). 283(9). - uupàn chair 180(29). - kaùpúan one of two who sit together 278(4). - kinàùupàn happens to be the place of sitting 223(16). - nakaupò` is seated 281(19). - nangákaupò` pl. 286(11). - nangàkàkaupò` are able to sit 286(14). - maupò` sit down 184(24). - maúupò` will sit down 192(39). - naupò` sat down 24(39). - naúupò` is (in the act of) sitting down 204(26). - pagkaupò` a sitting down 286(4). - náupò` happened to sit down 202(1). - nàùupò` is sitting 30(29). 96(22). - pagkáupò` a chance sitting 277(24). - paupò` that caused to sit 174(29). 249(35). in sitting position - 299(32). - nagpaupò` caused to sit 304(4). - pagpapaupò` a causing to sit 304(5). - pinaupò` was caused to sit 305(4). - nápaupò` involuntarily sat down 198(24). - nápatiupò` fell into sitting position 313(39). - nàpàpatiupò` falls on his seat 313(40). - -úpos cigar-butt 205(21). - -óras S. hour 42(4). 48(26). See kalaháti`. - orásan be done promptly 254(5). - orasàn watch, clock 248(14). - -orasiyòn S. prayer 104(14). - --úrong: umùúrong is going backwards 230(18). - nangagsiúrong retreated, pl. 262(30). - pauròng backwards 299(34). - papauròng backwards continually 300(40). - -usà deer 18(1). - nagusà-usáhan played deer 237(12). - -úsap law-suit 199(33). - paguúsap a conversing 70(19). - pagusápan be discussed 102(5). - pinagusápan was discussed 28(2). - pinagùusápan is being discussed 30(29). - makipagúsap converse with 28(14). - nakìkipagúsap is entering into conversation with 74(30). - pakikipagúsap an engaging in conversation with 80(38). - kaúsap person conversed with 102(32). - kumàkaúsap is talking at 268(19). - kausápin be conversed with 44(2). 70(21). - kinaúsap was addressed 70(24). - makaúsap be able to converse 68(20). - màkaúsap get conversed with 70(14). - nàkaúsap got conversed with 44(26). 78(17). - -usbòng edible shoot 253(2). 256(13). - -usísa` that inquired about 221(34). - nagusísa` made inquiry 76(1). - nangusísa` interrogated 241(3). - usisáin be asked about; be interrogated 76(14). 98(13). 290(26). - inusísa` was questioned 76(28). - pinagusisà` was variously questioned 76(5). - nausísa` has been questioned 284(23). - naùusísa` has just been questioned 76(22). - mapagusísa` inquisitive 60(19). - nakàusísa` happen to inquire 290(39). - nàusísa` got inquired for 293(28). - -úso S. fashion 287(7). - -útang debt 54(12). 76(2). See báyad. - umútang borrow 230(19). - magutàng borrow variously 238(15). - maguutàng habitual borrower 243(3). - nangútang borrowed 241(4). - mángungutàng habitual borrower 243(20). - inútang was borrowed 245(24). - pinangútang was (reluctantly) borrowed 247(4). - utángan be borrowed from 254(6). - magpaútang cause to be borrowed, lend 304(8). - --utàs: nautàs was completed 303(18). - -útos a command 56(27). 122(5). - nagútos commanded 232(41). - nagùútos is commanding 114(7). - iyútos be commanded 62(37). 64(13). - iniyútos was commanded 24(37). 26(18). 106(17). - ipinagútos was given as an order 182(19). 249(40). - inutúsan was given an order 92(12). - utusàn servant, waiter, orderly 254(34). 260(34). - kautusàn decree, law 54(4). - -óo ó yes 26(2). 44(18). - oóhan be answered affirmatively 254(7). - napaóo assented 312(6). - -uwalà`, see walà`. - -uwè` a going home; that taken home 114(26). 221(35). - umuwè` go home 34(12). 76(43). went home 50(36). 52(35). - úuwè` will go home 287(20). - nagsísiuwè` are going home 72(35). - paguwè` a going home 70(23). - naguwían went home together 26(37). - pauwè` that caused to go home 298(23). homeward 34(14). - nagpauwè` caused to be taken home, sent home 304(9). - ipinauwè` was caused to be taken home, was sent home 304(10). - - - - - -W. - -walà` without, not having; there is not -16(10). 20(21). 69. 99. 110. 239. 248. - walà ng hiyà`: kawalà-ng-hiyaàn shamelessness 277(10). - nápakawalà-ng-hiyà` most impudent 98(27). - pagwawalà` a breaking away 232(42). - iwalà` be got rid of 249(3). - kawalà` partaking of freedom 196(27). - magkawalà` get away 44(6). - nagkawalà` got away 44(10). - nagkákawalà` is getting away 58(31). - ikinawalà` was the cause of being without 292(6). - ipagkawalà` be the cause of getting away 272(38). - ipagkákawalà` will be the cause of getting away 272(41). - ipinagkawalà` was the cause of getting away 273(1). - ipinagkákawalà` is the cause of getting away 273(2). - kawàwalàn will be the place of losing 206(17). - kawalàn lack, absence 46(16). 118(1). - makawalà` be able to get away 44(40). - makawáwalà` will be able to get away 294(1). - nakawalà` succeeded in getting away 46(31). 86(12). - mawáwalà` will disappear 46(2). - nawalà` disappeared 64(33). 82(10). - nawáwalà` is disappearing 40(16). 76(13). - pagkawalà` a disappearing 298(17). - nawalàn has been deprived of 70(8). 82(30). - pawalàn be allowed to get away 44(12). - pinawalàn was allowed to get away 44(8). - magpakawalà` get oneself away 106(23). - pinakawalàn was allowed to get loose 66(28). 310(26). - -walìs broom 315(22). - nagwáwalìs is sweeping 233(2). - wináwalìs niwáwalìs is being swept away 245(26). - niwalisàn was swept 94(7). - niwàwalisàn is being swept 254(8). - -walò eight 52(43). 67. - pangwalò number eight 225(38). - -wapélo C. exclamation of distress 58(38). - -wíka` language, word, words 20(5). 28(3). 74(39). - nagwíka` spoke 20(20). - winíka` was spoken 18(42). - kawikaàn proverb 276(15). - pagkawíka` a having spoken 20(40). - --wíli: nàwíli got spellbound 88(2). - pagkàwíli a getting spellbound 295(26). - --wisìk: iniwisìk was sprinkled 96(27). - niwisikàn was sprinkled on 64(30). - nàwisikàn got sprinkled on 76(38). - - - - - -Y. - --yábang: kayabángan pride 272(2) Corrigenda. - mayábang proud 60(15). - nagmayabàng boasted 238(21). - ipinagmayabàng was boasted of 60(17). - nagpakamayabàng boasted of himself 309(29). - --yábong: mayábong grassy 18(33). - -yáman wealth 72(22). 80(25). - yumáman get rich 60(25). got rich 74(9). - pagyáman a getting rich 120(27). - kayamánan wealth 308(16). - mayáman wealthy 72(19). - payamánin be caused to get rich 50(34). - -yámang while 16(12). 18(33). 309. - -yàn, see iyàn. - -yantòk rattan 46(40). - -Yap C. n. 234(25). - --yári: mangyári happen 54(29). 66(22). - mangyàyári will happen 18(11). 52(20). - nangyári happened 24(27). 46(19). - nangyàyári happens 40(30). 44(20). - kapangyaríhan power 36(10). 40(4). - -yári` that made; the make 74(4). 220(10). 221(37). - mayári` have been made 104(11). - nayàyári` is made 34(36). 46(40). - -yaòn, see iyòn. - --yáya`: yumáya` invited 230(21). - pagyáya` an inviting 230(22). - nagyayà` urged 28(11). 34(12). - niyáya` was invited, summoned 32(13). 36(42). - -Yèng C. n. 263(4). - -yéro S. iron 92(35). - -yitò ytò, see itò.--yò, see iyò. - --yukayòk: nagsísipagyukayòk are nodding 108(30). - -yòn, see iyòn. - -Yurúpa, see Eyurúpa. - -yúta` billion 134. - -yoòn, see iyòn. - - - - - - - - - -CORRIGENDA. - - -The following errors are due entirely to oversights on my part; -they would have been far more numerous, but for the accuracy and -intelligence of the typesetter, Mr. Staley, and the unfailing kindness -of the editor, Professor W. A. Oldfather.--L. B. - -[Transcriber's Note: The indicated errors have been corrected in the -text of this edition, except for the one referring to 212(25), as the -instruction is not clear enough, and 322(42), as the location could -not be found.] - - -VOLUME I. - -PAGE LINE FOR READ - - 20 16 mákinig makinìg - 22 2 nabuksan nábuksan - 24 31 n ng - 32 1 namámatay mamámatay - 38 11 galían galiàn - 40 39 pagbibíro` pangbibíro` - 42 6 katimbà` katimbàng - 42 39 tiningnan tinangnan - 44 2 sumagòt sumásagòt - 44 40 nagsisigáw nagsisigàw - 46 24 ngà ngá - 48 20 pagbabalìk pagpapabalìk - 60 38 nagbibigay nagbíbigay - 62 5 syà nyà - 68 13 siniglan siniglàn - 72 12 hyà hyà` - 74 40 a o - 84 21 pinagdagukàn pinagdadagukàn - 92 6 mámatày mamámatày - 94 29 inapúyan inapuyàn - 96 29 maínit maiínit - 98 2 magbíbinyàg nagbíbinyàg - 98 39 Masakìp Masikìp - 99 25 giving given - 100 15 ipabíbilannggò` ipabíbilanggò` - 108 42 pirásu ng lamàn pirásu-ng-lamàn - 114 10 pagtadtàd pagtatadtàd - - -VOLUME II. - -PAGE LINE - - 190 2 Add: si nasíra ng Mariyà the deceased Maria. - 210 30 Add example: pilìk-matà eyelash (pilìk fin, lash), and at - 211(13) omit pilìk. - 212 25 Omit: bagáso etc.; the word may be S. bagazo sediment. - 212 37 Add: hantày hintày. - 215 41 Omit: lákad. - 223 17 The example of lakàd should be transferred to 222(38). - 223 25 Binyàk etc.; transfer to 244(7). - 244 2 Add: (ang áyap condiment). - 244 4 Add example: Ang gúlok na yàn ay bàbawíin ko sa iyò, - kapag ipinamútol mo nang kawáyan. I shall take back this - bolo from you, if you use it for cutting bamboo. - 244 7 See on 223(25). - 245 39 Add: sagòt. - 249 8 Add: lalà`. - 259 35 Add example: ang tìpúnan a meeting; and omit típon in - next line. - 261 10 Add example: Ang asuhàn nang báhay ni Pédro ay nasúnog. - The chimney in Pedro's house burned out; and omit asò - from line 16. - 261 24 Add example: luluràn shin. - 267 18 Add: So gísing, káin. - 277 2 Add example: kayabángan pride; and omit yábang, line 8. - 277 7 Add: salúkoy. - 286 30 Add example: Pagkaabòt nang bátà nang kanyà ng laruwàn ay - tumakbò sya ng agàd. After reaching for his toys, the boy - at once ran. Omit the words: see ábot. - 294 33 Omit: ibadyà. - 295 30 Add example: Sya y nárapà`. He fell on his face. - 296 19 Omit: ábot, and add example: Ang pagkáabot nyà sa bóte ay - hindi magálang. The way he reached for the bottle was not - polite. - 297 29 Add: badiyà. - 299 27 For pahágis read pahagìs, and transfer the example to - 300(14). - 300 14 See preceding. - 313 3 Add: With makà- D (§ 473) from -paríto: Hwag kà ng - makàparí-paríto. Don't you ever come round here! - 315 31 Add: With accent-shift: taginìt the hot season. - 322 42 Add reference: 28(7). - - - - - - - - - -NOTES - - -[1] An English translation by Charles Derbyshire was published in -1912 by the Philippine Education Company in Manila and the World Book -Company in New York, under the title "The Social Cancer". - -[2] The entire syntax and much of the morphology, especially whatever -relates to the accent-shifts in word-formation, will be found to be -new. I have of course refrained from any and all historical surmises -beyond the indication of unassimilated loan-words. The system of -transcription used is, with a few deviations, that of the International -Phonetic Association. - -[3] They were accessible to me chiefly through the courtesy of the -Newberry Library in Chicago. - -[4] I owe this and the following statements about the degree of -pitch-rise to the kindness of Dr. C. Ruckmich of the Department of -Psychology of the University of Illinois. - -[5] It might perhaps be more correct not to include such cases under -the term attribution (as will be done in the following analysis), -but to set up instead an additional syntactic type of "exocentric -modification". - -[6] In the proverbial expression at 16,18, balàt skin, skins is used -as an object expression without ang, contrary to the normal habit. - -[7] Although grammatical terms are necessarily and properly employed in -different meanings when referring to different languages, the Tagalog -constructions in question are so different from what is ordinarily -understood by "cases" that the above terminology has been avoided in -the following discussion. - -[8] At 16, 2 hábang, instead of standing at the beginning of its -clause, follows the subject, taking the place of ay. I take it -that this sentence has been handed down in this form from an older -generation of speakers. Cf. § 316. - -[9] Once, at 16, 18, at is used concessively, even though, and is -placed not at the beginning of its phrase, but after the subject, -where ay would normally stand. The sentence is no doubt traditional; -it has currency as a proverb. See § 68 and cf. § 292. - -[10] Cf. Kern's derivation of linggò from Spanish domingo, felt as -containing infix -um- (Sanskritsche woorden). - -[11] Where S. words are, as genuine loan-words, more or less fully -Tagalized, the S. is enclosed in brackets. In cases where Mr. Santiago -is not conscious of this origin, it would have been more consistent -to omit the indication, but it would be very difficult to single -these out. - - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Tagalog Texts with Grammatical Analysis, by -Leonard Bloomfield - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TAGALOG TEXTS *** - -***** This file should be named 50797-8.txt or 50797-8.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/0/7/9/50797/ - -Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ for Project -Gutenberg (This book was produced from scanned images of -public domain material from the Google Books project.) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - |